Daniel 11

ABP_Strongs(i)
  1 G2532 And G1473 I G1722 in G2094 [2year G4413 1 the first] G2962 of Cyrus G*   G2476 stood G1519 for G2904 might G2532 and G2479 strength.
  2 G2532 And G3568 now G225 [2truth G312 1I shall announce] G1473 to you, G2400 Behold, G2089 still G5140 three G935 kings G450 shall arise G1722 in G3588   G* Persia; G2532 and G3588 the G5067 fourth G4147 shall be rich G4149 [2riches G3173 1in great], G3844 more than G3956 all. G2532 And G3326 after G3588   G2902 his prevailing G1473   G3588   G4149 by his riches, G1473   G1881 he shall rise up against G3956 all G932 the kingdoms G* of the Greeks.
  3 G2532 And G450 [3shall rise up G935 2king G1415 1a mighty], G2532 and G2961 he shall lord over G2955.1 [2dominion G4183 1a great], G2532 and G4160 he shall do G2596 according to G3588   G2307 his will. G1473  
  4 G2532 And G5613 when G302 ever G2476 [2should stand G3588   G932 1his kingdom], G1473   G4937 it shall be broken, G2532 and G1244 shall be divided G1519 into G3588 the G5064 four G417 winds G3588 of the G3772 heaven; G2532 and G3756 not G1519 unto G3588   G2078 his latter end, G1473   G3761 nor G2596 according to G3588   G2955.1 his dominion G1473   G3739 which G2961 he lorded over. G3754 For G1620.2 [3was plucked up G3588   G932 2kingdom G1473 1his], G2532 and G2087 to others G1623 outside G3778 of these G1325 it shall be given.
  5 G2532 And G1765 [5grew in strength G3588 1the G935 2king G3588 3of the G3558 4south]; G2532 and G1520 one G3588   G758 of his rulers G1473   G1765 shall grow in strength G1909 over G1473 him, G2532 and G2961 shall lord over G2955.1 [2dominion G4183 1a great] G1909 by G1849 his authority. G1473  
  6 G2532 And G3326 after G3588   G2094 his years G1473   G4830.3 they shall be mixed together; G2532 and G2364 the daughter G935 of the king G3588 of the G3558 south G1525 shall enter in G4314 to G935 the king G3588 of the G1005 north G3588   G4160 to make G4916.5 treaties G3326 with G3588 him. G2532 And G3756 she shall not G2902 hold G2479 strength G1023 of arm; G2532 and G3756 [2shall not G2476 3stand G3588   G4690 1his seed], G1473   G2532 and G3860 she shall be delivered up, G1473   G2532 and G3588 the ones G5342 bringing G1473 her, G2532 and G3588 the G3494.1 young woman, G2532 and G3588 the one G2729 strengthening G1473 her G1722 in G3588 the G2540 times.
  7 G2532 And G450 one shall rise up G1537 from out of G3588 the G438 flower G3588   G4491 of her root G1473   G1909 unto G3588   G2091 his preparation; G1473   G2532 and G2240 he shall come G4314 against G3588 the G1411 force, G2532 and G1525 shall enter G1519 unto G3588 the G5288.2 supporters G3588 of the G935 king G3588 of the G1005 north, G2532 and G4160 shall deal G1722 with G1473 them, G2532 and G2729 shall prevail.
  8 G2532 And G1065 indeed G3588   G2316 their gods G1473   G3326 with G3588   G5560.8 their molten images, G1473   G3956 and every G4632 [2item G1938.1 1desirable] G1473 of theirs G694 of silver G2532 and G5553 of gold, G3326 with G161 the captivity, G5342 he shall bring G1519 into G* Egypt. G2532 And G1473 he G2476 shall stand G5228 over G935 the king G1473 of the G1005 north.
  9 G2532 And G1525 he shall enter G1519 into G3588 the G932 kingdom G3588 of the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south, G2532 and G390 shall return G1519 unto G3588   G1093 his land. G1473  
  10 G2532 And G3588   G5207 his sons G4863 shall gather G3793 a multitude G1411 [2forces G4183 1of many]. G2532 And G2064 [2shall come G2064 1one coming], G2532 even G2626 inundating, G2532 and G3928 shall go by. G2532 And G2523 he shall settle, G2532 and G4850.3 shall grapple together G2193 unto G3588   G2479 his strength. G1473  
  11 G2532 And G64.1 [5shall be wild G3588 1the G935 2king G3588 3of the G3558 4south], G2532 and G1831 shall come forth G2532 and G4170 wage war G3326 with G3588 the G935 king G3588 of the G1005 north. G2532 And G2476 he shall establish G3793 [2multitude G4183 1a great]; G2532 but G3860 there shall be delivered up G3793 a multitude G1722 in G5495 his hand. G1473  
  12 G2532 And G2983 he shall take G3588 the G3793 multitude, G2532 and G5312 [2shall be exalted G3588   G2588 1his heart]; G1473   G2532 and G2598 he shall throw down G3461 myriads, G2532 and G3756 he shall not prevail. G2729  
  13 G2532 And G1994 [5shall return G3588 1the G935 2king G3588 3of the G1005 4north], G2532 and G71 shall lead G3793 [2multitude G4183 1a great] G5228 more than G3588 the G4387 former. G2532 And G1519 in G3588 the G5056 end G3588 of the G2540 times G1904 he shall come upon G1528.2 an entrance G1722 in G1411 [2power G3173 1great], G2532 and G1722 in G5223 [2substance G4183 1much].
  14 G2532 And G1722 in G3588   G2540 those times G1565   G4183 many G1881 shall rise up G1909 against G935 the king G3588 of the G3558 south. G2532 And G3588 the G5207 sons G3588 of the G3061 pestilent ones G3588   G2992 of your people G1473   G1869 shall be lifted up G3588   G2476 to establish G3706 the vision; G2532 and G770 they shall weaken.
  15 G2532 And G1525 [4shall enter G935 1 the king G3588 2of the G1005 3north], G2532 and G1632 shall discharge G4378.1 a mound, G2532 and G4815 shall seize G4172 [2cities G3793.1 1fortified]. G2532 And G3588 the G1023 arms G3588 of the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south G3756 shall not G2476 stand, G2532 and G450 [2shall rise up G3588   G1588 1his chosen ones], G1473   G2532 and G3756 there will not G1510.8.3 be G2479 strength G3588   G2476 to stand.
  16 G2532 And G4160 [3shall do G3588 1the one G1531 2entering] G4314 to G1473 him G2596 according to G3588   G2307 his will, G1473   G2532 and G3756 there is not G1510.2.3   G2476 one standing G2596 against G4383 his face. G1473   G2532 And G2476 he shall stand G1722 in G3588 the G1093 land G3588   G4521.1 of glory, G2532 and G4931 it shall be finished off entirely G1722 by G3588   G5495 his hand. G1473  
  17 G2532 And G5021 he shall arrange G3588   G4383 his face G1473   G1525 to enter G1722 in G2479 the strength G3956 of all G3588   G932 his kingdom, G1473   G2532 and G2117 [2upright G3956 1all] G3326 with G1473 him; G4160 thus he shall do. G2532 And G2364 the daughter G3588   G1135 of women G1325 he will give G1473 to him G3588   G1311 to corrupt G1473 her. G2532 But G3766.2 in no way G3887 shall she remain, G2532 and G3756 [2not G1473 4to him G1510.8.3 1she will 3be].
  18 G2532 And G1994 he shall turn G3588   G4383 his face G1473   G1519 unto G3588 the G3520 islands, G2532 and G4815 shall seize G4183 many. G2532 And G2664 he will cause [2to cease G758 1rulers] G3680 their scorning, G1473   G4133 only G3588   G3680 his scorning G1473   G1994 shall return G1473 to him.
  19 G2532 And G1994 he shall turn G3588   G4383 his face G1473   G1519 unto G3588 the G2479 strength G3588   G1093 of his land. G1473   G2532 And G770 he shall weaken, G2532 and G4098 shall fall, G2532 and G3756 shall not G2147 be found.
  20 G2532 And G450 shall rise up G1537 from out of G3588   G4491 his root G1473   G5452.1 a plant G932 of a kingdom, G1909 unto G3588   G2091 his preparation, G1473   G3849.1 casting aside, G4238 exacting G1391 glory G932 of the kingdom. G2532 And G1722 in G3588   G2250 those days G1565   G4937 he shall be broken, G2532 and G3756 not G1722 in G4383 faces, G3761 nor G1722 in G4171 war.
  21 G2476 One shall stand G1909 upon G3588   G2091 his preparation, G1473   G1847 who was treated with contempt, G2532 and G3756 they did not G1325 give G1909 unto G1473 him G1391 glory G932 of the kingdom. G2532 And G2240 he shall come G1722 in G2112.2 prosperity, G2532 and G2729 he shall prevail over G932 a kingdom G1722 by G3643.2 a slip.
  22 G2532 And G1023 the arms G3588 of the one G2626 inundating G2626 shall be flooded G575 from G4383 his face, G1473   G2532 and G4937 they shall be broken; G2532 even G2233 the one taking the lead G1242 of the covenant.
  23 G2532 And G575 because of G3588 the G4874.1 interminglings G4314 with G1473 him G4160 he shall deal G1388 in treachery. G2532 And G305 he shall ascend, G2532 and G5244.2 shall excel in strength over G1473 him G1722 by G3641 a little G1484 nation.
  24 G2532 And G1722 in G2112.2 prosperity G2532 and G1722 in G4104.2 plentiful G5561 places G2240 he shall come; G2532 and G4160 he shall do G3739 what G3756 [2did not do G4160   G3588   G3962 1his fathers], G1473   G2532 and G3588 the G3962 fathers G3588   G3962 of his fathers. G1473   G4307.2 Plunder, G2532 and G4661 spoils, G2532 and G5223 substance, G1473 [2to them G1287 1he will disperse]. G2532 And G1909 against G* Egypt G3049 he will devise G3053 his devices G1473   G2193 for G2540 a time.
  25 G2532 And G1825 [2shall be awakened G3588   G2479 1his strength], G1473   G2532 and G3588   G2588 his heart G1473   G1909 against G935 the king G3588 of the G3558 south G1722 with G1411 [2force G3173 1a great]; G2532 and G3588 the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south G4882.1 shall join together in G4171 war, G2532 and G1722 in G1411 [2power G3173 1a great], G2532 even G2478 in strength G4970 exceedingly. G2532 And G3756 he shall not G2476 stand, G3754 for G3049 they shall devise G1909 [2against G1473 3him G3053 1devices].
  26 G2532 And G2068 they shall eat G3588 the things G1163 necessary G1473 of his, G2532 and G4937 they shall break G1473 him, G2532 and G1411 forces G2647 shall break up, G2532 and G4098 [3shall fall G5134.1 2slain G4183 1many].
  27 G2532 And G297 both G3588 the G935 kings -- G3588   G2588 their hearts G1473   G1519 are for G4189 wickedness, G2532 and G1909 at G5132 [2table G1520 1one G5571 4lies G2980 3they shall speak], G2532 and G3756 it shall not G2720 straighten out, G3754 for G4009 the end G1519 is for G2540 a time.
  28 G2532 And G1994 he shall return G1519 unto G3588   G1093 his land G1473   G1722 with G5223 [2substance G4183 1much], G2532 and G3588   G2588 his heart G1473   G1909 against G1242 [2covenant G39 1holy]. G2532 And G4160 he shall act, G2532 and G1994 he shall return G1519 unto G3588   G1093 his land. G1473  
  29 G1519 In G3588 the G2540 time G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G2240 he shall come G1722 in G3588 the G3558 south, G2532 and G3756 it will not be G1510.8.3   G5613 as G3588 the G4413 first G2532 and G3588 the G2078 last.
  30 G2532 And G1525 they shall enter G1722 in G1473 it, G2532 even G3588 the ones G1607 coming forth, G* the Chittim. G2532 And G5013 he shall be humbled, G2532 and G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G2373 he shall be enraged G1909 against G1242 [2covenant G39 1holy]; G2532 and G4160 he shall act, G2532 and G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G4920 he shall perceive G1909 with G3588 the ones G2641 forsaking G1242 [2covenant G39 1holy].
  31 G2532 And G1023 [3arms G1537 1from G1473 2him] G450 shall rise up, G2532 and G953 shall profane G3588 the G37.1 sanctuary G3588 of the G1412.1 might. G2532 And G3179 they shall change over G3588 the G1734.1 perpetual sacrifice, G2532 and G1325 shall offer G946 [2abomination G853 1an obliterating].
  32 G2532 And G3588 the ones G457.1 acting lawlessly G1242 [2a covenant G1863 1shall bring upon] G1722 by G3643.2 a slip. G2532 And G2992 a people G1097 knowing G2316 his God G1473   G2729 shall grow strong, G2532 and G4160 shall act.
  33 G2532 And G3588 the G4908 discerning G3588 of the G2992 people G4920 shall perceive G1519 in G4183 many things, G2532 and G770 they shall be weak G1722 by G4501 the broadsword, G2532 and G1722 by G5395 flame, G2532 and G1722 by G161 captivity, G2532 and G1722 by G1282.2 ravaging G2250 of days.
  34 G2532 And G1722 in G3588 the G770 weakening G1473 of them G997 they shall be helped G996 [2help G3397 1 with a little], G2532 and G4369 [2shall be added G1909 3unto G1473 4them G4183 1many] G1722 by G3643.2 a slip.
  35 G2532 And G575 of G3588 the ones G4920 perceiving G770 shall weaken, G3588   G4448 to purify them by fire, G1473   G2532 and G3588   G1586 to choose, G2532 and G3588   G601 to be uncovered G2193 until G2540 the time G4009 of the end. G3754 For G2089 it is still G1519 for G2540 a time.
  36 G2532 And G4160 he shall do G2596 according to G3588   G2307 his will; G1473   G2532 and G3588 the G935 king G5312 shall be exalted, G2532 and G3170 magnified G1909 over G3956 every G2316 god, G2532 and G1909 over G3588 the G2316 God G3588   G2316 of gods. G2532 And G2980 he shall speak G5246 pompous words, G2532 and G2720 shall prosper G3360 until G3739 of which time G4931 [3should be completed G3588 1the G3709 2wrath]. G1519 For unto G1063   G4930 completion G1096 it is coming to pass.
  37 G2532 And G1909 unto G3956 all G2316 gods G3588   G3962 of his fathers G1473   G3756 he will not take notice, G4920   G2532 nor G1939 the desire G1135 of women; G2532 and G1909 concerning G3956 every G2316 god G3756 he will not G4920 take notice; G3754 for G1909 above G3956 all G3170 he will be magnified.
  38 G2532 And G2316 [2a god G3164.1 3of fortress G1909 4at G3588   G5117 5his place G1473   G1392 1he will glorify]. G2532 And G2316 a god G3739 whom G3756 [2knew not G1097   G3588   G3962 1his fathers] G1473   G1392 he shall glorify G1722 with G5553 gold, G2532 and G694 silver, G2532 and G3037 [2stone G5093 1precious], G2532 and G1722 with G1937.1 desirable things .
  39 G2532 And G4160 he shall act G3588 in the G3794 fortresses G3588   G2707.1 of refuge G3326 with G2316 a strange god, G245   G3739 of which G1437 ever G1921 he should recognize. G2532 And G4129 he shall multiply G1391 glory, G2532 and G5293 shall submit G1473 to them G4183 many; G2532 and G1093 the land G1244 he shall divide G1722 by G1435 gifts.
  40 G2532 And G1722 in G2540 [2time G4009 1end] G4786.1 he will mix horns G3326 with G3588 the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south; G2532 and G4863 [4shall be gathered together G1909 5unto G1473 6him G935 1 the king G3588 2of the G1005 3north] G1722 with G716 chariots, G2532 and G1722 with G2460 horsemen, G2532 and G1722 with G3491 [2ships G4183 1many]. G2532 And G1525 he shall enter G1519 into G3588 the G1093 land, G2532 and G4937 he shall break G2532 and G3928 go by.
  41 G2532 And G1525 he shall enter G1519 into G3588 the G1093 land G3588   G4521.1 of glory, G2532 and G4183 many G770 shall be weakened. G2532 And G3778 these G1295 shall be delivered G1537 from out of G5495 his hand -- G1473   G* Edom G2532 and G* Moab, G2532 and G746 the sovereignty G5207 of the sons G* of Ammon.
  42 G2532 And G1614 he shall stretch out G3588   G5495 his hand G1473   G1909 upon G3588 the G1093 land; G2532 and G1093 the land G* of Egypt G3756 will not be G1510.8.3   G1519 for G4991 deliverance.
  43 G2532 And G2961 he shall dominate G1722 by G3588 the G614 concealed things G3588   G5553 of gold G2532 and G3588   G694 of silver, G2532 and G1722 in G3956 all G1938.1 the desirable things G* of Egypt, G2532 and G* of the Libyans, G2532 and G* Ethiopians, G1722 in G3588   G3794 their fortresses. G1473  
  44 G2532 And G189 hearings G5015 shall disturb G1473 him G1537 from out of G395 the east, G2532 and G1005 the north. G2532 And G2240 he shall come G1722 in G2372 rage G4183 with many G3588   G853 to obliterate, G2532 and G3588   G332 to devote [2to consumption G4183 1many].
  45 G2532 And G4078 he shall pitch G3588   G4633 his tent G1473   G2176.1 of a royal pavilion G303.1 between G3588 the G2281 seas, G1519 in G3735 [2mountain G4521.1 3of glory G39 1 the holy]. G2532 And G2240 he shall come G2193 unto G3313 his parts, G1473   G2532 and G3756 there shall be G1510.8.3   G3588 the one G4506 rescuing G1473 him.
ABP_GRK(i)
  1 G2532 και G1473 εγώ G1722 εν G2094 έτει G4413 πρώτω G2962 Κύρου G*   G2476 έστην G1519 εις G2904 κράτος G2532 και G2479 ισχύν
  2 G2532 και G3568 νυν G225 αλήθειαν G312 αναγγελώ G1473 σοι G2400 ιδού G2089 έτι G5140 τρεις G935 βασιλείς G450 αναστήσονται G1722 εν G3588 τη G* Περσίδι G2532 και G3588 ο G5067 τέταρτος G4147 πλουτήσει G4149 πλούτον G3173 μέγαν G3844 παρά G3956 πάντας G2532 και G3326 μετά G3588 το G2902 κρατήσαι αυτόν G1473   G3588 του G4149 πλούτου αυτού G1473   G1881 επαναστήσεται G3956 πάσαις G932 βασιλείαις G* Ελλήνων
  3 G2532 και G450 αναστήσεται G935 βασιλεύς G1415 δυνατός G2532 και G2961 κυριεύσει G2955.1 κυρίας G4183 πολλής G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2596 κατά G3588 το G2307 θέλημα αυτού G1473  
  4 G2532 και G5613 ως G302 αν G2476 στη G3588 η G932 βασιλεία αυτού G1473   G4937 συντριβήσεται G2532 και G1244 διαιρεθήσεται G1519 εις G3588 τους G5064 τέσσαρας G417 ανέμους G3588 του G3772 ουρανού G2532 και G3756 ουκ G1519 εις G3588 τα G2078 έσχατα αυτού G1473   G3761 ουδέ G2596 κατά G3588 την G2955.1 κυρείαν αυτού G1473   G3739 ην G2961 εκυρίευσεν G3754 ότι G1620.2 εκτιλήσεται G3588 η G932 βασιλεία G1473 αυτού G2532 και G2087 ετέροις G1623 εκτός G3778 τούτων G1325 δοθήσεται
  5 G2532 και G1765 ενισχύσει G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G1520 εις G3588 των G758 αρχόντων αυτού G1473   G1765 ενισχύσει G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G2532 και G2961 κυριεύσει G2955.1 κυρείαν G4183 πολλήν G1909 επ΄ G1849 εξουσίας αυτού G1473  
  6 G2532 και G3326 μετά G3588 τα G2094 έτη αυτού G1473   G4830.3 συμμιγήσονται G2532 και G2364 θυγάτηρ G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G3558 νότου G1525 εισελεύσεται G4314 προς G935 βασιλέα G3588 του G1005 βορρά G3588 του G4160 ποιήσαι G4916.5 συνθήκας G3326 μετ΄ G3588 αυτού G2532 και G3756 ου G2902 κρατήσει G2479 ισχύος G1023 βραχίονος G2532 και G3756 ου G2476 στήσεται G3588 το G4690 σπέρμα αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3860 παραδοθήσεται αυτή G1473   G2532 και G3588 οι G5342 φέροντες G1473 αυτήν G2532 και G3588 η G3494.1 νεάνις G2532 και G3588 ο G2729 κατισχύων G1473 αυτήν G1722 εν G3588 τοις G2540 καιροίς
  7 G2532 και G450 αναστήσεται G1537 εκ G3588 του G438 άνθους G3588 της G4491 ρίζης αυτής G1473   G1909 επί G3588 της G2091 ετοιμασίας αυτού G1473   G2532 και G2240 ήξει G4314 προς G3588 την G1411 δύναμιν G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 τα G5288.2 υποστηρίγματα G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G1005 βορρά G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G1722 εν G1473 αυτοίς G2532 και G2729 κατισχύσει
  8 G2532 και G1065 γε G3588 τους G2316 θεούς αυτών G1473   G3326 μετά G3588 των G5560.8 χωνευτών αυτών G1473   G3956 παν G4632 σκεύος G1938.1 επιθυμητόν G1473 αυτών G694 αργυρίου G2532 και G5553 χρυσίου G3326 μετά G161 αιχμαλωσίας G5342 οίσει G1519 εις G* Αίγυπτον G2532 και G1473 αυτός G2476 στήσεται G5228 υπέρ G935 βασιλέα G1473 του G1005 βορρά
  9 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 την G932 βασιλείαν G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G390 αναστρέψει G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην αυτού G1473  
  10 G2532 και G3588 οι G5207 υιοί αυτού G4863 συνάξουσιν G3793 όχλον G1411 δυνάμεων G4183 πολλών G2532 και G2064 ελευσεται G2064 ερχόμενος G2532 και G2626 κατακλύζων G2532 και G3928 παρελεύσεται G2532 και G2523 καθίεται G2532 και G4850.3 συμπροσπλακήσεται G2193 έως G3588 της G2479 ισχύος αυτού G1473  
  11 G2532 και G64.1 αγριανθήσεται G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G1831 εξελεύσεται G2532 και G4170 πολεμήσει G3326 μετά G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G1005 βορρά G2532 και G2476 στήσει G3793 όχλον G4183 πολύν G2532 και G3860 παραδοθήσεται G3793 όχλος G1722 εν G5495 χειρί αυτού G1473  
  12 G2532 και G2983 λήψεται G3588 τον G3793 όχλον G2532 και G5312 υψωθήσεται G3588 η G2588 καρδία αυτού G1473   G2532 και G2598 καταβαλεί G3461 μυριάδας G2532 και G3756 ου κατισχύσει G2729  
  13 G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G1005 βορρά G2532 και G71 άξει G3793 όχλον G4183 πολύν G5228 υπέρ G3588 τον G4387 πρότερον G2532 και G1519 εις G3588 το G5056 τέλος G3588 των G2540 καιρών G1904 επελεύσεται G1528.2 εισοδία G1722 εν G1411 δυνάμει G3173 μεγάλη G2532 και G1722 εν G5223 υπάρξει G4183 πολλή
  14 G2532 και G1722 εν G3588 τοις G2540 καιροίς εκείνοις G1565   G4183 πολλοί G1881 επαναστήσονται G1909 επί G935 βασιλέα G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G3588 οι G5207 υιοί G3588 των G3061 λοιμών G3588 του G2992 λαού σου G1473   G1869 επαρθήσονται G3588 του G2476 στήσαι G3706 όρασιν G2532 και G770 ασθενήσουσι
  15 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G1005 βορρά G2532 και G1632 εκχεεί G4378.1 πρόσχωμα G2532 και G4815 συλλήψεται G4172 πόλεις G3793.1 οχυράς G2532 και G3588 οι G1023 βραχίονες G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G3558 νότου G3756 ου G2476 στήσονται G2532 και G450 αναστήσονται G3588 οι G1588 εκλεκτοί αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3756 ουκ G1510.8.3 έσται G2479 ισχύς G3588 του G2476 στήναι
  16 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G3588 ο G1531 εισπορευόμενος G4314 προς G1473 αυτόν G2596 κατά G3588 το G2307 θέλημα αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3756 ουκ έστιν G1510.2.3   G2476 εστώς G2596 κατά G4383 πρόσωπον αυτού G1473   G2532 και G2476 στήσεται G1722 εν G3588 τη G1093 γη G3588 του G4521.1 σαβεί G2532 και G4931 συντελεσθήσεται G1722 εν G3588 τη G5495 χειρί αυτού G1473  
  17 G2532 και G5021 τάξει G3588 το G4383 πρόσωπον αυτού G1473   G1525 εισελθείν G1722 εν G2479 ισχύϊ G3956 πάσης G3588 της G932 βασιλείας αυτού G1473   G2532 και G2117 ευθεία G3956 πάντα G3326 μετ΄ G1473 αυτού G4160 ποιήσει G2532 και G2364 θυγατέρα G3588 των G1135 γυναικών G1325 δώσει G1473 αυτώ G3588 του G1311 διαφθείραι G1473 αυτήν G2532 και G3766.2 ου μη G3887 παραμείνη G2532 και G3756 ουκ G1473 αυτώ G1510.8.3 έσται
  18 G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G3588 το G4383 πρόσωπον αυτού G1473   G1519 εις G3588 τας G3520 νήσους G2532 και G4815 συλλήψεται G4183 πολλάς G2532 και G2664 καταπαύσει G758 άρχοντας G3680 ονειδισμού αυτών G1473   G4133 πλην G3588 ο G3680 ονειδισμός αυτού G1473   G1994 επιστρέψει G1473 αυτώ
  19 G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G3588 το G4383 πρόσωπον αυτού G1473   G1519 εις G3588 την G2479 ισχύν G3588 της G1093 γης αυτού G1473   G2532 και G770 ασθενήσει G2532 και G4098 πεσείται G2532 και G3756 ουκ G2147 ευρεθήσεται
  20 G2532 και G450 αναστήσεται G1537 εκ G3588 της G4491 ρίζης αυτού G1473   G5452.1 φυτόν G932 βασιλείας G1909 επί G3588 την G2091 ετοιμασίαν αυτού G1473   G3849.1 παραβιβάζων G4238 πράσσων G1391 δόξαν G932 βασιλείας G2532 και G1722 εν G3588 ταις G2250 ημέραις εκείναις G1565   G4937 συντριβήσεται G2532 και G3756 ουκ G1722 εν G4383 προσώπω G3761 ουδέ G1722 εν G4171 πολέμω
  21 G2476 στήσεται G1909 επί G3588 την G2091 ετοιμασίαν αυτού G1473   G1847 εξουδενωθή G2532 και G3756 ουκ G1325 έδωκαν G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G1391 δόξαν G932 βασιλείας G2532 και G2240 ήξει G1722 εν G2112.2 ευθηνία G2532 και G2729 κατισχύσει G932 βασιλείας G1722 εν G3643.2 ολισθήμασι
  22 G2532 και G1023 βραχίονες G3588 του G2626 κατακλύζοντος G2626 κατακλυσθήσονται G575 από G4383 προσώπου αυτού G1473   G2532 και G4937 συντριβήσονται G2532 και G2233 ηγούμενος G1242 διαθήκης
  23 G2532 και G575 από G3588 των G4874.1 συνανμίξεων G4314 προς G1473 αυτόν G4160 ποιήσει G1388 δόλον G2532 και G305 αναβήσεται G2532 και G5244.2 υπερισχύσει G1473 αυτού G1722 εν G3641 ολίγω G1484 έθνει
  24 G2532 και G1722 εν G2112.2 ευθηνία G2532 και G1722 εν G4104.2 πίοσι G5561 χώραις G2240 ήξει G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G3739 α G3756 ουκ εποίησαν G4160   G3588 οι G3962 πατέρες αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3588 οι G3962 πατέρες G3588 των G3962 πατέρων αυτού G1473   G4307.2 προνομήν G2532 και G4661 σκύλα G2532 και G5223 ύπαρξιν G1473 αυτοίς G1287 διασκορπιεί G2532 και G1909 επ΄ G* Αίγυπτον G3049 λογιείται G3053 λογισμούς αυτού G1473   G2193 έως G2540 καιρού
  25 G2532 και G1825 εξεγερθήσεται G3588 η G2479 ισχύς αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3588 η G2588 καρδία αυτού G1473   G1909 επί G935 βασιλέα G3588 του G3558 νότου G1722 εν G1411 δυνάμει G3173 μεγάλη G2532 και G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G3558 νότου G4882.1 συνάψει G4171 πόλεμον G2532 και G1722 εν G1411 δυνάμει G3173 μεγάλη G2532 και G2478 ισχυρά G4970 σφόδρα G2532 και G3756 ου G2476 στήσονται G3754 ότι G3049 λογιούνται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G3053 λογισμούς
  26 G2532 και G2068 φάγονται G3588 τα G1163 δέοντα G1473 αυτού G2532 και G4937 συντρίψουσιν G1473 αυτόν G2532 και G1411 δυνάμεις G2647 καταλύσει G2532 και G4098 πεσούνται G5134.1 τραυματίαι G4183 πολλοί
  27 G2532 και G297 αμφότεροί G3588 οι G935 βασιλείς G3588 αι G2588 καρδίαι αυτών G1473   G1519 εις G4189 πονηρίαν G2532 και G1909 επί G5132 τραπέζη G1520 μία G5571 ψευδή G2980 λαλήσουσι G2532 και G3756 ου G2720 κατευθυνεί G3754 ότι G4009 πέρας G1519 εις G2540 καιρόν
  28 G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην αυτού G1473   G1722 εν G5223 υπάρξει G4183 πολλή G2532 και G3588 η G2588 καρδία αυτού G1473   G1909 επί G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην αυτού G1473  
  29 G1519 εις G3588 τον G2540 καιρόν G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G2240 ήξει G1722 εν G3588 τω G3558 νότω G2532 και G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3   G5613 ως G3588 η G4413 πρώτη G2532 και G3588 η G2078 εσχάτη
  30 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσονται G1722 εν G1473 αυτώ G2532 και G3588 οι G1607 εκπορευόμενοι G* Κίτιοι G2532 και G5013 ταπεινωθήσεται G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G2373 θυμωθήσεται G1909 επί G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G4920 συνήσει G1909 επί G3588 τους G2641 καταλιπόντας G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν
  31 G2532 και G1023 βραχίονες G1537 εξ G1473 αυτού G450 αναστήσονται G2532 και G953 βεβηλώσουσι G3588 το G37.1 αγίασμα G3588 της G1412.1 δυναστείας G2532 και G3179 μεταστήσουσι G3588 τον G1734.1 ενδελεχισμόν G2532 και G1325 δώσουσι G946 βδέλυγμα G853 ηφανισμένον
  32 G2532 και G3588 οι G457.1 ανομούντες G1242 διαθήκην G1863 επάξουσιν G1722 εν G3643.2 ολισθήμασι G2532 και G2992 λαός G1097 γινώσκοντες G2316 θεόν αυτού G1473   G2729 κατισχύσουσι G2532 και G4160 ποιήσουσι
  33 G2532 και G3588 οι G4908 συνετοί G3588 του G2992 λαού G4920 συνήσουσιν G1519 εις G4183 πολλά G2532 και G770 ασθενήσουσιν G1722 εν G4501 ρομφαία G2532 και G1722 εν G5395 φλογί G2532 και G1722 εν G161 αιχμαλωσία G2532 και G1722 εν G1282.2 διαρπαγή G2250 ημερών
  34 G2532 και G1722 εν G3588 τω G770 ασθενήσαι G1473 αυτούς G997 βοηθήσονται G996 βοήθειαν G3397 μικράν G2532 και G4369 προστεθήσονται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτούς G4183 πολλοί G1722 εν G3643.2 ολισθήμασι
  35 G2532 και G575 από G3588 των G4920 συνιέντων G770 ασθενήσουσι G3588 του G4448 πυρώσαι αυτούς G1473   G2532 και G3588 του G1586 εκλέξασθαι G2532 και G3588 του G601 αποκαλυφθήναι G2193 έως G2540 καιρού G4009 πέρας G3754 ότι G2089 έτι G1519 εις G2540 καιρόν
  36 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2596 κατά G3588 το G2307 θέλημα αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G5312 υψωθήσεται G2532 και G3170 μεγαλυνθήσεται G1909 επί G3956 πάντα G2316 θεόν G2532 και G1909 επί G3588 τον G2316 θεόν G3588 των G2316 θεών G2532 και G2980 λαλήσει G5246 υπέρογκα G2532 και G2720 κατευθυνεί G3360 μέχρις G3739 ου G4931 συντελεσθή G3588 η G3709 οργή G1519 εις γαρ G1063   G4930 συντέλειαν G1096 γίνεται
  37 G2532 και G1909 επί G3956 πάντας G2316 θεούς G3588 των G3962 πατέρων αυτού G1473   G3756 ου συνήσει G4920   G2532 και G1939 επιθυμία G1135 γυναικών G2532 και G1909 επί G3956 πάντα G2316 θεόν G3756 ου G4920 συνήσει G3754 ότι G1909 επί G3956 πάντας G3170 μεγαλυνθήσεται
  38 G2532 και G2316 θεόν G3164.1 μαωζείν G1909 επί G3588 του G5117 τόπου αυτού G1473   G1392 δοξάσει G2532 και G2316 θεόν G3739 ον G3756 ουκ έγνωσαν G1097   G3588 οι G3962 πατέρες αυτού G1473   G1392 δοξάσει G1722 εν G5553 χρυσίω G2532 και G694 αργυρίω G2532 και G3037 λίθω G5093 τιμίω G2532 και G1722 εν G1937.1 επιθυμήμασι
  39 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G3588 τοις G3794 οχυρώμασι G3588 των G2707.1 καταφυγών G3326 μετά G2316 θεού αλλοτρίου G245   G3739 ου G1437 εάν G1921 επιγνώ G2532 και G4129 πληθυνεί G1391 δόξαν G2532 και G5293 υποτάξει G1473 αυτοίς G4183 πολλούς G2532 και G1093 γην G1244 διελεί G1722 εν G1435 δώροις
  40 G2532 και G1722 εν G2540 καιρού G4009 πέρατι G4786.1 συγκερατισθήσεται G3326 μετά G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G4863 συναχθήσεται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G1005 βορρά G1722 εν G716 άρμασι G2532 και G1722 εν G2460 ιππεύσι G2532 και G1722 εν G3491 ναυσί G4183 πολλαίς G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην G2532 και G4937 συντρίψει G2532 και G3928 παρελεύσεται
  41 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην G3588 του G4521.1 σαβεί G2532 και G4183 πολλοί G770 ασθενήσουσι G2532 και G3778 ούτοι G1295 διασωθήσονται G1537 εκ G5495 χειρός αυτού G1473   G* Εδών G2532 και G* Μωάβ G2532 και G746 αρχή G5207 υιών G* Αμμών
  42 G2532 και G1614 εκτενεί G3588 την G5495 χείρα αυτού G1473   G1909 επί G3588 την G1093 γην G2532 και G1093 γη G* Αιγύπτου G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3   G1519 εις G4991 σωτηρίαν
  43 G2532 και G2961 κυριεύσει G1722 εν G3588 τοις G614 αποκρύφοις G3588 του G5553 χρυσίου G2532 και G3588 του G694 αργυρίου G2532 και G1722 εν G3956 πάσιν G1938.1 επιθυμητοίς G* Αιγύπτου G2532 και G* Λιβύων G2532 και G* Αιθιόπων G1722 εν G3588 τοις G3794 οχυρώμασιν αυτών G1473  
  44 G2532 και G189 ακοαί G5015 ταράξουσιν G1473 αυτόν G1537 εξ G395 ανατολών G2532 και G1005 βορρά G2532 και G2240 ήξει G1722 εν G2372 θυμώ G4183 πολλώ G3588 του G853 αφανίσαι G2532 και G3588 του G332 αναθεματίσαι G4183 πολλούς
  45 G2532 και G4078 πήξει G3588 την G4633 σκηνήν αυτού G1473   G2176.1 εφαδανώ G303.1 αναμέσον G3588 των G2281 θαλασσών G1519 εις G3735 όρος G4521.1 σαβεί G39 άγιον G2532 και G2240 ήξει G2193 έως G3313 μέρους αυτού G1473   G2532 και G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3   G3588 ο G4506 ρυόμενος G1473 αυτόν
LXX_WH(i)
    1 G2532 CONJ και G1473 P-NS εγω G1722 PREP εν G2094 N-DSN ετει G4413 A-DSNS πρωτω   N-GSM κυρου G2476 V-AAI-1S εστην G1519 PREP εις G2904 N-ASN κρατος G2532 CONJ και G2479 N-ASF ισχυν
    2 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV νυν G225 N-ASF αληθειαν G312 V-FAI-1S αναγγελω G4771 P-DS σοι G2400 INJ ιδου G2089 ADV ετι G5140 A-NPM τρεις G935 N-NPM βασιλεις G450 V-FMI-3P αναστησονται G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G4069 N-DSF περσιδι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSM ο G5067 A-NSM τεταρτος G4147 V-FAI-3S πλουτησει G4149 N-ASM πλουτον G3173 A-ASM μεγαν G3844 PREP παρα G3956 A-APM παντας G2532 CONJ και G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-ASN το G2902 V-AAN κρατησαι G846 D-ASM αυτον G3588 T-GSM του G4149 N-GSM πλουτου G846 D-GSM αυτου   V-FMI-3S επαναστησεται G3956 A-DPF πασαις G932 N-DPF βασιλειαις G1672 N-GPM ελληνων
    3 G2532 CONJ και G450 V-FMI-3S αναστησεται G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G1415 A-NSM δυνατος G2532 CONJ και G2961 V-FAI-3S κυριευσει   N-GSF κυριειας G4183 A-GSF πολλης G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G2307 N-ASN θελημα G846 D-GSM αυτου
    4 G2532 CONJ και G3739 CONJ ως G302 PRT αν G2476 V-AAS-3S στη G3588 T-NSF η G932 N-NSF βασιλεια G846 D-GSM αυτου G4937 V-FPI-3S συντριβησεται G2532 CONJ και G1244 V-FPI-3S διαιρεθησεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-APM τους G5064 A-APM τεσσαρας G417 N-APM ανεμους G3588 T-GSM του G3772 N-GSM ουρανου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-APN τα G2078 A-APN εσχατα G846 D-GSM αυτου G3761 CONJ ουδε G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASF την   N-ASF κυριειαν G846 D-GSM αυτου G3739 R-ASF ην G2961 V-AAI-3S εκυριευσεν G3754 CONJ οτι   V-FMI-3S εκτιλησεται G3588 T-NSF η G932 N-NSF βασιλεια G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G2087 A-DPM ετεροις G1622 PREP εκτος G3778 D-GPM τουτων
    5 G2532 CONJ και G1765 V-FAI-3S ενισχυσει G3588 T-NSM ο G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G1519 A-NSM εις G3588 T-GPM των G758 N-GPM αρχοντων G846 D-GSM αυτου G1765 V-FAI-3S ενισχυσει G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G2532 CONJ και G2961 V-FAI-3S κυριευσει   N-ASF κυριειαν G4183 A-ASF πολλην G1909 PREP επ G1849 N-GSF εξουσιας G846 D-GSM αυτου
    6 G2532 CONJ και G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-APN τα G2094 N-APN ετη G846 D-GSM αυτου   V-FPI-3P συμμειγησονται G2532 CONJ και G2364 N-NSF θυγατηρ G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G4314 PREP προς G935 N-ASM βασιλεα G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G3588 T-GSN του G4160 V-AAN ποιησαι   N-APF συνθηκας G3326 PREP μετ G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2902 V-FAI-3S κρατησει G2479 N-GSF ισχυος G1023 N-GSM βραχιονος G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G3588 T-NSN το G4690 N-NSN σπερμα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3860 V-FPI-3S παραδοθησεται G846 D-NSF αυτη G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G5342 V-PAPNP φεροντες G846 D-ASF αυτην G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSF η   N-NSF νεανις G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSM ο G2729 V-PAPNS κατισχυων G846 D-ASF αυτην G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPM τοις G2540 N-DPM καιροις
    7 G2532 CONJ και G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSN του G438 N-GSN ανθους G3588 T-GSF της   N-GSF ριζης G846 D-GSF αυτης G3588 T-GSF της G2091 N-GSF ετοιμασιας G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G4314 PREP προς G3588 T-ASF την G1411 N-ASF δυναμιν G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-APN τα   N-APN υποστηριγματα G3588 T-GSM του G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G1722 PREP εν G846 D-DPM αυτοις G2532 CONJ και G2729 V-FAI-3S κατισχυσει
    8 G2532 CONJ και G1065 PRT γε G3588 T-APM τους G2316 N-APM θεους G846 D-GPM αυτων G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-GPM των   A-GPM χωνευτων G846 D-GPM αυτων G3956 A-ASN παν G4632 N-ASN σκευος   A-ASN επιθυμητον G846 D-GPM αυτων G694 N-GSN αργυριου G2532 CONJ και G5553 N-GSN χρυσιου G3326 PREP μετα G161 N-GSF αιχμαλωσιας G5342 V-FAI-3S οισει G1519 PREP εις G125 N-ASF αιγυπτον G2532 CONJ και G846 D-NSM αυτος G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G5228 PREP υπερ G935 N-ASM βασιλεα G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα
    9 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G932 N-ASF βασιλειαν G3588 T-GSM του G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G390 V-FAI-3S αναστρεψει G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G846 D-GSM αυτου
    10 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G5207 N-NPM υιοι G846 D-GSM αυτου G4863 V-FAI-3P συναξουσιν G3793 N-ASM οχλον G1411 N-GPF δυναμεων G4183 A-GPF πολλων G2532 CONJ και G2064 V-FMI-3S ελευσεται G2064 V-PMPNS ερχομενος G2532 CONJ και G2626 V-PAPNS κατακλυζων G2532 CONJ και G3928 V-FMI-3S παρελευσεται G2532 CONJ και G2524 V-PMI-3S καθιεται G2532 CONJ και   V-FMI-3S συμπροσπλακησεται G2193 PREP εως G3588 T-GSF της G2479 N-GSF ισχυος G846 D-GSM αυτου
    11 G2532 CONJ και   V-FPI-3S αγριανθησεται G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G1831 V-FMI-3S εξελευσεται G2532 CONJ και G4170 V-FAI-3S πολεμησει G3326 PREP μετα G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G2476 V-FAI-3S στησει G3793 N-ASM οχλον G4183 A-ASM πολυν G2532 CONJ και G3860 V-FPI-3S παραδοθησεται G3588 T-NSM ο G3793 N-NSM οχλος G1722 PREP εν G5495 N-DSF χειρι G846 D-GSM αυτου
    12 G2532 CONJ και G2983 V-FMI-3S λημψεται G3588 T-ASM τον G3793 N-ASM οχλον G2532 CONJ και G5312 V-FPI-3S υψωθησεται G3588 T-NSF η G2588 N-NSF καρδια G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G2598 V-FAI-3S καταβαλει G3461 N-APF μυριαδας G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2729 V-FAI-3S κατισχυσει
    13 G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G71 V-FAI-3S αξει G3793 N-ASM οχλον G4183 A-ASM πολυν G5228 PREP υπερ G3588 T-ASM τον G4387 A-ASM προτερον G2532 CONJ και G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASN το G5056 N-ASN τελος G3588 T-GPM των G2540 N-GPM καιρων G1763 N-GPM ενιαυτων   V-FMI-3S επελευσεται   N-NPN εισοδια G1722 PREP εν G1411 N-DSF δυναμει G3173 A-DSF μεγαλη G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G5223 N-DSF υπαρξει G4183 A-DSF πολλη
    14 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPM τοις G2540 N-DPM καιροις G1565 D-DPM εκεινοις G4183 A-NPM πολλοι   V-FMI-3P επαναστησονται G1909 PREP επι G935 N-ASM βασιλεα G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G5207 N-NPM υιοι G3588 T-GPM των G3061 A-GPM λοιμων G3588 T-GSM του G2992 N-GSM λαου G4771 P-GS σου   V-FPI-3P επαρθησονται G3588 T-GSN του G2476 V-AAN στησαι G3706 N-ASF ορασιν G2532 CONJ και G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν
    15 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G1632 V-FAI-3S εκχεει   N-ASN προσχωμα G2532 CONJ και G4815 V-FMI-3S συλλημψεται G4172 N-APF πολεις   A-APF οχυρας G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G1023 N-NPM βραχιονες G3588 T-GSM του G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G3364 ADV ου G2476 V-FMI-3P στησονται G2532 CONJ και G450 V-FMI-3P αναστησονται G3588 T-NPM οι G1588 A-NPM εκλεκτοι G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G2479 N-NSF ισχυς G3588 T-GSN του G2476 V-AAN στηναι
    16 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G3588 T-NSM ο G1531 V-PMPNS εισπορευομενος G4314 PREP προς G846 D-ASM αυτον G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G2307 N-ASN θελημα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-PAI-3S εστιν G2476 V-RAPNS εστως G2596 PREP κατα G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G1722 PREP εν G1065 N-DSF γη G3588 T-GS του   N-PRI σαβι G2532 CONJ και G4931 V-FPI-3S συντελεσθησεται G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G5495 N-DSF χειρι G846 D-GSM αυτου
    17 G2532 CONJ και G5021 V-FAI-3S ταξει G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 D-GSM αυτου G1525 V-AAN εισελθειν G1722 PREP εν G2479 N-DSF ισχυι G3956 A-GSF πασης G3588 T-GSF της G932 N-GSF βασιλειας G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G2117 A-NSF ευθεια G3956 A-NPN παντα G3326 PREP μετ G846 D-GSM αυτου G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2532 CONJ και G2364 N-ASF θυγατερα G3588 T-GPF των G1135 N-GPF γυναικων G1325 V-FAI-3S δωσει G846 D-DSM αυτω G3588 T-GSN του G1311 V-AAN διαφθειραι G846 D-ASF αυτην G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G3165 ADV μη G3887 V-AAS-3S παραμεινη G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G846 D-DSM αυτω G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται
    18 G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 D-GSM αυτου G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-APF τας G3520 N-APF νησους G2532 CONJ και G4815 V-FMI-3S συλλημψεται G4183 A-APF πολλας G2532 CONJ και G2664 V-FAI-3S καταπαυσει G758 N-APM αρχοντας G3680 N-GSM ονειδισμου G846 D-GPM αυτων G4133 ADV πλην G3680 N-NSM ονειδισμος G846 D-GSM αυτου G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G846 D-DSM αυτω
    19 G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 D-GSM αυτου G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G2479 N-ASF ισχυν G3588 T-GSF της G1065 N-GSF γης G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G770 V-FAI-3S ασθενησει G2532 CONJ και G4098 V-FMI-3S πεσειται G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουχ G2147 V-FPI-3S ευρεθησεται
    20 G2532 CONJ και G450 V-FMI-3S αναστησεται G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSF της   N-GSF ριζης G846 D-GSM αυτου   N-NSN φυτον G932 N-GSF βασιλειας G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASF την G2091 N-ASF ετοιμασιαν G846 D-GSM αυτου   V-PAPNS παραβιβαζων G4238 V-PAPNS πρασσων G1391 N-ASF δοξαν G932 N-GSF βασιλειας G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPF ταις G2250 N-DPF ημεραις G1565 D-DPF εκειναις G4937 V-FPI-3S συντριβησεται G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1722 PREP εν G4383 N-DPN προσωποις G3761 CONJ ουδε G1722 PREP εν G4171 N-DSM πολεμω
    21 G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASF την G2091 N-ASF ετοιμασιαν G846 D-GSM αυτου G1847 V-API-3S εξουδενωθη G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1325 V-AAI-3P εδωκαν G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G1391 N-ASF δοξαν G932 N-GSF βασιλειας G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G1722 PREP εν   N-DSF ευθηνια G2532 CONJ και G2729 V-FAI-3S κατισχυσει G932 N-GSF βασιλειας G1722 PREP εν   N-DPN ολισθρημασιν
    22 G2532 CONJ και G1023 N-NPM βραχιονες G3588 T-GSM του G2626 V-PAPGS κατακλυζοντος G2626 V-FPI-3P κατακλυσθησονται G575 PREP απο G4383 N-GSN προσωπου G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G4937 V-FPI-3P συντριβησονται G2532 CONJ και G2233 V-PMPNS ηγουμενος G1242 N-GSF διαθηκης
    23 G2532 CONJ και G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GPF των   N-GPF συναναμειξεων G4314 PREP προς G846 D-ASM αυτον G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G1388 N-ASM δολον G2532 CONJ και G305 V-FMI-3S αναβησεται G2532 CONJ και   V-FAI-3S υπερισχυσει G846 D-GSM αυτου G1722 PREP εν G3641 A-DSN ολιγω G1484 N-DSN εθνει
    24 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν   N-DSF ευθηνια G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν   A-DPF πιοσιν G5561 N-DPF χωραις G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G3739 R-APN α G3364 ADV ουκ G4160 V-AAI-3P εποιησαν G3588 T-NPM οι G3962 N-NPM πατερες G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G3962 N-NPM πατερες G3588 T-GPM των G3962 N-GPM πατερων G846 D-GSM αυτου   N-ASF προνομην G2532 CONJ και G4661 N-APN σκυλα G2532 CONJ και G5223 N-ASF υπαρξιν G846 D-DPM αυτοις G1287 V-FAI-3S διασκορπιει G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επ G125 N-ASF αιγυπτον G3049 V-FMI-3S λογιειται G3053 N-APM λογισμους G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G2193 PREP εως G2540 N-GSM καιρου
    25 G2532 CONJ και G1825 V-FPI-3S εξεγερθησεται G3588 T-NSF η G2479 N-NSF ισχυς G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSF η G2588 N-NSF καρδια G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G935 N-ASM βασιλεα G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G1722 PREP εν G1411 N-DSF δυναμει G3173 A-DSF μεγαλη G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSM ο G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου   V-FAI-3S συναψει G4171 N-ASM πολεμον G1722 PREP εν G1411 N-DSF δυναμει G3173 A-DSF μεγαλη G2532 CONJ και G2478 A-DSF ισχυρα G4970 ADV σφοδρα G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G3754 CONJ οτι G3049 V-FMI-3P λογιουνται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G3053 N-APM λογισμους
    26 G2532 CONJ και G2068 V-FMI-3P φαγονται G3588 T-APN τα G1210 V-PAPAP δεοντα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G4937 V-FAI-3P συντριψουσιν G846 D-ASM αυτον G2532 CONJ και G1411 N-APF δυναμεις G2626 V-FAI-3S κατακλυσει G2532 CONJ και G4098 V-FMI-3P πεσουνται   N-NPM τραυματιαι G4183 A-NPM πολλοι
    27 G2532 CONJ και   A-NPM αμφοτεροι G3588 T-NPM οι G935 N-NPM βασιλεις G3588 T-NPF αι G2588 N-NPF καρδιαι G846 D-GPM αυτων G1519 PREP εις G4189 N-ASF πονηριαν G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G5132 N-DSF τραπεζη G1519 A-DSF μια G5571 A-APN ψευδη G2980 V-FAI-3P λαλησουσιν G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2720 V-FAI-3S κατευθυνει G3754 CONJ οτι G2089 ADV ετι G4009 N-NSN περας G1519 PREP εις G2540 N-ASM καιρον
    28 G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G846 D-GSM αυτου G1722 PREP εν G5223 N-DSF υπαρξει G4183 A-DSF πολλη G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSF η G2588 N-NSF καρδια G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G846 D-GSM αυτου
    29 G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASM τον G2540 N-ASM καιρον G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSM τω G3558 N-DSM νοτω G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G3739 CONJ ως G3588 T-NSF η G4413 A-NSFS πρωτη G2532 CONJ και G3739 CONJ ως G3588 T-NSF η G2078 A-NSF εσχατη
    30 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3P εισελευσονται G1722 PREP εν G846 D-DSM αυτω G3588 T-NPM οι G1607 V-PMPNP εκπορευομενοι   N-NPM κιτιοι G2532 CONJ και G5013 V-FPI-3S ταπεινωθησεται G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G2373 V-FPI-3S θυμωθησεται G1909 PREP επι G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-APM τους G2641 V-AAPAP καταλιποντας G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν
    31 G2532 CONJ και G4690 N-NPN σπερματα G1537 PREP εξ G846 D-GSM αυτου G450 V-FMI-3P αναστησονται G2532 CONJ και G953 V-FAI-3P βεβηλωσουσιν G3588 T-ASN το   N-ASN αγιασμα G3588 T-GSF της   N-GSF δυναστειας G2532 CONJ και G3179 V-FAI-3P μεταστησουσιν G3588 T-ASM τον   N-ASM ενδελεχισμον G2532 CONJ και G1325 V-FAI-3P δωσουσιν G946 N-ASN βδελυγμα   V-RMPAS ηφανισμενον
    32 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι   V-PAPNP ανομουντες G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην   V-FAI-3P επαξουσιν G1722 PREP εν   N-DPN ολισθρημασιν G2532 CONJ και G2992 N-NSM λαος G1097 V-PAPNP γινωσκοντες G2316 N-ASM θεον G846 D-GSM αυτου G2729 V-FAI-3P κατισχυσουσιν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3P ποιησουσιν
    33 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G4908 A-NPM συνετοι G3588 T-GSM του G2992 N-GSM λαου G4920 V-FAI-3P συνησουσιν G1519 PREP εις G4183 A-APN πολλα G2532 CONJ και G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G1722 PREP εν   N-DSF ρομφαια G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G5395 N-DSF φλογι G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G161 N-DSF αιχμαλωσια G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν   N-DSF διαρπαγη G2250 N-GPF ημερων
    34 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSN τω G770 V-AAN ασθενησαι G846 D-APM αυτους G997 V-FPI-3P βοηθηθησονται G996 N-ASF βοηθειαν G3398 A-ASF μικραν G2532 CONJ και G4369 V-FPI-3P προστεθησονται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-APM αυτους G4183 A-NPM πολλοι G1722 PREP εν   N-DPN ολισθρημασιν
    35 G2532 CONJ και G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GPM των G4920 V-PAPGP συνιεντων G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G3588 T-GSN του G4448 V-AAN πυρωσαι G846 D-APM αυτους G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του   V-AMN εκλεξασθαι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του G601 V-APN αποκαλυφθηναι G2193 PREP εως G2540 N-GSM καιρου G4009 N-ASN περας G3754 CONJ οτι G2089 ADV ετι G1519 PREP εις G2540 N-ASM καιρον
    36 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G2307 N-ASN θελημα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G5312 V-FPI-3S υψωθησεται G3588 T-NSM ο G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G2532 CONJ και G3170 V-FPI-3S μεγαλυνθησεται G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-ASM παντα G2316 N-ASM θεον G2532 CONJ και G2980 V-FAI-3S λαλησει G5246 A-APN υπερογκα G2532 CONJ και G2720 V-FAI-3S κατευθυνει   PREP μεχρις G3739 R-GSM ου G4931 V-APS-3S συντελεσθη G3588 T-NSF η G3709 N-NSF οργη G1519 PREP εις G1063 PRT γαρ G4930 N-ASF συντελειαν G1096 V-PMI-3S γινεται
    37 G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-APM παντας G2316 N-APM θεους G3588 T-GPM των G3962 N-GPM πατερων G846 D-GSM αυτου G3364 ADV ου G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G1939 N-ASF επιθυμιαν G1135 N-GPF γυναικων G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-ASN παν G2316 N-ASM θεον G3364 ADV ου G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G3754 CONJ οτι G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-APM παντας G3170 V-FPI-3S μεγαλυνθησεται
    38 G2532 CONJ και G2316 N-ASM θεον   N-PRI μαωζιν G1909 PREP επι G5117 N-GSM τοπου G846 D-GSM αυτου G1392 V-FAI-3S δοξασει G2532 CONJ και G2316 N-ASM θεον G3739 R-ASM ον G3364 ADV ουκ G1097 V-AAI-3P εγνωσαν G3588 T-NPM οι G3962 N-NPM πατερες G846 D-GSM αυτου G1392 V-FAI-3S δοξασει G1722 PREP εν   A-DSM χρυσω G2532 CONJ και G696 N-DSM αργυρω G2532 CONJ και G3037 N-DSM λιθω G5093 A-DSM τιμιω G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν   N-DPN επιθυμημασιν
    39 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G3588 T-DPN τοις G3794 N-DPN οχυρωμασιν G3588 T-GPF των   N-GPF καταφυγων G3326 PREP μετα G2316 N-GSM θεου G245 A-GSM αλλοτριου G2532 CONJ και G4129 V-FAI-3S πληθυνει G1391 N-ASF δοξαν G2532 CONJ και G5293 V-FAI-3S υποταξει G846 D-DPM αυτοις G4183 A-APM πολλους G2532 CONJ και G1065 N-ASF γην G1244 V-FAI-3S διελει G1722 PREP εν G1435 N-DPN δωροις
    40 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G2540 N-GSM καιρου G4009 N-DSN περατι   V-FPI-3S συγκερατισθησεται G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-GSM του G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G4863 V-FPI-3S συναχθησεται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του   N-GSM βορρα G1722 PREP εν G716 N-DPN αρμασιν G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G2460 N-DPM ιππευσιν G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3491 N-DPF ναυσιν G4183 A-DPF πολλαις G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G2532 CONJ και G4937 V-FAI-3S συντριψει G2532 CONJ και G3928 V-FMI-3S παρελευσεται
    41 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G3588 T-GS του   N-PRI σαβι G2532 CONJ και G4183 A-NPM πολλοι G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G2532 CONJ και G3778 D-NPM ουτοι G1295 V-FPI-3P διασωθησονται G1537 PREP εκ G5495 N-GSF χειρος G846 D-GSM αυτου   N-PRI εδωμ G2532 CONJ και   N-PRI μωαβ G2532 CONJ και G746 N-NSF αρχη G5207 N-GPM υιων   N-PRI αμμων
    42 G2532 CONJ και G1614 V-FAI-3S εκτενει G3588 T-ASF την G5495 N-ASF χειρα G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G2532 CONJ και G1065 N-NSF γη G125 N-GSF αιγυπτου G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G1519 PREP εις G4991 N-ASF σωτηριαν
    43 G2532 CONJ και G2961 V-FAI-3S κυριευσει G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPN τοις G614 A-DPN αποκρυφοις G3588 T-GSM του   A-GSM χρυσου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSM του G696 N-GSM αργυρου G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3956 A-DPM πασιν   A-DPM επιθυμητοις G125 N-GSF αιγυπτου G2532 CONJ και   N-PRI λιβυων G2532 CONJ και G128 N-GPM αιθιοπων G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPN τοις G3794 N-DPN οχυρωμασιν G846 D-GPM αυτων
    44 G2532 CONJ και G189 N-NPF ακοαι G2532 CONJ και G4710 N-NPF σπουδαι G5015 V-FAI-3P ταραξουσιν G846 D-ASM αυτον G1537 PREP εξ G395 N-GPF ανατολων G2532 CONJ και G575 PREP απο   N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G1722 PREP εν G2372 N-DSM θυμω G4183 A-DSM πολλω G3588 T-GSN του   V-AAN αφανισαι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του G332 V-AAN αναθεματισαι G4183 A-APM πολλους
    45 G2532 CONJ και G4078 V-FAI-3S πηξει G3588 T-ASF την G4633 N-ASF σκηνην G846 D-GSM αυτου   N-PRI εφαδανω G303 PREP ανα G3319 A-ASM μεσον G3588 T-GPF των G2281 N-GPF θαλασσων G1519 PREP εις G3735 N-ASN ορος   N-PRI σαβι G40 A-ASN αγιον G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G2193 PREP εως G3313 N-GSN μερους G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-PAI-3S εστιν G3588 T-NSM ο   V-PMPNS ρυομενος G846 D-ASM αυτον
HOT(i) 1 ואני בשׁנת אחת לדריושׁ המדי עמדי למחזיק ולמעוז׃ 2 ועתה אמת אגיד לך הנה עוד שׁלשׁה מלכים עמדים לפרס והרביעי יעשׁיר עשׁר גדול מכל וכחזקתו בעשׁרו יעיר הכל את מלכות יון׃ 3 ועמד מלך גבור ומשׁל ממשׁל רב ועשׂה כרצונו׃ 4 וכעמדו תשׁבר מלכותו ותחץ לארבע רוחות השׁמים ולא לאחריתו ולא כמשׁלו אשׁר משׁל כי תנתשׁ מלכותו ולאחרים מלבד אלה׃ 5 ויחזק מלך הנגב ומן שׂריו ויחזק עליו ומשׁל ממשׁל רב ממשׁלתו׃ 6 ולקץ שׁנים יתחברו ובת מלך הנגב תבוא אל מלך הצפון לעשׂות מישׁרים ולא תעצר כוח הזרוע ולא יעמד וזרעו ותנתן היא ומביאיה והילדה ומחזקה בעתים׃ 7 ועמד מנצר שׁרשׁיה כנו ויבא אל החיל ויבא במעוז מלך הצפון ועשׂה בהם והחזיק׃ 8 וגם אלהיהם עם נסכיהם עם כלי חמדתם כסף וזהב בשׁבי יבא מצרים והוא שׁנים יעמד ממלך הצפון׃ 9 ובא במלכות מלך הנגב ושׁב אל אדמתו׃ 10 ובנו יתגרו ואספו המון חילים רבים ובא בוא ושׁטף ועבר וישׁב ויתגרו עד מעזה׃ 11 ויתמרמר מלך הנגב ויצא ונלחם עמו עם מלך הצפון והעמיד המון רב ונתן ההמון בידו׃ 12 ונשׂא ההמון ירום לבבו והפיל רבאות ולא יעוז׃ 13 ושׁב מלך הצפון והעמיד המון רב מן הראשׁון ולקץ העתים שׁנים יבוא בוא בחיל גדול וברכושׁ רב׃ 14 ובעתים ההם רבים יעמדו על מלך הנגב ובני פריצי עמך ינשׂאו להעמיד חזון ונכשׁלו׃ 15 ויבא מלך הצפון וישׁפך סוללה ולכד עיר מבצרות וזרעות הנגב לא יעמדו ועם מבחריו ואין כח לעמד׃ 16 ויעשׂ הבא אליו כרצונו ואין עומד לפניו ויעמד בארץ הצבי וכלה בידו׃ 17 וישׂם פניו לבוא בתקף כל מלכותו וישׁרים עמו ועשׂה ובת הנשׁים יתן לו להשׁחיתה ולא תעמד ולא לו תהיה׃ 18 וישׁב פניו לאיים ולכד רבים והשׁבית קצין חרפתו לו בלתי חרפתו ישׁיב׃ 19 וישׁב פניו למעוזי ארצו ונכשׁל ונפל ולא ימצא׃ 20 ועמד על כנו מעביר נוגשׂ הדר מלכות ובימים אחדים ישׁבר ולא באפים ולא במלחמה׃ 21 ועמד על כנו נבזה ולא נתנו עליו הוד מלכות ובא בשׁלוה והחזיק מלכות בחלקלקות׃ 22 וזרעות השׁטף ישׁטפו מלפניו וישׁברו וגם נגיד ברית׃ 23 ומן התחברות אליו יעשׂה מרמה ועלה ועצם במעט גוי׃ 24 בשׁלוה ובמשׁמני מדינה יבוא ועשׂה אשׁר לא עשׂו אבתיו ואבות אבתיו בזה ושׁלל ורכושׁ להם יבזור ועל מבצרים יחשׁב מחשׁבתיו ועד עת׃ 25 ויער כחו ולבבו על מלך הנגב בחיל גדול ומלך הנגב יתגרה למלחמה בחיל גדול ועצום עד מאד ולא יעמד כי יחשׁבו עליו מחשׁבות׃ 26 ואכלי פת בגו ישׁברוהו וחילו ישׁטוף ונפלו חללים רבים׃ 27 ושׁניהם המלכים לבבם למרע ועל שׁלחן אחד כזב ידברו ולא תצלח כי עוד קץ למועד׃ 28 וישׁב ארצו ברכושׁ גדול ולבבו על ברית קדשׁ ועשׂה ושׁב לארצו׃ 29 למועד ישׁוב ובא בנגב ולא תהיה כראשׁנה וכאחרנה׃ 30 ובאו בו ציים כתים ונכאה ושׁב וזעם על ברית קודשׁ ועשׂה ושׁב ויבן על עזבי ברית קדשׁ׃ 31 וזרעים ממנו יעמדו וחללו המקדשׁ המעוז והסירו התמיד ונתנו השׁקוץ משׁומם׃ 32 ומרשׁיעי ברית יחניף בחלקות ועם ידעי אלהיו יחזקו ועשׂו׃ 33 ומשׂכילי עם יבינו לרבים ונכשׁלו בחרב ובלהבה בשׁבי ובבזה ימים׃ 34 ובהכשׁלם יעזרו עזר מעט ונלוו עליהם רבים בחלקלקות׃ 35 ומן המשׂכילים יכשׁלו לצרוף בהם ולברר וללבן עד עת קץ כי עוד למועד׃ 36 ועשׂה כרצונו המלך ויתרומם ויתגדל על כל אל ועל אל אלים ידבר נפלאות והצליח עד כלה זעם כי נחרצה נעשׂתה׃ 37 ועל אלהי אבתיו לא יבין ועל חמדת נשׁים ועל כל אלוה לא יבין כי על כל יתגדל׃ 38 ולאלה מעזים על כנו יכבד ולאלוה אשׁר לא ידעהו אבתיו יכבד בזהב ובכסף ובאבן יקרה ובחמדות׃ 39 ועשׂה למבצרי מעזים עם אלוה נכר אשׁר הכיר ירבה כבוד והמשׁילם ברבים ואדמה יחלק במחיר׃ 40 ובעת קץ יתנגח עמו מלך הנגב וישׂתער עליו מלך הצפון ברכב ובפרשׁים ובאניות רבות ובא בארצות ושׁטף ועבר׃ 41 ובא בארץ הצבי ורבות יכשׁלו ואלה ימלטו מידו אדום ומואב וראשׁית בני עמון׃ 42 וישׁלח ידו בארצות וארץ מצרים לא תהיה לפליטה׃ 43 ומשׁל במכמני הזהב והכסף ובכל חמדות מצרים ולבים וכשׁים במצעדיו׃ 44 ושׁמעות יבהלהו ממזרח ומצפון ויצא בחמא גדלה להשׁמיד ולהחרים רבים׃ 45 ויטע אהלי אפדנו בין ימים להר צבי קדשׁ ובא עד קצו ואין עוזר׃
IHOT(i) (In English order)
  1 H589 ואני Also I H8141 בשׁנת year H259 אחת in the first H1867 לדריושׁ of Darius H4075 המדי the Mede, H5975 עמדי I, stood H2388 למחזיק to confirm H4581 ולמעוז׃ and to strengthen
  2 H6258 ועתה And now H571 אמת thee the truth. H5046 אגיד will I show H2009 לך הנה Behold, H5750 עוד yet H7969 שׁלשׁה three H4428 מלכים kings H5975 עמדים there shall stand up H6539 לפרס in Persia; H7243 והרביעי and the fourth H6238 יעשׁיר shall be far richer H6239 עשׁר through his riches H1419 גדול   H3605 מכל than all: H2393 וכחזקתו and by his strength H6239 בעשׁרו   H5782 יעיר he shall stir up H3605 הכל all H853 את   H4438 מלכות the realm H3120 יון׃ of Greece.
  3 H5975 ועמד shall stand up, H4428 מלך king H1368 גבור And a mighty H4910 ומשׁל that shall rule H4474 ממשׁל dominion, H7227 רב with great H6213 ועשׂה and do H7522 כרצונו׃ according to his will.
  4 H5975 וכעמדו And when he shall stand up, H7665 תשׁבר shall be broken, H4438 מלכותו his kingdom H2673 ותחץ and shall be divided H702 לארבע toward the four H7307 רוחות winds H8064 השׁמים of heaven; H3808 ולא and not H319 לאחריתו to his posterity, H3808 ולא nor H4915 כמשׁלו according to his dominion H834 אשׁר which H4910 משׁל he ruled: H3588 כי for H5428 תנתשׁ shall be plucked up, H4438 מלכותו his kingdom H312 ולאחרים even for others H905 מלבד beside H428 אלה׃ those.
  5 H2388 ויחזק shall be strong, H4428 מלך And the king H5045 הנגב of the south H4480 ומן and of H8269 שׂריו his princes; H2388 ויחזק and he shall be strong H5921 עליו above H4910 ומשׁל him, and have dominion; H4474 ממשׁל his dominion H7227 רב a great H4475 ממשׁלתו׃  
  6 H7093 ולקץ And in the end H8141 שׁנים of years H2266 יתחברו they shall join themselves together; H1323 ובת daughter H4428 מלך for the king's H5045 הנגב of the south H935 תבוא shall come H413 אל to H4428 מלך the king H6828 הצפון of the north H6213 לעשׂות to make H4339 מישׁרים an agreement: H3808 ולא but she shall not H6113 תעצר retain H3581 כוח the power H2220 הזרוע of the arm; H3808 ולא neither H5975 יעמד shall he stand, H2220 וזרעו nor his arm: H5414 ותנתן shall be given up, H1931 היא but she H935 ומביאיה and they that brought H3205 והילדה her, and he that begot H2388 ומחזקה her, and he that strengthened H6256 בעתים׃ her in times.
  7 H5975 ועמד shall stand up H5342 מנצר   H8328 שׁרשׁיה of her roots H3653 כנו in his estate, H935 ויבא which shall come H413 אל with H2428 החיל an army, H935 ויבא and shall enter H4581 במעוז into the fortress H4428 מלך of the king H6828 הצפון of the north, H6213 ועשׂה and shall deal H2388 בהם והחזיק׃ against them, and shall prevail:
  8 H1571 וגם And shall also H430 אלהיהם their gods, H5973 עם with H5257 נסכיהם their princes, H5973 עם with H3627 כלי vessels H2532 חמדתם their precious H3701 כסף of silver H2091 וזהב and of gold; H7628 בשׁבי captives H935 יבא carry H4714 מצרים into Egypt H1931 והוא and he H8141 שׁנים years H5975 יעמד shall continue H4428 ממלך than the king H6828 הצפון׃ of the north.
  9 H935 ובא shall come H4438 במלכות into kingdom, H4428 מלך So the king H5045 הנגב of the south H7725 ושׁב and shall return H413 אל into H127 אדמתו׃ his own land.
  10 H1121 ובנו But his sons H1624 יתגרו shall be stirred up, H622 ואספו and shall assemble H1995 המון a multitude H2428 חילים forces: H7227 רבים of great H935 ובא and shall certainly come, H935 בוא and shall certainly come, H7857 ושׁטף and overflow, H5674 ועבר and pass through: H7725 וישׁב then shall he return, H1624 ויתגרו and be stirred up, H5704 עד to H4581 מעזה׃ his fortress.
  11 H4843 ויתמרמר shall be moved with anger, H4428 מלך And the king H5045 הנגב of the south H3318 ויצא and shall come forth H3898 ונלחם and fight H5973 עמו with H5973 עם him, with H4428 מלך the king H6828 הצפון of the north: H5975 והעמיד and he shall set forth H1995 המון multitude; H7227 רב a great H5414 ונתן shall be given H1995 ההמון but the multitude H3027 בידו׃ into his hand.
  12 H5375 ונשׂא when he hath taken away H1995 ההמון the multitude, H7311 ירום shall be lifted up; H3824 לבבו his heart H5307 והפיל and he shall cast down H7239 רבאות ten thousands: H3808 ולא but he shall not H5810 יעוז׃ be strengthened
  13 H7725 ושׁב shall return, H4428 מלך For the king H6828 הצפון of the north H5975 והעמיד and shall set forth H1995 המון a multitude H7227 רב greater H4480 מן than H7223 הראשׁון the former, H7093 ולקץ after H6256 העתים certain H8141 שׁנים years H935 יבוא and shall certainly come H935 בוא and shall certainly come H2428 בחיל army H1419 גדול with a great H7399 וברכושׁ riches. H7227 רב׃ and with much
  14 H6256 ובעתים times H1992 ההם And in those H7227 רבים there shall many H5975 יעמדו stand up H5921 על against H4428 מלך the king H5045 הנגב of the south: H1121 ובני also the robbers H6530 פריצי also the robbers H5971 עמך of thy people H5375 ינשׂאו shall exalt themselves H5975 להעמיד to establish H2377 חזון the vision; H3782 ונכשׁלו׃ but they shall fall.
  15 H935 ויבא shall come, H4428 מלך So the king H6828 הצפון of the north H8210 וישׁפך and cast up H5550 סוללה a mount, H3920 ולכד and take H5892 עיר cities: H4013 מבצרות the most fenced H2220 וזרעות and the arms H5045 הנגב of the south H3808 לא shall not H5975 יעמדו withstand, H5971 ועם people, H4005 מבחריו neither his chosen H369 ואין neither H3581 כח strength H5975 לעמד׃ to withstand.
  16 H6213 ויעשׂ him shall do H935 הבא But he that cometh H413 אליו against H7522 כרצונו according to his own will, H369 ואין and none H5975 עומד shall stand H6440 לפניו before H5975 ויעמד him: and he shall stand H776 בארץ land, H6643 הצבי in the glorious H3615 וכלה shall be consumed. H3027 בידו׃ which by his hand
  17 H7760 וישׂם He shall also set H6440 פניו his face H935 לבוא to enter H8633 בתקף with the strength H3605 כל of his whole H4438 מלכותו kingdom, H3477 וישׁרים and upright ones H5973 עמו with H6213 ועשׂה him; thus shall he do: H1323 ובת him the daughter H802 הנשׁים of women, H5414 יתן and he shall give H7843 לו להשׁחיתה corrupting H3808 ולא her: but she shall not H5975 תעמד stand H3808 ולא neither H1961 לו תהיה׃ be
  18 H7725 וישׁב After this shall he turn H6440 פניו his face H339 לאיים unto the isles, H3920 ולכד and shall take H7227 רבים many: H7673 והשׁבית offered by him to cease; H7101 קצין but a prince H2781 חרפתו for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H1115 לו בלתי without H2781 חרפתו his own reproach H7725 ישׁיב׃ he shall cause to turn
  19 H7725 וישׁב Then he shall turn H6440 פניו his face H4581 למעוזי toward the fort H776 ארצו of his own land: H3782 ונכשׁל but he shall stumble H5307 ונפל and fall, H3808 ולא and not H4672 ימצא׃ be found.
  20 H5975 ועמד Then shall stand up H5921 על in H3653 כנו his estate H5674 מעביר a raiser H5065 נוגשׂ of taxes H1925 הדר the glory H4438 מלכות of the kingdom: H3117 ובימים days H259 אחדים but within few H7665 ישׁבר he shall be destroyed, H3808 ולא neither H639 באפים in anger, H3808 ולא nor H4421 במלחמה׃ in battle.
  21 H5975 ועמד shall stand up H5921 על And in H3653 כנו his estate H959 נבזה a vile person, H3808 ולא whom they shall not H5414 נתנו give H5921 עליו to H1935 הוד the honor H4438 מלכות of the kingdom: H935 ובא but he shall come in H7962 בשׁלוה peaceably, H2388 והחזיק and obtain H4438 מלכות the kingdom H2519 בחלקלקות׃ by flatteries.
  22 H2220 וזרעות And with the arms H7858 השׁטף of a flood H7857 ישׁטפו shall they be overflown H6440 מלפניו from before H7665 וישׁברו him, and shall be broken; H1571 וגם yea, also H5057 נגיד the prince H1285 ברית׃ of the covenant.
  23 H4480 ומן And after H2266 התחברות the league H413 אליו with H6213 יעשׂה him he shall work H4820 מרמה deceitfully: H5927 ועלה for he shall come up, H6105 ועצם and shall become strong H4592 במעט with a small H1471 גוי׃ people.
  24 H7962 בשׁלוה peaceably H4924 ובמשׁמני even upon the fattest places H4082 מדינה of the province; H935 יבוא He shall enter H6213 ועשׂה and he shall do H834 אשׁר which H3808 לא have not H6213 עשׂו done, H1 אבתיו his fathers H1 ואבות nor his fathers' H1 אבתיו fathers; H961 בזה among them the prey, H7998 ושׁלל and spoil, H7399 ורכושׁ and riches: H1992 להם   H967 יבזור he shall scatter H5921 ועל against H4013 מבצרים the strongholds, H2803 יחשׁב and he shall forecast H4284 מחשׁבתיו his devices H5704 ועד even for H6256 עת׃ a time.
  25 H5782 ויער And he shall stir up H3581 כחו his power H3824 ולבבו and his courage H5921 על against H4428 מלך the king H5045 הנגב of the south H2428 בחיל army; H1419 גדול with a great H4428 ומלך and the king H5045 הנגב of the south H1624 יתגרה shall be stirred up H4421 למלחמה to battle H2428 בחיל army; H1419 גדול great H6099 ועצום and mighty H5704 עד with a very H3966 מאד with a very H3808 ולא but he shall not H5975 יעמד stand: H3588 כי for H2803 יחשׁבו they shall forecast H5921 עליו against H4284 מחשׁבות׃ devices
  26 H398 ואכלי Yea, they that feed H6598 פת בגו of the portion of his meat H7665 ישׁברוהו shall destroy H2428 וחילו him, and his army H7857 ישׁטוף shall overflow: H5307 ונפלו shall fall down H2491 חללים slain. H7227 רבים׃ and many
  27 H8147 ושׁניהם And both H4428 המלכים these kings' H3824 לבבם hearts H4827 למרע to do mischief, H5921 ועל at H7979 שׁלחן table; H259 אחד one H3577 כזב lies H1696 ידברו and they shall speak H3808 ולא but it shall not H6743 תצלח prosper: H3588 כי for H5750 עוד yet H7093 קץ the end H4150 למועד׃ at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 וישׁב Then shall he return H776 ארצו into his land H7399 ברכושׁ riches; H1419 גדול with great H3824 ולבבו and his heart H5921 על against H1285 ברית covenant; H6944 קדשׁ the holy H6213 ועשׂה and he shall do H7725 ושׁב and return H776 לארצו׃ to his own land.
  29 H4150 למועד At the time appointed H7725 ישׁוב he shall return, H935 ובא and come H5045 בנגב toward the south; H3808 ולא but it shall not H1961 תהיה be H7223 כראשׁנה as the former, H314 וכאחרנה׃ or as the latter.
  30 H935 ובאו shall come H6716 בו ציים For the ships H3794 כתים of Chittim H3512 ונכאה against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 ושׁב and return, H2194 וזעם and have indignation H5921 על against H1285 ברית covenant: H6944 קודשׁ the holy H6213 ועשׂה so shall he do; H7725 ושׁב he shall even return, H995 ויבן and have intelligence H5921 על with H5800 עזבי them that forsake H1285 ברית covenant. H6944 קדשׁ׃ the holy
  31 H2220 וזרעים And arms H4480 ממנו on his part, H5975 יעמדו shall stand H2490 וחללו and they shall pollute H4720 המקדשׁ the sanctuary H4581 המעוז of strength, H5493 והסירו and shall take away H8548 התמיד the daily H5414 ונתנו and they shall place H8251 השׁקוץ the abomination H8074 משׁומם׃ that maketh desolate.
  32 H7561 ומרשׁיעי And such as do wickedly against H1285 ברית the covenant H2610 יחניף shall he corrupt H2514 בחלקות by flatteries: H5971 ועם but the people H3045 ידעי that do know H430 אלהיו their God H2388 יחזקו shall be strong, H6213 ועשׂו׃ and do
  33 H7919 ומשׂכילי And they that understand H5971 עם among the people H995 יבינו shall instruct H7227 לרבים many: H3782 ונכשׁלו yet they shall fall H2719 בחרב by the sword, H3852 ובלהבה and by flame, H7628 בשׁבי by captivity, H961 ובבזה and by spoil, H3117 ימים׃ days.
  34 H3782 ובהכשׁלם Now when they shall fall, H5826 יעזרו they shall be helped H5828 עזר help: H4592 מעט with a little H3867 ונלוו shall cleave H5921 עליהם to H7227 רבים but many H2519 בחלקלקות׃ them with flatteries.
  35 H4480 ומן And of H7919 המשׂכילים them of understanding H3782 יכשׁלו shall fall, H6884 לצרוף to try H1305 בהם ולברר them, and to purge, H3835 וללבן and to make white, H5704 עד to H6256 עת the time H7093 קץ of the end: H3588 כי because H5750 עוד yet H4150 למועד׃ for a time appointed.
  36 H6213 ועשׂה shall do H7522 כרצונו according to his will; H4428 המלך And the king H7311 ויתרומם and he shall exalt himself, H1431 ויתגדל and magnify himself H5921 על above H3605 כל every H410 אל god, H5921 ועל against H410 אל the God H410 אלים of gods, H1696 ידבר and shall speak H6381 נפלאות marvelous things H6743 והצליח and shall prosper H5704 עד till H3615 כלה be accomplished: H2195 זעם the indignation H3588 כי for H2782 נחרצה that that is determined H6213 נעשׂתה׃ shall be done.
  37 H5921 ועל above H430 אלהי the God H1 אבתיו of his fathers, H3808 לא   H995 יבין   H5921 ועל   H2532 חמדת nor the desire H802 נשׁים of women, H5921 ועל   H3605 כל nor regard any H433 אלוה god: H3808 לא   H995 יבין   H3588 כי for H5921 על   H3605 כל all. H1431 יתגדל׃ he shall magnify himself
  38 H433 ולאלה the God H4581 מעזים of forces: H5921 על But in H3653 כנו his estate H3513 יכבד shall he honor H433 ולאלוה and a god H834 אשׁר whom H3808 לא not H3045 ידעהו knew H1 אבתיו his fathers H3513 יכבד shall he honor H2091 בזהב with gold, H3701 ובכסף and silver, H68 ובאבן stones, H3368 יקרה and with precious H2530 ובחמדות׃ and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 ועשׂה Thus shall he do H4013 למבצרי in the most strong holds H4581 מעזים in the most strong holds H5973 עם with H433 אלוה god, H5236 נכר a strange H834 אשׁר whom H5234 הכיר he shall acknowledge H7235 ירבה increase H3519 כבוד with glory: H4910 והמשׁילם and he shall cause them to rule H7227 ברבים over many, H127 ואדמה the land H2505 יחלק and shall divide H4242 במחיר׃ for gain.
  40 H6256 ובעת And at the time H7093 קץ of the end H5055 יתנגח push H5973 עמו at H4428 מלך shall the king H5045 הנגב of the south H8175 וישׂתער shall come against him like a whirlwind, H5921 עליו shall come against him like a whirlwind, H4428 מלך him: and the king H6828 הצפון of the north H7393 ברכב with chariots, H6571 ובפרשׁים and with horsemen, H591 ובאניות ships; H7227 רבות and with many H935 ובא and he shall enter H776 בארצות into the countries, H7857 ושׁטף and shall overflow H5674 ועבר׃ and pass over.
  41 H935 ובא He shall enter H776 בארץ land, H6643 הצבי also into the glorious H7227 ורבות and many H3782 יכשׁלו shall be overthrown: H428 ואלה but these H4422 ימלטו shall escape H3027 מידו out of his hand, H123 אדום Edom, H4124 ומואב and Moab, H7225 וראשׁית and the chief H1121 בני of the children H5983 עמון׃ of Ammon.
  42 H7971 וישׁלח He shall stretch forth H3027 ידו his hand H776 בארצות also upon the countries: H776 וארץ and the land H4714 מצרים of Egypt H3808 לא shall not H1961 תהיה escape. H6413 לפליטה׃ escape.
  43 H4910 ומשׁל But he shall have power H4362 במכמני over the treasures H2091 הזהב of gold H3701 והכסף and of silver, H3605 ובכל and over all H2530 חמדות the precious things H4714 מצרים of Egypt: H3864 ולבים and the Libyans H3569 וכשׁים and the Ethiopians H4703 במצעדיו׃ at his steps.
  44 H8052 ושׁמעות But tidings H926 יבהלהו shall trouble H4217 ממזרח out of the east H6828 ומצפון and out of the north H3318 ויצא him: therefore he shall go forth H2534 בחמא fury H1419 גדלה with great H8045 להשׁמיד to destroy, H2763 ולהחרים and utterly to make away H7227 רבים׃ many.
  45 H5193 ויטע And he shall plant H168 אהלי the tabernacles H643 אפדנו of his palace H996 בין between H3220 ימים the seas H2022 להר mountain; H6643 צבי in the glorious H6944 קדשׁ holy H935 ובא yet he shall come H5704 עד to H7093 קצו his end, H369 ואין and none H5826 עוזר׃ shall help
new(i)
  1 H259 Also I in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede, H5977 even I, stood H2388 [H8688] to confirm H4581 and to strengthen him.
  2 H5046 [H8686] And now will I show H571 thee the truth. H5975 [H8802] Behold, there shall stand up H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia; H7243 and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 [H8686] richer H1419 than they all: H2393 and by his strength H6239 through his riches H5782 [H8686] he shall stir up H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Greece.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 [H8804] shall stand up, H4910 [H8804] that shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion, H6213 [H8804] and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 [H8800] And when he shall stand up, H4438 his kingdom H7665 [H8735] shall be broken, H2673 [H8735] and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven; H319 and not to his posterity, H4915 nor according to his dominion H4910 [H8804] which he ruled: H4438 for his kingdom H5428 [H8735] shall be plucked up, H312 even for others beside those.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 [H8799] shall be strong, H8269 and one of his princes; H2388 [H8799] and he shall be strong H4910 [H8804] above him, and have dominion; H4475 his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 And in the end H8141 of years H2266 [H8691] they shall join themselves together; H4428 for the king's H1323 daughter H5045 of the south H935 [H8799] shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 [H8800] to make H4339 a straight agreement: H6113 [H8799] but she shall not retain H3581 the power H2220 of the arm; H5975 [H8799] neither shall he stand, H2220 nor his arm: H5414 [H8735] but she shall be given up, H935 [H8688] and they that brought H3205 [H8802] her, and he that begat H2388 [H8688] her, and he that strengthened H6256 her in these times.
  7 H5342 But out of a branch H8328 of her roots H5975 [H8804] shall one stand up H3653 in his estate, H935 [H8799] who shall come H2428 with an army, H935 [H8799] and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north, H6213 [H8804] and shall deal H2388 [H8689] against them, and shall prevail:
  8 H935 [H8686] And shall also carry H7628 captives H4714 into Egypt H430 their gods, H5257 with their princes, H2532 and with their precious H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold; H5975 [H8799] and he shall continue H8141 more years H4428 than the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H4428 So the king H5045 of the south H935 [H8804] shall come H4438 into his kingdom, H7725 [H8804] and shall return H127 into his own soil.
  10 H1121 But his sons H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up, H622 [H8804] and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces: H935 [H8800] and one shall certainly H935 [H8804] come, H7857 [H8804] and overflow, H5674 [H8804] and pass through: H7725 [H8799] then shall he return, H1624 [H8691] and be stirred up, H4581 even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 [H8698] shall be moved with anger, H3318 [H8804] and shall come forth H3898 [H8738] and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north: H5975 [H8689] and he shall set forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude; H1995 but the multitude H5414 [H8738] shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H5375 [H8738] And when he hath taken away H1995 the multitude, H3824 his heart H7311 H7311 [H8804] shall be lifted up; H5307 [H8689] and he shall cast down H7239 many ten thousands: H5810 [H8799] but he shall not be strengthened by it.
  13 H4428 For the king H6828 of the north H7725 [H8804] shall return, H5975 [H8689] and shall set forth H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former, H935 [H8800] and shall certainly H935 [H8799] come H7093 after H6256 certain H8141 years H1419 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 riches.
  14 H6256 And in those times H7227 there shall many H5975 [H8799] stand up H4428 against the king H5045 of the south: H1121 H6530 also the robbers H5971 of thy people H5375 [H8691] shall exalt H5975 [H8687] themselves to establish H2377 the vision; H3782 [H8738] but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 [H8799] shall come, H8210 [H8799] and cast up H5550 a bank, H3920 [H8804] and take H4013 the most fortified H5892 cities: H2220 and the arms H5045 of the south H5975 [H8799] shall not withstand, H4005 neither his chosen H5971 people, H3581 neither shall there be any strength H5975 [H8800] to withstand.
  16 H935 [H8802] But he that cometh H6213 [H8799] against him shall do H7522 according to his own will, H5975 [H8802] and none shall stand H6440 at the face of H5975 [H8799] him: and he shall stand H6643 in the splendrous H776 land, H3027 which by his hand H3617 shall be consumed.
  17 H7760 [H8799] He shall also set H6440 his face H935 [H8800] to enter H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom, H3477 and upright ones H6213 [H8804] with him; thus shall he do: H5414 [H8799] and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women, H7843 [H8687] decaying H5975 [H8799] her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 H7725 [H8799] After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 to the isles, H3920 [H8804] and shall take H7227 many: H7101 but a prince H2781 for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H7673 [H8689] offered by him to cease; H1115 without H2781 his own reproach H7725 [H8686] he shall cause it to turn upon him.
  19 H7725 [H8686] Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fortresses H776 of his own land: H3782 [H8738] but he shall stumble H5307 [H8804] and fall, H4672 [H8735] and not be found.
  20 H5975 [H8804] Then shall stand up H3653 in his estate H5674 [H8688] a raiser H5065 [H8802] of taxes H1925 in the honour H4438 of the kingdom: H259 but within few H3117 days H7665 [H8735] he shall be broken, H639 neither in anger, H4421 nor in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his estate H5975 [H8804] shall stand up H959 [H8737] a vile person, H5414 [H8804] to whom they shall not give H1935 the honour H4438 of the kingdom: H935 [H8804] but he shall come H7962 in peaceably, H2388 [H8689] and obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H2220 And with the arms H7858 of a flood H7857 [H8735] shall they be overflowed H6440 from the face of H7665 [H8735] him, and shall be broken; H5057 yea, also the prince H1285 of the testament.
  23 H2266 [H8692] And after the league H6213 [H8799] made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully: H5927 [H8804] for he shall come up, H6105 [H8804] and shall become strong H4592 with a small H1471 nation.
  24 H935 [H8799] He shall enter H7962 peaceably H4924 even upon the best places H4082 of the province; H6213 [H8804] and he shall do H1 that which his fathers H6213 [H8804] have not done, H1 nor his fathers' H1 fathers; H967 [H8799] he shall scatter H961 among them the prey, H7998 and spoil, H7399 and riches: H2803 H4284 [H8762] yea, and he shall plot H4013 against the strong holds, H6256 even for a time.
  25 H5782 [H8686] And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his heart H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 [H8799] but he shall not stand: H2803 H4284 [H8799] for they shall plot against him.
  26 H398 [H8802] Yea, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 [H8799] shall brake H2428 him, and his army H7857 [H8799] shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 [H8804] shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings' H3824 hearts H4827 H7451 [H8688] shall be to do evil, H1696 [H8762] and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table; H6743 [H8799] but it shall not prosper: H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 [H8804] Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 testament; H6213 [H8804] and he shall do H7725 [H8799] exploits, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 [H8799] he shall return, H935 [H8804] and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.
  30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 [H8804] shall come H3512 [H8738] against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 [H8804] and return, H2194 [H8804] and foam at the mouth H6944 against the holy H1285 testament: H6213 [H8804] so shall he do; H7725 [H8804] he shall even return, H995 [H8799] and have intelligence H5800 [H8802] with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 testament.
  31 H2220 And forces H5975 [H8799] shall stand H2490 [H8765] on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 [H8689] and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 [H8804] sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 [H8789] that maketh desolate.
  32 H7561 [H8688] And such as do wickedly H1285 against the testament H2610 [H8686] shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries: H5971 but the people H3045 [H8802] that know H430 their God H2388 [H8686] shall be strong, H6213 [H8804] and do exploits.
  33 H7919 [H8688] And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 [H8799] shall instruct H7227 many: H3782 [H8738] yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword, H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity, H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.
  34 H3782 [H8736] Now when they shall fall, H5826 [H8735] they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 [H8738] shall join H2519 with them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 [H8688] And some of them of understanding H3782 [H8735] shall fall, H6884 [H8800] to refine H1305 [H8763] them, and to purge, H3835 [H8687] and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H4150 because it is yet for a time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 [H8804] shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 [H8709] and he shall exalt H1431 [H8691] himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 [H8762] and shall speak H6381 [H8737] marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods, H6743 [H8689] and shall prosper H2195 till the frothing at the mouth H3615 [H8804] be accomplished: H2782 [H8737] for that which is determined H6213 [H8738] shall be done.
  37 H995 [H8799] Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 [H8799] nor regard H433 any god: H1431 [H8691] for he shall magnify himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 [H8762] shall he honour H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 [H8804] knew H3513 [H8762] not shall he honour H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 [H8804] Thus shall he do H4581 in the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 with a foreign H433 god, H5234 H5234 [H8686] whom he shall acknowledge H7235 [H8686] and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 [H8689] and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 [H8762] and shall divide H127 the soil H4242 for gain.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 [H8691] push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 [H8691] shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 [H8804] and he shall enter H776 into the lands, H7857 [H8804] and shall overflow H5674 [H8804] and pass through.
  41 H935 [H8804] He shall enter H6643 also into the splendrous H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 [H8735] countries shall be overthrown: H4422 [H8735] but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the sons H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 [H8799] He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the lands: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 [H8804] But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Cushites H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 [H8762] shall trouble H3318 [H8804] him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 hot anger H8045 [H8687] to desolate, H2763 [H8687] and utterly to seclude H7227 many.
  45 H5193 [H8799] And he shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his pavilion H3220 between the seas H6643 in the splendrous H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 [H8804] yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 [H8802] and none shall help him.
Vulgate(i) 1 ego autem ab anno primo Darii Medi stabam ut confortaretur et roboraretur 2 et nunc veritatem adnuntiabo tibi ecce adhuc tres reges stabunt in Perside et quartus ditabitur opibus nimiis super omnes et cum invaluerit divitiis suis concitabit omnes adversum regnum Graeciae 3 surget vero rex fortis et dominabitur potestate multa et faciet quod placuerit ei 4 et cum steterit conteretur regnum eius et dividetur in quattuor ventos caeli sed non in posteros eius neque secundum potentiam illius qua dominatus est lacerabitur enim regnum eius etiam in externos exceptis his 5 et confortabitur rex austri et de principibus eius praevalebit super eum et dominabitur dicione multa enim dominatio eius 6 et post finem annorum foederabuntur filiaque regis austri veniet ad regem aquilonis facere amicitiam et non obtinebit fortitudinem brachii nec stabit semen eius et tradetur ipsa et qui adduxerunt eam adulescentes eius et qui confortabant eam in temporibus 7 et stabit de germine radicum eius plantatio et veniet cum exercitu et ingredietur provinciam regis aquilonis et abutetur eis et obtinebit 8 insuper et deos eorum et sculptilia vasa quoque pretiosa argenti et auri captiva ducet in Aegyptum ipse praevalebit adversum regem aquilonis 9 et intrabit in regnum rex austri et revertetur ad terram suam 10 filii autem eius provocabuntur et congregabunt multitudinem exercituum plurimorum et veniet properans et inundans et revertetur et concitabitur et congredietur cum robore eius 11 et provocatus rex austri egredietur et pugnabit adversum regem aquilonis et praeparabit multitudinem nimiam et dabitur multitudo in manu eius 12 et capiet multitudinem et exaltabitur cor eius et deiciet multa milia sed non praevalebit 13 convertetur enim rex aquilonis et praeparabit multitudinem multo maiorem quam prius et in fine temporum annorumque veniet properans cum exercitu magno et opibus nimiis 14 et in temporibus illis multi consurgent adversum regem austri filii quoque praevaricatorum populi tui extollentur ut impleant visionem et corruent 15 et veniet rex aquilonis et conportabit aggerem et capiet urbes munitissimas et brachia austri non sustinebunt et consurgent electi eius ad resistendum et non erit fortitudo 16 et faciet veniens super eum iuxta placitum suum et non erit qui stet contra faciem eius et stabit in terra inclita et consumetur in manu eius 17 et ponet faciem suam ut veniat ad tenendum universum regnum eius et recta faciet cum eo et filiam feminarum dabit ei ut evertat illud et non stabit nec illius erit 18 et convertet faciem suam ad insulas et capiet multas et cessare faciet principem obprobrii sui et obprobrium eius convertetur in eum 19 et convertet faciem suam ad imperium terrae suae et inpinget et corruet et non invenietur 20 et stabit in loco eius vilissimus et indignus decore regio et in paucis diebus conteretur non in furore nec in proelio 21 et stabit in loco eius despectus et non tribuetur ei honor regius et veniet clam et obtinebit regnum in fraudulentia 22 et brachia pugnantis expugnabuntur a facie eius et conterentur insuper et dux foederis 23 et post amicitias cum eo faciet dolum et ascendet et superabit in modico populo 24 abundantes et uberes urbes ingredietur et faciet quae non fecerunt patres eius et patres patrum eius rapinas et praedam et divitias eorum dissipabit et contra firmissimas cogitationes iniet et hoc usque ad tempus 25 et concitabitur fortitudo eius et cor eius adversum regem austri in exercitu magno et rex austri provocabitur ad bellum multis auxiliis et fortibus nimis et non stabunt quia inibunt adversum eum consilia 26 et comedentes panem cum eo conterent illum exercitusque eius opprimetur et cadent interfecti plurimi 27 duorum quoque regum cor erit ut malefaciant et ad mensam unam mendacium loquentur et non proficient quia adhuc finis in aliud tempus 28 et revertetur in terram suam cum opibus multis et cor eius adversus testamentum sanctum et faciet et revertetur in terram suam 29 statuto tempore revertetur et veniet ad austrum et non erit priori simile novissimum 30 et venient super eum trieres et Romani et percutietur et revertetur et indignabitur contra testamentum sanctuarii et faciet reverteturque et cogitabit adversum eos qui dereliquerunt testamentum sanctuarii 31 et brachia ex eo stabunt et polluent sanctuarium fortitudinis et auferent iuge sacrificium et dabunt abominationem in desolationem 32 et impii in testamentum simulabunt fraudulenter populus autem sciens Deum suum obtinebit et faciet 33 et docti in populo docebunt plurimos et ruent in gladio et in flamma in captivitate et rapina dierum 34 cumque corruerint sublevabuntur auxilio parvulo et adplicabuntur eis plurimi fraudulenter 35 et de eruditis ruent ut conflentur et eligantur et dealbentur usque ad tempus praefinitum quia adhuc aliud tempus erit 36 et faciet iuxta voluntatem suam rex et elevabitur et magnificabitur adversum omnem deum et adversum Deum deorum loquetur magnifica et diriget donec conpleatur iracundia perpetrata est quippe definitio 37 et Deum patrum suorum non reputabit et erit in concupiscentiis feminarum nec quemquam deorum curabit quia adversum universa consurget 38 deum autem Maozim in loco suo venerabitur et deum quem ignoraverunt patres eius colet auro et argento et lapide pretioso rebusque pretiosis 39 et faciet ut muniat Maozim cum deo alieno quem cognovit et multiplicabit gloriam et dabit eis potestatem in multis et terram dividet gratuito 40 et in tempore praefinito proeliabitur adversum eum rex austri et quasi tempestas veniet contra illum rex aquilonis in curribus et in equitibus et in classe magna et ingredietur terras et conteret et pertransiet 41 et introibit in terram gloriosam et multae corruent hae autem solae salvabuntur de manu eius Edom et Moab et principium filiorum Ammon 42 et mittet manum suam in terras et terra Aegypti non effugiet 43 et dominabitur thesaurorum auri et argenti et in omnibus pretiosis Aegypti per Lybias quoque et Aethiopias transibit 44 et fama turbabit eum ab oriente et ab aquilone et veniet in multitudine magna ut conterat et interficiat plurimos 45 et figet tabernaculum suum Apedno inter maria super montem inclitum et sanctum et veniet usque ad summitatem eius et nemo auxiliabitur ei
Clementine_Vulgate(i) 1 Ego autem ab anno primo Darii Medi stabam ut confortaretur et roboraretur. 2 Et nunc veritatem annuntiabo tibi. Ecce adhuc tres reges stabunt in Perside, et quartus ditabitur opibus nimiis super omnes: et cum invaluerit divitiis suis, concitabit omnes adversum regnum Græciæ. 3 Surget vero rex fortis, et dominabitur potestate multa, et faciet quod placuerit ei. 4 Et cum steterit, conteretur regnum ejus, et dividetur in quatuor ventos cæli: sed non in posteros ejus, neque secundum potentiam illius, qua dominatus est: lacerabitur enim regnum ejus etiam in externos, exceptis his. 5 Et confortabitur rex austri: et de principibus ejus prævalebit super eum, et dominabitur ditione: multa enim dominatio ejus. 6 Et post finem annorum fœderabuntur: filiaque regis austri veniet ad regem aquilonis facere amicitiam, et non obtinebit fortitudinem brachii, nec stabit semen ejus: et tradetur ipsa, et qui adduxerunt eam adolescentes ejus, et qui confortabant eam in temporibus. 7 Et stabit de germine radicum ejus plantatio: et veniet cum exercitu, et ingredietur provinciam regis aquilonis: et abutetur eis, et obtinebit. 8 Insuper et deos eorum, et sculptilia, vasa quoque pretiosa argenti et auri, captiva ducet in Ægyptum: ipse prævalebit adversus regem aquilonis. 9 Et intrabit in regnum rex austri, et revertetur ad terram suam. 10 Filii autem ejus provocabuntur, et congregabunt multitudinem exercituum plurimorum: et veniet properans, et inundans: et revertetur, et concitabitur, et congredietur cum robore ejus. 11 Et provocatus rex austri egredietur, et pugnabit adversus regem aquilonis, et præparabit multitudinem nimiam, et dabitur multitudo in manu ejus. 12 Et capiet multitudinem, et exaltabitur cor ejus, et dejiciet multa millia, sed non prævalebit. 13 Convertetur enim rex aquilonis, et præparabit multitudinem multo majorem quam prius: et in fine temporum annorumque veniet properans cum exercitu magno, et opibus nimiis. 14 Et in temporibus illis multi consurgent adversus regem austri: filii quoque prævaricatorum populi tui extollentur ut impleant visionem, et corruent. 15 Et venit rex aquilonis, et comportabit aggerem, et capiet urbes munitissimas: et brachia austri non sustinebunt, et consurgent electi ejus ad resistendum, et non erit fortitudo. 16 Et faciet veniens super eum juxta placitum suum, et non erit qui stet contra faciem ejus: et stabit in terra inclyta, et consumetur in manu ejus. 17 Et ponet faciem suam ut veniat ad tenendum universum regnum ejus, et recta faciet cum eo: et filiam feminarum dabit ei, ut evertat illud: et non stabit, nec illius erit. 18 Et convertet faciem suam ad insulas, et capiet multas: et cessare faciet principem opprobrii sui, et opprobrium ejus convertetur in eum. 19 Et convertet faciem suam ad imperium terræ suæ, et impinget, et corruet, et non invenietur. 20 Et stabit in loco ejus vilissimus, et indignus decore regio: et in paucis diebus conteretur, non in furore, nec in prælio. 21 Et stabit in loco ejus despectus, et non tribuetur ei honor regius: et veniet clam, et obtinebit regnum in fraudulentia. 22 Et brachia pugnantis expugnabuntur a facie ejus, et conterentur: insuper et dux fœderis. 23 Et post amicitias, cum eo faciet dolum: et ascendet, et superabit in modico populo. 24 Et abundantes, et uberes urbes ingredietur: et faciet quæ non fecerunt patres ejus, et patres patrum ejus: rapinas, et prædam, et divitias eorum dissipabit, et contra firmissimas cogitationes inibit: et hoc usque ad tempus. 25 Et concitabitur fortitudo ejus, et cor ejus adversum regem austri in exercitu magno: et rex austri provocabitur ad bellum multis auxiliis, et fortibus nimis: et non stabunt, quia inibunt adversus eum consilia. 26 Et comedentes panem cum eo, conterent illum, exercitusque ejus opprimetur: et cadent interfecti plurimi. 27 Duorum quoque regum cor erit ut malefaciant, et ad mensam unam mendacium loquentur: et non proficient, quia adhuc finis in aliud tempus. 28 Et revertetur in terram suam cum opibus multis: et cor ejus adversum testamentum sanctum, et faciet, et revertetur in terram suam. 29 Statuto tempore revertetur, et veniet ad austrum: et non erit priori simile novissimum. 30 Et venient super eum trieres, et Romani: et percutietur, et revertetur, et indignabitur contra testamentum sanctuarii, et faciet: reverteturque, et cogitabit adversum eos qui dereliquerunt testamentum sanctuarii. 31 Et brachia ex eo stabunt, et polluent sanctuarium fortitudinis, et auferent juge sacrificium: et dabunt abominationem in desolationem. 32 Et impii in testamentum simulabunt fraudulenter: populus autem sciens Deum suum, obtinebit, et faciet. 33 Et docti in populo docebunt plurimos: et ruent in gladio, et in flamma, et in captivitate, et in rapina dierum. 34 Cumque corruerint, sublevabuntur auxilio parvulo: et applicabuntur eis plurimi fraudulenter. 35 Et de eruditis ruent, ut conflentur, et eligantur, et dealbentur usque ad tempus præfinitum: quia adhuc aliud tempus erit. 36 Et faciet juxta voluntatem suam rex, et elevabitur, et magnificabitur adversus omnem deum: et adversus Deum deorum loquetur magnifica, et dirigetur, donec compleatur iracundia: perpetrata quippe est definitio. 37 Et Deum patrum suorum non reputabit: et erit in concupiscentiis feminarum, nec quemquam deorum curabit, quia adversum universa consurget. 38 Deum autem Maozim in loco suo venerabitur: et deum, quem ignoraverunt patres ejus, colet auro, et argento, et lapide pretioso, rebusque pretiosis. 39 Et faciet ut muniat Maozim cum deo alieno, quem cognovit, et multiplicabit gloriam, et dabit eis potestatem in multis, et terram dividet gratuito. 40 Et in tempore præfinito præliabitur adversus eum rex austri, et quasi tempestas veniet contra illum rex aquilonis in curribus, et in equitibus, et in classe magna, et ingredietur terras, et conteret, et pertransiet. 41 Et introibit in terram gloriosam, et multæ corruent: hæ autem solæ salvabuntur de manu ejus, Edom, et Moab, et principium filiorum Ammon. 42 Et mittet manum suam in terras: et terra Ægypti non effugiet. 43 Et dominabitur thesaurorum auri, et argenti, et in omnibus pretiosis Ægypti: per Libyam quoque, et Æthiopiam transibit. 44 Et fama turbabit eum ab oriente et ab aquilone: et veniet in multitudine magna ut conterat et interficiat plurimos. 45 Et figet tabernaculum suum Apadno inter maria, super montem inclytum et sanctum: et veniet usque ad summitatem ejus, et nemo auxiliabitur ei.
Wycliffe(i) 1 Forsothe fro the firste yeer of Darius of Medei Y stood, that he schulde be coumfortid, and maad strong. 2 And now Y schal telle to thee the treuthe. And lo! thre kyngis schulen stonde yit in Persis, and the fourthe schal be maad riche with ful many richessis ouer alle. And whanne he hath woxe strong bi hise richessis, he schal reise alle men ayens the rewme of Greece. 3 Forsothe a strong kyng schal rise, and shal be lord in greet power, and schal do that, that schal plese hym. 4 And whanne he schal stonde, his rewme schal be al to-brokun, and it schal be departid in to foure wyndis of heuene, but not in to hise eiris, nether bi the power of hym in which he was lord; for his rewme schal be to-rente, yhe, in to straungeris, outakun these. 5 And the kyng of the south schal be coumfortid; and of the princes of hym oon schal haue power aboue hym, and he schal be lord in power; for whi his lordschipe schal be myche. 6 And after the ende of yeeris `thei schulen be knyt in pees; and the douyter of the kyng of the south schal come to the kyng of the north, to make frenschipe. And sche schal not gete strengthe of arm, nether the seed of hir schal stonde; and sche schal be bitakun, and the yonglyngis of hir that brouyten hir, and he that coumfortide hir in tymes. 7 And a plauntyng of the seed of the rootis of hir schal stonde; and he schal come with an oost, and schal entre in to the prouynce of the kyng of the north, and he schal mysuse hem, and he schal gete; 8 ferthir more he schal gete both the goddis of hem, and grauun ymagis. Also he schal lede into Egipt preciouse vessels of gold, and of siluer, takun in batel. He schal haue the maistrie ayens the kyng of the north; 9 and the kyng of the south schal entre in to the rewme, and schal turne ayen to his lond. 10 Forsothe the sones of hym schulen be stirid to wraththe, and thei schulen gadere togidere a multitude of ful many coostis. And he schal come hastynge and flowynge, and he schal turne ayen, and schal be stirid, and schal bigynne batel with his strengthe. 11 And the king of the south schal be stirid, and schal go out, and schal fiyte ayens the kyng of the north, and schal make redi a ful grete multitude; and the multitude schal be youun in his hond. 12 And he schal take the multitude, and his herte schal be enhaunsid; and he schal caste doun many thousyndis, but he schal not haue the maistrie. 13 For the kyng of the north schal turne, and schal make redi a multitude, myche more than bifore; and in the ende of tymes and of yeeris he schal come hastynge with a ful greet oost, and with ful many richessis. 14 And in tho tymes many men schulen rise togidere ayens the kyng of the south; and the sones of trespassouris of thi puple schulen be enhaunsid, that thei fille the visioun, and thei schulen falle doun. 15 And the kyng of the north schal come, and schal bere togidere erthe, he schal take strongeste citees; and the armes of the south schulen not susteyne. And the chosun men therof schulen rise togidere, to ayenstonde, and strengthe schal not be. 16 And he schal come on hym, and schal do bi his wille; and noon schal be, that schal stonde ayens his face. And he schal stonde in the noble lond, and it schal be wastid in his hond. 17 And he schal sette his face, that he come to holde al the rewme of him, and he schal do riytful thingis with hym. And he schal yyue to hym the douyter of wymmen, to distrie hym; and it schal not stonde, and it schal not be his. 18 And he schal turne his face to ilis, and he schal take many ilis. And he schal make ceesse the prince of his schenschipe, and his schenschipe schal turne in to hym. 19 And he schal turne his face to the lordschip of his loond, and he schal snapere, and falle doun, and he schal not be foundun. 20 And the vilest and vnworthi to the kyngis onour schal stonde in the place of hym, and in fewe daies he schal be al to-brokun, not in woodnesse, nether in batel. 21 And a dispisid man schal stonde in the place of hym, and the onour of a kyng schal not be youun to hym; and he schal come priueli, and he schal gete the rewme bi gile. 22 And the armes of the fiytere schulen be ouercomun of his face, and schulen be al to-brokun, ferthermore and the duyk of boond of pees. 23 And after frenschipe with hym, he schal do gile. And he schal stie, and he schal ouercome with litil puple; 24 and he schal entre in to grete and riche citees, and he schal do thingis which hise fadris and the fadris of hise fadris diden not. He schal distrie the raueyns, and prei, and richessis of hem, and ayens most stidfast thouytis he schal take counsel, and this `vn to a tyme. 25 And the strengthe of hym, and the herte of hym schal be stirid ayens the kyng of the south with a greet oost. And the king of the south schal be stirid to batel with many helpis and ful stronge; and thei schulen not stonde, for thei schulen take counsels ayens hym. 26 And thei that eeten breed with hym schulen al to-breke hym; and his oost schal be oppressid, and ful many men of hise schulen be slayn, and falle doun. 27 And the herte of twei kyngis schal be, that thei do yuel, and at o boord thei schulen speke leesyng, and thei schulen not profite; for yit the ende schal be in to an other tyme. 28 And he schal turne ayen in to his lond with many richessis, and his herte schal be ayens the hooli testament, and he schal do, and schal turne ayen in to his lond. 29 In tyme ordeyned he schal turne ayen, and schal come to the south, and the laste schal not be lijk the formere. 30 And schippis with three ordris of ooris, and Romayns, schulen come on hym, and he schal be smytun. And he schal turne ayen, and schal haue indignacioun ayens the testament of seyntuarie, and he schal do. And he schal turne ayen, and he schal thenke ayens hem that forsoken the testament of seyntuarie. 31 And armes of hym schulen stonde, and schulen defoule the seyntuarie, and schulen take awei the contynuel sacrifice, and schulen yyue abhomynacioun in to desolacioun. 32 And wickid men schulen feyne testament gilefuli; but the puple that knowith her God schal holde, and do. 33 And tauyt men in the puple schulen teche ful many men, and schulen falle in swerd, and in flawme, and in to caitifte, and in to raueyn of daies. 34 And whanne thei han feld doun, thei schulen be reisid bi a litil help; and ful many men schulen be applied to hym gilefuli. 35 And of lerud men schulen falle, that thei be wellid togidere, and be chosun, and be maad whijt til to a tyme determyned; for yit another tyme schal be. 36 And the kyng schal do bi his wille, and he schal be reisid, and magnefied ayens ech god, and ayens God of goddis he schal speke grete thingis; and he schal be dressid, til wrathfulnesse be fillid. For the determynynge is perfitli maad. 37 And he schal not arette the God of hise fadris, and he schal be in the coueitisis of wymmen, and he schal not charge ony of goddis, for he schal rise ayens alle thingis. 38 Forsothe he schal onoure god of Maosym in his place, and he schal worschipe god, whom hise fadris knewen not, with gold, and siluer, and preciouse stoon, and preciouse thingis. 39 And he schal do that he make strong Moosym, with the alien god which he knew. And he schal multiplie glorie, and schal yyue power to hem in many thingis, and schal departe the lond at his wille. 40 And in the tyme determyned the kyng of the south schal fiyte ayens hym, and the kyng of the north schal come as a tempest ayens hym, in charis, and with knyytis, and in greet nauei. 41 And he schal entre in to londis, and schal defoule hem; and he schal passe, and schal entre in to the gloriouse lond, and many schulen falle. Forsothe these londis aloone schulen be sauyd fro his hond, Edom, and Moab, and princes of the sones of Amon. 42 And he schal sende his hond in to londis, and the lond of Egipt schal not ascape. 43 And he schal be lord of tresouris of gold, and of siluer, and in alle preciouse thingis of Egipt; also he schal passe bi Libie and Ethiopie. 44 And fame fro the eest and fro the north schal disturble hym; and he schal come with a greet multitude, to al to-breke, and to sle ful many men. 45 And he schal sette his tabernacle in Apheduo, bitwixe the sees, on the noble hil and hooli; and he schal come til to the heiythe therof, and no man schal helpe hym.
Coverdale(i) 1 And in the first yeare of Darius of Media, I stode by him, to conforte him, & to strength him, 2 and now wil I shewe the the treuth. Beholde, there shal stonde vp yet thre kinges in Persia, but ye fourth shal be farre richer then they all. And when he is in the chefest power of his riches, he shal prouoke euery man agaynst the realme of Grekelonde. 3 Then shal there arise yet a mightie kinge, that shal rule with greate dominion, and do what him list. 4 And as soone as his kingdome commeth vp, it shalbe destroyed, & deuyded towarde ye foure wyndes of the heauen. They yt come after him, shall not haue soch power & dominion as he: but his kingdome shalbe scatred, yee euen amonge other the those. 5 And the kynge of ye south shalbe migthier, then his other prynces. Agaynst him there shal one make himself stroge, & shal rule his dominio wt greate power. 6 But after certayne yeares they shalbe ioyned together, & the kynges doughter of the south shall come to the kynge of the north, for to make fredshipe, but she shal not optayne the power of that arme, nether shall she be able to endure thorow his might: but she, & soch as brought her (yee & he yt begat her, & conforted her for his tyme) shalbe delyuered vp. 7 Out of ye braunches of hir rote, there shal one stonde vp in his steade: which with power of armes shal go thorow the kynges londe of the north, & handle him acordinge to his strength. As for their Idols & prynces, with their costly Iewels of golde & syluer, 8 he shal cary them awaye captyues in to Egipte, and he shal preuayle agaynst the kynge of the north certayne yeares. 9 And when he is come into ye kynges realme of ye south, he shal be fayne to turne agayne in to his owne londe. 10 Wherfore his sonnes shalbe displeased, and shal gather together a mightie greate hoost of people: and one of them shal come, and go thorow like a waterfloude: then shal he returne, and go forth with defyenge and boostinge vnto his owne londe. 11 The the kinge of ye south shalbe angrie, and shal come forth to fight agaynst the kinge of the north: Yee he shall bringe a greate multitude of people together, and a greate heape shalbe geue into his honde: 12 these shal he cary awaye wt greate pryde, for so moch as he hath cast downe so many thousandes, neuertheles he shall not preuayle. 13 For ye kinge of ye north shal gather (of the new) a greater heape of people then afore, & come forth (after a certayne tyme and yeares) with a mightie hoost & exceadinge greate good. 14 At the same tyme there shall many stonde vp agaynst the kinge of the south, so that ye wicked children of thy people also shal exalte them selues (to fulfill the vision) and then fall. 15 So the kinge of the north shall come to laye sege, and to take the stroge fensed cities: And the power of the of ye south shal not be able to abyde him, & the best men of the people shall not be so stronge, as to resist him. 16 Shortly, when he commeth, he shall handle him as he list, & no man shalbe so hardy as to stonde agaynst him. He shal stode in the pleasaunt countre, which thorow him shalbe destroyed. 17 He shal set his face wt all his power to optayne his kingdome, & to be like it. Yee that shal he do, & geue him vnto the doughters amoge women, to destroye him. But he shal fayle, nether shal he optayne his purpose. 18 After this, shall he set his face vnto the Iles, & take many of the. A prynce shal stoppe him, to do him a shame, besyde the confucion that els shal come vnto him. 19 Thus shal he turne agayne to his owne londe, stomble, & fall, and be nomore founde: 20 so he that came vpon him & dyd him violence, shal stonde in his place, & haue a pleasaunt kingdome: and after few dayes he shal be destroyed, & that nether in wrath ner in batell. 21 In his steade there shal aryse a vyle person not holde worthy of a kinges dignite: this shall come in craftely, & optayne the kingdome with fayre wordes: 22 he shal fight agaynst the armes of the mightie (& destroye them,) yee & agaynst the prynce of the couenaunt. 23 So after yt he hath taken truce with him, he shal hadle disceatfully: that he maye get vp, & ouer come him with a small flocke: 24 & so with craftynesse to get him to ye fattest place of the londe, and to deale otherwise, then ether his fathers or graudfathers dyd. For he shal destroye the thinge, ye they had robbed & spoyled, yee & all their substaunce: ymagenynge thoughtes agaynst the stroge holdes, & that for a tyme. 25 His power and herte shalbe sterred vp wt a greate armye agaynst the kinge of the south: where thorow the kinge of the south shalbe moued then vnto batell, with a greate & mightie hoost also. Neuerthelesse, he shal not be able to stonde, for they shall conspyre agaynst him. 26 Yee they yt eate of his meate, shal hurte him: so that his hoost shal fall, & many be slayne downe. 27 These two kinges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, & talke of disceate at one table: but they shal not prospere: for why, the ende shal not come yet, vnto the tyme apoynted. 28 The shall he go home agayne in to his owne londe with greate good, & set his herte agaynst the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busy agaynst it, & then returne home. 29 At the tyme appoynted he shal come agayne, & go towarde the south: So shall it happen otherwise then at the first, yet ones agayne. 30 And why, the shippes of Cythim shal come vpon him, that he maye be smytten & turne agayne: yt he maye take indignacion agaynst the couenaunt of holynes, to medle agaynst it. Yee he shal turne him, & drawe soch vnto him, as leaue the holy couenaunt. 31 He shal set mightie men to vnhalowe the sanctuary of stregth, to put downe the daylie offeringe, & to set vp the abhominable desolacion. 32 And soch as breake the couenaunt, shal he flatre with fayre wordes. But ye people that wil knowe their God, shal haue the ouerhade and prospere. 33 Those also that haue vnderstondinge amonge the people, shal enfourme the multitude: & for a longe season, they shalbe persecuted with swearde, with fyre, with captyuyte & with the takynge awaye of their goodes. 34 Now whe they fall, they shalbe set vp with a litle helpe: but many shal cleue vnto them faynedly. 35 Yee some of those which haue vnderstondynge shal be persecuted also: yt they maye be tryed, purified & clesed, till the tyme be out: for there is yet another tyme appoynted. 36 The kinge shal do what him list, he shal exalte and magnifie himself agaynst all, that is God. Yee he shall speake maruelous thinges agaynst the God of all goddes, wherin he shal prospere, so longe till the wrath be fulfilled, for the conclusion is deuysed alredy. 37 He shal not regarde the God of his fathers, but his lust shall be vpon wome: Yee he shal not care for eny God, for he shal magnifie himself aboue all. 38 In his place shal he worshipe the mightie Idols: & the god whom his fathers knewe not, shal he honoure with golde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. 39 This shal he do, sekinge helpe and sucoure at the mightie Idols and straunge goddes. Soch as wil receaue him, and take him for God, he shal geue them greate worshipe and power: yee and make them lordes of the multitude, and geue them the londe with rewardes. 40 In the latter tyme, shal the kinge of the south stryue with him: and the kinge of the north in like maner shall come agaynst him with charettes, horsmen & with a greate nauy of shippes. He shal come in to the londes, destroye and go thorow: 41 he shal entre also in to the fayre pleasaunt londe. Many cities & countrees shal decaye, excepte Edom, Moab & the best of the children of Ammon, which shal escape from his honde. 42 He shall stretch forth his hodes vpon the countrees, & the londe of Egipte shal not escape him. 43 For thorow his goinge in, he shal haue dominion ouer the treasures of syluer & golde, & ouer all the precious Iewels of Egipte, Lybia and Ethiopia. 44 Neuerthelesse the tydinges out of the east and the north shall trouble him, for the which cause he shal go forth to destroye & curse a greate multitude. 45 The tentes of his palace shall he pytch betwixte the two sees, vpon the hill of the noble sanctuary, for he shal come to the ende of it, and then shal no man helpe him.
MSTC(i) 1 And in the first year of Darius of Media, I stood by him, to comfort him and to strength him, 2 and now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia, but the fourth shall be far richer than they all. And when he is in the chiefest power of his riches, he shall provoke every man against the realm of Greekland. 3 Then shall there arise yet a mighty king, that shall rule with great dominion, and do what him list. 4 And as soon as his kingdom cometh up, it shall be destroyed, and divided toward the four winds of the heaven. They that come after him shall not have such power and dominion as he: but his kingdom shall be scattered: yea, even among others than those. 5 "And the king of the south shall be mighty; and one of his princes: and he shall prevail against him and bear rule. His dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 But after certain years they shall be joined together; and the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the North for to make friendship. But she shall not obtain the power of that arm, neither shall she be able to endure through his might: but she, and such as brought her - yea, and he that begat her, and comforted her for his time - shall be delivered up. 7 Out of the branches of her root, there shall stand one up in his stead: which with power of armies shall go through the king's land of the north, and handle him according to his strength. As for their Idols and princes, with their costly Jewels of gold and silver, 8 he shall carry them away captives into Egypt, and he shall prevail against the king of the north certain years. 9 And when he is come into the king's realm of the south, he shall be fain to turn again into his own land. 10 Wherefore his sons shall be displeased, and shall gather together a mighty great host of people: and one of them shall come, and go through like a water flood: then shall he return, and go forth with defying and boasting unto his own land. 11 Then the king of the south shall be angry, and shall come forth to fight against the king of the north: Yea, he shall bring a great multitude of people together, and a great heap shall be given into his hand. 12 These shall he carry away with great pride, forsomuch as he hath cast down so many thousands, nevertheless he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall gather, of the new, a greater heap of people than afore, and come forth after a certain time and years with a mighty host and exceeding great goods. 14 At the same time there shall many stand up against the king of the south, so that the wicked children of thy people also shall exalt themselves, to fulfill the vision, and then fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come to lay siege, and to take the strong fenced cities: And the power of them of the south shall not be able to abide him, and the best men of the people shall not be so strong as to resist him. 16 Shortly, when he cometh, he shall handle him as he list, and no man shall be so hardy as to stand against him. He shall stand in the pleasant country, which through him shall be destroyed. 17 He shall set his face with all his power to obtain his kingdom, and to be like it. Yea, that shall he do, and give him unto the daughters among women, to destroy him. But he shall fail, neither shall he obtain his purpose. 18 After this shall he set his face unto the Isles, and take many of them. A prince shall stop him, to do him a shame, beside the confusion that else shall come unto him. 19 Thus shall he turn again to his own land, stumble, and fall, and be no more found: 20 so that he that came upon him and did him violence, shall stand in his place, and have a pleasant kingdom: and after few days he shall be destroyed: and that neither in wrath, nor in battle. 21 "In his stead there shall arise a vile person, not holden worthy of a king's dignity: this shall come in craftily, and obtain the kingdom with fair words. 22 He shall fight against the armies of the mighty, and destroy them; yea, and against the prince of the covenant. 23 So after that he hath taken truce with him, he shall handle deceitfully, that he may get up, and overcome him with a small flock: 24 and so with craftiness to get him to the fattest place of the land, and to deal otherwise than either his fathers or grandfathers did. For he shall destroy the thing that they had robbed and spoiled, yea and all their substance: imagining thoughts against the strongholds, and that for a time. 25 His power and heat shall be stirred up with a great army against the king of the south: wherethrough the king of the south shall be moved then unto battle, with a great mighty host also. Nevertheless, he shall not be able to stand, for they shall conspire against him. 26 Yea, they that eat of his meat, shall hurt him: so that his host shall fall, and many be slain down. 27 These two kings shall be minded to do mischief, and talk of deceit at one table: but they shall not prosper. For why? The end shall not come yet, unto the time appointed. 28 Then shall he go home again into his own land with great good, and set his heart against the holy covenant. He shall be busy against it, and then return home. 29 At the time appointed he shall come again, and go toward the south: So shall it happen otherwise then at the first, yet once again. 30 And why? The ships of Chittim shall come upon him, that he may be smitten and turn again: that he may take indignation against the covenant of holiness, to meddle against it. Yea he shall turn him, and draw such unto him, as leave the holy covenant. 31 He shall set mighty men to unhallow the Sanctuary of strength, and to put down the daily offering, and to set up the abominable desolation. 32 And such as break the covenant shall he flatter with fair words. But the people that will know their God, shall have the overhand and prosper. 33 Those also that have understanding among the people shall inform the multitude: and for a long season, they shall be persecuted with sword, with fire, with captivity and with the taking away of their goods. 34 Now when they fall, they shall be set up with a little help: but many shall cleave unto them fainedly. 35 Yea, some of those which have understanding shall be persecuted also: that they may be tried, purified, and cleansed, till the time be out. For there is yet another time appointed. 36 The king shall do what him list, he shall exalt and magnify himself against all that is God. Yea, he shall speak marvelous things against the God of all gods, wherein he shall prosper, so long till the wrath be fulfilled, for the conclusion is devised already. 37 He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women. Yea, he shall not care for any God, for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 In his place shall he worship the mighty Idols: and the God whom his fathers knew not, shall he honour with gold and silver, with precious stones and pleasant jewels. 39 This shall he do, seeking help and succor at the mighty Idols and strange gods. Such as receive him, and take him for God, he shall give them great worship and power: yea and make them lords of the multitude, and give them the land with rewards. 40 In the latter time, shall the king of the south strive with him; and the king of the north in like manner shall come against him with chariots, horsemen and with a great navy of ships. He shall come into the lands, destroy and go through: 41 he shall enter also into the fair pleasant land. Many cities and countries shall decay, except Edom, Moab and the best of the children of Ammon, which shall escape from his hand. 42 He shall stretch forth his hands upon the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape him. 43 For through his going in, he shall have dominion over the treasures of silver and gold, and over all the precious jewels of Egypt, Libya and Ethiopia. 44 Nevertheless the tidings out of the East and the north shall trouble him, for the which cause he shall go forth to destroy and curse a great multitude. 45 The tents of his palace shall he pitch betwixt the two seas, upon the hill of the noble Sanctuary, for he shall come to the end of it, and then shall no man help him.
Matthew(i) 1 And in the first yeare of Darius of Medea, I stode by him, to comforte him, & to strength him, 2 and nowe wil I shew the the trueth. Beholde, there shall stande vp yet thre kynges in Persia, but the fourth shal be farre rycher then they all. And when he is in the chefest power of his ryches, he shall prouoke euery man against the realme of Grekelande. 3 Then shall there aryse yet a myghty kinge, that shall rule with greate dominion, and do what him lyst. 4 And as sone as his kingedome cometh vp, it shalbe destroyed, and deuyded toward the foure windes of the heauen. They that come after hym, shall not haue suche power and domynyon as he: but hys kyngedome shalbe scatred, yea euen amonge other then those. 5 And the kyng of the south shal be myghtyer, then his other princes. Agaynste him there shall one make hymselfe stronge, and shal rule his dominyon wt greate power. 6 But after certayne yeares they shalbe ioyned together, and the kinges doughter of the south shall come to the kynge of the Northe, for to make frendshyp, but she shall not obtayne the power of that arme, neyther shall she be able to endure thorow his myght: but she, and such as brought her (yea and he that begat her, & comforted her for hys tyme) shalbe delyuered vp. 7 Oute of the braunches of her rote, there shall one stande vp in his steade: whiche with power of armes shal go thorow the kinges lande of the North, & handle hym according to his strength. As for their Idols & princes, with their costly Iewels of goulde & syluer, 8 he shal carye them awaye captiues into Egipte, & he shall preuayle agaynste the kyng of the north certayne yeares. 9 And when he is come into the kinges realm of the south he shalbe fayne to turne agayne into hys owne lande. 10 Wherfore hys sonnes shalbe displeased, and shall gather together a myghtye greate hoste of people: and one of them shall come, and go thorowe lyke a waterflowed: then shall he returne, and go forth with defyinge and boastinge vnto his owne lande. 11 Then the kynge of the south shalbe angry and shall come forthe to fyght agaynste the kinge of the north: yea he shal brynge a great multitude of people together, & a great heape shalbe geuen into hys hande: 12 these shall he cary awaye with greate pryde, for so muche as he hath cast doune so many thousandes, neuertheles he shall not preuayle. 13 For the king of the north shal gather (of the new) a greater heape of people then afore, & come forth (after a certayne tyme & yeares) wyth a mighty hoste and exceadinge greate good. 14 At the same tyme there shall manye stande vp agaynst the kynge of the south, so that the wycked children of thy people also shall exalte them selues (to fulfyll the vysyon) & then fall. 15 So the kynge of the North shall come to laye sege, & to take the stronge fensed cytyes: And the power of them of the south shal not be able to abyde him, and the best men of the people shal not be so stronge, as to resist him. 16 Shortely, when he commeth, he shall handle him as he list, & no man shalbe so hardy as to stande agaynst hym. He shall stand in the pleasaunt countreye, whiche thorow him shalbe destroyed. 17 He shal set his face wt al his power to obtayne his kyngedome, and to be lyke it. Yea that shall he do, and geue hym vnto the doughters amonge wemen, to destroye hym. But he shall fayle, neyther shall he obtayne his purpose. 18 After this shall he set hys face vnto the Iles, & take many of them. A prynce shal stoppe him, to do hym a shame, besyde the confusyon that els shall come vnto hym. 19 Thus shall he tourne agayne to hys owne lande, stomble, & fall, and be no more founde: 20 so he that came vpon him & did him violence, shal stande in his place, & haue a pleasaunte kingedom: and after few dayes he shalbe destroyed, and that neyther in wrath, nor in battell. 21 In his steade there shal aryse a vyle person, not holden worthy of a kinges dygnitie: this shal come in craftely, & obtayne the kingedome with fayre wordes: 22 he shall fyghte agaynste the armes of the myghtye (and destroye them) yea and agaynste the prynce of the couenaunte. 23 So after that he hath taken truce with him, he shal handle disceytfully, that he maye get vp, and ouercome him with a small flocke: 24 & so with craftynesse to get him to the fattest place of the lande, and to deale otherwyse, then ether his fathers or graundfathers dyd. For he shall destroy the thinge, that they had robbed and spoiled, yea & al their substaunce: ymageninge thoughtes agaynst the stronge holdes, and that for a tyme. 25 His power, and herte shalbe sterred vp with a great armye agaynst the kinge of the south: where thorow the king of the south shalbe moued then vnto battell with a great and mighty host also. Neuertheles he shal not be able to stand, for they shal conspire against hym. 26 Yea, they that eat of hys meate, shal hurte him: so that his hoste shall fall, and many be slayne donne. 27 These two kinges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, and talke of disceyte at one table, but they shall not prospere: for why, the ende shal not come yet, vnto the tyme appoynted. 28 Then shal he go home agayne into his owne lande with great good, & set his herte against the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busye againste it, and then returne home. 29 At the time appointed, he shall come agayne, and go toward the south. So shall it happen otherwyse then at the first, yet ones agayn. 30 And why? the shippes of Lithim shall come vpon him, that he may be smytten and turne again: that he may take indignacyon agaynste the couenaunte of holynesse, to medle agaynste it. Yea he shall turne him, and drawe suche vnto hym, as leaue the holy couenaunte. 31 He shall set myghty men to vnhalowe the Sanctuary of strength, to put doune the daylye offerynge, and to set vp the abhomynable desolacyon. 32 And suche as breake the couenaunt shal he flattre wyth fayre wordes. But the people that wyll know their God, shal haue the ouerhand, and prospere. 33 Those also that haue vnderstandyng among the people shall enfourme the multitude: and for a long season, they shalbe persecuted with swerde, with fyre, with captyuyte and with the takinge awaye of their goodes. 34 Nowe when they fall they shalbe set vp with a litle helpe: but many shall clene vnto them faynedly. 35 Yea, some of those whyth haue vnderstandinge shalbe persecuted also: that they maye be tryed, purifyed and clensed, tyll the tyme be oute: for there is yet another tyme appointed. 36 The kinge shal do what him lyst, he shal exalte and magnifye him selfe agaynste all, that is God. Yea he shall speake maruelous thinges against the God of al goddes, wherin he shall prospere, so longe till the wrathe be fulfilled, for the conclusyon is deuysed alredy. 37 He shal not regarde the God of hys fathers, but his lust shalbe vpon wemen: Yea, he shal not care for any God, for he shall magnifye him selfe aboue al. 38 In his place shall he worshippe the mighty Idols: and the god whome his fathers knewe not, shall he honoure with goulde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. 39 This shal he do, sekyng helpe and succour at the myghtye Idols and straunge goddes. Suche as wil receyue him, and take him for God, he shall geue them greate worshippe, & power: yea and make them lordes of the multitude, and geue them the lande with rewardes. 40 In the latter tyme shall the kinge of the south stryue with him: & the king of the north in like maner shall come agaynste him wyth charettes, horsemen and wyth a greate nauy of shippes. He shall come into the landes, destroye and go thorowe, 41 he shall entre also into the fayre pleasaunt lande. Manye cytyes and countreyes shall decaye, excepte Edom, Moab & the best of the children of Ammon, whyche shall escape from hys hande. 42 He shal stretch forth his handes vpon the countreyes & the lande of Egipte shall not escape him. 43 For thorowe his goynge in, he shal haue dominion ouer the treasures of siluer and gold & ouer al the precyous Iewels of Egypt, Lybia and Ethiopia. 44 Neuerthelesse the tidinges oute of the easte and north shal trouble hym, for the whiche cause he shall go forthe to destroye & curse a greate multitude. 45 The tentes of his palace shall be pytch betwyxte the two seas, vpon the hill of the noble Sanctuarye, for he shall come to the ende of it, & then shal no man helpe him.
Great(i) 1 And in the fyrst yeare of Darius of Media, I stode by hym, to comforte him, and to strength hym, 2 & nowe wyll I shewe the trueth. Beholde, there shall stande vp yet thre kynges in Persia, but the fourth shalbe farre rycher then they all. And when he is in the chefest power of hys ryches, he shall prouoke euery man agaynst the realme of Grekelande. 3 Then shall there aryse yet a myghtye kynge, that shall rule wyth greate dominion, and do what hym lyst. 4 And as soone as hys kyngdome cometh vp, it shalbe destroyed, and deuyded towarde the foure wyndes of the heauen. They that come after hym, shall not haue soche power & dominyon as he: but hys kyngdome shalbe scatred, yee, euen amonge other then those. 5 And the kyng of the south shalbe myghtyer, then his other princes. And one shall be stronger then he, & shall rule hys dominyon wyth greate power. 6 And in the ende of yeares they shalbe ioyned together, and the kynges daughter of the southe shall come to the kynge of the North, for to make frendshyppe, but she shall not optayne the power of that arme, nether shall she be able to endure thorowe his myght: but she, and soch as brought her (yee and he that begat her, and conforted her for hys tyme) shalbe delyuered vp. 7 Out of the braunches of her rote, there shall one stande vp in hys steade: whych with power of armes shall go thorowe the kynges lande of the north, and handle hym accordynge to hys strength. As for their Idols and princes, with their costly Iewels of golde and syluer, 8 he shall cary them awaye captyues into Egypte, and he shall reygne more yeares then the kynge of the north. 9 And when he is come into the kynges realme of the south, he shalbe fayne to turne agayne into hys awne lande. 10 Wherfore hys sonnes shalbe displeased, & shall gather together a myghtye greate hoost of people: and one of them shall come, and go thorowe lyke a water flowde: then shall he returne, and go forthwith defyinge and boastynge vnto his awne lande. 11 Then the kynge of the south shalbe angry and shall come forth to fight against the kynge of the north: yee, he shall brynge a greate multitude of people together, and a greate heape shalbe geuen into his hande: 12 these shall he cary awaye wyth greate pryde, for so moche as he hath cast downe so many thousandes, neuertheles, he shall not preuayle. 13 For the kyng of the north shall gather (of the new) a greater heape of people then afore, and come forth (after a certayne tyme & yeares) wyth a myghtye hooste and exceadynge greate good. 14 At the same tyme there shall many stande vp agaynst the kynge of the south, so that the wycked chyldren of thy people also shall exalte them selues (to fulfyll the vision) & then fall. 15 So the kinge of the north shall come to laye sege, and to take the strong fensed cyties: And the power of them of the south shall not be able to abyde him, and the best men of the people shall not be so strong, as to resyst hym. 16 Shortely, when he commeth, he shall handle hym as he lyst, & no man shalbe so hardy as to stande agaynst hym. He shall stande in the pleasaunt countre, whych thorowe him shalbe destroyed. 17 He shall set hys face wyth all hys power to optayne hys kyngdom, and to be lyke it. Yee, that shall he do, and geue him vnto the daughters amonge wemen, to destroye hym. But he shall fayle, nether shall he optayne hys purpose. 18 After thys shall he set hys face vnto the. Iles and take many of them. A prince shall stoppe hym, to do him a shame, besyde the confusyon that els shall come vnto him. 19 Thus shall he tourne agayne to hys awne lande, stomble and fall, and be nomore founde: 20 so be that came vpon hym & dyd hym violence, shall stande in hys place, haue a pleasaunt kyngdome: and after fewe dayes he shalbe destroyed, & that nether in wrath, ner in battell. 21 In hys steade there shall aryse a vyle person, not holden worthy of a kynges dignytie: this shall come in peaceably, and optayne the kyngdome wyth fayre wordes: 22 he shall fyght agaynst the armes of the myghtye (and destroye them) yee, and agaynst the prince of the couenaunt. 23 So after that he hath taken truce wyth him, he shall handle disceatfully: that he maye get vp, and ouercome hym with a small flocke: 24 and so with craftynesse to get him to the fattest place of the lande, and to deale otherwyse, then ether his fathers or graundfathers dyd. For he shall destroye the thynge, that they had robbed & spoyled, yee, and all theyr substaunce: ymagenynge thoughtes agaynst the stronge holdes, and that for a tyme. 25 Hys power and herte shalbe sterred vp wyth a greate armye agaynst the kinge of the south where thorowe the kynge of the south shalbe moued then vnto battell, with a greate & myghtye hoost also. Neuerthelesse, he shall not be able to stande, for they shall conspyre against him. 26 Yee, they that eate of his meate shall hurte hym: so that his hoost shall fall, & many be slayne downe. 27 These two kynges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, and talke of disceate at one table: but they shall not prospere, for why, the ende shall not come yet, vnto the tyme apoynted 28 Then shall he go home agayne into hys awne lande with great good, and set his hert agaynst the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busye agaynst it, and then returne home. 29 At the time apoynted he shall come agayne, and go towarde the south. So shall it happen otherwyse then at the fyrst, yet ones agayne. 30 And why? the shyppes with Italyans shall come vpon him, that he may be smytten and turne agayne: that he may take indignacion against the couenaunt of holynesse, to medle agaynst it. Yee, he shall turne him, and drawe soch vnto him, as leaue the holy couenaunt. 31 He shall set myghtye men to vnhalowe the Sanctuary of strength, to put downe the daylye offeringe, and to set vp the abhominable desolacyon. 32 And soch as breake the couenaunt shall he flatter wyth fayre wordes. But the people that wyll knowe their God, shall haue the ouerhande and prospere. 33 Those also that haue vnderstandinge among the people shall enfourme the multitude: and for a longe season, they shalbe persecuted wyth swearde, with fyre, wyth captiuite & wyth the takynge awaye of theyr goodes. 34 Nowe when they fall, they shalbe sett vp wyth a lytle helpe: but many shall cleue vnto them faynedly. 35 Yee some of those which haue vnderstandyng shall be persecuted also, that they may be tryed, purifyed and clensed, tyll the tyme be out: for there is yet another time appoynted. 36 The kynge shall do what hym lyst he shall exalte and magnifye him selfe agaynst all that is God. Yee, he shall speake maruelous thinges agaynst the God of all goddes wherin he shall prospere, so longe tyll the wrath be fulfylled, for the conclusyon is deuised alredy. 37 He shall not regarde the God of hys fathers, but his lust shall be vpon wemen. Yee, he shall not care for eny God, for he shall magnifye him selfe aboue all. 38 In hys place shall he worshype the myghtie stoute God: and the God whom his fathers knewe not, shall be honoure with golde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. 39 This shall he do, thorowe hys stronge fensed places, settinge vpe hys straunge God whom he confessith and encreasinge his glorye. Soche as will receaue hym, & take hym for God, he shall geue them greate worshyppe and power: yee, and make them Lordes of the multitude, and geue them the lande with rewardes. 40 In the latter tyme shall the kynge of the south stryue wyth him: and the kynge of the north in lyke maner shall come against him with charettes, horsmen and wt a greate nauy of shyppes. He shall come into the landes, destroye and go thorowe: 41 he shall entre also into the fayre pleasaunt lande: Many cyties and countres shall decaye excepte Edom, Moab and the best of the chyldren of Ammon, whych shall escape from hys hande. 42 He shall stretch forth his handes vpon the countrees, & the lande of Egypte shall not escape hym. 43 For thorowe his goynge in, he shall haue dominion ouer the treasures of syluer and golde, and ouer all the precious Iewels of Egypt, Libia and Ethiopia. 44 Neuerthelesse, the tydynges out of the East and the north shall trouble him, for the whych cause he shall goo forth to destroye and rote owte a greate multitude. 45 The tentes of hys palace shall be pytched betwyxte the two sees, vpon the hyll of the noble Sanctuary, for he shall come to his dethe, and then shall no man helpe hym.
Geneva(i) 1 Also I, in ye first yere of Darius of ye Medes, euen I stood to incourage and to strengthen him. 2 And now wil I shew thee ye trueth, Behold, there shall stand vp yet three Kings in Persia, and the fourth shall be farre richer then they all: and by his strength, and by his riches he shall stirre vp all against the realme of Grecia. 3 But a mightie King shall stand vp, that shall rule with great dominion, and doe according to his pleasure. 4 And when he shall stand vp, his kingdome shall be broken, and shall be deuided towarde the foure windes of heauen: and not to his posteritie, nor according to his dominion, which he ruled: for his kingdome shall be pluckt vp, euen to be for others besides those. 5 And ye King of ye South shalbe mightie, and one of his princes, and shall preuaile against him, and beare rule: his dominio shalbe a great dominion. 6 And in the ende of yeeres they shalbe ioyned together: for the Kings daughter of ye South shall come to the King of the North to make an agreement, but she shall not reteine the power of the arme, neither shall he continue, nor his arme: but she shall be deliuered to death, and they that brought her, and he that begate her, and he that comforted her in these times. 7 But out of the bud of her rootes shall one stand vp in his stead, which shall come with an armie, and shall enter into the fortresse of the King of the North, and doe with them as he list, and shall preuaile, 8 And shall also carie captiues into Egypt their gods with their molten images, and with their precious vessels of siluer and of golde, and he shall continue more yeeres then the King of the North. 9 So the King of ye South shall come into his kingdome, and shall returne into his owne land. 10 Wherefore his sonnes shall be stirred vp, and shall assemble a mightie great armie: and one shall come, and ouerflowe, and passe through: then shall he returne, and be stirred vp at his fortresse. 11 And the King of the South shall be angrie, and shall come foorth, and fight with him, euen with the King of the North: for he shall set foorth a great multitude, and the multitude shall be giuen into his hand. 12 Then the multitude shall be proude, and their heart shall be lifted vp: for hee shall cast downe thousands: but he shall not still preuaile. 13 For the King of the North shall returne, and shall set foorth a greater multitude then afore, and shall come foorth (after certeine yeeres) with a mightie armie, and great riches. 14 And at the same time there shall many stand vp against the King of the South: also the rebellious children of thy people shall exalt them selues to establish the vision, but they shall fall. 15 So the King of the North shall come, and cast vp a mount, and take the strong citie: and the armes of the South shall not resist, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that shall come, shall doe vnto him as he list, and none shall stand against him: and he shall stand in the pleasant land, which by his hand shalbe consumed. 17 Againe he shall set his face to enter with the power of his whole kingdome, and his confederates with him: thus shall he doe, and he shall giue him the daughter of women, to destroy her: but she shall not stande on his side, neither bee for him. 18 After this shall he turne his face vnto the yles, and shall take many, but a prince shall cause his shame to light vpon him, beside that he shall cause his owne shame to turne vpon himselfe. 19 For he shall turne his face toward the fortes of his owne land: but he shall be ouerthrowen and fall, and be no more founde. 20 Then shall stand vp in his place in the glorie of the kingdome, one that shall raise taxes: but after fewe dayes he shall be destroyed, neither in wrath, nor in battell. 21 And in his place shall stand vp a vile person, to whom they shall not giue the honour of the kingdome: but he shall come in peaceably, and obteine the kingdome by flatteries. 22 And the armes shall be ouerthrowen with a flood before him, and shall be broken: and also the prince of the couenant. 23 And after the league made with him, he shall worke deceitfully: for he shall come vp, and ouercome with a small people. 24 He shall enter into the quiet and plentifull prouince, and he shall doe that which his fathers haue not done, nor his fathers fathers: he shall deuide among them the pray and the spoyle, and the substance, yea, and he shall forecast his deuises against the strong holdes, euen for a time. 25 Also he shall stirre vp his power and his courage against the King of the South with a great armie, and the King of the South shall be stirred vp to battell with a very great and mightie armie: but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast and practise against him. 26 Yea, they that feede of the portion of his meate, shall destroy him: and his armie shall ouerflowe: and many shall fall, and be slaine. 27 And both these Kings hearts shall be to do mischiefe, and they shall talke of deceite at one table: but it shall not auaile: for yet the ende shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he returne into his land with great substance: for his heart shall be against the holy couenant: so shall he doe and returne to his owne land. 29 At the time appointed he shall returne, and come toward the South: but the last shall not be as the first. 30 For the shippes of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shalbe sorie and returne, and freat against the holy couenant: so shall he doe, he shall euen returne and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holy couenant. 31 And armes shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the Sanctuarie of strength, and shall take away the dayly sacrifice, and they shall set vp the abominable desolation. 32 And such as wickedly breake ye couenant, shall he cause to sinne by flatterie: but the people that do know their God, shall preuaile and prosper. 33 And they that vnderstand among the people, shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by sword, and by flame, by captiuitie and by spoile many dayes. 34 Nowe when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a litle helpe: but many shall cleaue vnto them fainedly. 35 And some of the of vnderstanding shall fall to trie them, and to purge, and to make them white, till the time be out: for there is a time appointed. 36 And the King shall doe what him list: he shall exalt himselfe, and magnifie himselfe against all, that is God, and shall speake marueilous things against ye God of gods, and shall prosper, till ye wrath be accomplished: for ye determination is made. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women, nor care for any God: for he shall magnifie himselfe aboue all. 38 But in his place shall he honour the god Mauzzim, and the god whom his fathers knewe not, shall he honour with golde and with siluer, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the holdes of Mauzzim with a strange god whom he shall acknowledge: he shall increase his glory, and shall cause them to rule ouer many and shall deuide ye land for gaine. 40 And at ye end of time shall the King of the South push at him, and the king of the North shall come against him like a whirlewind with charets, and with horsemen, and with many ships, and he shall enter into ye countreis, and shall ouerflow and passe through. 41 He shall enter also into the pleasant land, and many countreis shalbe ouerthrowen: but these shall escape out of his hand, euen Edom and Moab, and the chiefe of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch foorth his hands also vpon the countreis, and ye land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer, and ouer all the precious things of Egypt, and of the Lybians, and of the blacke Mores where he shall passe. 44 But the tidings out of the East and the North shall trouble him: therefore he shall goe foorth with great wrath to destroy and roote out many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace betweene the seas in the glorious and holy mountaine, yet he shall come to his end, and none shall helpe him.
Bishops(i) 1 And in the first yere of Darius of Media I stoode to comfort him and to strength him 2 And nowe wyll I shewe thee the trueth: Behold, there shall stand vp yet three kinges in Persia, but the fourth shalbe farre richer then they all: and by his strength & by his richesse he shall stirre vp all against the realme of Greke lande 3 Then shall there arise yet a mightie king, that shal rule with great dominion, and do what him list 4 And when he shal stand vp, his kingdome shalbe broken, & shalbe deuided toward the foure windes of the heauen, and not toward his posteritie, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdome shalbe pluckt vp, euen for others besides these 5 And the king of the south shalbe mightie, and [one] of his princes, and he shall preuayle against him, and beare rule: his dominion shalbe a great dominion 6 And in the ende of yeres, they shalbe ioyned together, & the kinges daughter of the south shall come to the kyng of the north for to make an agreement, but she shall not retayne the power of the arme, neither shall he continue nor his arme: but she shalbe deliuered [to death] and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that comforted her in these times 7 But out of the bud of her rootes, shal one stande vp in his steede, whiche shall come with an armie, and shall enter into the fortresse of the kyng of the north, and do with them [as he list] and shall preuayle 8 And shall also cary captiues into Egypt their gods, with their molten images, with their precious vessels of siluer and of gold, and he shall continue more yeres then the kyng of the north 9 So the kyng of the south shall come into his kyngdome, and shall returne into his owne lande 10 Wherfore his sonnes shalbe styrred vp, and shall gather together a mightie great hoast of people, & one shal come and ouerflowe and passe through: then shall he turne agayne and be stirred vp at his fortresse 11 Then ye king of the south shalbe angry, and shal come foorth to fight with him [euen] with the king of the north, for he shall set foorth a great multitude, & the multitude shalbe geuen into his hande 12 Then the multitude shalbe proude, and their heartes shalbe lifted vp, for he shall cast downe thousandes: but he shall not still preuayle 13 For the kyng of the north shall returne, and shal set foorth a greater multitude then afore, and shall come foorth (after certayne yeres) with a mightie armie and great riches 14 And at the same time there shal manye stande vp against the kyng of the south, so that the seditious chyldren of thy people also shall exalt them selues to establishe the vision, but they shal fal 15 So the kyng of the north shal come & cast vp amount, & take the strong cities: and the armes of the south shall not resist, neither his chosen people, neither shal there be any strength to withstand 16 And when he commeth, he shall handle him as he list, and no man shal stand against him: he shall stande in the pleasaunt lande, whiche by his hande shalbe consumed 17 Agayne, he shall set his face to enter with the power of his whole kyngdome, and his confederates with hym, thus shall he do: and he shall geue hym the daughter of women to destroy her, but she shall not stande [on his side] neither before hym 18 After this shall he turne his face vnto the iles, and shall take many: but a prince shall cause his shame to light vpon him, beside that, he shall cause his owne shame to turne vpon him selfe 19 For he shal turne his face toward the fortes of his owne lande: but he shalbe ouerthrowen and fall, and be no more founde 20 Then shall stande vp in his place a rayser of taxes [in] the glory of the kingdome, & after a fewe dayes he shalbe destroyed, neither in wrath nor in battel 21 In his steede there shal stande vp a vyle person, to whom they shal not geue the honour of the kingdome: but he shall come in peaceably and obtaine the kingdome with flatteries 22 And the armes shalbe ouerflowed with a flud before hym, and shalbe broken, & also the prince of the couenaunt 23 And after the leage made with him, he shall worke deceiptfully: for he shall come vp, and ouercome with a small people 24 He shal enter into the quiet and plentifull prouince, and he shal do that which his fathers haue not done, nor his rathers fathers: he shall deuide among them the pray, and the spoyle, and the substaunce, yea and he shall forecast his deuices against the strong holdes [euen] for a tyme 25 Also his power & heart shall he stirre vp with a great armie against the kyng of the south, the kyng of the south shalbe moued vnto battayle with a great and a mightie hoast also: neuerthelesse he shal not stande, for they shall forecast deuices against him 26 Yea they that feede of the portion of his meate, shal destroy him, and his armie shall ouerflowe, and many shall fall and be slaine 27 These two kinges hartes shalbe to do mischiefe, & they shall talke of deceipt at one table, but it shal not prosper, for yet the ende shalbe at ye time appointed 28 Then shall he go home agayne into his lande with great substaunce, and set his heart against the holy couenaunt, so shall he do, and returne to his owne lande 29 At the tyme appointed he shall come agayne, and go towarde the south: but the last shall not be as the first 30 For the ships of Chithim shall come against him, therfore he shalbe sorie, and returne, and fret against the holy couenaunt: so shall he do, he shal [euen] returne and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holy couenaunt 31 And armes shall stande on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuarie of strength, and shall take away the dayly [sacrifice] and they shall set vp the abhominable desolation 32 And such as wickedly breake the couenaunt, shall he cause to sinne by flatterie: but the people that knowe their God, shall preuayle and prosper 33 Those also that haue vnderstanding among the people, shall enfourme the multitude, and for a long season thei shall fall with sworde, with fire, with captiuitie, and with the taking away of their goodes 34 Nowe when they shall fall, they shalbe holpen with a litle helpe, but many shall cleaue vnto them faynedly 35 Yea some of those that haue vnderstanding shall fall, that they may be tryed, purified, and made whyte, tyll the tyme be out: for there is a tyme appointed 36 And a kyng shall do what hym list, he shall exalt and magnifie hym selfe against al that is God, yea he shal speake marueylous thinges against the God of Gods, and he shall prosper tyll the wrath be fulfilled: for the determination is made 37 He shall not regarde the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women, yea he shall not care for any God: for he shall magnifie himselfe aboue all 38 But in his place shall he honour the God Mauzzun, and the God whom his fathers knewe not, shall he honour with golde and siluer, with pretious stones and pleasaunt thinges 39 Thus shall he do in the holdes of Mauzzim with a straunge God whom he shall acknowledge, he shall encrease his glory, & shal cause them to rule ouer many, & shall deuide the land for gayne 40 And at the ende of tyme shall the king of the south pushe at hym, & the king of the north shall come against him lyke a whirlewind, with charets, horsemen, and with many shippes: he shall enter into the countreys, and shall ouerflowe and passe through 41 He shall enter also into the pleasaunt land, and many countreys shalbe ouerthrowen: but these shall escape out of his hande [euen] Edom and Moab, and the chiefe of the chyldren of Ammon 42 He shall stretche foorth his hande also vpon the countreys, and the lande of Egypt shall not escape 43 But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer, & ouer all the pretious thinges of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in his passing [by them. 44 Neuerthelesse, the tidinges out of the east and the north shall trouble him, therfore he shall go foorth with great wrath, to destroy and roote out many 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace betweene the seas, in the glorious and holy mountaine: yet he shall come to his ende, & none shal helpe him
DouayRheims(i) 1 And from the first year of Darius, the Mede, I stood up, that he might be strengthened, and confirmed. 2 And now I will shew thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand yet three kings in Persia, and the fourth shall be enriched exceedingly above them all: and when he shall be grown mighty by his riches, he shall stir up all against the kingdom of Greece. 3 But there shall rise up a strong king, and shall rule with great power: and he shall do what he pleaseth. 4 And when he shall come to his height, his kingdom shall be broken, and it shall be divided towards the four winds of the heaven: but not to his posterity, nor according to his pwoer with wheich he ruled. For his kingdom shall be rent in peices, even for strangers, besides these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strengthened, and one of his princes shall prevail over him, and he shall rule with great power: for his dominions shall be great. 6 And after the end of years they shall be in league together: and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make friendship, but she shall not obtain the strength of the arm, neither shall her seed stand: and she shall be given up, and her young men that brought her, and they that strengthened her in these times. 7 And a plant of the bud of her roots shall stand up: and he shall come with an army, and shall enter into the province of the king of the north: and he shall abuse them, and shall prevail. 8 And he shall also carry away captive into Egypt their gods, and their graven things, and their precious vessels of gold and silver: he shall prevail aginst the king of the north. 9 And the king of the south shall enter into the kingdom, and shall return to his own land. 10 And his sons shall be provoked, and they shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and he shall come with haste like a flood: and he shall return, and be stirred up, and he shall join battle with his force. 11 And the king of the south being provoked, shall go forth, and shall fight against the king of the north, and shall prepare an exceeding great multitude, and a multitude shall be given into his hands. 12 And he shall take a multitude, and his heart shall be lifted up, and he shall cast down many thousands: but he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall prepare a multitude much greater than before: and in the end of times, and years, he shall come in haste with a great army, and much riches. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south, and the children of prevaricators of thy people shall lift up themselves to fulfil the vision, and they shall fall. 15 And the king of the north shall come, and shall cast up a mount, and shall take the best fenced citits: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, and his chosen ones shall rise up to resist, and they shall not have strength. 16 And he shall come upon him, and do according to his pleasure, and there shall be none to stand against his face: and he shall stand in the glorious land, and it shall be consumed by his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to come to possess all his kingdom, and he shall make upright conditions with him: and he shall give him a daughter of women, to overthrow it: and she shall not stand, neither shall she be for him. 18 And he shall turn his face to the islands, and shall take many: and he shall cause the prince of his reproach to cease, and his reproach shall be turned upon him. 19 And he shall turn his face to the empire of his own land, and he shall stumble, and fall, ans shall not be found. 20 And there shall stand up in his place one most vile, and unworthy of kingly honour: and in a few days he shall be destroyed, not in rage nor in battle. 21 And there shall stand up in his place one despised, and the kingly honour shall not be given him: and he shall come privately, and shall obtain the kingdom by fraud. 22 And the arms of the fighter shall be overcome before his face, and shall be broken: yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after friendships, he will deal deceitfully with him: and he shall go up, and shall overcome with a small people. 24 And he shall enter into rich and plentiful cities: and he shall do that which his fathers never did, nor his fathers' fathers: he shall scatter their spoils, and their prey, and their riches, and shall forecast devices against the best fenced places: and this until a time. 25 And his strength, and his heart, shall be stirred up aginst the king of the south, with a great army: and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with many and very strong succours: and they shall not stand, for they shall form designs against him. 26 And they that eat bread with him, shall destroy him, and his army shall be overthrown: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And the heart of the two kings shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at one table, and they shall not prosper: because as yet the end is unto another time. 28 And he shall return into his land with much riches: and his heart shall be aginst the holy covenant, and he shall succeed, and shall return into his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and he shall come to the south, but the latter time shall not be like the former. 30 And the galleys and the Romans shall come upon him, and he shall be struck, and shall return, and shall have indignation against thecovenant of the sanctuary, and he shall succeed: and he shall returnm, and shall devise against them that haave forsaken the covenant of the sanctuary. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the continual sacrifice: and they shall place there the abomination unto desolation. 32 And such as deal wickedly against the covenant shall deceitfully dissemble: but the people that know their God shall prevail and succeed. 33 And they that are learned among the people shall teach many: and they shall fall by the sword, and by fire, and by captivity, and by spoil for many days. 34 And when they shall have fallen, they shall be relieved with a small help: and many shall be joined to them deceitfully. 35 And some of thelearned shall fall, that they may be tried, and may be chosen, and made white, even to the appointed time: because yet there shall be another time. 36 And the king shall do according to his will, and he shall be lifted up, and shall magnify himself against every god: and he shall speak great things against the God of gods, and shall prosper, till the wrath be accomplished. For the determination is made. 37 And he shall make no account of the God of his fathers: and he shall follow the lust of women, and he shall not regard any gods: for he shall rise up against all things. 38 But he shall worship the god Maozim, in his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not, he shall worship with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and things of great price. 39 And he shall do this to fortify Maozim with a strange god, whom he hath acknowledged, and he shall increase glory, and shall give them power over many, and shall divide the land gratis. 40 And at the time prefixed the king of the south shall fight against him, and the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots, andwith horsemen, and with a great navy, and he shall enter into the countries, and shall destroy, and pass through. 41 And he shal enter into the glorious land, ansd many shall fall: and these only shakll be saved out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the principality of the children of Ammon. 42 And he shall lay his hand upon the lands: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall have power over the treasures of gold, and of silver, and all the precious things of Egypt: and he shall pass through Lybia, and Ethiopia. 44 And tidings out of the east, and out of the north, shall trouble him: and he shall come with a great multitude to destroy and slay many. 45 And he shall fix his tabernacle, Apadno, between the seas, upon a glorious and holy mountain: and he shall come even to the top thereof, and none shall help him.
KJV(i) 1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I shew thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflown from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
KJV_Cambridge(i) 1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I shew thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflown from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
KJV_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 Also I in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede H5977 , even I, stood H2388 to confirm [H8688]   H4581 and to strengthen him.
  2 H5046 And now will I shew [H8686]   H571 thee the truth H5975 . Behold, there shall stand up [H8802]   H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia H7243 ; and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 richer [H8686]   H1419 than they all H2393 : and by his strength H6239 through his riches H5782 he shall stir up [H8686]   H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Grecia.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 shall stand up [H8804]   H4910 , that shall rule [H8804]   H7227 with great H4474 dominion H6213 , and do [H8804]   H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 And when he shall stand up [H8800]   H4438 , his kingdom H7665 shall be broken [H8735]   H2673 , and shall be divided [H8735]   H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven H319 ; and not to his posterity H4915 , nor according to his dominion H4910 which he ruled [H8804]   H4438 : for his kingdom H5428 shall be plucked up [H8735]   H312 , even for others beside those.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 shall be strong [H8799]   H8269 , and one of his princes H2388 ; and he shall be strong [H8799]   H4910 above him, and have dominion [H8804]   H4475 ; his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 And in the end H8141 of years H2266 they shall join themselves together [H8691]   H4428 ; for the king's H1323 daughter H5045 of the south H935 shall come [H8799]   H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 to make [H8800]   H4339 an agreement H6113 : but she shall not retain [H8799]   H3581 the power H2220 of the arm H5975 ; neither shall he stand [H8799]   H2220 , nor his arm H5414 : but she shall be given up [H8735]   H935 , and they that brought [H8688]   H3205 her, and he that begat [H8802]   H2388 her, and he that strengthened [H8688]   H6256 her in these times.
  7 H5342 But out of a branch H8328 of her roots H5975 shall one stand up [H8804]   H3653 in his estate H935 , which shall come [H8799]   H2428 with an army H935 , and shall enter [H8799]   H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north H6213 , and shall deal [H8804]   H2388 against them, and shall prevail [H8689]  :
  8 H935 And shall also carry [H8686]   H7628 captives H4714 into Egypt H430 their gods H5257 , with their princes H2532 , and with their precious H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold H5975 ; and he shall continue [H8799]   H8141 more years H4428 than the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H4428 So the king H5045 of the south H935 shall come [H8804]   H4438 into his kingdom H7725 , and shall return [H8804]   H127 into his own land.
  10 H1121 But his sons H1624 shall be stirred up [H8691]   H622 , and shall assemble [H8804]   H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces H935 : and one shall certainly [H8800]   H935 come [H8804]   H7857 , and overflow [H8804]   H5674 , and pass through [H8804]   H7725 : then shall he return [H8799]   H1624 , and be stirred up [H8691]   H4581 , even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 shall be moved with choler [H8698]   H3318 , and shall come forth [H8804]   H3898 and fight [H8738]   H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north H5975 : and he shall set forth [H8689]   H7227 a great H1995 multitude H1995 ; but the multitude H5414 shall be given [H8738]   H3027 into his hand.
  12 H5375 And when he hath taken away [H8738]   H1995 the multitude H3824 , his heart H7311 shall be lifted up [H8804]   [H8675]   H7311   [H8799]   H5307 ; and he shall cast down [H8689]   H7239 many ten thousands H5810 : but he shall not be strengthened [H8799]   by it .
  13 H4428 For the king H6828 of the north H7725 shall return [H8804]   H5975 , and shall set forth [H8689]   H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former H935 , and shall certainly [H8800]   H935 come [H8799]   H7093 after H6256 certain H8141 years H1419 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 riches.
  14 H6256 And in those times H7227 there shall many H5975 stand up [H8799]   H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1121 : also the robbers H6530   H5971 of thy people H5375 shall exalt [H8691]   H5975 themselves to establish [H8687]   H2377 the vision H3782 ; but they shall fall [H8738]  .
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 shall come [H8799]   H8210 , and cast up [H8799]   H5550 a mount H3920 , and take [H8804]   H4013 the most fenced H5892 cities H2220 : and the arms H5045 of the south H5975 shall not withstand [H8799]   H4005 , neither his chosen H5971 people H3581 , neither shall there be any strength H5975 to withstand [H8800]  .
  16 H935 But he that cometh [H8802]   H6213 against him shall do [H8799]   H7522 according to his own will H5975 , and none shall stand [H8802]   H6440 before H5975 him: and he shall stand [H8799]   H6643 in the glorious H776 land H3027 , which by his hand H3617 shall be consumed.
  17 H7760 He shall also set [H8799]   H6440 his face H935 to enter [H8800]   H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom H3477 , and upright ones H6213 with him; thus shall he do [H8804]   H5414 : and he shall give [H8799]   H1323 him the daughter H802 of women H7843 , corrupting [H8687]   H5975 her: but she shall not stand [H8799]   on his side, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 After this shall he turn [H8799]   [H8675]   H7725   [H8686]   H6440 his face H339 unto the isles H3920 , and shall take [H8804]   H7227 many H7101 : but a prince H2781 for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H7673 offered by him to cease [H8689]   H1115 ; without H2781 his own reproach H7725 he shall cause it to turn [H8686]   upon him.
  19 H7725 Then he shall turn [H8686]   H6440 his face H4581 toward the fort H776 of his own land H3782 : but he shall stumble [H8738]   H5307 and fall [H8804]   H4672 , and not be found [H8735]  .
  20 H5975 Then shall stand up [H8804]   H3653 in his estate H5674 a raiser [H8688]   H5065 of taxes [H8802]   H1925 in the glory H4438 of the kingdom H259 : but within few H3117 days H7665 he shall be destroyed [H8735]   H639 , neither in anger H4421 , nor in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his estate H5975 shall stand up [H8804]   H959 a vile person [H8737]   H5414 , to whom they shall not give [H8804]   H1935 the honour H4438 of the kingdom H935 : but he shall come [H8804]   H7962 in peaceably H2388 , and obtain [H8689]   H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H2220 And with the arms H7858 of a flood H7857 shall they be overflown [H8735]   H6440 from before H7665 him, and shall be broken [H8735]   H5057 ; yea, also the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 And after the league [H8692]   H6213 made with him he shall work [H8799]   H4820 deceitfully H5927 : for he shall come up [H8804]   H6105 , and shall become strong [H8804]   H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H935 He shall enter [H8799]   H7962 peaceably H4924 even upon the fattest places H4082 of the province H6213 ; and he shall do [H8804]   H1 that which his fathers H6213 have not done [H8804]   H1 , nor his fathers H1 ' fathers H967 ; he shall scatter [H8799]   H961 among them the prey H7998 , and spoil H7399 , and riches H2803 : yea, and he shall forecast [H8762]   H4284 his devices H4013 against the strong holds H6256 , even for a time.
  25 H5782 And he shall stir up [H8686]   H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army H4428 ; and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred up [H8691]   H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army H5975 ; but he shall not stand [H8799]   H2803 : for they shall forecast [H8799]   H4284 devices against him.
  26 H398 Yea, they that feed [H8802]   H6598 of the portion of his meat H7665 shall destroy [H8799]   H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow [H8799]   H7227 : and many H5307 shall fall [H8804]   H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings H3824 ' hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief [H8688]   H7451   H1696 , and they shall speak [H8762]   H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table H6743 ; but it shall not prosper [H8799]   H7093 : for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 Then shall he return [H8804]   H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches H3824 ; and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 ; and he shall do [H8804]   H7725 exploits, and return [H8799]   H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return [H8799]   H935 , and come [H8804]   H5045 toward the south H7223 ; but it shall not be as the former H314 , or as the latter.
  30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come [H8804]   H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved [H8738]   H7725 , and return [H8804]   H2194 , and have indignation [H8804]   H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 : so shall he do [H8804]   H7725 ; he shall even return [H8804]   H995 , and have intelligence [H8799]   H5800 with them that forsake [H8802]   H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand [H8799]   H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute [H8765]   H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength H5493 , and shall take away [H8689]   H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place [H8804]   H8251 the abomination H8074 that maketh desolate [H8789]  .
  32 H7561 And such as do wickedly [H8688]   H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he corrupt [H8686]   H2514 by flatteries H5971 : but the people H3045 that do know [H8802]   H430 their God H2388 shall be strong [H8686]   H6213 , and do [H8804]   exploits .
  33 H7919 And they that understand [H8688]   H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct [H8799]   H7227 many H3782 : yet they shall fall [H8738]   H2719 by the sword H3852 , and by flame H7628 , by captivity H961 , and by spoil H3117 , many days.
  34 H3782 Now when they shall fall [H8736]   H5826 , they shall be holpen [H8735]   H4592 with a little H5828 help H7227 : but many H3867 shall cleave [H8738]   H2519 to them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 And some of them of understanding [H8688]   H3782 shall fall [H8735]   H6884 , to try [H8800]   H1305 them, and to purge [H8763]   H3835 , and to make them white [H8687]   H6256 , even to the time H7093 of the end H4150 : because it is yet for a time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do [H8804]   H7522 according to his will H7311 ; and he shall exalt [H8709]   H1431 himself, and magnify [H8691]   H410 himself above every god H1696 , and shall speak [H8762]   H6381 marvellous things [H8737]   H410 against the God H410 of gods H6743 , and shall prosper [H8689]   H2195 till the indignation H3615 be accomplished [H8804]   H2782 : for that that is determined [H8737]   H6213 shall be done [H8738]  .
  37 H995 Neither shall he regard [H8799]   H430 the God H1 of his fathers H2532 , nor the desire H802 of women H995 , nor regard [H8799]   H433 any god H1431 : for he shall magnify [H8691]   himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honour [H8762]   H433 the God H4581 of forces H433 : and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew [H8804]   H3513 not shall he honour [H8762]   H2091 with gold H3701 , and silver H3368 , and with precious H68 stones H2532 , and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 Thus shall he do [H8804]   H4581 in the most strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god H5234 , whom he shall acknowledge [H8686]   [H8675]   H5234   [H8689]   H7235 and increase [H8686]   H3519 with glory H4910 : and he shall cause them to rule [H8689]   H7227 over many H2505 , and shall divide [H8762]   H127 the land H4242 for gain.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push [H8691]   H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind [H8691]   H7393 , with chariots H6571 , and with horsemen H7227 , and with many H591 ships H935 ; and he shall enter [H8804]   H776 into the countries H7857 , and shall overflow [H8804]   H5674 and pass over [H8804]  .
  41 H935 He shall enter [H8804]   H6643 also into the glorious H776 land H7227 , and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown [H8735]   H4422 : but these shall escape [H8735]   H3027 out of his hand H123 , even Edom H4124 , and Moab H7225 , and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 He shall stretch forth [H8799]   H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries H776 : and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 But he shall have power [H8804]   H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver H2532 , and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt H3864 : and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble [H8762]   H3318 him: therefore he shall go forth [H8804]   H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy [H8687]   H2763 , and utterly to make away [H8687]   H7227 many.
  45 H5193 And he shall plant [H8799]   H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain H935 ; yet he shall come [H8804]   H7093 to his end H5826 , and none shall help [H8802]   him.
Thomson(i) 1 As for me, I in the first year of Cyrus, was his strength and power. 2 And now I will tell the truth: Behold yet three kings shall be raised up in Persia, and the fourth shall abound in great wealth above all. And after he hath gotten this his great wealth he will be stirred up against all the kingdoms of the Greeks. 3 But there will be raised up a mighty king who will be lord of a great dominion and will do according to his pleasure. 4 But as soon as his kingdom hath been set up, it will be broken in pieces and divided towards the four winds of heaven, but not to his utmost bounds, nor according to his dominion which he ruled. For his kingdom will be torn to pieces, and given to others besides these. 5 And the king of the south will grow strong; and one of these chiefs will grow strong against him, and will rule over a great dominion. 6 And after his years they will come to an agreement. And a daughter of a king of the south will come to a king of the north for the purpose of making leagues with him. But he will not retain strength of arm, nor shall his seed stand; for she will be delivered up and they who bring her, both the young woman, and he who strengtheneth her in those times. 7 Out of the blossom of her root one having a government of his own will be raised up, and will come to this power, and enter the strong holds of the king of the north, and perform exploits in them and prevail. 8 And he will carry their gods with their molten images, all his precious vessels of silver and gold, with captives to Egypt; and he will stand above the king of the north 9 who will come to the kingdom of the king of the south; and return again to his own land. But his sons will collect a multitude among many, and one will come with effect, and like a deluge, and will pass through and establish himself and the war will be 11 carried even to his fortress. Then will the king of the south be furiously enraged, and he will come out and fight the king of the north, who will array a great multitude, but this multitude will be delivered into his hand. 12 And when he shall take this multitude, his heart will be elated, and he will overthrow myriads, but will not prevail. 13 For the king of the north will return, and bring a multitude greater than the former and at the end of times of years invade the frontiers with a great army, and with much wealth. 14 And in those times many will rise up against the king of the south, and the sons of the pests of thy people will be stirred up to establish a phantom, but they will be weak. 15 For a king of the north will come and cast up a mount and take strong cities. Though the arms of the king of the south will make a stand, and his chosen men will be raised up, yet there will not be power to withstand. 16 So that he who cometh against him, will do according to his pleasure, and there is none able to stand before him. So he will stand in the land of Sabei, and it will be perfected by his hand. 17 Then he will set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and will settle all things equitably with him, and will give him a daughter of the women with a view to corrupt her, but she will not continue in his interest, nor be for him. 18 Then he will turn his face to the islands, and take many, and cause chiefs to cease their reproaches: but his own reproach will be turned upon him. 19 Then he will turn his face to the strength of his own land, and will be weak and fall, and will not be found. 20 And from his root there will be set upon his throne a plant of royalty plundering, and taxing the glory of a kingdom. And in those days he also will be destroyed, but not with open violence nor in battle. 21 And on his throne one will be settled, who was despised and on whom they did not confer the honour of a kingdom. But he will come to it peaceably and obtain the kingdom by obsequiousness. 22 And the arms of the overwhelmer will be overwhelmed at his presence, and they with the ruler of the covenant will be destroyed. 23 Because of the associations against him, he will practise guile and come up and overpower them with a small nation 24 and come peaceably into rich provinces, and do what neither his fathers, nor his fathers' fathers ever did. Plunder and spoils and wealth he will scatter among them; and against Egypt he will forecast devices even for a time. 25 And his power and his heart will be stirred up against a king of the south, with a great army; and the king of the south will join battle with an exceeding great and powerful army; 26 but they will not stand; for they will form devices against him and devour his substance and crush him, and armies will be overwhelmed, and many wounded shall fall. 27 Then both the kings with their hearts bent on mischief will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper. Because an end is still put off for a time, 28 therefore he will return to his own land with much wealth and his heart will be against the holy covenant, and he will act and return to his own land. 29 At the time he will return and come to the south; but this last expedition will not be like the first: 30 for the Kitians who set out at the same time will arrive, and he will be humbled. Then he will return and will be inflamed with wrath against the holy covenant. And he will act and return and keep up an intelligence with them who have forsaken the holy covenant. 31 And seeds out of him will spring up, and the sanctuary of the dominion will be polluted; and the daily sacrifice will be removed; and there will be set up an abomination which hath caused desolation, 32 which they who break covenant will bring in by flatteries. But the people who acknowledge their God will take courage and act. 33 And the men of understanding among the people will keep up an intelligence for many purposes; but they will be weakened by sword and by fire, and by captivity, and by plundering, for days. 34 And when they are weak, they will be helped with a little help. And many will join them by flatteries. 35 Then some of the wise will be weak that they may be tried and chosen, and that at a time the end may be revealed. 36 Because it is still for a time, therefore he will act according to his pleasure. And this king will be exalted and magnified above every god, and will speak swelling words, and prosper until the indignation is completed: for it is coming to a completion. 37 Though with all the gods of his fathers, he will not keep up any intelligence, including even the desire of women; though he will not pay respect to any thing divine, because he will magnify himself above them all, 38 yet in his place he will glorify god Maozim; even a god which his fathers knew not, he will glorify with gold and silver, and precious stones, and with desirable things, 39 and act for the fortresses of them who have taken refuge with a strange God, and he will multiply glory and subject many to them and distribute lands for gifts. 40 And at the end of a time there will be conflicts with the king of the south, and against him there will be brought a king of the north, with chariots and horsemen, and many ships, which shall invade the land, 41 and he will break in pieces and pass through and come to the land of Sabaim, and many will be weak. But these will escape out of his hand, namely, Edom and Moab and the children of Ammon. 42 And he will stretch forth his hand against this land, and the land of Egypt will be no security. 43 And he will be master of the hidden stores of gold and silver, and of all the desirable things of Egypt, and of the Lybians and Ethiopians, in their strong holds. 44 And when reports and disturbances shall trouble him from the east, and from the north, he will then come with great wrath to destroy many, 45 and he will pitch his tent at Ephadanus between the seas on the holy mountain Sabaim. Then he will come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.
Webster(i) 1 Also I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided towards the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, who shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with wrath, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fortified cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face to the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face towards the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken; yes, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yes, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yes, they that feed of the portion of his provisions shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come towards the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be assisted with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that which is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honor the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Cushites shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain: yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
Webster_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 Also I in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede H5977 , even I, stood H2388 [H8688] to confirm H4581 and to strengthen him.
  2 H5046 [H8686] And now will I show H571 thee the truth H5975 [H8802] . Behold, there shall stand up H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia H7243 ; and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 [H8686] richer H1419 than they all H2393 : and by his strength H6239 through his riches H5782 [H8686] he shall stir up H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Greece.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 [H8804] shall stand up H4910 [H8804] , that shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion H6213 [H8804] , and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 [H8800] And when he shall stand up H4438 , his kingdom H7665 [H8735] shall be broken H2673 [H8735] , and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven H319 ; and not to his posterity H4915 , nor according to his dominion H4910 [H8804] which he ruled H4438 : for his kingdom H5428 [H8735] shall be plucked up H312 , even for others beside those.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 [H8799] shall be strong H8269 , and one of his princes H2388 [H8799] ; and he shall be strong H4910 [H8804] above him, and have dominion H4475 ; his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 And in the end H8141 of years H2266 [H8691] they shall join themselves together H4428 ; for the king's H1323 daughter H5045 of the south H935 [H8799] shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 [H8800] to make H4339 an agreement H6113 [H8799] : but she shall not retain H3581 the power H2220 of the arm H5975 [H8799] ; neither shall he stand H2220 , nor his arm H5414 [H8735] : but she shall be given up H935 [H8688] , and they that brought H3205 [H8802] her, and he that begat H2388 [H8688] her, and he that strengthened H6256 her in these times.
  7 H5342 But out of a branch H8328 of her roots H5975 [H8804] shall one stand up H3653 in his estate H935 [H8799] , who shall come H2428 with an army H935 [H8799] , and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north H6213 [H8804] , and shall deal H2388 [H8689] against them, and shall prevail:
  8 H935 [H8686] And shall also carry H7628 captives H4714 into Egypt H430 their gods H5257 , with their princes H2532 , and with their precious H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold H5975 [H8799] ; and he shall continue H8141 more years H4428 than the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H4428 So the king H5045 of the south H935 [H8804] shall come H4438 into his kingdom H7725 [H8804] , and shall return H127 into his own land.
  10 H1121 But his sons H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up H622 [H8804] , and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces H935 [H8800] : and one shall certainly H935 [H8804] come H7857 [H8804] , and overflow H5674 [H8804] , and pass through H7725 [H8799] : then shall he return H1624 [H8691] , and be stirred up H4581 , even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 [H8698] shall be moved with anger H3318 [H8804] , and shall come forth H3898 [H8738] and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north H5975 [H8689] : and he shall set forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude H1995 ; but the multitude H5414 [H8738] shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H5375 [H8738] And when he hath taken away H1995 the multitude H3824 , his heart H7311 H7311 [H8804] shall be lifted up H5307 [H8689] ; and he shall cast down H7239 many ten thousands H5810 [H8799] : but he shall not be strengthened by it.
  13 H4428 For the king H6828 of the north H7725 [H8804] shall return H5975 [H8689] , and shall set forth H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former H935 [H8800] , and shall certainly H935 [H8799] come H7093 after H6256 certain H8141 years H1419 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 riches.
  14 H6256 And in those times H7227 there shall many H5975 [H8799] stand up H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1121 H6530 : also the robbers H5971 of thy people H5375 [H8691] shall exalt H5975 [H8687] themselves to establish H2377 the vision H3782 [H8738] ; but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 [H8799] shall come H8210 [H8799] , and cast up H5550 a bank H3920 [H8804] , and take H4013 the most fortified H5892 cities H2220 : and the arms H5045 of the south H5975 [H8799] shall not withstand H4005 , neither his chosen H5971 people H3581 , neither shall there be any strength H5975 [H8800] to withstand.
  16 H935 [H8802] But he that cometh H6213 [H8799] against him shall do H7522 according to his own will H5975 [H8802] , and none shall stand H6440 before H5975 [H8799] him: and he shall stand H6643 in the glorious H776 land H3027 , which by his hand H3617 shall be consumed.
  17 H7760 [H8799] He shall also set H6440 his face H935 [H8800] to enter H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom H3477 , and upright ones H6213 [H8804] with him; thus shall he do H5414 [H8799] : and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women H7843 [H8687] , corrupting H5975 [H8799] her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 H7725 [H8799] After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 to the isles H3920 [H8804] , and shall take H7227 many H7101 : but a prince H2781 for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H7673 [H8689] offered by him to cease H1115 ; without H2781 his own reproach H7725 [H8686] he shall cause it to turn upon him.
  19 H7725 [H8686] Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fortresses H776 of his own land H3782 [H8738] : but he shall stumble H5307 [H8804] and fall H4672 [H8735] , and not be found.
  20 H5975 [H8804] Then shall stand up H3653 in his estate H5674 [H8688] a raiser H5065 [H8802] of taxes H1925 in the glory H4438 of the kingdom H259 : but within few H3117 days H7665 [H8735] he shall be destroyed H639 , neither in anger H4421 , nor in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his estate H5975 [H8804] shall stand up H959 [H8737] a vile person H5414 [H8804] , to whom they shall not give H1935 the honour H4438 of the kingdom H935 [H8804] : but he shall come H7962 in peaceably H2388 [H8689] , and obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H2220 And with the arms H7858 of a flood H7857 [H8735] shall they be overflowed H6440 from before H7665 [H8735] him, and shall be broken H5057 ; yea, also the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 [H8692] And after the league H6213 [H8799] made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully H5927 [H8804] : for he shall come up H6105 [H8804] , and shall become strong H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H935 [H8799] He shall enter H7962 peaceably H4924 even upon the best places H4082 of the province H6213 [H8804] ; and he shall do H1 that which his fathers H6213 [H8804] have not done H1 , nor his fathers H1 ' fathers H967 [H8799] ; he shall scatter H961 among them the prey H7998 , and spoil H7399 , and riches H2803 H4284 [H8762] : yea, and he shall plot H4013 against the strong holds H6256 , even for a time.
  25 H5782 [H8686] And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army H4428 ; and the king H5045 of the south H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army H5975 [H8799] ; but he shall not stand H2803 H4284 [H8799] : for they shall plot against him.
  26 H398 [H8802] Yea, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 [H8799] shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 [H8799] shall overflow H7227 : and many H5307 [H8804] shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings H3824 ' hearts H4827 H7451 [H8688] shall be to do mischief H1696 [H8762] , and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table H6743 [H8799] ; but it shall not prosper H7093 : for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 [H8804] Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches H3824 ; and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 [H8804] ; and he shall do H7725 [H8799] exploits, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 [H8799] he shall return H935 [H8804] , and come H5045 toward the south H7223 ; but it shall not be as the former H314 , or as the latter.
  30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 [H8804] shall come H3512 [H8738] against him: therefore he shall be grieved H7725 [H8804] , and return H2194 [H8804] , and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 [H8804] : so shall he do H7725 [H8804] ; he shall even return H995 [H8799] , and have intelligence H5800 [H8802] with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 And forces H5975 [H8799] shall stand H2490 [H8765] on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength H5493 [H8689] , and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 [H8804] sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 [H8789] that maketh desolate.
  32 H7561 [H8688] And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 [H8686] shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries H5971 : but the people H3045 [H8802] that know H430 their God H2388 [H8686] shall be strong H6213 [H8804] , and do exploits.
  33 H7919 [H8688] And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 [H8799] shall instruct H7227 many H3782 [H8738] : yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 , and by flame H7628 , by captivity H961 , and by spoil H3117 , many days.
  34 H3782 [H8736] Now when they shall fall H5826 [H8735] , they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help H7227 : but many H3867 [H8738] shall join H2519 with them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 [H8688] And some of them of understanding H3782 [H8735] shall fall H6884 [H8800] , to try H1305 [H8763] them, and to purge H3835 [H8687] , and to make them white H6256 , even to the time H7093 of the end H4150 : because it is yet for a time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 [H8804] shall do H7522 according to his will H7311 [H8709] ; and he shall exalt H1431 [H8691] himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god H1696 [H8762] , and shall speak H6381 [H8737] marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods H6743 [H8689] , and shall prosper H2195 till the indignation H3615 [H8804] be accomplished H2782 [H8737] : for that which is determined H6213 [H8738] shall be done.
  37 H995 [H8799] Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers H2532 , nor the desire H802 of women H995 [H8799] , nor regard H433 any god H1431 [H8691] : for he shall magnify himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 [H8762] shall he honour H433 the God H4581 of forces H433 : and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 [H8804] knew H3513 [H8762] not shall he honour H2091 with gold H3701 , and silver H3368 , and with precious H68 stones H2532 , and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 [H8804] Thus shall he do H4581 in the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 with a foreign H433 god H5234 H5234 [H8686] , whom he shall acknowledge H7235 [H8686] and increase H3519 with glory H4910 [H8689] : and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many H2505 [H8762] , and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 [H8691] push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 [H8691] shall come against him like a whirlwind H7393 , with chariots H6571 , and with horsemen H7227 , and with many H591 ships H935 [H8804] ; and he shall enter H776 into the countries H7857 [H8804] , and shall overflow H5674 [H8804] and pass through.
  41 H935 [H8804] He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land H7227 , and many H3782 [H8735] countries shall be overthrown H4422 [H8735] : but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand H123 , even Edom H4124 , and Moab H7225 , and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 [H8799] He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries H776 : and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 [H8804] But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver H2532 , and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt H3864 : and the Libyans H3569 and the Cushites H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 [H8762] shall trouble H3318 [H8804] him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 [H8687] to destroy H2763 [H8687] , and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.
  45 H5193 [H8799] And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain H935 [H8804] ; yet he shall come H7093 to his end H5826 [H8802] , and none shall help him.
Brenton(i) 1 And I in the first year of Cyrus stood to strengthen and confirm him. 2 And now I will tell thee the truth. Behold, there shall yet rise up three kings in Persia: and the fourth shall be very far richer than all: and after that he is master of his wealth, he shall rise up against all the kingdoms of the Greeks. 3 An there shall rise up a mighty king, and he shall be lord of a great empire, and shall do according to his will. 4 And when his kingdom shall stand up, it shall be broken, and shall be divided to the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled over: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, and given to others beside these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong; and one of their princes shall prevail against him, and shall obtain a great dominion. 6 And after his years they shall associate; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north, to make agreements with him: but she shall not retain power of arm; neither shall his seed stand: and she shall be delivered up, and they that brought her, and the maiden, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of the flower of her root there shall arise one on his place, and shall come against the host, and shall enter into the strongholds of the king of the north, and shall fight against them, and prevail. 8 Yea, he shall carry with a body of captives into Egypt their gods with their molten images, and all their precious vessels of silver and gold; and he shall last longer than the king of the north. 9 And he shall enter into the kingdom of the king of the south, and shall return to his own land. 10 And his sons shall gather a multitude among many: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through, and he shall rest, and collect his strength. 11 And the king of the south shall be greatly enraged, and shall come forth, and shall war with the king of the north: and he shall raise a great multitude; but the multitude shall be delivered into his hand. 12 And he shall take the multitude, and his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down many thousands; but he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and bring a multitude greater than the former, and at the end of the times of years an invading army shall come with a great force, and with much substance. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south; and the children of the spoilers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; and they shall fail. 15 And the king of the north shall come in, and cast up a mound, and take strong cities: and the arms of the king of the south shall withstand, and his chosen ones shall rise up, but there shall be no strength to stand. 16 And he that comes in against him shall do according to his will, and there is no one to stand before him: and he shall stand in the land of beauty, and it shall be consumed by his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to come in with the force of his whole kingdom, and shall cause everything to prosper with him: and he shall give him the daughter of women to corrupt her: but she shall not continue, neither be on his side. 18 And he shall turn his face to the islands, and shall take many, and cause princes to cease from their reproach: nevertheless his own reproach shall return to him. 19 Then he shall turn back his face to the strength of his own land: but he shall become weak, and fall, and not be found. 20 And there shall arise out of his root one that shall cause a plant of the kingdom to pass over his place, earning kingly glory: and yet in those days shall he be broken, yet not openly, nor in war. 21 One shall stand on his place, who has been set a nought, and they have not put upon him the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in prosperously, and obtain the kingdom by deceitful ways. 22 And the arms of him that overflows shall be washed away as with a flood from before him, and shall be broken, and so shall be the head of the covenant. 23 And because of the leagues made with him he shall work deceit: and he shall come up, and overpower them with a small nation. 24 And he shall enter with prosperity, and that into fertile districts; and he shall do what his fathers and his fathers' fathers have not done; he shall scatter among them plunder, and spoils, and wealth; and he shall devise plans against Egypt, even for a time. 25 And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but his forces shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him: 26 and they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both the kings, their hearts are set upon mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a fixed time. 28 And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall perform great deeds, and return to his own land. 29 At the set time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last expedition shall not be as the first. 30 For the Citians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do thus, and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. 31 And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual sacrifice, and make the abomination desolate. 32 And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways: but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do valiantly. 33 And the intelligent of the people shall understand much: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by spoil of many days. 34 And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. 35 And some of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test them, and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter is yet for a set time. 36 And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished: for it is coming to an end. 37 And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 And he shall honour the god of forces on his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honour with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. 39 And he shall do thus in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory: and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. 40 And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south: and the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land: and he shall break in pieces, and pass on: 41 and he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail: but these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 And he shall stretch forth his hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall have the mastery over the secret treasures of gold and silver, and over all the desirable possessions of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. 44 But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. 45 And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty: but he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.
Brenton_Greek(i) 1 Καὶ ἐγὼ ἐν ἔτει πρώτῳ Κύρου ἔστην εἰς κράτος καὶ ἰσχύν.
2 Καὶ νῦν ἀλήθειαν ἀναγγελῶ σοι· ἰδοὺ ἔτι τρεῖς βασιλεῖς ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ Περσίδι, καὶ ὁ τέταρτος πλουτήσει πλοῦτον μέγαν παρὰ πάντας· καὶ μετὰ τὸ κρατῆσαι αὐτὸν τοῦ πλούτου αὐτοῦ, ἐπαναστήσεται πάσαις βασιλείαις Ἑλλήνων.
3 Καὶ ἀναστήσεται βασιλεὺς δυνατὸς, καὶ κυριεύσει κυρείας πολλῆς, καὶ ποιήσει κατὰ τό θέλημα αὐτοῦ.
4 Καὶ ὡς ἂν στῇ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ, συντριβήσεται, καὶ διαιρεθήσεται εἰς τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν κυριείαν αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐκυρίευσεν, ὅτι ἐκτιλήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἑτέροις ἐκτὸς τούτων.
5 Καὶ ἐνισχύσει ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Νότου· καὶ εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτῶν ἐνισχύσει ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, καὶ κυριεύσει κυριείαν πολλὴν. 6 Καὶ μετὰ τὰ ἔτη αὐτοῦ συμμειγήσονται, καὶ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως τοῦ Νότου εἰσελεύσεται πρὸς βασιλέα τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ, τοῦ ποιῆσαι συνθήκας μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ κρατήσει ἰσχύος βραχίονος, καὶ οὐ στήσεται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ παραδοθήσεται αὐτὴ, καὶ οἱ φέροντες αὐτὴν, καὶ ἡ νεᾶνις, καὶ ὁ κατισχύων αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς.
7 Ἀναστήσεται ἐκ τοῦ ἄνθους τῆς ῥίζης αὐτῆς, τῆς ἑτοιμασίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἥξει πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὰ ὑποστηρίγματα τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ποιήσει ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ κατισχύσει. 8 Καί γε τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν χωνευτῶν αὐτῶν, πᾶν σκεῦος ἐπιθυμητὸν αὐτῶν, ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου, μετὰ αἰχμαλωσίας οἴσει εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ αὐτὸς στήσεται ὑπὲρ βασιλέα τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ. 9 Καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ Νότου, καὶ ἀναστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.
10 Καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ συνάξουσιν ὄχλον δυνάμεων πολλῶν· καὶ ἐλεύσεται ἐρχόμενος καὶ κατακλύζων, καὶ παρελεύσεται, καὶ καθίεται, καὶ συμπροσπλακήσεται ἕως τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ. 11 Καὶ ἀγριανθήσεται βασιλεὺς τοῦ Νότου, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ πολεμήσει μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ στήσει ὄχλον πολὺν, καὶ παραδοθήσεται ὁ ὄχλος ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, 12 καὶ λήψεται τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταβαλεῖ μυριάδας, καὶ οὐ κατισχύσει. 13 Καί ἐπιστρέψει ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ἄξει ὄχλον πολὺν ὑπὲρ τὸν πρότερον· καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος τῶν καιρῶν ἐνιαυτῶν ἐπελεύσεται εἰσόδια ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ, καὶ ἐν ὑπάρξει πολλῇ.
14 Καὶ ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς ἐκείνοις πολλοὶ ἐπαναστήσονται ἐπὶ βασιλέα τοῦ Νότου, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν λοιμῶν τοῦ λαοῦ σου ἐπαρθήσονται, τοῦ στῆσαι ὅρασιν, καὶ ἀσθενήσουσι. 15 Καὶ εἰσελεύσεται βασιλεὺς τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ἐκχεεῖ πρόσχωμα, καὶ συλλήψεται πόλεις ὀχυράς, καὶ οἱ βραχίονες τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ Νότου οὐ στήσονται, καὶ ἀναστήσονται οἱ ἐκλεκτοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἰσχὺς τοῦ στῆναι. 16 Καὶ ποιήσει ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἑστὼς κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ· καὶ στήσεται ἐν τῇ γῇ τοῦ Σαβεὶ, καὶ συντελεσθήσεται ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.
17 Καὶ τάξει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰσελθεῖν ἐν ἰσχύϊ πάσης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὐθεῖα πάντα μετʼ αὐτοῦ ποιήσει· καὶ θυγατέρα τῶν γυναικῶν δώσει αὐτῷ τοῦ διαφθεῖραι αὐτὴν, καὶ οὐ μὴ παραμείνῃ καὶ οὐκ αὐτῷ ἔσται. 18 Καὶ ἐπιστρέψει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς νήσους, καὶ συλλήψεται πολλὰς, καὶ καταπαύσει ἄρχοντας ὀνειδισμοῦ αὐτῶν, πλὴν ὀνειδισμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπιστρέψει αὐτῷ. 19 Καὶ ἐπιστρέψει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ, καί ἀσθενήσει, καὶ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται.
20 Καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης αὐτοῦ φυτὸν τῆς βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν αὐτοῦ παραβιβάζων, πράσσων δόξαν βασιλείας· καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις συντριβήσεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ποσώποις, οὐδὲ ἐν πολέμῳ.
21 Στήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν αὐτοῦ, ἐξουδενώθη, καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκαν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν δόξαν βασιλείας· καὶ ἥξει ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ, καὶ κατισχύσει βασιλείας ἐν ὀλισθήμασι, 22 καὶ βραχίονες τοῦ κατακλύζοντος κατακλυσθήσονται ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ συντριβήσονται, καὶ ἡγούμενος διαθήκης. 23 Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συναναμείξεων πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιήσει δόλον, καὶ ἀναβήσεται, καὶ ὑπερισχύσει αὐτοὺς ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἔθνει. 24 Καὶ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ, καὶ ἐν πίοσι χώραις ἥξει, καὶ ποιήσει ἃ οὐκ ἐποίησαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ καὶ πατέρες τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ· προνομὴν καὶ σκῦλα καὶ ὕπαρξιν αὐτοῖς διασκορπιεῖ, καὶ ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον λογιεῖται λογισμοὺς καὶ ἕως καιροῦ. 25 Καὶ ἐξεγερθήσεται ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ βασιλέα τοῦ Νότου ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ· καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Νότου συνάψει πόλεμον ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ καὶ ἰσχυρᾷ σφόδρα, καὶ οὐ στήσονται, ὅτι λογιοῦνται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν λογισμοὺς, 26 καὶ φάγονται τὰ δέοντα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συντρίψουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ δυνάμεις κατακλύσει, καὶ πεσοῦνται τραυματίαι πολλοί.
27 Καὶ ἀμφότεροι οἱ βασιλεῖς, αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν εἰς πονηρίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τραπέζῃ μιᾷ ψευδῆ λαλήσουσι, καὶ οὐ κατευθυνεῖ, ὅτι ἔτι πέρασις καιρῶν. 28 Καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑπάρξει πολλῇ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν, καὶ ποιήσει, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.
29 Εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ ἥξει ἐν τῷ Νότῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὡς ἡ πρώτη καὶ ὡς ἡ ἐσχάτη. 30 Καὶ εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκπορευόμενοι Κίτιοι, καὶ ταπεινωθήσεται, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ θυμωθήσεται ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν· καὶ ποιήσει, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ συνήσει ἐπὶ τοὺς καταλιπόντας διαθήκην ἁγίαν.
31 Καὶ σπέρματα ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀναστήσονται, καὶ βεβηλώσουσι τὸ ἁγίασμα τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ μεταστήσουσι τὸν ἐνδελεχισμὸν, καὶ δώσουσι βδέλυγμα ἠφανισμένων. 32 Καὶ οἱ ἀνομοῦντες διαθήκην ἐπάξουσιν ἐν ὀλισθήμασι· καὶ λαὸς γινώσκοντες Θεὸν αὐτοῦ κατισχύσουσι, καὶ ποιήσουσι, 33 καὶ οἱ συνετοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ συνήσουσιν εἰς πολλὰ, καὶ ἀσθενήσουσιν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ, καὶ ἐν φλογὶ, καὶ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ, καὶ ἐν διαρπαγῇ ἡμερῶν. 34 Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀσθενῆσαι αὐτοὺς, βοηθηθήσονται βοήθειαν μικρὰν, καὶ προστεθήσονται πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολλοὶ ἐν ὀλισθήμασι.
35 Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συνιέντων ἀσθενήσουσι, τοῦ πυρῶσαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι, καὶ τοῦ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἕως καιροῦ πέρας, ὅτι ἔτι εἰς καιρόν.
36 Καὶ ποιήσει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑψωθήσεται καὶ μεγαλυνθήσεται ἐπὶ πάντα θεὸν, καὶ λαλήσει ὑπέρογκα, καὶ κατευθυνεῖ μέχρις οὗ συντελεσθῇ ἡ ὀργὴ, εἰς γὰρ συντέλειαν γίνεται. 37 Καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας θεοὺς τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ οὐ συνήσει, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν γυναικῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν θεὸν οὐ συνήσει, ὅτι ἐπὶ πάντας μεγαλυνθήσεται. 38 Καὶ θεὸν Μαωζεὶμ ἐπὶ τόπου αὐτοῦ δοξάσει, καὶ θεὸν ὃν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ, δοξάσει ἐν χρυσῷ καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμήμασι. 39 Καὶ ποιήσει τοῖς ὀχυρώμασι τῶν καταφυγῶν μετὰ θεοῦ ἀλλοτρίου, καὶ πληθυνεῖ δόξαν, καὶ ὑποτάξει αὐτοῖς πολλοὺς, καὶ γῆν διελεῖ ἐν δώροις.
40 Καὶ ἐν καιροῦ πέρατι συγκερατισθήσεται μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ Νότου· καὶ συναχθήσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν βασιλεὺς τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ ἐν ἱππεῦσι καὶ ἐν ναυσὶ πολλαῖς, καὶ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ συντρίψει, καὶ παρελεύσεται, 41 καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Σαβαεὶμ, καὶ πολλοὶ ἀσθενήσουσι· καὶ οὗτοι διασωθήσονται ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ἐδὼμ, καὶ Μωὰβ, καὶ ἀρχὴ υἱῶν Ἀμμών. 42 Καὶ ἐκτενεῖ τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ γῆ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ ἔσται εἰς σωτηρίαν. 43 Καὶ κυριεύσει ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀργύρου, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐπιθυμητοῖς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ Λιβύων, καὶ Αἰθιόπων, ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν αὐτῶν. 44 Καὶ ἀκοαὶ καὶ σπουδαὶ ταράξουσιν αὐτὸν ἐξ ἀνατολῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ἥξει ἐν θυμῷ πολλῷ, τοῦ ἀφανίσαι πολλούς. 45 Καὶ πήξει τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ ἐφαδανῶ, ἀναμέσον τῶν θαλασσῶν εἰς ὄρος Σαβαεὶν ἅγιον, ἥξει ἕως μέρους αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ῥυόμενος αὐτόν.
Leeser(i) 1 And I in the first year of Darius the Mede had my station to assist and to protect him. 2 And now will I tell thee the truth. Behold, there will stand up yet three kings of Persia: and the fourth will obtain far greater riches than all these: and when he is strong through his riches will he stir up all, namely, the kingdom of Javan. 3 And then will stand up a mighty king, who will rule with great dominion, and do according to his pleasure. 4 And when he shall have stood, his kingdom will be broken, and will be divided toward the four winds of the heavens, and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled; for his kingdom will be torn asunder even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south will become strong, yea, he who is one of his princes; but another will become strong against him, and will rule: a great dominion will his dominion be. 6 But at the end of some years will they associate themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make a settlement of difficulties; but she will not retain the power of the support; neither will he stand, nor his support: but she will be given up with those that had brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in those times. 7 But there will up a sprout of her roots in his place, and he will come to the army, and will enter into the stronghold of the king of the north, and will deal with them, and prevail: 8 And also their gods with their molten images, with their precious vessels of silver and of gold, will he carry into captivity to Egypt; and he will stand off some years from the king of the north. 9 But this one will then enter the kingdom of the king of the south, and then return into his own land. 10 But his sons will commence a war, and assemble a multitude of great armies; and one will certainly enter, and overflow, and pass along: then will he return, and make war again, even to his stronghold. 11 And the king of the south will be moved with bitter wrath, and go forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he will set forth a great multitude; but the multitude of the other will be given up into his hand. 12 And the multitude will be lifted up, and his heart will become proud; and he will cast down myriads; but he will not be strengthened by it. 13 And the king of the north will return, and set forth a multitude greater than the former; and at the end of the times, of years, will he certainly come with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times many will stand up against the king of the south: also the rebellious sons of thy people will lift themselves up to establish the vision; but they will stumble. 15 And the king of the north will come, and cast up a mound, and capture the city defended by fortifications: and the arms of the south will not withstand, and as regardeth his chosen people, there will be no power in them to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against them will do according to his pleasure, and none will stand before him; and he will place himself in the glorious land, which will be altogether in his hand. 17 He will also direct his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, having professions of peace with him; and thus will he do it: and he will give him the daughter of his wife to destroy it: but it will not stand, and it will not remain his. 18 And he will direct his face unto the isles, and capture many; but a chieftain will cause to cease his reproach against him: without his giving back to him his own reproach. 19 Then will he direct his face toward the strong-holds of his own land; but he will stumble and fall, and will no more be found. 20 And there will stand up in his place one who will cause the exactor of taxes to pass through the glorious land of the kingdom; but within a few days will he be broken, but not in anger, nor in battle. 21 And there will stand up in his place a despicable person, to whom they assigned not the honor of the kingdom; but he will come in quietly, and lay hold of the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the powers of the overflow will be swept away from before him, and will be broken: yea, so also the prince in covenant with him. 23 And from the time of his associating with him will he deal deceitfully; and he will come up, and obtain the victory with a small number of people. 24 In quiet and into the fattest portion of the province will he enter; and he will do what his fathers have not done, nor his fathers’ fathers: the prey, and spoil, and riches will he divide freely to them, and against the strong-holds will he devise his plans, but only till a certain time. 25 And he will then stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army: and the king of the south will prepare himself for the war with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he will not stand; for they will devise evil plans against him. 26 Yea, they that eat of his food will bring his downfall, and the army of the other will overflow; and many will fall down slain. 27 And as for both these kings, their heart is bent on mischief, and at one table will they speak lies; but it shall not prosper; for the end is yet for the time appointed. 28 Then will he return into his land with great riches, and his heart will be against the holy covenant: and he will do it, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed will he return, and enter into the south; but not as in the former will it be in the latter time. 30 For there will come against him the ships of Kittim; and he will become faint-hearted, and return, and will rage against the holy covenant; and he will do it: and he will return, and have an understanding with those that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And the army divisions will proceed from him, and they will defile the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the continual sacrifice, and they will set up the desolating abomination. 32 And such as act wickedly against the covenant will he corrupt by flatteries; but the people that do know their God will be strong, and deal valiantly. 33 And the intelligent among the people will impart understanding to many: yet they will stumble through the sword, and through flame, through captivity, and through being plundered for some time. 34 But in their stumbling will they be aided with a little help: but many will join themselves to them with deceptive flatteries. 35 And some of the intelligent will stumble, to make a purification among them, and to select and to cleanse them, until the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 And the king will do according to his pleasure; and he will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and against the God of gods will he speak incredible things, and he will prosper till the indignation be at an end; for that which is determined will be accomplished. 37 And to the gods of his fathers will he pay no regard; and to the desire of women, or to any god whatever will he not pay any regard; for above all will he magnify himself. 38 But in his place he will pay honor to the god of the fortresses; and to a god whom his fathers knew not will he pay honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and costly things. 39 This will he do for the very strong fortresses together with the strange god: whoever will acknowledge him, him will he give much honor; and he will cause such to rule over many, and he will divide out the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end will the king of the south push against him; and the king of the north will come against him like a storm-wind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he will enter into some countries, and will overflow and press along. 41 And he will enter into the glorious land, and much will be overthrown; but these will escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the first portion of the children of ‘Ammon. 42 And he will stretch forth his hand against some countries, and the land of Egypt will not escape. 43 And he will have control over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the costly things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will follow at his steps. 44 But reports out of the east and out of the north will terrify him; and he will go forth with great fury to destroy, and to exterminate many. 45 And he will pitch the tents of his palace between seas and the glorious holy mountain; and he will come to his end, without one to help him.
YLT(i) 1 `And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, my standing is for a strengthener, and for a stronghold to him; 2 and, now, truth I declare to thee, Lo, yet three kings are standing for Persia, and the fourth doth become far richer than all, and according to his strength by his riches he stirreth up the whole, with the kingdom of Javan. 3 And a mighty king hath stood, and he hath ruled a great dominion, and hath done according to his will; 4 and according to his standing is his kingdom broken, and divided to the four winds of the heavens, and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion that he ruled, for his kingdom is plucked up—and for others apart from these.
5 `And a king of the south—even of his princes—doth become strong, and doth prevail against him, and hath ruled; a great dominion is his dominion. 6 `And at the end of years they do join themselves together, and a daughter of the king of the south doth come in unto the king of the north to do upright things; and she doth not retain the power of the arm; and he doth not stand, nor his arm; and she is given up, she, and those bringing her in, and her child, and he who is strengthening her in these times. 7 `And one hath stood up from a branch of her roots, in his station, and he cometh in unto the bulwark, yea, he cometh into a stronghold of the king of the south, and hath wrought against them, and hath done mightily; 8 and also their gods, with their princes, with their desirable vessels of silver and gold, into captivity he bringeth into Egypt; and he doth stand more years than the king of the north. 9 `And the king of the south hath come into the kingdom, and turned back unto his own land; 10 and his sons stir themselves up, and have gathered a multitude of great forces, and he hath certainly come in, and overflowed, and passed through, and he turneth back, and they stir themselves up unto his stronghold. 11 And the king of the south doth become embittered, and hath gone forth and fought with him, with the king of the north, and hath caused a great multitude to stand, and the multitude hath been given into his hand, 12 and he hath carried away the multitude, his heart is high, and he hath caused myriads to fall, and he doth not become strong. 13 `And the king of the north hath turned back, and hath caused a multitude to stand, greater than the first, and at the end of the times a second time he doth certainly come in with a great force, and with much substance; 14 and in those times many do stand up against the king of the south, and sons of the destroyers of thy people do lift themselves up to establish the vision—and they have stumbled. 15 `And the king of the north cometh in, and poureth out a mount, and hath captured fenced cities; and the arms of the south do not stand, nor the people of his choice, yea, there is no power to stand. 16 And he who is coming unto him doth according to his will, and there is none standing before him; and he standeth in the desirable land, and it is wholly in his hand. 17 And he setteth his face to go in with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; and he hath wrought, and the daughter of women he giveth to him, to corrupt her; and she doth not stand, nor is for him. 18 `And he turneth back his face to the isles, and hath captured many; and a prince hath caused his reproach of himself to cease; without his reproach he turneth it back to him. 19 And he turneth back his face to the strongholds of his land, and hath stumbled and fallen, and is not found. 20 `And stood up on his station hath one causing an exactor to pass over the honour of the kingdom, and in a few days he is destroyed, and not in anger, nor in battle.
21 `And stood up on his station hath a despicable one, and they have not given unto him the honour of the kingdom, and he hath come in quietly, and hath strengthened the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the arms of the flood are overflowed from before him, and are broken; and also the leader of the covenant. 23 And after they join themselves unto him, he worketh deceit, and hath increased, and hath been strong by a few of the nation. 24 Peaceably even into the fertile places of the province He cometh, and he hath done that which his fathers did not, nor his fathers' fathers; prey, and spoil, and substance, to them he scattereth, and against fenced places he deviseth his devices, even for a time. 25 `And he stirreth up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great force, and the king of the south stirreth himself up to battle with a very great and mighty force, and standeth not, for they devise devices against him, 26 and those eating his portion of food destroy him, and his force overfloweth, and fallen have many wounded. 27 `And both of the kings' hearts are to do evil, and at one table they speak lies, and it doth not prosper, for yet the end is at a time appointed. 28 And he turneth back to his land with great substance, and his heart is against the holy covenant, and he hath wrought, and turned back to his land. 29 At the appointed time he turneth back, and hath come against the south, and it is not as the former, and as the latter. 30 And ships of Chittim have come in against him, and he hath been pained, and hath turned back, and hath been insolent toward the holy covenant, and hath wrought, and turned back, and he understandeth concerning those forsaking the holy covenant. 31 And strong ones out of him stand up, and have polluted the sanctuary, the stronghold, and have turned aside the continual sacrifice, and appointed the desolating abomination. 32 And those acting wickedly against the covenant, he defileth by flatteries; and the people knowing their God are strong, and have wrought. 33 And the teachers of the people give understanding to many; and they have stumbled by sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil—days. 34 And in their stumbling, they are helped—a little help, and joined to them have been many with flatteries. 35 And some of the teachers do stumble for refining by them, and for purifying, and for making white—till the end of the time, for it is yet for a time appointed. 36 `And the king hath done according to his will, and exalteth himself, and magnifieth himself against every god, and against the God of gods he speaketh wonderful things, and hath prospered till the indignation hath been completed, for that which is determined hath been done. 37 And unto the God of his fathers he doth not attend, nor to the desire of women, yea, to any god he doth not attend, for against all he magnifieth himself. 38 And to the god of strongholds, on his station, he giveth honour; yea, to a god whom his fathers knew not he giveth honour, with gold, and with silver, and with precious stone, and with desirable things. 39 And he hath dealt in the fortresses of the strongholds with a strange god whom he hath acknowledged; he multiplieth honour, and hath caused them to rule over many, and the ground he apportioneth at a price. 40 `And at the time of the end, push himself forward with him doth a king of the south, and storm against him doth a king of the north, with chariot, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he hath come in to the lands, and hath overflowed, and passed over, 41 and hath come into the desirable land, and many do stumble, and these escape from his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. 42 `And he sendeth forth his hand upon the lands, and the land of Egypt is not for an escape; 43 and he hath ruled over treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the desirable things of Egypt, and Lubim and Cushim are at his steps. 44 `And reports trouble him out of the east and out of the north, and he hath gone forth in great fury to destroy, and to devote many to destruction; 45 and he planteth the tents of his palace between the seas and the holy desirable mountain, and hath come unto his end, and there is no helper to him.
JuliaSmith(i) 1 And I in the one year to Darius the Mede, standing to make firm and to strengthen for him. 2 And now I will announce the truth to thee. Behold, yet three kings standing up to Persia; and the fourth shall be rich of great riches above all: and in his becoming strong in his riches he shall rouse up all against the kingdoms of Grecia. 3 And a strong king stood up, and he ruled from much dominion, and he did according to his will. 4 And in his standing up his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided to the four winds of the heavens; and not to his latter state, and not according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, and for others from besides these 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and from his chiefs; and he shall be strong above him, and he ruled from much dominion. 6 And at the end of years they shall join themselves together, and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make straightnesses: and she shall not retain the power of the arm, and he shall not stand, and his arm: and she shall be given up, and those bringing her, and he begetting her, and he strengthening her in the times. 7 And there stood up from the shoot of her roots as he, and he shall come to the strength, and he shall come into the fortress of the king of the north, and he did against them, and was strong: 8 And also their gods with their molten images, with the vessels of their desire of silver and gold he shall bring in captivity to Egypt; and he shall stand years above the king of the north. 9 And the king of the south came into his kingdom, and turned back, to his land. 10 And his sons shall gather themselves together, and they collected a multitude of many forces: and he coming, came and overflowed, and through: and he will turn back, and they shall gather themselves together even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be exasperated, and shall come forth and war with him, with the king of the north: and he caused a great multitude to stand, and the multitude was given into his hand. 12 And taking away the multitude his heart shall be lifted up; and he cast down myriads, and he shall not be strengthened. 13 And the king of the north turned back and caused a great multitude to stand above the former, and at the end of times, years, coming he shall come with great strength and with much property. 14 And in these times many shall stand up against the king of the south: and the sons of the violent of thy people shall be lifted up to cause the vision to stand; and they were weak. 15 And the king of the north shall come and shall pour out a mound, and take the city of fortifications: and the arms of the south shall not stand, and the people of his choices, and no strength to stand. 16 And he coming against him will do according to his will, and none standing before his face: and he shall stand in the land of glory, and it was finished in his hand. 17 And he shall set up his face to come with the power of all his kingdom, and the upright with him; and he did: and he will give to him the daughter of women, to corrupt her: and she shall not stand, and shall not be for him. 18 And he will turn back his face to the isles and take many: and a leader caused his reproach to cease to him; besides his reproach shall turn back to him. 19 And he shall tarn back his face to the fortress of his land: and he was weak and he fell, and he shall not be found. 20 And there stood up upon his place he causing a task-master to pass through the glory of his kingdom: and in some days he shall be broken, and not in anger and not in war. 21 And there stood up upon his place he being despised; and they gave not upon him the strength of the kingdom: and he came in tranquillity, and he took the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of an overflowing they shall overflow from his face, and they shall be broken; and also the leader of the covenant. 23 And from being joined to him he shall do deceit: and he came up and was strong with a small nation. 24 And in security and in fatnesses of the province shall he come; and he did what his fathers did not, and the fathers of his fathers; the prey and spoil and property shall he scatter to them: and against the fortifications he shall reckon his purposes, and even to a time. 25 And his strength shall rouse up and his heart against the king of the south with great force; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to war with a great and strong force, even exceedingly; and he shall not stand, for they shall reckon purposes against him. 26 And they eating his dainties shall break him, and his force shall overflow: and many fell wounded. 27 And they two kings, their heart for doing evil, and at one table they will speak falsehood; and it shall not prosper: for yet the end at the appointment 28 And he shall turn back to his land with great property; and his heart against the holy covenant; and he did, and turned back to his land. 29 At the appointment he shall turn back, and come into the south; and it shall not be as the first, and as the last. 30 And the inhabitants of the desert, the Chittims came against him: and he was dejected, and he turned back, and was angry against the holy covenant: and he did, and turned back; and he shall understand for those forsaking the holy covenant 31 And seed from him shall stand up, and they profaned the holy place of strength, and they removed the Continuance, and they gave the abomination laying waste. 32 And those condemning the covenant shall pollute by smooth things: and the people knowing their God shall be strong and do. 33 And those understanding of the people shall cause to understand to many: and they were weak by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by plunder, days. 34 And in their being weak they shall be helped with a little help: and many were joined to them by flatteries. 35 And from those understanding shall be weak to try upon them to separate, to become white even to the time of the end: for yet at the appointment 36 And the king did according to his will; and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself over every god; and against the God of gods he shall speak wonderful things,, and he prospered even till anger was finished: for that being determined was done. 37 And concerning the God of his fathers he shall not understand, and concerning the desire of women, and concerning every god he shall not understand; for he shall magnify himself over all. 38 And to the God of fortresses he shall do honor upon his place: and to a god which his fathers knew not he shall do honor with gold and with silver, and with precious stone, and with desires. 39 And he did to the strong fortifications with a strange god whom he recognized, he shall multiply honor: and he caused them to rule over many, and he will divide the land for a price. 40 And in the time of the end the king of the south shall wage war with him: and the king of the north shall rush on like a tempest against him, with chariot and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he came into the lands, and overflowed and passed through. 41 And he came into the land of glory, and many shall be weak: and these shall escape from his hand, Edom and Moab, and the first of the sons of Ammon. 42 And he shall send forth his hand upon the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not be for escaping. 43 And he ruled over the hidden things of gold and silver, and over all the desires of Egypt: and the Lybians and Cushites in his steps. 44 And reports from the sunrising and from the north shall terrify him: and he shall go forth in great wrath to destroy, and to exterminate many. 45 And he shall plant the tent of his palace between the seas to the mountain of glory of holiness: and he came even to his end, and none helping to him.
Darby(i) 1 And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I declare unto thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall enrich himself with great riches more than all; and when he hath become strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of the heavens; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion wherewith he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside these. 5 And the king of the south, who is one of his princes, shall be strong; but [another] shall be stronger than he, and have dominion: his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And after the course of years they shall join affinity; and the king`s daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make equitable conditions: but she shall not retain the strength of her arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; and she shall be given up, she and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in [those] times. 7 But out of a shoot from her roots shall one stand up in his place, who shall come to the army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shew himself mighty. 8 He shall also carry captive into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall subsist for more years than the king of the north; 9 and [the same] shall come into the realm of the king of the south, but shall return into his own land. 10 And his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces; and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through; and he shall return and carry the war even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be enraged, and shall come forth and fight with him, with the king of the north, who shall set forth a great multitude, but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when the multitude shall have been taken away, his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down myriads; but he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former; and shall certainly come at the end of the times of years with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times shall many stand up against the king of the south; and the violent of thy people will exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 And the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mound, and take the well-fenced city; and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, for there shall be no strength to withstand. 16 And he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him; and he shall stand in the land of beauty, and destruction shall be in his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; and he shall practise; and he shall give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her; but she shall not stand, neither shall she be for him. 18 And he shall turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many; but a captain for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease: he shall turn it upon him, without reproach for himself. 19 And he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land; and he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 And in his place shall one stand up who shall cause the exactor to pass through the glory of the kingdom; but in a few days he shall be broken, neither in anger nor in battle. 21 And in his place shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom; but he shall come in peaceably and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the overflowing forces shall be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken: yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully, and he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 In time of peace shall he enter even into the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers` fathers: he shall scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance, and he shall plan his devices against the fortified places, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall engage in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall plan devices against him. 26 And they that eat of his delicate food shall break him, and his army shall be dissolved; and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings` hearts [shall meditate] mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 And he shall return into his land with great substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall practise, and return to his own land. 29 At the set time he shall return, and come towards the south; but not as the former time shall be the latter; 30 for ships of Chittim shall come against him; and he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant; and will practise; and he shall return and direct his attention to those that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and shall take away the continual [sacrifice], and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries; but the people that know their God shall be strong, and shall act. 33 And they that are wise among the people shall instruct the many; and they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, [many] days. 34 And when they fall, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And [some] of the wise shall fall, to try them, and to purge and to make them white, to the time of the end: for it shall yet be for the time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every ?god, and speak monstrous things against the ?God of ?gods; and he shall prosper until the indignation be accomplished: for that which is determined shall be done. 37 And he will not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women; nor regard any +god: for he will magnify himself above all. 38 And in his place will he honour the +god of fortresses; and a +god whom his fathers knew not will he honour with gold and silver, and with precious stones and pleasant things. 39 And he will practise in the strongholds of fortresses with a strange +god: whoso acknowledgeth him will he increase with glory; and he shall cause them to rule over the many, and shall divide the land [to them] for a reward. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and overflow and pass through. 41 And he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many [countries] shall be overthrown; but these shall escape out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 And he shall stretch forth his hand upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go forth with great fury to exterminate, and utterly to destroy many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the mountain of holy beauty; and he shall come to his end, and there shall be none to help him.
ERV(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to confirm and strengthen him. 2 And now will I shew thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and when he is waxed strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion wherewith he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and [one] of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of years they shall join themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the strength of her arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in those times. 7 But out of a shoot from her roots shall one stand up in his place, which shall come unto the army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And also their gods, with their molten images, [and] with their goodly vessels of silver and of gold, shall he carry captive into Egypt; and he shall refrain some years from the king of the north. 9 And he shall come into the realm of the king of the south, but he shall return into his own land. 10 And his sons shall war, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces which shall come on, and overflow, and pass through: and they shall return and war, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude, and the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And the multitude shall be lifted up, and his heart shall be exalted: and he shall cast down tens of thousands, but he shall not prevail. 13 And the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former; and he shall come on at the end of the times, [even of] years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the children of the violent among thy people shall lift themselves up to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take a well fenced city: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, and in his hand shall be destruction. 17 And he shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; and he shall do [his pleasure]: and he shall give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her; but she shall not stand, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; yea, moreover, he shall cause his reproach to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his place one that shall cause an exactor to pass through the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his place shall stand up a contemptible person, to whom they had not given the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in time of security, and shall obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be swept away from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong, with a small people. 24 In time of security shall he come even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers’ fathers; he shall scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance: yea, he shall devise his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army: but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. 26 Yea, they that eat of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table: but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [his pleasure], and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do [his pleasure]: he shall even return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual [burnt offering]; and they shall set up the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries: but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits]. 33 And they that be wise among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, [many] days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall join themselves unto them with flatteries. 35 And some of them that be wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods: and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place shall he honour the god of fortresses: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a strange god; whosoever acknowledgeth [him] he will increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south contend with him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many [countries] shall be overthrown: but these shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
ASV(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to confirm and strengthen him.
2 And now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and when he is waxed strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion wherewith he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others besides these.
5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and [one] of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of years they shall join themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the strength of her arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in those times.
7 But out of a shoot from her roots shall one stand up in his place, who shall come unto the army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail. 8 And also their gods, with their molten images, [and] with their goodly vessels of silver and of gold, shall he carry captive into Egypt; and he shall refrain some years from the king of the north. 9 And he shall come into the realm of the king of the south, but he shall return into his own land.
10 And his sons shall war, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces, which shall come on, and overflow, and pass through; and they shall return and war, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with anger, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north; and he shall set forth a great multitude, and the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And the multitude shall be lifted up, and his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down tens of thousands, but he shall not prevail. 13 And the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former; and he shall come on at the end of the times, [even of] years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the children of the violent among thy people shall lift themselves up to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mound, and take a well-fortified city: and the forces of the south shall not stand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to stand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him; and he shall stand in the glorious land, and in his hand shall be destruction. 17 And he shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and with him equitable conditions; and he shall perform them: and he shall give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her; but she shall not stand, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; yea, moreover, he shall cause his reproach to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land; but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found.
20 Then shall stand up in his place one that shall cause an exactor to pass through the glory of the kingdom; but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his place shall stand up a contemptible person, to whom they had not given the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in time of security, and shall obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the overwhelming forces shall be overwhelmed from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully; for he shall come up, and shall become strong, with a small people. 24 In time of security shall he come even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance: yea, he shall devise his devices against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army; but he shall not stand; for they shall devise devices against him. 26 Yea, they that eat of his dainties shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow; and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table: but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed.
28 Then shall he return into his land with great substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [his pleasure], and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do [his pleasure]: he shall even return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual [burnt-offering], and they shall set up the abomination that maketh desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries; but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits]. 33 And they that are wise among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, [many] days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall join themselves unto them with flatteries. 35 And some of them that are wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed.
36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods; and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god; for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place shall he honor the god of fortresses; and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god: whosoever acknowledgeth [him] he will increase with glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price.
40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south contend with him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many [countries] shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to sweep away many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
ASV_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 And as for me, in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede, H5977 I stood H2388 up to confirm H4581 and strengthen him.
  2 H5046 And now will I show H571 thee the truth. H5975 Behold, there shall stand up H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia; H7243 and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 richer H1419 than they all: H2393 and when he is waxed strong H6239 through his riches, H5782 he shall stir up H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Greece.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 shall stand up, H4910 that shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion, H6213 and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 And when he shall stand up, H4438 his kingdom H7665 shall be broken, H2673 and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven, H319 but not to his posterity, H4915 nor according to his dominion H4910 wherewith he ruled; H4438 for his kingdom H5428 shall be plucked up, H312 even for others besides these.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 shall be strong, H8269 and one of his princes; H2388 and he shall be strong H4910 above him, and have dominion; H4475 his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 And at the end H8141 of years H2266 they shall join themselves together; H1323 and the daughter H4428 of the king H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 to make H4339 an agreement: H6113 but she shall not retain H3581 the strength H2220 of her arm; H5975 neither shall he stand, H2220 nor his arm; H5414 but she shall be given up, H935 and they that brought H3205 her, and he that begat H2388 her, and he that strengthened H6256 her in those times.
  7 H5342 But out of a shoot H8328 from her roots H5975 shall one stand up H3653 in his place, H935 who shall come H2428 unto the army, H935 and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north, H6213 and shall deal H2388 against them, and shall prevail.
  8 H430 And also their gods, H5257 with their molten images, H2532 and with their goodly H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold, H935 shall he carry H7628 captive H4714 into Egypt; H5975 and he shall refrain H8141 some years H4428 from the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H935 And he shall come H4438 into the realm H4428 of the king H5045 of the south, H7725 but he shall return H127 into his own land.
  10 H1121 And his sons H1624 shall war, H622 and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces, H935 which shall H935 come H7857 on, and overflow, H5674 and pass through; H7725 and they shall return H1624 and war, H4581 even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 shall be moved with anger, H3318 and shall come forth H3898 and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north; H5975 and he shall set forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude, H1995 and the multitude H5414 shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H1995 And the multitude H7311 shall be lifted up, H3824 and his heart H7311 shall be exalted; H5307 and he shall cast down H7239 tens of thousands, H5810 but he shall not prevail.
  13 H4428 And the king H6828 of the north H7725 shall return, H5975 and shall set forth H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former; H935 and he shall H935 come H7093 on at the end H6256 of the times, H8141 even of years, H7227 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 substance.
  14 H6256 And in those times H7227 there shall many H5975 stand up H4428 against the king H5045 of the south: H1121 also the children of the violent H5971 among thy people H5375 shall lift H5975 themselves up to establish H2377 the vision; H3782 but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 shall come, H8210 and cast up H5550 a mound, H3920 and take H4013 a well-fortified H5892 city: H2220 and the forces H5045 of the south H5975 shall not stand, H4005 neither his chosen H5971 people, H3581 neither shall there be any strength H5975 to stand.
  16 H935 But he that cometh H6213 against him shall do H7522 according to his own will, H5975 and none shall stand H6440 before H5975 him; and he shall stand H6643 in the glorious H776 land, H3027 and in his hand H3617 shall be destruction.
  17 H7760 And he shall set H6440 his face H935 to come H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom, H3477 and with him equitable H6213 conditions; and he shall perform H5414 them: and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women, H7843 to corrupt H5975 her; but she shall not stand, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 unto the isles, H3920 and shall take H7227 many: H7101 but a prince H2781 shall cause the reproach H7673 offered by him to cease; H1115 yea, moreover, H2781 he shall cause his reproach H7725 to turn upon him.
  19 H7725 Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fortresses H776 of his own land; H3782 but he shall stumble H5307 and fall, H4672 and shall not be found.
  20 H5975 Then shall stand up H3653 in his place H5674 one H5065 that shall cause an exactor H1925 to pass through the glory H4438 of the kingdom; H259 but within few H3117 days H7665 he shall be destroyed, H639 neither in anger, H4421 nor in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his place H5975 shall stand up H959 a contemptible person, H5414 to whom they had not given H1935 the honor H4438 of the kingdom: H935 but he shall come H7962 in time of security, H2388 and shall obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H7858 And the overwhelming H2220 forces H7857 shall be overwhelmed H6440 from before H7665 him, and shall be broken; H5057 yea, also the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 And after the league H6213 made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully; H5927 for he shall come up, H6105 and shall become strong, H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H7962 In time of security H935 shall he come H4924 even upon the fattest places H4082 of the province; H6213 and he shall do H1 that which his fathers H6213 have not done, H1 nor his fathers' H1 fathers; H967 he shall scatter H961 among them prey, H7998 and spoil, H7399 and substance: H2803 yea, he shall devise H4284 his devices H4013 against the strongholds, H6256 even for a time.
  25 H5782 And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall war H4421 in battle H3966 with an exceeding H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand; H2803 for they shall devise H4284 devices against him.
  26 H398 Yea, they that eat H6598 of his dainties H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow; H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And as for both H4428 these kings, H3824 their hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table: H6743 but it shall not prosper; H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 substance; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 his pleasure, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 into the south; H314 but it shall not be in the latter H7223 time as it was in the former.
  30 H6716 For ships H3794 of Kittim H935 shall come H3512 against him; therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and shall return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant, H6213 and shall do H7725 his pleasure: he shall even return, H995 and have regard H5800 unto them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 And forces H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall profane H4720 the sanctuary, H4581 even the fortress, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the continual H5414 burnt-offering, and they shall set H8251 up the abomination H8074 that maketh desolate.
  32 H7561 And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he pervert H2514 by flatteries; H5971 but the people H3045 that know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.
  33 H7919 And they that are wise H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many; H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.
  34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help; H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 themselves unto them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 And some of them that are wise H3782 shall fall, H6884 to refine H1305 them, and to purify, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end; H4150 because it is yet for the time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods; H6743 and he shall prosper H2195 till the indignation H3615 be accomplished; H2782 for that which is determined H6213 shall be done.
  37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the gods H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god; H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his place H3513 shall he honor H433 the god H4581 of fortresses; H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 And he shall deal H4581 with the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 by the help of a foreign H433 god: H5234 whosoever acknowledgeth H7235 him he will increase H3519 with glory; H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for a price.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 contend H4428 with him; and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass through.
  41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown; H4422 but these shall be delivered H3027 out of his hand: H123 Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries; H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt; H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him; and he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy H2763 and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.
  45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his palace H3220 between the sea H6643 and the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.
JPS_ASV_Byz(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to be a supporter and a stronghold unto him. 2 And now will I declare unto thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all; and when he is waxed strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion wherewith he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of years they shall join themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement; but she shall not retain the strength of her arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begot her, and he that obtained her in those times. 7 But one of the shoots of her roots shall stand up in his place, and shall come unto the army, and shall enter into the stronghold of the king of the north, and shall deal with them, and shall prevail; 8 and also their gods, with their molten images, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold, shall he bring into captivity into Egypt; and he shall desist some years from the king of the north. 9 And he shall come into the kingdom of the king of the south, but he shall return into his own land. 10 And his sons shall stir themselves up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces, and he shall come on, and overflow, as he passes through; and he shall return and stir himself up, even to his stronghold. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north; and he shall set forth a great multitude, but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 and the multitude shall be carried away, and his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down tens of thousands; but he shall not prevail. 13 And the king of the north shall again set forth a multitude, greater than the former; and he shall come on at the end of the times, even of years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south; also the children of the violent among thy people shall lift themselves up to establish the vision; but they shall stumble. 15 And the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mound, and take a well-fortified city; and the arms of the south shall not withstand; and as for his chosen people, there shall be no strength in them to withstand. 16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him; and he shall stand in the beauteous land, and in his hand shall be extermination. 17 And he shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, but shall make an agreement with him; and he shall give him the daughter of women, to destroy it; but it shall not stand, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he set his face unto the isles, and shall take many; but a captain shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; yea, he shall cause his own reproach to return upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the strongholds of his own land; but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his place one that shall cause an exactor to pass through the glory of the kingdom; but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his place shall stand up a contemptible person, upon whom had not been conferred the majesty of the kingdom; but he shall come in time of security, and shall obtain the kingdom by blandishments. 22 And the arms of the flood shall be swept away from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully; and he shall come up and become strong, with a little nation. 24 In time of security shall he come even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers: he shall scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance; yea, he shall devise his devices against fortresses, but only until the time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall stir himself up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. 26 Yea, they that eat of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall be swept away; and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper, for the end remaineth yet for the time appointed. 28 And he shall return to his own land with great substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do his pleasure, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim shall come against him, and he shall be cowed, and he shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do his pleasure; and he shall return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the stronghold, and shall take away the continual burnt-offering, and they shall set up the detestable thing that causeth appalment. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall be corrupt by blandishments; but the people that know their God shall show strength, and prevail. 33 And they that are wise among the people shall cause the many to understand; yet they shall stumble by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall stumble, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall join themselves unto them with blandishments. 35 And some of them that are wise shall stumble, to refine among them, and to purify, and to make white, even to the time of the end; for it is yet for the time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak strange things against the God of gods; and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers; and neither the desire of women, nor any god, shall he regard; for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place shall he honour the god of strongholds; and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and costly things. 39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god; whom he shall acknowledge, shall increase glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow, as he passes through. 41 He shall enter also into the beauteous land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall affright him; and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to take away many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas and the beauteous holy mountain; and he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
Rotherham(i) 1 I, therefore, in the first year of Darius the Mede, was at my station to strengthen and embolden him; 2 and, now, the truth, I will tell thee:––Lo! there are, yet three kings, to arise––belonging to Persia, and, the fourth, will amass greater riches than they all, and, when he hath strengthened himself in his riches, the whole, will stir up, the kingdom of Greece. 3 And so a hero king, will arise,––and wield great authority, and do according to his own pleasure; 4 but, when he hath arisen, his kingdom, shall be broken in pieces, and be divided, toward the four winds of the heavens,––but not to his own posterity, nor according to his own authority which he wielded, for his kingdom, shall be uprooted, even for others besides these.
5 But a king of the south, will become strong, even from among his rulers,––and will prevail against him, and have authority, a great authority, shall his authority be. 6 And, at the end of years, they will league together, yea, the daughter of the king of the south, will go in unto the king of the north, to make peace, but she shall not retain strength of arm, neither shall he stand, nor his arm, but she shall be delivered up––she herself, and they who brought her in, and he who begat her, and he that strengthened her in the times. 7 But one will stand up from the sprout of her roots, [in] his stead,––and he will enter the army, and enter into a fortress of the king of the north, and deal with them and shew himself strong; 8 yea, even their gods, with their molten images, with their delightful vessels of silver and gold, with a host of captives, will he bring into Egypt,––and, he, will stand more, years, than the king of the north; 9 so will the king of the south, enter into the kingdom, and then return unto his own soil. 10 But, his sons, will rouse themselves to war, and gather together a multitude of large armies, but he will come on and on, and overflow and pass through,––and will return and wage war, up to his fortress. 11 Then will the king of the south, be enraged, and go forth and fight with him, with the king of the north,––and will raise a great multitude, but the multitude, will be delivered, into his hand. 12 And, when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart, will be uplifted,––and he will cause tens of thousands to fall, but will not conquer. 13 Then will the king of the north again raise a multitude, greater than the first,––and, at the end of the times––some years, he will come on and on with a great army, and with great substance. 14 And, in those times, many, will rise against the king of the south,––and, the sons of the oppressors of thy people, will exalt themselves to confirm the vision, but will be overthrown. 15 Then will come in the king of the north, and cast up a rampart, and capture a city of strongholds,––and, the arms of the south, will not rise, nor the people of his chosen ones, and there shall be no strength to rise. 16 So shall he that cometh against him do according to his own pleasure, and, none, shall stand before him,––therefore will he take his stand in the beautiful land, and it will languish and be exhausted in his hand. 17 Then will he set his face to enter, with the might of all his kingdom, and, equitable terms with him, will make,––and, a daughter of women, will he give him to corrupt her, but she will not remain, nor, his, shall she become. 18 Then will he turn his face to the Coastlands, and will capture many,––but a commander, will bring to an end, his reproach against himself, that, his reproach, return not unto him. 19 Therefore will he turn his face towards the fortresses of his land,––but he shall stagger and fall, and shall not be found. 20 Then will rise up in his stead, one causing an exactor to pass through the ornament of the kingdom,––but, in a few days, shall he be broken in pieces, not with anger, nor in battle.
21 Then will rise up in his stead, one despised, and they will not lay upon him the dignity of the kingdom,––but he will come in unexpectedly, and strengthen the kingdom by flatteries; 22 and, the arms of an overflowing flood, will sweep all before him, and they shall be broken in pieces,––moreover also, the prince of a covenant; 23 and, by reason of the leaguing against him, he will work deceitfully, and will come up and become strong, with a small nation. 24 Unexpectedly, even into the rich places of the province, will he enter, and will do what neither his fathers nor his father’s fathers had done, prey and spoil and substance––among them, will he scatter,––and, against strongholds, will he devise plots even until a (convenient) time. 25 Then will he stir up his strength and his heart, against the king of the south, with a great army, and, the king of the south, will wage war, with a great and exceedingly mighty army,––but will make no stand, for they will devise against him plots; 26 and, they who have been eating his delicacies, will break him in pieces, and, his army, will he overwhelm like a flood,––and many wounded, will fall. 27 Now, as for the two kings, their heart, will be set on acting wickedly, and, at one table, will they speak, falsehood,––but it shall not succeed, for yet is the end for an appointed time. 28 So then he will return to his own land, with great substance, with, his heart, set upon a holy covenant; yea he will act with effect, and return to his own land. 29 At the appointed time, will he again enter the south,––but it shall not be like the former, nor like the latter. 30 Then will come in against him the ships of Cyprus, and he will be disheartened, and again have indignation against a holy covenant, and will act with effect,––and again gain intelligence, concerning them who are forsaking a holy covenant. 31 And, arms, from him, will arise,––and will profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and will set aside the continual [ascending–sacrifice], and place the horrid abomination that astoundeth. 32 And, them who are ready to deal lawlessly with a covenant, will he make impious by flatteries,––but, the people who know their God, will be strong and act with effect. 33 And, they who make the people wise, will impart understanding to the many,––yet shall they be brought low, by sword and by flame, by captivity and by prey, for some days; 34 but, when they are brought low, they shall be helped with a little help,––and many, will join themselves unto them, by flatteries; 35 and, of them who make wise, some shall be brought low, to refine them, and to purify and make white, up to the time of the end,––for yet is it for an appointed time. 36 And the king, will do according to his own pleasure, and will exalt himself, and magnify himself against every GOD, yea, against the GOD of GODS, will he speak wonderful things,––and will succeed, until exhausted is the indignation, for, what is decreed, must be done; 37 and, for the god of his fathers, will he have no regard, nor, for the delight of women, nor for any god, will he have regard,––for, against all, will he magnify himself. 38 Howbeit, to the god of the fortresses, in his place, will he give honour,––even to a god whom his fathers, knew not, will he give honour, with gold and with silver and with precious stones and with articles of delight. 39 And he will prepare, for the strongholds of the fortress of the sea, the people of an alien god, whom he will acknowledge––will greatly honour,––and will give them authority over the many, and, the soil, will he apportion for a price. 40 And, in the time of the end, will the king of the south, push at him, and the king of the north, will rush against him, with chariots and with horsemen, and with many ships,––and he will enter the lands, and overwhelm and pass over; 41 yea he will enter the beautiful land, and, many [lands], shall be laid low,––but, these, shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom and Moab, and the first portion of the sons of Ammon; 42 yea he will thrust forth his hand against the lands,––and, the land of Egypt, shall have no deliverance; 43 and he will have authority over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the delightful things of Egypt,––with Libyans and Ethiopians among his followers; 44 but, tidings, will terrify him, out of the east, and out of the north,––therefore will he go forth with great fury, to destroy and to devote many; 45 and will plant his palace–home between the seas, towards the beautiful holy mountain, but shall come to his end, with none to help him.
CLV(i) 1 And I--in year one of Darius the Mede, my position was to make him steadfast and to strengthen him." 2 Now the truth will I tell you. Behold, three kings will yet stand up in Persia; the fourth will be enriched with riches greater than all; as he is steadfast in his riches he will rouse the whole kingdom of Greece." 3 Then stands up a master king, he rules a vast dominion and does as is acceptable to himself." 4 While he stands, his kingdom will be broken and divided to the four winds of the heavens, yet not to his kin after him. It will not be as his rule with which he ruled; for plucked up will be his kingdom, even by others besides these." 5 Steadfast will be a king of the southland. Due to his chiefs he also will be steadfast over it and rule a vast dominion as his dominion." 6 Now at the end of these years they will join:The daughter of the king of the southland will come to the king of the north to make equitable settlements with him. Yet she shall not retain the vigor of the seed, nor shall he stand or his seed. She will be given up--she and those bringing her, also the lady-in-waiting and he who made her steadfast in these eras." 7 Yet one stands from the scion of her roots, in his post, and he will come to lead the army. He will come into the stronghold of the king of the north and deal with them and be steadfast." 8 Moreover, their Elohim he overturns with their molten images; and their throngs with their coveted furnishings of silver and gold will be bring to Egypt in captivity. Thus he for years will stand over the king of the north;" 9 when he comes into the kingdom of the king of the southland he returns to his ground. 10 Yet his sons shall be stirred up and gather a throng of many armies which comes into the southland, overwhelms it and passes. Yet it shall return and be stirred up unto its strength." 11 Then bitterly embittered shall be the king of the southland; hence he fares forth and fights with him, that is with the king of the north. He also recruits a vast throng, and the throng is given into his hand and borne away is the throng." 12 High will be his heart when he casts down tens of thousands, yet he will not be strengthened." 13 Then the king of the north returns and recruits a throng vaster than the former. Thus at the end of the eras of years shall he come, verily with a great army and much material." 14 In those eras many hearts shall stand against the king of the southland, the `sons of breaching' of your people will lift themselves up to cause the vision to stand, yet they shall stumble." 15 Then shall come the king of the north and pour out a siege-work and seize city fortresses. Yet the armed forces of the king of the southland shall not stand nor his `chosen people,' for there is no vigor to stand." 16 He who is coming against it will do as is acceptable to himself, and there is no one standing before him. Thus he will stand in the stately land which is all in his hand." 17 Then he shall set his face to come with the might of all his kingdom and equitable settlements shall he make with him. Even a wives' daughter shall he give to him to corrupt her, yet she shall not stand, nor for him shall she be." 18 Then he will turn back his face to the coastline and seize many places. Thus a captain eradicates his reproach for him, avoiding that his reproach shall turn back to him." 19 Then he shall turn his face to the strongholds of his own land. Yet he is stumbled and falls and will not be found." 20 Then stands in his post out of his root a royal sprout who has an exactor to pass among the honorable of the kingdom. Yet in some days he will be broken, not in anger and not in battle." 21 Then stands in his post a despised person; hence they do not bestow on him the splendor of the kingdom. Yet he enters with ease and makes steadfast the kingdom by slick dealings." 22 Now the armed forces of the overwhelmer will be overwhelmed from before him and will be broken, even the governor of the covenant." 23 Due to people joining themselves with him, he shall do deceitfully; and coming up, he is staunch with a little nation." 24 With ease then among the stout ones of the province will he come. He also does what his fathers did not do, nor his fathers' fathers:Plunder and loot and goods will he lavish on them, and against Egypt is he devising his devices even a further season." 25 Roused shall be his vigor and his heart against the king of the southland with his great army. And the king of the southland shall be stirred up to fight with his great and exceedingly staunch army, yet he shall not stand; for they shall devise devices against him, 26 the eaters of his dainties shall break him, his army shall be overwhelmed and many fall wounded." 27 Then the two kings, with evil in their hearts, will sit at one table. Lies will they speak, which shall not prosper, for it is yet further to the end, to the time appointed." 28 When he is returning to his land with a great amount of goods, his heart is on the holy covenant, and he makes it effective before he returns to his land." 29 At the time appointed he shall return and come into the southland, yet it shall not come to be as the former or as the latter." 30 For there come against him boats of Chittim. Hence he is sore when he returns. He menaces the holy covenant and makes his opposition effective. While he returns, he has an understanding with those who forsake the holy covenant:" 31 Armed forces from him shall stand about, they shall violate the sanctuary, the stronghold, take away the continuous ritual, and give it over to the abomination of desolation." 32 And those who condemn the covenant will he pollute with slickness. Yet the people knowing their Elohim will be steadfast and act accordingly. 33 The intelligent of the people will cause many to understand, yet they are stumbled by the sword and the blaze, by captivity and plunder for days." 34 Even in their stumbling are they helped with a little help, yet obligated to them are many by slick dealings." 35 Some of the intelligent shall stumble, to refine and to purify and to whiten them till the era of the end; for it is yet further to the appointed time." 36 Yet doing is the king as is acceptable to himself:He will exalt and magnify himself over every el, against the El of elim will he speak marvelous things and prosper till the menace is concluded; for that which is decided shall be done." 37 Concerning the Elohim of his forefathers he shall not understand, nor concerning the coveting of wives, nor concerning any eloah shall he understand; for he shall magnify himself over all." 38 Yet the eloah of the strong in his post shall he glorify:An eloah whom his forefathers did not know, he will glorify with gold, silver, precious stones and coveted treasures." 39 He deals for fortresses of the strong with a foreign eloah whom he shall recognize with increasing glory, he shall cause them to rule over many, and the ground shall he apportion for a price." 40 Then, in the era of the end, gore him will the king of the southland. As a horrifying hurricane will come on him the king of the north, with chariot and cavalry and many ships. Thus he comes into the lands and overwhelms and passes." 41 When he comes into the stately land, many will stumble. Yet these are escaping from his hand:Edom and Moab and the adjacent land of the sons of Ammon." 42 He will send his hand into the lands, and the land of Egypt will not continue to have deliverance." 43 He rules by reserves of gold and silver and by all he covets from Egypt, the Libyans and the Ethiopians--reserves which are in his fastnesses." 44 Yet reports shall fluster him, from the sunrise and from the north, and forth he fares with great fury to exterminate and to doom many." 45 He will plant the tents of his regalia between the seas in the stately holy mountain. When he comes unto his end, there is no help for him."
BBE(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede I was on his side to make his position safe and make him strong. 2 And now I will make clear to you what is true. There are still three kings to come in Persia, and the fourth will have much greater wealth than all of them: and when he has become strong through his wealth, he will put his forces in motion against all the kingdoms of Greece. 3 And a strong king will come to power, ruling with great authority and doing whatever is his pleasure. 4 And when he has become strong, his kingdom will be broken and parted to the four winds of heaven; but not to his offspring, for it will be uprooted; and his kingdom will be for the others and not for these: but not with the same authority as his. 5 And the king of the south will be strong, but one of his captains will be stronger than he and will be ruler; and his rule will be a great rule. 6 And at the end of years they will be joined together; and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she will not keep the strength of her arm; and his offspring will not keep their place; but she will be uprooted, with those who were the cause of her coming, and her son, and he who took her in those times. 7 But out of a branch from her roots one will come up to take his place, who will come against the army, forcing his way into the strong place of the king of the north, and he will take them in hand and overcome them: 8 And their gods and their metal images and their fair vessels of silver and gold he will take away into the south; and for some years he will keep away from the king of the north. 9 And he will come into the kingdom of the king of the south, but he will go back to his land. 10 And his son will make war, and will get together an army of great forces, and he will make an attack on him, overflowing and going past: and he will again take the war even to his strong place. 11 And the king of the south will be moved with wrath, and will come out and make war on him, on this same king of the north: and he will get together a great army, but the army will be given into his hand. 12 And the army will be taken away, and his heart will be uplifted: he will be the cause of the downfall of tens of thousands, but he will not be strong. 13 And again the king of the north will get together an army greater than the first; and he will make an attack on him at the end of years, with a great army and much wealth. 14 In those times, a number will take up arms against the king of the south: and the children of the violent among your people will be lifting themselves up to make the vision come true; but it will be their downfall. 15 So the king of the north will come, and put up earthworks and take a well-armed town: and the forces of the king of the south will make an attempt to keep their position, even the best of his army, but they will not have strength to do so. 16 And he who comes against him will do his pleasure, and no one will be able to keep his place before him: he will take up his position in the beautiful land and in his hand there will be destruction. 17 And it will be his purpose to come with the strength of all his kingdom, but in place of this he will make an agreement with him; and he will give him the daughter of women to send destruction on it; but this will not take place or come about. 18 After this, his face will be turned to the islands, and he will take a number of them: but a chief, by his destruction, will put an end to the shame offered by him; and more than this, he will make his shame come back on him. 19 Then his face will be turned to the strong places of his land: but his way will be stopped, causing his downfall, and he will not be seen again. 20 Then his place will be taken by one who will send out a man with the glory of a king to get wealth together; but after a short time destruction will overtake him, but not in wrath or in the fight. 21 And his place will be taken by a low person, to whom the honour of the kingdom had not been given: but he will come in time of peace and will get the kingdom by fair words. 22 And his forces will be completely taken away from before him and broken; and even the ruler of the agreement will have the same fate. 23 And from the time when they make an agreement with him, he will be working falsely: for he will take up arms suddenly with a small force, 24 Against fertile places, and will make waste a part of the country; and he will do what his fathers have not done, or his fathers' fathers; he will make distribution among them of goods taken in war and by force, and of property: he will even make designs against the strong places for a time. 25 And he will put in motion his power and his strength against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will go to war with a very great and strong army: but he will be forced to give way, because of their designs against him; 26 And his fears will overcome him and be the cause of his downfall, and his army will come to complete destruction, and a great number will be put to the sword. 27 And as for these two kings, their hearts will be fixed on doing evil and they will say false words at one table; but it will come to nothing: for the end will be at the time fixed. 28 And he will go back to his land with great wealth; and his heart will be against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure and go back to his land. 29 At the time fixed he will come back and come into the south; but in the later time it will not be as it was before. 30 For those who go out from the west will come against him, and he will be in fear and will go back, full of wrath against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure: and he will go back and be united with those who have given up the holy agreement. 31 And armies sent by him will take up their position and they will make unclean the holy place, even the strong place, and take away the regular burned offering and put in its place an unclean thing causing fear. 32 And those who do evil against the agreement will be turned to sin by his fair words: but the people who have knowledge of their God will be strong and do well. 33 And those who are wise among the people will be the teachers of the mass of the people: but they will come to their downfall by the sword and by the flame, being made prisoners and undergoing loss for a long time. 34 Now at the time of their downfall they will have a little help, but numbers will be joined to them in the town, and in their separate heritages. 35 And some of those who are wise will have wisdom in testing themselves and making themselves clean, till the time of the end: for it is still for the fixed time. 36 And the king will do his pleasure; he will put himself on high, lifting himself over every god, and saying things to be wondered at against the God of gods; and all will be well for him till the wrath is complete; for what has been purposed will be done. 37 He will have no respect for the gods of his fathers or for the god desired by women; he will have no respect for any god: for he will put himself on high over all. 38 But in place of this he will give honour to the god of armed places, and to a god of whom his fathers had no knowledge he will give honour with gold and silver and jewels and things to be desired. 39 And he will make use of the people of a strange god to keep his strongest places; to those whom he takes note of he will give high honour: and he will make them rulers over the mass of the people, and will make division of the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end, the king of the south will make an attack on him: and the king of the north will come against him like a storm-wind, with war-carriages and horsemen and numbers of ships; and he will go through many lands like overflowing waters. 41 And he will come into the beautiful land, and tens of thousands will be overcome: but these will be kept from falling into his hands: Edom and Moab and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 And his hand will be stretched out on the countries: and the land of the south will not be safe from him. 43 But he will have power over the stores of gold and silver, and over all the valued things of the south: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps. 44 But he will be troubled by news from the east and from the north; and he will go out in great wrath, to send destruction on, and put an end to, great numbers. 45 He will put the tents of his great house between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain: but he will come to his end with no helper.
MKJV(i) 1 And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I was standing for a supporter and for a fortress for him. 2 And now I will declare to you the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia. And the fourth shall be far richer than all of them. And by his strength, through his riches, he shall stir up all against the kingdom of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, one who shall rule with great power and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken and shall be divided toward the four winds of the heavens. And it shall not be given to his sons, nor according to his power with which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be pulled up, even for others besides these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong. And one of his rulers, even he shall overcome him and have power. His kingdom shall be a great kingdom. 6 And in the end of years they shall join together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make a treaty. But she shall not keep the power of the arm. Nor shall he stand, nor his arm. But she shall be given up, and those who brought her in, and her begetter, and he who made her strong in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots, one shall stand up in his place, who shall come with an army and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north. And he shall act against them, and show himself strong. 8 And he shall also carry their gods captives with their molten images into Egypt, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold. And he shall stand for years away from the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up and shall gather a multitude of great forces. And one shall certainly come and overflow, and pass through. Then he shall return and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be bitter, and shall come out and fight with him, even with the king of the north. And he shall send out a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up. And he shall cast down many ten thousands, but he shall not be made stronger. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall send out a multitude greater than the former, and at the end of times, years, shall come with a great army and with much equipment. 14 And in those times there shall stand up many against the king of the south. Also the robbers of your people shall rise up to establish the vision, but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a siege mound, and take a fortified city. And the arms of the south shall not hold out, nor his chosen people, nor will there be any strength to hold out. 16 But he who comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him. And he shall stand in the glorious land, which shall be destroyed by his hand. 17 He also shall set his face to enter with the strength of all his kingdom, and upright ones with him. So he shall do. And he shall give the daughter of women to him, to destroy it; but she shall not stand, nor be for him. 18 And he shall turn his face to the coastlands, and shall capture many. But a ruler shall make cease his reproach for him, but his reproach will return to him. 19 And he shall turn his face to the fortresses of his land. But he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found. 20 And one who sends an exacter shall stand in his place, for the glory of the kingdom. But within few days he shall be broken, not in anger nor in battle. 21 And a despised one shall stand up in his place, and they shall not give to him the honor of the king; but he will enter while at ease and seize the kingdom by intrigues. 22 And the forces of the overflow will be swept from before him, and they will be broken, and also the ruler of a covenant. 23 And after they join him, he will practice deceit. For he will come and be strong with a few people. 24 He shall enter safely, even into the rich places of the province. And he shall do what his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers. He shall plunder, and spoil, and scatter goods among them. And he shall devise his plots against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army, but he shall not stand. For they shall devise plots against him. 26 Yea, those who eat his food shall break him, and his army shall overflow. And many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings' hearts shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at one table. But it shall not succeed. For still the end comes at the time appointed. 28 And he shall return to his land with great riches. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he shall return to his land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return and come against the south. But it shall not be as the former or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Kittim shall come against him. And he shall be grieved and return, and have fury against the holy covenant. So he shall do; he shall even return and give heed to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces will stand from him, and they will profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and shall remove the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the desolating abomination. 32 And he will ruin by flattery those who do evil against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and will work. 33 And those who understand among the people shall teach many; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by exile, and spoil, for days. 34 And when they stumble, they shall be helped with a little help, but many will join them, with hypocrisy. 35 And many of those who understand shall stumble, to refine and purge them, and to make white, to the time of the end. Because it is still for the appointed time. 36 And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper until the fury is fulfilled. For that which is decreed shall be done. 37 He will not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god. For he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place he shall honor the god of forces; and a god whom his fathers did not know, he shall honor with gold and silver, and with precious stones and desirable things. 39 So he shall act in the fortresses of the strongholds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge. He shall multiply in glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the end-time, the king of the south shall butt at him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships. 41 And he shall enter into the countries and shall overflow and pass over. He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many shall be stumbled. But these shall escape out of his hand: Edom and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. 42 And he shall stretch out his hand on the lands. And the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him. Then he will go out with great fury to destroy, and to devote many to destruction. 45 And he shall plant his palace tents between the seas in the glorious holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
LITV(i) 1 And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I was standing for a supporter and for a fortress for him. 2 And now I will declare the truth to you: Behold! Three kings shall stand up in Persia; and the fourth shall be rich in all greater riches. And when he is powerful through his riches, he shall stir up all against the kingdom of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up and shall rule with great authority and do according to his will. 4 And when he stands up his kingdom shall be broken and shall be divided to the four winds of the heavens, and not to his posterity, nor according to his authority with which he ruled. For his kingdom shall be pulled up and given to others besides these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong. And one of his rulers, even he will be strong on him, and he will rule. His rule shall be a great rule. 6 And at the end of the years they shall join together, and the king of the south's daughter shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement. But she shall not keep the power of the arm. And he will not stand, nor his arm. But she and those who brought her shall be given up, also her begetter and her supporter in these times. 7 But the shoots of her roots will stand in his place, and he shall come to the army and will enter into the fortress of the king of the north. And he will act against them and will show strength. 8 And he will also bring their gods with their casted images, with silver and gold vessels of their possessions, into exile to Egypt. And for years he will stand away from the king of the north. 9 And the king of the south will come into his kingdom and will return to his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up and shall gather a multitude of great forces. And one certainly shall come and overflow and pass through. And he will return to his fortress and be stirred up. 11 And the king of the south will be bitter and will go out and fight with him, with the king of the north. And he shall raise a great multitude, but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And having carried away the host, his heart will be lifted up. And he will cause myriads to fall, but he shall not be strong. 13 For the king of the north shall return and raise a greater host than the former. And at the end of times, years, certainly he shall come with a great army and with much equipment. 14 And in those times many shall stand up against the king of the south. And the sons of the violent ones of your people shall rise up to establish the vision, but they shall stumble. 15 And the king of the north shall come and pour out a siege mound and seize a fortified city. And the arms of the south shall not stand, nor his choice people, for there will be no firmness to stand. 16 But he who comes against him will do as he desires, and none shall stand before him. And he shall stand in the glorious land, and destruction shall be in his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to go in with the might of all his kingdom, and upright ones with him; so he shall do. And he shall give the daughter of women to him, to destroy it. But she shall not stand, nor be for him. 18 And he shall turn his face to the coastlands and shall capture many. But a ruler shall make cease his reproach for him, but his reproach shall return to him. 19 And he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land, but he will stumble and fall and shall not be found. 20 And one who sends a tax exacter shall stand in his place, for the glory of the kingdom. But within a few days he will be broken, but not in anger and not in battle. 21 And a despised one shall stand up on his place, and they shall not give to him the honor of the king. But he shall come in while at ease and take the kingdom by intrigues. 22 And the forces of the overflow shall be swept from before his face, and they will be broken, and also the ruler of a covenant. 23 And after they join themselves to him, he will practice deceit; for he shall come and shall be strong with a few people. 24 He will go in safely, even into the rich places of the province. And he shall do what his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers. He shall plunder and spoil and scatter goods among them. And he shall devise his plots against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 And he will stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south will be stirred up to battle with a great and very mighty army. But he shall not stand, for they will devise plots against him. 26 Yea, those who eat his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow. And many will fall down slain. 27 And both of them, the kings, shall have in their hearts to do evil, and they will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper, for the end still shall be at the appointed time. 28 And he will return to his land with great wealth. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he shall return to his land. 29 At the appointed time he will return and come against the south. But it will not be as the former or as the latter. 30 For the Kittim ships will come against him. And he will be grieved and turn back and be furious against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he will return and heed the forsakers of the holy covenant. 31 And forces will stand away from him, and they will profane the sanctuary, the fortress. And they shall remove the regular sacrifice, and they will place the abomination that desolates. 32 And he will defile by flatteries those who do evil against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and will work. 33 And those who understand among the people will instruct many, yet they will stumble by the sword and by flame, by exile and spoil for days. 34 And when they shall stumble, they will be helped with a little help. But many will join them with hypocrisy. 35 And many of those who understand shall stumble, to refine and to purge them, and to make white to the time of the end. For it is yet for the appointed time. 36 And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god; he shall even speak marvelous things against the God of gods and shall prosper until the fury is fulfilled. For that which is decreed shall be done. 37 He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women; yea, he will not come to any god. For he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place he shall honor the god of forces, and he shall honor a god whom his fathers did not know, with gold and silver and with precious stones, and desirable things. 39 And he shall act in the strongholds of the fortresses with a foreign god, whom he shall acknowledge. He shall multiply in glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the end time, the king of the south will engage in butting with him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships. And he shall go into the lands and shall overflow and pass over. 41 And he shall enter into the glorious land, and many will be stumbled. But these shall escape out of his hand: Edom and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. 42 And his hand will stretch out against the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he will rule over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all Egypt's desirable things. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But news shall trouble him from the east and from the north. And he will go out with great fury to destroy and to devote many to destruction. 45 And he shall plant his palace tents between the seas, in the glorious holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, and there is not a helper for him.
ECB(i) 1
THE SOVEREIGNS OF THE NORTH AND THE SOUTH
And I, in the first year of Daryavesh the Maday, I stand to strengthen him and as his stronghold: 2 and now, I tell you the truth: behold, three sovereigns still stand in Persia; and the fourth enriches in greater riches than they all: and by his strength and through his riches he wakens all against the sovereigndom of Yavan: 3 and a mighty sovereign stands who reigns with great reign; and works according to his pleasure: 4 and he stands, and his sovereigndom breaks in half toward the four winds of the heavens: and neither to his posterity nor according to the reign he reigns: for his sovereigndom uproots, - and for others beside these. 5 And the sovereign of the south - even his governors strengthen; and he strengthens above him and reigns: he reigns a great reign. 6 And in the end of years they unite; and a daughter of the sovereign of the south comes to the sovereign of the north to work a straightness: and she retains not the force of the arm; and neither stands he nor his arm: and she is given - she, and they who bring her and he who birthed her, and he who strengthened her in these times. 7 And from a branch of her roots one who stands in his station comes with the valiant and enters into the stronghold of the sovereign of the north; and works against them and prevails: 8 and also carries captives into Misrayim - their elohim with their libations and with their instruments of desire of silver and of gold: and he stands more years than the sovereign of the north: 9 and the sovereign of the south comes into his sovereigndom, and returns to his own soil: 10 and his sons throttle themselves and gather a multitude of valiant: and in coming, they come and overflow and pass through: and he returns, and they throttle themselves to his stronghold. 11 And the sovereign of the south embitters and comes and fights him with the sovereign of the north: and he withstands a great multitude; and the multitude is given into his hand. 12 And he bears away the multitude, and his heart lifts; and he fells myriads: but he strengthens not. 13 For the sovereign of the north returns and withstands a multitude greater than the former; and in coming, comes at the end of times - even years with a great valiant and with much acquisitions. 14 And in those times many withstand the sovereign of the south: and the sons of tyrants of your people lift themselves to withstand the vision; and they falter. 15 And the sovereign of the north comes and pours a mound and captures the most fortified cities: and neither the arms of the south withstand, nor his chosen people, neither is there any force to withstand: 16 and he who comes against him works according to his own pleasure; and no one stands at his face: and he stands in the land of splendor, fully finished by his hand. 17 And he sets his face to enter with the power of his whole sovereigndom, and with his straight ones; thus he works: and he gives him the daughter of women to ruin her: and neither she stands, nor he. 18 After this he sets his face to the islands, and takes many: and a commander shabbathizes his reproach of himself and turns his own reproach on him: 19 and he turns his face toward the stronghold of his own land: and he falters and falls, and they find him not. 20 And in his station stands one who passes an exactor of taxes in the majesty of the sovereigndom: and within one day he is broken - neither in wrath nor in war. 21 And in his station stands one - despised to whom they give not the majesty of the sovereigndom: and he comes in serenity, and holds the sovereigndom by soothings. 22 And with the arms of an overflowing they overflow at his face, and break; yes, and also the eminent of the covenant. 23 And after joining him, he works deceitfully: for he ascends mightily with a small goyim. 24 He enters in serenity even on the fatness of the jurisdiction; and he works what neither his fathers worked, nor the fathers of his fathers; and he scatters the plunder and spoil and acquisitions among them: yes, and he fabricates his fabrications against the fortresses - even for a time: 25 and he wakens his force and his heart against the sovereign of the south with a great valiant; and the sovereign of the south throttles to war with a mighty great and mighty valiant; and he withstands not: for they fabricate fabrications against him: 26 yes, they who feed of his delicacies, break him; and his valiant overflow and many fall pierced. 27 And the hearts of both of these sovereign vilify; and at one table they word lies; and it prospers not: for yet the end is in season. 28 And he returns to his land with great acquisitions and with his heart against the holy covenant; and he works and returns to his own land: 29 he returns in season and comes toward the south; and not as in the former or as in the latter: 30 for the ships of Kittim come against him: so he is dejected and returns; and rages against the holy covenant: thus he works; and returns; and discerns with them concerning them who forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms stand up for him and profane the holies of the stronghold and turn aside the continual; and they give the abomination that desolates. 32 And they who declare wicked the covenant he profanes by soothings: and the people who know their Elohim strengthen and work: 33 and of the people who comprehend, many discern: yet they falter by the sword and by the flame by captivity and by plunder - days: 34 and in their faltering, are helped with a little help: and many join them with soothings. 35 And they who comprehend, falter in order to refine them and to purge and to whiten them to the time of the end: because it is yet for a season. 36 And the sovereign works according to his pleasure; and exalts himself and greatens himself above every el and words marvels against the El of elohim, and prospers until the rage concludes: until that appointed is worked. 37 He neither discerns the Elohim of his fathers nor the desire of women; nor discerns any elohah: for he greatens himself above all. 38 And in his station he honors the elohah of strongholds - an elohah whom his fathers knew not he honors with gold and silver and with esteemed stones and desires: 39 thus he works in the fortresses of strongholds with a strange elohah - whom he recognizes and abounds with honor: and he has them reign over many and allots the soil for a price. 40 And at the time of the end the sovereign of the south butts him: and the sovereign of the north comes and whirls him away with chariots and with cavalry and with many ships; and he comes into the lands and overflows and passes over: 41 and he enters into the land of splendor and many falter: and these escape from his hand: Edom and Moab and the first of the sons of Ammon: 42 and he spreads his hand on the lands: and the land of Misrayim escapes not: 43 and he reigns over the hidden treasures of gold and of silver and over all the desires of Misrayim: with the Lubiym and the Kushiym at his paces. 44 And the reports from the rising and from the north terrify him: and he goes with great fury to desolate and to devote many: 45 and he plants the tents of his pavilion between the seas in the holy mountain of splendor; and he comes to his end and no one helps him.
ACV(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to confirm and strengthen him. 2 And now I will show thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia, and the fourth shall be far richer than them all. And when he has grown strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, who shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion with which he ruled, for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others besides these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his rulers. And he shall be powerful over him, and have dominion. His dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of years they shall join themselves together. And the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement, but she shall not retain the strength of her arm, nor shall he stand, nor his arm. But she shall be given up, and also those who brought her, and he who begot her, and he who strengthened her in those times. 7 But out of a shoot from her roots shall a man stand up in his place, who shall come to the army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail. 8 And also their gods, with their molten images, and with their goodly vessels of silver and of gold, he shall carry captive into Egypt, and he shall refrain from the king of the north some years. 9 And he shall come into the realm of the king of the south, but he shall return into his own land. 10 And his sons shall war, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces, which shall come on, and overflow, and pass through. And they shall return and war, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with anger, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north. And he shall set forth a great multitude, and the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And the multitude shall be lifted up, and his heart shall be exalted. And he shall cast down tens of thousands, but he shall not prevail. 13 And the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and he shall come on at the end of the times, even of years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times many shall stand up against the king of the south. Also the sons of the violent among thy people shall lift themselves up to establish the vision, but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mound, and take a well-fortified city. And the forces of the south shall not stand, nor his chosen people. Neither shall there be any strength to stand. 16 But he who comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him. And he shall stand in the glorious land, and in his hand shall be destruction. 17 And he shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and with him equitable conditions, and he shall perform them. And he shall give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her, but she shall not stand, nor be for him. 18 After this he shall turn his face to the isles, and shall take many. But a ruler shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease. Yea, moreover, he shall cause his reproach to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land, but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found. 20 Then someone shall stand up in his place who shall cause an exactor to pass through the glory of the kingdom, but within a few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his place he who is contemptible shall stand up, to whom they had not given the honor of the kingdom. But he shall come in time of security, and shall obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the overwhelming forces shall be overwhelmed from before him, and shall be broken, yea, also the ruler of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him, he shall work deceitfully, for he shall come up, and shall become strong, with a small people. 24 He shall come in time of security even upon the fattest places of the province, and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers. He shall scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance. Yea, he shall devise his devices against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south shall war in battle with a very great and mighty army, but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. 26 Yea, those who eat of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow, and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table. But it shall not prosper, for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then he shall return into his land with great substance. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant, and he shall do his pleasure, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south, but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim shall come against him. Therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do his pleasure. He shall even return, and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual burnt offering, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And he shall pervert by flatteries such as do wickedly against the covenant. But the people who know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And those who are wise among the people shall instruct many, yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall join themselves to them with flatteries. 35 And some of those who are wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods. And he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished, for that which is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god, for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place he shall honor the god of fortresses. And a god whom his fathers did not know, he shall honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he will increase with glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end, the king of the south shall contend with him, and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships, and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. 41 He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown. But these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him, and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and to utterly sweep away many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain, yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
WEB(i) 1 “As for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to confirm and strengthen him. 2 “Now I will show you the truth. Behold, three more kings will stand up in Persia; and the fourth will be far richer than all of them. When he has grown strong through his riches, he will stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 A mighty king will stand up, who will rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 When he stands up, his kingdom will be broken, and will be divided toward the four winds of the sky, but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion with which he ruled; for his kingdom will be plucked up, even for others besides these. 5 “The king of the south will be strong. One of his princes will become stronger than him, and have dominion. His dominion will be a great dominion. 6 At the end of years they will join themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make an agreement; but she will not retain the strength of her arm. He will also not stand, nor will his arm; but she will be given up, with those who brought her, and he who became the father of her, and he who strengthened her in those times. 7 “But out of a shoot from her roots one will stand up in his place, who will come to the army, and will enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and will deal against them, and will prevail. 8 He will also carry their gods, with their molten images, and with their goodly vessels of silver and of gold, captive into Egypt. He will refrain some years from the king of the north. 9 He will come into the realm of the king of the south, but he will return into his own land. 10 His sons will wage war, and will assemble a multitude of great forces, which will come on, and overflow, and pass through. They will return and wage war, even to his fortress. 11 “The king of the south will be moved with anger, and will come out and fight with him, even with the king of the north. He will send out a great multitude, and the multitude will be given into his hand. 12 The multitude will be lifted up, and his heart will be exalted. He will cast down tens of thousands, but he won’t prevail. 13 The king of the north will return, and will send out a multitude greater than the former. He will come on at the end of the times, even of years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 “In those times many will stand up against the king of the south. Also the children of the violent among your people will lift themselves up to establish the vision; but they will fall. 15 So the king of the north will come and cast up a mound, and take a well-fortified city. The forces of the south won’t stand, neither will his chosen people, neither will there be any strength to stand. 16 But he who comes against him will do according to his own will, and no one will stand before him. He will stand in the glorious land, and destruction will be in his hand. 17 He will set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and with him equitable conditions. He will perform them. He will give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her; but she will not stand, and won’t be for him. 18 After this he will turn his face to the islands, and will take many; but a prince will cause the reproach offered by him to cease. Yes, moreover, he will cause his reproach to turn on him. 19 Then he will turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land; but he will stumble and fall, and won’t be found. 20 “Then one who will cause a tax collector to pass through the kingdom to maintain its glory will stand up in his place; but within few days he shall be destroyed, not in anger, and not in battle. 21 “In his place a contemptible person will stand up, to whom they had not given the honor of the kingdom; but he will come in time of security, and will obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 The overwhelming forces will be overwhelmed from before him, and will be broken. Yes, also the prince of the covenant. 23 After the treaty made with him he will work deceitfully; for he will come up, and will become strong, with a small people. 24 In time of security he will come even on the fattest places of the province. He will do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers’ fathers. He will scatter among them prey, plunder, and substance. Yes, he will devise his plans against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 “He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will wage war in battle with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he won’t stand; for they will devise plans against him. 26 Yes, those who eat of his dainties will destroy him, and his army will be swept away. Many will fall down slain. 27 As for both these kings, their hearts will be to do mischief, and they will speak lies at one table; but it won’t prosper, for the end will still be at the appointed time. 28 Then he will return into his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will take action, and return to his own land. 29 “He will return at the appointed time, and come into the south; but it won’t be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim will come against him. Therefore he will be grieved, and will return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and will take action. He will even return, and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 “Forces will stand on his part, and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and will take away the continual burnt offering. Then they will set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 He will corrupt those who do wickedly against the covenant by flatteries; but the people who know their God will be strong, and take action. 33 “Those who are wise among the people will instruct many; yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder, many days. 34 Now when they fall, they will be helped with a little help; but many will join themselves to them with flatteries. 35 Some of those who are wise will fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 “The king will do according to his will. He will exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and will speak marvelous things against the God of gods. He will prosper until the indignation is accomplished; for that which is determined will be done. 37 He won’t regard the gods of his fathers, or the desire of women, or regard any god; for he will magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place he will honor the god of fortresses. He will honor a god whom his fathers didn’t know with gold, silver, and with precious stones and pleasant things. 39 He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. He will increase with glory whoever acknowledges him. He will cause them to rule over many, and will divide the land for a price. 40 “At the time of the end the king of the south will contend with him; and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, with horsemen, and with many ships. He will enter into the countries, and will overflow and pass through. 41 He will enter also into the glorious land, and many countries will be overthrown; but these will be delivered out of his hand: Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He will also stretch out his hand on the countries. The land of Egypt won’t escape. 43 But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. The Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps. 44 But news out of the east and out of the north will trouble him; and he will go out with great fury to destroy and utterly to sweep away many. 45 He will plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he will come to his end, and no one will help him.
WEB_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 "As for me, in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede, H5977 I stood H2388 up to confirm H4581 and strengthen him.
  2 H5046 Now will I show H571 you the truth. H5975 Behold, there shall stand up H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia; H7243 and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 richer H1419 than they all: H2393 and when he has grown strong H6239 through his riches, H5782 he shall stir up H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Greece.
  3 H1368 A mighty H4428 king H5975 shall stand up, H4910 who shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion, H6213 and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 When he shall stand up, H4438 his kingdom H7665 shall be broken, H2673 and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of the sky, H319 but not to his posterity, H4915 nor according to his dominion H4910 with which he ruled; H4438 for his kingdom H5428 shall be plucked up, H312 even for others besides these.
  5 H4428 The king H5045 of the south H2388 shall be strong, H8269 and one of his princes; H2388 and he shall be strong H4910 above him, and have dominion; H4475 his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 At the end H8141 of years H2266 they shall join themselves together; H1323 and the daughter H4428 of the king H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 to make H4339 an agreement: H6113 but she shall not retain H3581 the strength H2220 of her arm; H5975 neither shall he stand, H2220 nor his arm; H5414 but she shall be given up, H935 and those who brought H3205 her, and he who became the father H2388 of her, and he who strengthened H6256 her in those times.
  7 H5342 But out of a shoot H8328 from her roots H5975 shall one stand up H3653 in his place, H935 who shall come H2428 to the army, H935 and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north, H6213 and shall deal H2388 against them, and shall prevail.
  8 H430 Also their gods, H5257 with their molten images, H2532 and with their goodly H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold, H935 shall he carry H7628 captive H4714 into Egypt; H5975 and he shall refrain H8141 some years H4428 from the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H935 He shall come H4438 into the realm H4428 of the king H5045 of the south, H7725 but he shall return H127 into his own land.
  10 H1121 His sons H1624 shall war, H622 and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces, H935 which shall H935 come H7857 on, and overflow, H5674 and pass through; H7725 and they shall return H1624 and war, H4581 even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 The king H5045 of the south H4843 shall be moved with anger, H3318 and shall come forth H3898 and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north; H5975 and he shall set forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude, H1995 and the multitude H5414 shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H1995 The multitude H7311 shall be lifted up, H3824 and his heart H7311 shall be exalted; H5307 and he shall cast down H7239 tens of thousands, H5810 but he shall not prevail.
  13 H4428 The king H6828 of the north H7725 shall return, H5975 and shall set forth H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former; H935 and he shall H935 come H7093 on at the end H6256 of the times, H8141 even of years, H1419 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 substance.
  14 H6256 In those times H7227 there shall many H5975 stand up H4428 against the king H5045 of the south: H1121 also the children of the violent H5971 among your people H5375 shall lift H5975 themselves up to establish H2377 the vision; H3782 but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 shall come, H8210 and cast up H5550 a mound, H3920 and take H4013 a well-fortified H5892 city: H2220 and the forces H5045 of the south H5975 shall not stand, H4005 neither his chosen H5971 people, H3581 neither shall there be any strength H5975 to stand.
  16 H935 But he who comes H6213 against him shall do H7522 according to his own will, H5975 and none shall stand H6440 before H5975 him; and he shall stand H6643 in the glorious H776 land, H3027 and in his hand H3617 shall be destruction.
  17 H7760 He shall set H6440 his face H935 to come H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom, H3477 and with him equitable H6213 conditions; and he shall perform H5414 them: and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women, H7843 to corrupt H5975 her; but she shall not stand, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 to the islands, H3920 and shall take H7227 many: H7101 but a prince H2781 shall cause the reproach H7673 offered by him to cease; H1115 yes, moreover, H2781 he shall cause his reproach H7725 to turn on him.
  19 H7725 Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fortresses H776 of his own land; H3782 but he shall stumble H5307 and fall, H4672 and shall not be found.
  20 H5975 Then shall stand up H3653 in his place H5674 one H5065 who shall cause a tax H4438 collector to pass through the kingdom H1925 to maintain its glory; H259 but within few H3117 days H7665 he shall be destroyed, H639 neither in anger, H4421 nor in battle.
  21 H3653 In his place H5975 shall stand up H959 a contemptible person, H5414 to whom they had not given H1935 the honor H4438 of the kingdom: H935 but he shall come H7962 in time of security, H2388 and shall obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H7858 The overwhelming H2220 forces H7857 shall be overwhelmed H6440 from before H7665 him, and shall be broken; H5057 yes, also the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 After the treaty H6213 made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully; H5927 for he shall come up, H6105 and shall become strong, H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H7962 In time of security H935 shall he come H4924 even on the fattest places H4082 of the province; H6213 and he shall do H1 that which his fathers H6213 have not done, H1 nor his fathers' H1 fathers; H967 he shall scatter H961 among them prey, H7998 and spoil, H7399 and substance: H2803 yes, he shall devise H4284 his devices H4013 against the strongholds, H6256 even for a time.
  25 H5782 He shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall war H4421 in battle H3966 with an exceeding H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand; H2803 for they shall devise H4284 devices against him.
  26 H398 Yes, they who eat H6598 of his dainties H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow; H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 As for both H4428 these kings, H3824 their hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table: H6743 but it shall not prosper; H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 substance; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 his pleasure, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 into the south; H314 but it shall not be in the latter H7223 time as it was in the former.
  30 H6716 For ships H3794 of Kittim H935 shall come H3512 against him; therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and shall return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant, H6213 and shall do H7725 his pleasure: he shall even return, H995 and have regard H5800 to those who forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 Forces H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall profane H4720 the sanctuary, H4581 even the fortress, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the continual H5414 burnt offering, and they shall set H8251 up the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.
  32 H7561 Such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he pervert H2514 by flatteries; H5971 but the people H3045 who know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.
  33 H7919 Those who are wise H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many; H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.
  34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help; H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 themselves to them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 Some of those who are wise H3782 shall fall, H6884 to refine H1305 them, and to purify, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end; H4150 because it is yet for the time appointed.
  36 H4428 The king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous things H410 against the God H410 of gods; H6743 and he shall prosper H2195 until the indignation H3615 be accomplished; H2782 for that which is determined H6213 shall be done.
  37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the gods H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god; H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his place H3513 shall he honor H433 the god H4581 of fortresses; H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 didn't know H3513 shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 He shall deal H4581 with the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 by the help of a foreign H433 god: H5234 whoever acknowledges H7235 him he will increase H3519 with glory; H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for a price.
  40 H6256 At the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 contend H4428 with him; and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass through.
  41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown; H4422 but these shall be delivered H3027 out of his hand: H123 Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also on the countries; H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt; H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But news H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him; and he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy H2763 and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.
  45 H5193 He shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his palace H3220 between the sea H6643 and the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.
NHEB(i) 1 "And as for me, in the first year of Daryavesh the Mede, I stood up to support and strengthen him. 2 And now what I show you is true. Look, there shall arise three more kings in Persia, and the fourth shall be far richer than all of them; and when he has grown strong through his riches, he shall stir up all the kingdom of Greece. 3 And a powerful king shall arise, who shall rule an extensive empire, and do as he pleases. 4 When he shall arise, his kingdom shall be broken up, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to his authority with which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be uprooted, and will go to others besides these. 5 The king of the south shall grow strong, and one of his officers shall grow more powerful, and shall have a greater kingdom than his. 6 At the end of years they shall join themselves together; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain her power; neither shall his strength endure; but she shall be surrendered, and her attendants, and he who became the father of her, and he who supported her in those times. 7 But out of a shoot from her roots shall arise in his place, who shall come against the army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail. 8 Also their gods, with their molten images, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold, shall he carry captive into Egypt; and he shall withdraw for some years from the king of the north. 9 And he shall come into the realm of the king of the south, but he shall return into his own land. 10 And his sons shall wage war, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces, which shall advance and overflow and pass through, and they shall return and wage war, as far as his fortress. 11 The king of the south shall be moved with rage and shall come forth and fight against him, even with the king of the north; and he shall raise a great multitude, and the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 The multitude shall be taken away, and his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down tens of thousands, but he shall not prevail. 13 The king of the north shall return, and shall raise a multitude greater than the former; and he shall advance after some years with a great army and with abundant supplies. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south: also the violent ones among your people shall rise up in confirmation of the vision; but they shall fail. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and build up a siege mound and take a well-fortified city. And the forces of the south shall not prevail, neither his best troops, neither shall there be any strength to resist. 16 But he who comes against him shall do as he pleases, and no one shall be able to withstand him. And he shall stand in the beautiful land, and destruction will be within his power. 17 He shall set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and will reach an agreement with him which he shall put into effect. And he shall give him a daughter of women to send destruction on him; but it will not last or be to his advantage. 18 After this shall he turn his face to the coastal regions, and shall capture many. But a commander shall bring his insolence to an end. In addition, he shall repay him for his insolence. 19 Then he shall turn his attention toward the fortresses of his own land, but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found again. 20 Then shall arise in his place one who shall send an exactor of tribute to pass through the kingdom to maintain its glory; but within few days he shall be destroyed, though not in anger nor in battle. 21 In his place shall arise a despicable person, to whom the honor of kingship had not been given, but he shall come in a time of prosperity, and shall obtain the kingdom through deceit. 22 And large armies shall be swept away and shattered before him, as well as the prince of the covenant. 23 And after an alliance is made with him he shall work deceitfully; for he shall become strong with a small force. 24 In a time of prosperity he shall come even on the richest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor their fathers; he shall distribute among them plunder, and spoil, and property. He shall devise plans against their strongholds, but only for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall wage war in battle with an extremely large and powerful army; but he shall not stand; for they shall devise plans against him. 26 Yes, those who eat of his royal food shall seek to destroy him, and his army shall be swept away; and many shall fall slain. 27 As for both these kings, their minds shall be fixed on evil, and they shall speak lies at the table; but it shall not succeed; for still the end shall be at the appointed time. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great property; and his mind shall be against the holy covenant. And he shall take action, and then return to his own land. 29 At the appointed time he shall return, and come into the south; but this time the outcome shall not be as it was before. 30 For ships from Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be intimidated, and shall turn back, and be enraged against the holy covenant, and shall take action. He shall turn back, and show regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 Forces shall come at his order, and they shall profane the sanctuary and the fortress, and shall take away the daily burnt offering, and they shall set up the abomination that causes desolation. 32 And those who act wickedly toward the covenant he shall corrupt by smooth words; but the people who know their God shall be strong, and take action. 33 And those who are wise among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder for some time. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall receive a little help. And many shall join with them insincerely. 35 Some of those who are wise shall fall, to be refined, purified and cleansed until the time of the end; for the appointed time is still to come. 36 And the king shall do as he pleases. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak outrageous things against the God of gods. And he shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished; for that which is decreed shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the one desired by women, nor show regard to any other god, because he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But instead he shall honor the god of fortresses; a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold and silver, and with valuable stones, and costly gifts. 39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he shall grant considerable honor; and he shall make them rulers over many, and shall divide the land for a price. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south attack him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall invade countries, and pass through like a flood. 41 He shall enter also into the beautiful land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the foremost of the sons of Ammon. 42 He shall reach out his hand also on other countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have control over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the riches of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his feet. 44 But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go out with tremendous rage to destroy and utterly sweep away many. 45 And he shall pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, with no one to help him.
AKJV(i) 1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I show you the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face to the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn on him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken; yes, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even on the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yes, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yes, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall join to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honor the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also on the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
AKJV_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 Also I in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede, H5975 even I, stood H2388 to confirm H4581 and to strengthen him.
  2 H6258 And now H5046 will I show H571 you the truth. H2009 Behold, H5975 there shall stand H5750 up yet H7969 three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia; H7243 and the fourth H1419 shall be far H6238 richer H3605 than they all: H2394 and by his strength H6239 through his riches H5782 he shall stir H3605 up all H4438 against the realm H3120 of Grecia.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 shall stand H4910 up, that shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion, H6213 and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 And when he shall stand H4438 up, his kingdom H7665 shall be broken, H2673 and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven; H319 and not to his posterity, H3808 nor H4915 according to his dominion H834 which H4910 he ruled: H4438 for his kingdom H5428 shall be plucked H312 up, even for others H905 beside H428 those.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 shall be strong, H8269 and one of his princes; H2388 and he shall be strong H5921 above H4910 him, and have dominion; H4474 his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4475 dominion.
  6 H7093 And in the end H8141 of years H2266 they shall join H4428 themselves together; for the king’s H1323 daughter H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 to make H4339 an agreement: H6113 but she shall not retain H3581 the power H2220 of the arm; H3808 neither H5975 shall he stand, H2220 nor his arm: H5414 but she shall be given H935 up, and they that brought H3205 her, and he that begat H2388 her, and he that strengthened H6256 her in these times.
  7 H5342 But out of a branch H8328 of her roots H5975 shall one stand H3653 up in his estate, H935 which shall come H2428 with an army, H935 and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north, H6213 and shall deal H2388 against them, and shall prevail:
  8 H1571 And shall also H935 carry H7628 captives H4714 into Egypt H430 their gods, H5257 with their princes, H2532 and with their precious H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold; H5975 and he shall continue H8141 more years H4428 than the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H4428 So the king H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4438 into his kingdom, H7725 and shall return H413 into H127 his own land.
  10 H1121 But his sons H1624 shall be stirred H622 up, and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces: H935 and one shall certainly come, H7857 and overflow, H5674 and pass H7725 through: then shall he return, H1624 and be stirred H4581 up, even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 shall be moved with choler, H3318 and shall come H3318 forth H3898 and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north: H5975 and he shall set H5975 forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude; H1995 but the multitude H5414 shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H5375 And when he has taken H1995 away the multitude, H3824 his heart H7311 shall be lifted H5307 up; and he shall cast H5307 down H7239 many ten H7239 thousands: H5810 but he shall not be strengthened by it.
  13 H4428 For the king H6828 of the north H7725 shall return, H5975 and shall set H1995 forth a multitude H7227 greater H4480 than H7223 the former, H935 and shall certainly come H7093 after H6256 certain H8141 years H1419 with a great H2428 army H7399 and with much riches.
  14 H1992 And in those H6256 times H7227 there shall many H5975 stand H5921 up against H4428 the king H5045 of the south: H6530 also the robbers H5971 of your people H5375 shall exalt H5975 themselves to establish H2377 the vision; H3782 but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 shall come, H8210 and cast H5550 up a mount, H3920 and take H4013 the most fenced H5892 cities: H2220 and the arms H5045 of the south H5975 shall not withstand, H369 neither H4005 his chosen H5971 people, H369 neither H3581 shall there be any strength H5975 to withstand.
  16 H935 But he that comes H413 against H6213 him shall do H7522 according to his own H7522 will, H369 and none H5975 shall stand H6440 before H5975 him: and he shall stand H6643 in the glorious H776 land, H3027 which by his hand H3615 shall be consumed.
  17 H7760 He shall also set H6440 his face H935 to enter H8633 with the strength H3605 of his whole H4438 kingdom, H3477 and upright H6213 ones with him; thus shall he do: H5414 and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women, H7843 corrupting H5975 her: but she shall not stand H3808 on his side, neither be for him.
  18 H7725 After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 to the isles, H3920 and shall take H7227 many: H7101 but a prince H2781 for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H7673 offered by him to cease; H1115 without H2781 his own reproach H7725 he shall cause it to turn on him.
  19 H7725 Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fort H776 of his own land: H3782 but he shall stumble H5307 and fall, H4672 and not be found.
  20 H5975 Then shall stand H3653 up in his estate H5674 a raiser H5065 of taxes H1925 in the glory H4438 of the kingdom: H259 but within few H3117 days H7665 he shall be destroyed, H3808 neither H639 in anger, H3808 nor H4421 in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his estate H5975 shall stand H959 up a vile H5921 person, to whom H5414 they shall not give H1935 the honor H4438 of the kingdom: H935 but he shall come H7962 in peaceably, H2388 and obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H2220 And with the arms H7858 of a flood H7857 shall they be overflowed H6440 from before H7665 him, and shall be broken; H1571 yes, H1571 also H5057 the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 And after the league H6213 made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully: H5927 for he shall come H6105 up, and shall become H6105 strong H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H935 He shall enter H7962 peaceably H4924 even on the fattest H4082 places of the province; H6213 and he shall do H834 that which H1 his fathers H6213 have not done, H1 nor his fathers’ H1 fathers; H967 he shall scatter H961 among them the prey, H7998 and spoil, H7399 and riches: H2803 yes, and he shall forecast H4284 his devices H5921 against H4013 the strong H4013 holds, H6256 even for a time.
  25 H5782 And he shall stir H3581 up his power H3824 and his courage H5921 against H4428 the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred H4421 up to battle H5704 with a very H3960 H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand: H2803 for they shall forecast H4284 devices H5921 against him.
  26 H398 Yes, they that feed H6598 of the portion H6598 of his meat H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And both H4428 of these kings’ H3824 hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3576 lies H5921 at H259 one H7979 table; H6743 but it shall not prosper: H5750 for yet H7093 the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H5921 shall be against H6944 the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 exploits, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.
  30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and return, H2194 and have indignation H5921 against H6944 the holy H1285 covenant: H6213 so shall he do; H7725 he shall even return, H995 and have intelligence H5800 with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 and shall take H5493 away H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.
  32 H7561 And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries: H5971 but the people H3045 that do know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.
  33 H7919 And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many: H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword, H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity, H961 and by spoil, H7227 many H3117 days.
  34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 to them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 And some of them of understanding H3782 shall fall, H6884 to try H1305 them, and to purge, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H3588 because H5750 H5750 it is yet H4150 for a time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H5921 himself above H3605 every H410 god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous H5921 things against H410 the God H410 of gods, H6743 and shall prosper H5704 till H2195 the indignation H3615 be accomplished: H2782 for that that is determined H6213 shall be done.
  37 H3808 Neither H995 shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H3808 nor H995 regard H3605 any H433 god: H1431 for he shall magnify H5921 himself above H3605 all.
  38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honor H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H834 whom H1 his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2530 and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 Thus shall he do H4581 in the most H4581 strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god, H834 whom H5234 he shall acknowledge H7235 and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come H5921 against H8175 him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass H5674 over.
  41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown: H428 but these H4422 shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 He shall stretch H3027 forth his hand H776 also on the countries: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H3605 and over all H2530 the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him: therefore he shall go H3318 forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy, H2763 and utterly to make away H7227 many.
  45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H996 between H3220 the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H369 and none H5826 shall help him.
KJ2000(i) 1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I show you the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than them all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others besides these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of some years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of her authority; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his place, who shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with rage, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much equipment. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the violent men of your people shall exalt themselves to fulfill the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a siege mound, and take the most fortified city: and the forces of the south shall not withstand, neither his choice troops, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, to destroy it: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the coastlands, and shall take many: but a ruler for his own behalf shall bring the reproach brought by him to cease; with his reproach removed he shall cause it to turn back on him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortress of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall arise in his place a raiser of taxes in the glorious kingdom: but within a few days he shall be destroyed, but neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his place shall arise a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of royalty: but he shall come in peaceably, and seize the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the force of a flood shall they be swept away from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league is made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small number of people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even into the richest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the plunder, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall devise his plans against the strongholds, but only for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall devise plans against him. 26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his rich food shall destroy him, and his army shall be swept away: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings' hearts shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper: for the end shall yet be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; but his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall work his will, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be like the former, or like the latter. 30 For the ships of Kittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and rage against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and show favor toward them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall appear on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flattery: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and take action. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by plunder, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be aided with a little help: but many shall join to them with flattery. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to test them, and to purify them, and to make them white, until the time of the end: because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak astonishing things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the wrath is accomplished: for what has been determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in their place he shall honor the god of fortresses: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the strongest fortresses with a foreign god, which he shall acknowledge and advance its glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south attack him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and most of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also against the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall follow in his train. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and to utterly sweep away many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
UKJV(i) 1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I show you the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that brings forth her, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him. 18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. 27 And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. 28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. 37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
TKJU(i) 1 "Also I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. 2 And now I will show you the truth. Behold, there shall yet stand up three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than all of them: And by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his descendants, nor according to his dominion with which he ruled: For his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others besides those. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: But she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: But she shall be given up, and those who brought her, and he who begat her, and he who strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of a branch of her roots one shall stand up in his estate, who shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail: 8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt, their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north. 9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land. 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: And one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: Then he shall return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: And he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many tens of thousands: But he shall not be strengthened by it. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and after some years shall certainly come with a great army and with much riches. 14 And in those times there shall stand up many against the king of the south: Also the robbers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: And the arms of the south shall not withstand, nor his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. 16 But he who comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: And he shall stand in the glorious land, which shall be consumed by his hand. 17 He also shall set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus he shall do: And he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: But she shall not stand on his side, nor be for him. 18 After this he shall turn his face to the isles, and shall take many: But a prince on his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: But he shall stumble and fall, and not be found. 20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: But within a few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 And in his estate a vile person shall stand up, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom: But he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms of a flood they shall be overflown from before him, and shall be broken; yes, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league is made with him he shall work deceitfully: For he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: Yes, and he shall forecast his devices against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: For they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yes, those who feed from the portion of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: And many shall fall down slain. 27 And both these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies to each other at one table; but it shall not prosper: For the end shall still be at the time appointed. 28 Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, nor as the latter. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: Therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: So he shall do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsakes the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And he shall corrupt by flatteries those who do wickedly against the covenant: But the people that know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And those who understand among the people shall instruct many: Yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 34 Now when they fall, they shall be assisted with a little help: But many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to purify them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: Because it is yet for an appointed time. 36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished: For that which is determined shall be done. 37 He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: For he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate he shall honor the god of forces: And a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. 39 Thus he shall perform in the greatest strongholds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: And he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 And at the time of the end the king of the south shall push at him: And the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: But these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 He shall also stretch forth his hand upon the countries: And the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: Therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and to utterly slay. 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him."
CKJV_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 Also I in the first H8141 year H1867 of Darius H4075 the Mede, H5977 even I, stood H2388 to confirm H4581 and to strengthen him.
  2 H5046 And now will I show H571 you the truth. H5975 Behold, there shall stand up H7969 yet three H4428 kings H6539 in Persia; H7243 and the fourth H6239 shall be far H6238 richer H1419 than they all: H2393 and by his strength H6239 through his riches H5782 he shall stir up H4438 all against the realm H3120 of Grecia.
  3 H1368 And a mighty H4428 king H5975 shall stand up, H4910 that shall rule H7227 with great H4474 dominion, H6213 and do H7522 according to his will.
  4 H5975 And when he shall stand up, H4438 his kingdom H7665 shall be broken, H2673 and shall be divided H702 toward the four H7307 winds H8064 of heaven; H319 and not to his posterity, H4915 nor according to his dominion H4910 which he ruled: H4438 for his kingdom H5428 shall be plucked up, H312 even for others beside those.
  5 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H2388 shall be strong, H8269 and one of his princes; H2388 and he shall be strong H4910 above him, and have dominion; H4475 his dominion H7227 shall be a great H4474 dominion.
  6 H7093 And in the end H8141 of years H2266 they shall join themselves together; H4428 for the king's H1323 daughter H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4428 to the king H6828 of the north H6213 to make H4339 a agreement: H6113 but she shall not retain H3581 the power H2220 of the arm; H5975 neither shall he stand, H2220 nor his arm: H5414 but she shall be given up, H935 and they that brought H3205 her, and he that fathered H2388 her, and he that strengthened H6256 her in these times.
  7 H5342 But out of a branch H8328 of her roots H5975 shall one stand up H3653 in his estate, H935 which shall come H2428 with a army, H935 and shall enter H4581 into the fortress H4428 of the king H6828 of the north, H6213 and shall deal H2388 against them, and shall prevail:
  8 H935 And shall also carry H7628 captives H4714 into Egypt H430 their gods, H5257 with their princes, H2532 and with their precious H3627 vessels H3701 of silver H2091 and of gold; H5975 and he shall continue H8141 more years H4428 than the king H6828 of the north.
  9 H4428 So the king H5045 of the south H935 shall come H4438 into his kingdom, H7725 and shall return H127 into his own land.
  10 H1121 But his sons H1624 shall be stirred up, H622 and shall assemble H1995 a multitude H7227 of great H2428 forces: H935 and one shall certainly H935 come, H7857 and overflow, H5674 and pass through: H7725 then shall he return, H1624 and be stirred up, H4581 even to his fortress.
  11 H4428 And the king H5045 of the south H4843 shall be moved with anger, H3318 and shall come forth H3898 and fight H4428 with him, even with the king H6828 of the north: H5975 and he shall set forth H7227 a great H1995 multitude; H1995 but the multitude H5414 shall be given H3027 into his hand.
  12 H5375 And when he has taken away H1995 the multitude, H3824 his heart H7311 shall be lifted up; H5307 and he shall cast down H7239 many ten thousands: H5810 but he shall not be strengthened by it.
  13 H4428 For the king H6828 of the north H7725 shall return, H5975 and shall set forth H1995 a multitude H7227 greater H7223 than the former, H935 and shall certainly H935 come H7093 after H6256 certain H8141 years H1419 with a great H2428 army H7227 and with much H7399 riches.
  14 H6256 And in those times H7227 there shall many H5975 stand up H4428 against the king H5045 of the south: H1121 also the robbers H5971 of your people H5375 shall exalt H5975 themselves to establish H2377 the vision; H3782 but they shall fall.
  15 H4428 So the king H6828 of the north H935 shall come, H8210 and cast up H5550 a mountain, H3920 and take H4013 the most fenced H5892 cities: H2220 and the arms H5045 of the south H5975 shall not withstand, H4005 neither his chosen H5971 people, H3581 neither shall there be any strength H5975 to withstand.
  16 H935 But he that comes H6213 against him shall do H7522 according to his own will, H5975 and none shall stand H6440 before H5975 him: and he shall stand H6643 in the glorious H776 land, H3027 which by his hand H3617 shall be consumed.
  17 H7760 He shall also set H6440 his face H935 to enter H8633 with the strength H4438 of his whole kingdom, H3477 and upright ones H6213 with him; thus shall he do: H5414 and he shall give H1323 him the daughter H802 of women, H7843 corrupting H5975 her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.
  18 H7760 After this shall he turn H6440 his face H339 unto the islands, H3920 and shall take H7227 many: H7101 but a prince H2781 for his own behalf shall cause the reproach H7673 offered by him to cease; H1115 without H2781 his own reproach H7725 he shall cause it to turn upon him.
  19 H7725 Then he shall turn H6440 his face H4581 toward the fort H776 of his own land: H3782 but he shall stumble H5307 and fall, H4672 and not be found.
  20 H5975 Then shall stand up H3653 in his estate H5674 a raiser H5065 of taxes H1925 in the glory H4438 of the kingdom: H259 but inside few H3117 days H7665 he shall be destroyed, H639 neither in anger, H4421 nor in battle.
  21 H3653 And in his estate H5975 shall stand up H959 a vile person, H5414 to whom they shall not give H1935 the honor H4438 of the kingdom: H935 but he shall come H7962 in peaceably, H2388 and obtain H4438 the kingdom H2519 by flatteries.
  22 H2220 And with the arms H7858 of a flood H7857 shall they be overflown H6440 from before H7665 him, and shall be broken; H5057 Yes, also the prince H1285 of the covenant.
  23 H2266 And after the covenant H6213 made with him he shall work H4820 deceitfully: H5927 for he shall come up, H6105 and shall become strong H4592 with a small H1471 people.
  24 H935 He shall enter H7962 peaceably H4924 even upon the fattest places H4082 of the province; H6213 and he shall do H1 that which his fathers H6213 have not done, H1 nor his fathers' H1 fathers; H967 he shall scatter H961 among them the prey, H7998 and plunder, H7399 and riches: H2803 Yes, and he shall forecast H4284 his devices H4013 against the strong holds, H6256 even for a time.
  25 H5782 And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand: H2803 for they shall forecast H4284 devices against him.
  26 H398 Yes, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.
  27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings' H3824 hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table; H6743 but it shall not prosper: H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.
  28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 exploits, and return H776 to his own land.
  29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.
  30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant: H6213 so shall he do; H7725 he shall even return, H995 and have intelligence H5800 with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.
  31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.
  32 H7561 And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries: H5971 but the people H3045 that do know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.
  33 H7919 And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many: H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword, H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity, H961 and by plunder, H3117 many days.
  34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 shall cleave H2519 to them with flatteries.
  35 H7919 And some of them of understanding H3782 shall fall, H6884 to try H1305 them, and to purge, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H4150 because it is yet for a time appointed.
  36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous things H410 against the God H410 of gods, H6743 and shall prosper H2195 until the indignation H3615 be accomplished: H2782 for that that is determined H6213 shall be done.
  37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god: H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.
  38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honor H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.
  39 H6213 Thus shall he do H4581 in the most strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god, H5234 whom he shall acknowledge H7235 and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.
  40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass over.
  41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown: H4422 but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the sons H5983 of Ammon.
  42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.
  43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.
  44 H8052 But news H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy, H2763 and utterly to make away H7227 many.
  45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.
EJ2000(i) 1 ¶ And in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood to encourage and to strengthen him. 2 And now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall yet be three kings in Persia, and the fourth shall obtain far greater riches than they all; and by his strengthening himself with his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia. 3 And a valiant king shall stand up, that shall rule over a great dominion and do according to his will. 4 But when he is reigning, his kingdom shall be broken and shall be divided by the four winds of heaven, and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion by which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those. 5 ¶ And the king of the south, {this Hebrew word is identified with the people of God}, and of his principalities, shall make himself strong; and he shall exceed him and make himself powerful; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 6 But at the end of some years they shall join themselves together; for the king’s daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement, but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; for she shall be given up and those that brought her and he that begat her, and those that were for her in this time. 7 But of the new shoot from her roots shall one stand up upon his throne and shall come unto the army and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north and do in them according to his will and shall prevail: 8 and even their gods, with their princes, with their precious vessels of silver and of gold, shall be taken captive in Egypt; and for some years he shall maintain himself against the king of the north. 9 Thus shall the king of the south enter into the kingdom and return to his own land. 10 But the sons of that one shall be stirred up and shall assemble a multitude of great armies and shall come in great haste, and overflow and pass through and turn and come with wrath unto his fortress. 11 Therefore the king of the south shall become furious and shall come forth and fight with him even with the king of the north; and he shall put a great multitude into the field, but all that multitude shall be given into his hand. 12 Therefore the multitude shall be filled with pride, his heart shall be lifted up, and he shall cast down many thousands, but he shall not prevail. 13 And the king of the north shall put another multitude greater than the former in the field and at the end of a time of some years shall come in great haste with a great army and with much riches. 14 But in those times many shall stand up against the king of the south, and sons of robbers of thy people shall raise themselves up to establish the vision, but they shall fall. 15 So the king of the north shall come and cast up a mount and shall take the strong cities, and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any fortress that can withstand. 16 And he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and there shall be no one that can stand before him, and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed. 17 He shall then set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom and shall do upright things with him, and he shall give him a daughter of his women to persuade her, but she shall not stand, neither be for him. 18 After this he shall turn his face unto the isles and shall take many, but a prince shall cause him to cease his affront and shall even turn his reproach upon him. 19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land, but he shall stumble and fall and not appear again. 20 Then shall succeed in his throne a taker of taxes who shall be the glory of the kingdom, but within few days he shall be broken, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 ¶ And a vile person shall succeed in his place, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: nevertheless he shall come in with peace and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And with the arms they shall be overflown of a flood before him and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the union made with him he shall work deceit and shall rise and shall overcome with few people. 24 With the province in peace and in abundance, he shall enter and do that which his fathers have never done, nor his fathers’ fathers; he shall distribute prey and spoil and riches to his soldiers; and against the fortresses he shall forecast his devices, even for a time. 25 And he shall stir up his forces and his heart against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall move to the war with a great and mighty army, but he shall not prevail, for they shall betray him. 26 Even those that ate his bread shall break him, and his army shall be destroyed; and many shall fall down slain. 27 And the heart of both these kings shall be to do evil, and at the same table they shall speak lies; but it shall not prosper, for the time appointed is not yet come. 28 Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits and return to his own land. 29 At the time appointed he shall turn toward the south, but the latter coming shall not be as the former. 30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved and return and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return and have an understanding with those that have forsaken the holy covenant. 31 And arms shall be placed on his behalf, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And with flatteries he shall cause to sin those that violate the covenant, but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 33 And the wise among the people shall give wisdom to many, yet they shall fall by the sword, and by fire, by captivity, and by spoil, for some days. 34 And in their fall, they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. 35 And some of the wise shall fall to be purged and cleaned and made white, even to the time of the end because even for this there is time appointed. 36 And the king shall do according to his will, and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself above every god and shall speak marvels against the God of gods and shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished, for the determination has been made. 37 Neither shall he care for the God of his fathers, nor the love of women, nor care for any god, for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his place shall he honour the god of fortresses, {Ala Mahozim}, a god whom his fathers did not know; he shall honour it with gold and silver and precious stones and with things of great price. 39 And with the people of the strange god that he shall know, he shall make strong fortresses, increase their glory; and cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. 40 But at the end of the time the king of the south shall lock horns with him, and the king of the north shall raise up a storm against him with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships, and he shall enter into the lands and shall overflow and pass over. 41 He shall come to the glorious land, and many provinces shall fall, but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom and Moab and the first of the sons of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch forth his hand to the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall take over the treasures of gold and of silver and of all the precious things of Egypt, of Libya, and Ethiopia where he passes. 44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and to kill many. 45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas, in the desirable mountain of the sanctuary; and he shall come to his end, and shall have no one to help him.
CAB(i) 1 And I, in the first year of Cyrus, stood to strengthen and confirm him. 2 And now I will tell you the truth. Behold, there shall yet rise up three kings in Persia: and the fourth shall be far more richer than all. And after that he is master of his wealth, he shall rise up against all the kingdoms of the Greeks. 3 And there shall rise up a mighty king, and he shall be lord of a great empire, and shall do according to his will. 4 And when his kingdom shall stand up, it shall be broken, and shall be divided to the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled over; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, and given to others beside these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong; and one of their princes shall prevail against him, and shall obtain a great dominion. 6 And after his years they shall associate; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north, to make agreements with him, but she shall not retain power of arm; neither shall his seed stand: and she shall be delivered up, and they that brought her, and the maiden, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 But out of the flower of her root there shall arise one in his place, and shall come against the host, and shall enter into the strongholds of the king of the north, and shall fight against them, and prevail. 8 Yea, he shall carry with a body of captives into Egypt their gods with their molten images, and all their precious vessels of silver and gold; and he shall last longer than the king of the north. 9 And he shall enter into the kingdom of the king of the south, and shall return to his own land. 10 And his sons shall gather a multitude among many. And one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through, and he shall rest, and collect his strength. 11 And the king of the south shall be greatly enraged, and shall come forth, and shall war with the king of the north, and he shall raise a great multitude; but the multitude shall be delivered into his hand. 12 And he shall take the multitude, and his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down many thousands; but he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and bring a multitude greater than the former, and at the end of the times of years an invading army shall come with a great force, and with much substance. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south; and the children of the spoilers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; and they shall fail. 15 And the king of the north shall come in, and cast up a mound, and take strong cities; and the arms of the king of the south shall withstand, and his chosen ones shall rise up, but there shall be no strength to stand. 16 And he that comes in against him shall do according to his will, and there is no one to stand before him; and he shall stand in the land of beauty, and it shall be consumed by his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to come in with the force of his whole kingdom, and shall cause everything to prosper with him, and he shall give him the daughter of women to corrupt her, but she shall not continue, neither be on his side. 18 And he shall turn his face to the islands, and shall take many, and cause princes to cease from their reproach: nevertheless his own reproach shall return to him. 19 Then he shall turn back his face to the strength of his own land, but he shall become weak, and fall, and not be found. 20 And there shall arise out of his root one that shall cause a plant of the kingdom to pass over his place, earning kingly glory, and yet in those days shall he be broken, yet not openly, nor in war. 21 One shall stand on his place, who has been set at nought, and they have not put upon him the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in prosperously, and obtain the kingdom by deceitful ways. 22 And the arms of him that overflows shall be washed away as with a flood from before him, and shall be broken, and so shall be the head of the covenant. 23 And because of the leagues made with him he shall work deceit; and he shall come up, and overpower them with a small nation. 24 And he shall enter with prosperity, and that into fertile districts; and he shall do what his fathers and his fathers' fathers have not done; he shall scatter among them plunder, and spoils, and wealth; and he shall devise plans against Egypt, even for a time. 25 And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but his forces shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him. 26 And they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. 27 And as for both the kings, their hearts are set upon evil, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a fixed time. 28 And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall perform great deeds, and return to his own land. 29 At the set time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last expedition shall not be as the first. 30 For the Cyprians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do thus, and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. 31 And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual sacrifice, and make the abomination of desolation. 32 And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways; but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do valiantly. 33 And the intelligent of the people shall understand much; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by the spoil of many days. 34 And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. 35 And some of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test them, and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter is yet for an appointed time. 36 And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished; for it is coming to an end. 37 And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 And he shall honor the god of fortresses in his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honor with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. 39 And he shall do thus in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory; and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. 40 And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south. And the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land, and he shall break in pieces, and pass on. 41 And he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail. But these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 And he shall stretch forth his hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall have the mastery over the secret treasures of gold and silver, and over all the desirable possessions of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. 44 But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. 45 And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty; but he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.
LXX2012(i) 1 And I in the first year of Cyrus stood to strengthen and confirm [him]. 2 And now I will tell you the truth. Behold, there shall yet rise up three kings in Persia: and the fourth shall be very far richer than all: and after that he is master of his wealth, he shall rise up against all the kingdoms of the Greeks. 3 An there shall rise up a mighty king, and he shall be lord of a great empire, and shall do according to his will. 4 And when his kingdom shall stand up, it shall be broken, and shall be divided to the four winds of heaven; but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled over: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, and [given] to others beside these. 5 And the king of the south shall be strong; and one of their princes shall prevail against him, and shall obtain a great dominion. 6 And after his years they shall associate; and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north, to make agreements with him: but she shall not retain power of arm; neither shall his seed stand: and she shall be delivered up, and they that brought her, and the maiden, and he that strengthened her in these times. 7 [But] out of the flower of her root there shall arise [one on] his place, and shall come against the host, and shall enter into the strongholds of the king of the north, and shall fight against them, and prevail. 8 Yes, he shall carry with a body of captives into Egypt their gods with their molten [images, and] all their precious vessels of silver and gold; and he shall last longer than the king of the north. 9 And he shall enter into the kingdom of the king of the south, and shall return to his own land. 10 And his sons shall gather a multitude among many: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through, and he shall rest, and collect his strength. 11 And the king of the south shall be greatly enraged, and shall come forth, and shall war with the king of the north: and he shall raise a great multitude; but the multitude shall be delivered into his hand. 12 And he shall take the multitude, and his heart shall be exalted; and he shall cast down many thousands; but he shall not prevail. 13 For the king of the north shall return, and bring a multitude greater than the former, and at the end of the times of years an invading army shall come with a great force, and with much substance. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south; and the children of the spoilers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; and they shall fail. 15 And the king of the north shall come in, and cast up a mound, and take strong cities: and the arms of the king of the south shall withstand, and his chosen ones shall rise up, but there shall be no strength to stand. 16 And he that comes in against him shall do according to his will, and there is no one to stand before him: and he shall stand in the land of beauty, and it shall be consumed by his hand. 17 And he shall set his face to come in with the force of his whole kingdom, and shall cause everything to prosper with him: and he shall give him the daughter of women to corrupt her: but she shall not continue, neither be on his side. 18 And he shall turn his face to the islands, and shall take many, and cause princes to cease from their reproach: nevertheless his own reproach shall return to him. 19 Then he shall turn back his face to the strength of his own land: but he shall become weak, and fall, and not be found. 20 And there shall arise out of his root one that shall cause a plant of the kingdom to pass over his place, earning kingly glory: and yet in those days shall he be broken, yet not openly, nor in war. 21 [One] shall stand on his place, [who] has been set a nothing, and they have not put upon him the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in prosperously, and obtain the kingdom by deceitful ways. 22 And the arms of him that overflows shall be washed away as with a flood from before him, and shall be broken, and [so shall be] the head of the covenant. 23 And because of the leagues made with him he shall work deceit: and he shall come up, and overpower them with a small nation. 24 And he shall enter with prosperity, and [that] into fertile districts; and he shall do what his fathers and his fathers' fathers have not done; he shall scatter among them plunder, and spoils, and wealth; and he shall devise plans against Egypt, even for a time. 25 And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but [his forces] shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him: 26 and they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. 27 And [as for] both the kings, their hearts [are set] upon mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a [fixed] time. 28 And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall perform [great deeds], and return to his own land. 29 At the [set] time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last [expedition] shall [not] be as the first. 30 For the Citians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do [thus], and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. 31 And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual [sacrifice], and make the abomination desolate. 32 And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways: but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do [valiantly]. 33 And the intelligent of the people shall understand much: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by spoil of [many] days. 34 And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. 35 And [some] of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test [them], and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter [is] yet for a [set] time. 36 And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished: for it is coming to an end. 37 And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 And he shall honor the god of forces on his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honor with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. 39 And he shall do [thus] in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory: and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. 40 And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south: and the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land: and he shall break in pieces, and pass on: 41 and he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail: but these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 And he shall stretch forth [his] hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. 43 And he shall have the mastery over the secret [treasures] of gold and silver, and over all the desirable [possessions] of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. 44 But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. 45 And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty: [but] he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.
NSB(i) 1 »I stood up to confirm and strengthen Darius the Mede in his first year. 2 »Now I will tell you the truth. Look, there will be three more kings in Persia. Then the fourth will be richer than the others. When he is strong because of his riches he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece. 3 »A mighty king will stand up and rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 4 »After he appears his kingdom will be broken. It will be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion as he ruled. His kingdom will be plucked up, even for others besides these. 5 »The king of the south will be strong along with one of his princes. His prince will be stronger than him, and have dominion. His dominion will be a great dominion. 6 »At the end of years they will become allies (form an allience). The daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make an agreement. But she will not retain the strength of her arm (power); neither will he stand, nor his arm (power); but she will be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in those times. 7 »But out of a shoot from her roots will one stand up in his place. He will come with the army and enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and will fight against them, and will prevail. 8 He will carry captive into Egypt their gods, with their molten images, and with their valuable vessels of silver and of gold. He will stand off some years from the king of the north. 9 »The king of the north will come into the realm of the king of the south, but he will return into his own land. 10 »And his sons will be warlike and will assemble a multitude of great forces, which will come on, and overflow, and pass through; and they will return and fight, even to his fortress. 11 »And the king of the south will be moved with anger, and will come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north. He will assemble a large army, and the army will be defeated. 12 »The army will be lifted up, and his heart will be filled with pride. He will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not prevail. 13 »The king of the north will return, and will set forth an army greater than the former. He will come on at the end of the times with a great army that is well supplied with much equipment. 14 »In those times there will many who stand up against the king of the south. Also the children of the violent among your people will rebel up to establish the vision, but they will fall. 15 »So the king of the north will come, and cast up a siege ramp, and capture a well-fortified city. The forces of the south will not stand, neither his chosen people, neither will there be any strength to stand. 16 »But he that comes against him will do according to his own will, and none will stand against him. He will stand in the glorious land, and in his hand will be destruction. 17 »And he will be determined to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and with him equitable conditions. He will perform them. He will give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her; but she will not stand or be on his side. 18 »He will turn back to the coastlands and will capture many. However, a prince will cause the reproach offered by him to cease. He will cause his reproach to turn upon him. 19 »Then he will turn his attention toward the fortresses of his own land; but he shall stumble and fall, and will not be found. 20 »Then one will stand up in his place who will send an oppressor (tax collecter) to pass through the glory of the kingdom. However, he will be destroyed within a few days, neither in anger, nor in battle. 21 »A contemptible person will stand in his place. He will be one whom they had not given the honor of the kingdom. He will come in time of security, and will obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 »The overwhelming forces will be overwhelmed from before him, and will be broken after the prince of the covenant is destroyed. 23 »And after the alliance made with him he will work deceitfully. He will come up, and will become strong, with a small nation of people. 24 »In time of security he will come even upon the richest places of the province. He will do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers. He will scatter among them prey, and spoil, and substance. He will devise his devices against the strongholds, even for a time. 25 »He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. The king of the south will war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army, but he will not stand. This is because they will devise schemes against him. 26 »Those who eat of his rich foods will destroy him. His army will overflow and many will fall down slain. 27 »And as for both these kings, their hearts will be inclined to do bad things. They will speak lies at one table and nothing will succeed. The end will come at the time appointed. 28 »Then king of the north will return to his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will do what he pleases and return to his own land. 29 »At the time appointed he will invade the south again. But the outcome will not be the same as it was at the earlier time. 30 »For ships of Kittim will come against him. He will be grieved and will return. He will have indignation against the holy covenant and will do what he pleases. He will even return, and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 »His armed forces will stand with him, and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and will take away the continual burnt offering. They will set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 »Those who act wickedly against the covenant will be perverted by flatteries. However, the people who know their God will be strong and act effectively. 33 »Those who are wise among the people will instruct many. Yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, for many days. 34 »When they fall, they will be helped with a little help; but many will join them in their flatteries. 35 »Some of them who are wise (have insight) will fall. This will refine them, and purify them, and make them clean, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed. 36 »The king will do according to his will. He will exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god. He will speak horrable (atrocious) things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the indignation is accomplished for that which is determined will be done. 37 »Neither will he honor the gods of his father’s, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god for he will magnify himself above them all. 38 »He will honor the god of military fortresses, a god whom his fathers did not know. He will honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and expensive gifts. 39 »He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him will increase with glory. He will make them rulers over many, and will divide the land for a price. 40 »The king of the south will contend with him at the time of the end. The king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with a large fleet of ships. He will enter into the countries and overflow and pass through them. 41 »He will also invade the glorious land, and many countries will be overthrown. These will be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. 42 »He will stretch forth his power and authority over many countries, and the land of Egypt will not escape. 43 »He will exercise power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. The Libyans and the Ethiopians will be under his control. 44 »News from the east and the north will trouble him. He will go forth with great fury to destroy and annihilate many. 45 »He will plant the tents of his palace (dwell in and control) between the sea and the glorious holy mountain. But he will come to his end, and none will help him.
ISV(i) 1 In year one of King Darius the Mede, I arose to fortify and strengthen him.’”
2 International Conflicts to Come“‘Now I’ll tell you the truth: Pay attention! Three more kings will arise in Persia. Then a fourth will gain more than them all. As soon as he gains power by means of his wealth, he’ll stir up everyone against the Grecian kingdoms.
3 “‘A mighty king will come to power, and he’ll rule with awesome energy, doing whatever he pleases. 4 However, after he has come to power, his kingdom will be broken and parceled out in all directions. It won’t go to his succeeding descendants, nor will its power match how he ruled, because his sovereignty will be uprooted and given to successors besides them.
5 “‘The southern king will become strong, along with one of his officials, who will become stronger than he and rule over his own realm with great power. 6 After a number of years, they’ll become allies and the daughter of the southern king will go to the northern king in order to craft alliances. But she won’t remain in power, nor will he retain his power. Instead, she’ll be surrendered, along with her entourage, the one who fathered her, and the one who supported her at that time.
7 “‘One of her family line will replace him. He’ll come against the army and enter the fortress of the northern king, conquering them and becoming victorious. 8 He’ll also take their gods, their molten images, and their valuable vessels of silver and gold into Egypt as hostages. He’ll avoid the northern king for a number of years. 9 Then he’ll come against the realm of the southern king and then return to his own territory. 10 His sons will prepare for war, assembling an army of considerable force. One of them will come on forcefully, overflowing, passing through, and waging war up to his own fortress.
11 “‘The southern king will fly into a rage and march out to fight the northern king. He’ll gather a large army, but that army will be handed over to him. 12 When that army has been defeated, he’ll become overconfident and slaughter many thousands, but he won’t succeed. 13 The northern king will return and raise a greater army than before. After a few years, he’ll advance with a great force and with a vast amount of armaments.’”
14 Rebellion against the Southern King“‘During those years, many will rebel against the southern king. The more violent ones among your people will rebel in order to fulfill this vision, but they will fail. 15 Then the northern king will come, erect a siege ramp, and capture a fortified city. The southern forces won’t prevail—not even with their best troops—and they’ll have no strength to take a stand.
16 “‘However, the one who invades him will do whatever he wants to do. No one will oppose him. He’ll establish himself in the Beautiful Land, wielding devastating power. 17 He’ll decide to come with the full power of his kingdom, bringing with him an alliance that he’ll implement. He’ll give him a daughter in marriage to overthrow it, but it won’t succeed or work out for him. 18 Then he’ll turn his attention to the coastal lands and will capture many. But a commander will put an end to his insolence, repaying him for his scorn. 19 He’ll turn his attention toward the fortresses in his own territory, but he’ll stumble and fall, and won’t endure. 20 His successor will send out a tax collector for royal splendor, but in a short period of time he’ll be shattered, though neither in anger nor in battle.’”
21 The Despicable King“‘In his place there will arise a despicable person, upon whom no royal authority has been conferred, but he’ll invade in a time of tranquility, taking over the kingdom through deception. 22 Overwhelming forces will be carried away before him, along with the Commander-in-Chief of the covenant. 23 From the time that an alliance is made with him, he’ll act deceitfully, and he will go up and take power with only a small group of nations. 24 He’ll invade the most prosperous areas of the province during a time of tranquility, accomplishing what neither his predecessors nor his ancestors ever could. He’ll distribute war spoils, booty, and wealth to them, and he’ll plot the overthrow of fortresses, though only for a time. 25 He’ll encourage himself against the southern king by raising a large army. As a result, the southern king will mobilize for war with a large and powerful army, but he won’t succeed because they will devise elaborate schemes against him. 26 His own security detail will undermine him, his army will be swept away, and many will fall and be killed in battle. 27 Now as for the two kings, their intentions will be evil, and they’ll promote deception at their dinner table, but none of this will succeed, because the end won’t have come yet. 28 Then he’ll return to his homeland with great wealth, will focus his attention against the holy covenant, and will take action as he returns to his land.’”
29 Desecration of the Sanctuary“‘At the scheduled time he’ll return, moving southward, but the end result won’t be as before, 30 because ships will come against him from the Mediterranean islands. Disheartened, he’ll return, incited to vehemence against the holy covenant, and he’ll take action. As he returns, he’ll show deference to those who abandon the holy covenant. 31 Armed forces will arise from his midst, and they’ll desecrate the fortified Sanctuary, abolish the daily sacrifice, and establish the destructive desecration. 32 Through flattery he’ll corrupt those who act wickedly toward the covenant, but people who know their God will be strong and take action. 33 Insightful people will impart understanding to many, though they’ll fall by sword, by fire, by captivity, and as war booty for a while. 34 When they fall, they’ll be given some relief, but many will join them by pretending to be sympathetic to their cause. 35 Some of the insightful will fall so they may be refined, purged, and purified until the time of the end, since it will surely come about.’”
36 The King Who Calls Himself God“‘The king will do as he pleases. He’ll exalt and magnify himself above every god, speaking amazing things against the God of Gods. He’ll succeed until the indignation is completed, because what has been determined must be carried out. 37 He’ll recognize neither the gods of his ancestors nor those desired by women—he won’t recognize any god, because he’ll exalt himself above everything. 38 He’ll glorify the god of fortresses, a god whom his ancestors never knew, honoring him with gold, silver, valuable jewels, and treasures. 39 He’ll take action against the strongest fortresses. With the help of a foreign god, he’ll recognize those who honor him, making them rule over many, and he’ll parcel out the land for a profit.
40 “‘At the time of the end, the southern king will oppose him, and the northern king will overrun him with chariots, cavalry, and many ships. He’ll invade countries, moving swiftly and sweeping through. 41 He’ll enter the Beautiful Land, and many will fall, even though these will escape his control: Edom, Moab, and certain Ammonite officials.
42 He’ll extend his power over other countries, and even the land of Egypt won’t escape. 43 He’ll capture treasures of gold, silver, and all the treasures of Egypt, with the Libyans and Cushites at his feet. 44 However, reports from the east and the north will alarm him, and he’ll march out in great anger, intending to destroy and to desolate many. 45 When he pitches his royal pavilions between the seas facing the mountain of holy Glory, he’ll come to his end, and no one will help him.’”
LEB(i) 1 "And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, ⌊I stood⌋* as a support and as a protection for him. 2 And now I will reveal the truth to you. Look! Still three kings will arise in Persia, and the fourth will get abundance and great wealth, even more than all of them, and ⌊when he becomes strong⌋* through his wealth, then he will stir up ⌊everyone⌋* against the kingdom of Javan.* 3 And a mighty king will arise, and he will rule with great dominion, and he will do ⌊as he pleases⌋.* 4 But ⌊as he rises in power⌋,* his kingdom will be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, and not according to his dominion by which he ruled, for his kingdom will be uprooted and be given ⌊to others besides them⌋.* 5 "Then the king of the south will grow strong and also ⌊one of his officials⌋,* and he will grow stronger ⌊than him⌋* and he will rule ⌊a dominion greater than his dominion⌋.* 6 And at the end of some years they will make an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make a peace treaty, but ⌊she will not retain her position of power⌋,* and his offspring* will not endure, and she will be given up, she and her attendants and her child supporting her, in those times.* 7 And a branch from her roots* will rise up in his place, and he will come against the army and he will enter the stronghold of the king of the north and he will take action against them and he will prevail. 8 And also their gods with their idols and with the ⌊precious vessels⌋,* silver and gold he will take to Egypt into captivity, and for years ⌊he will leave the king of the north alone⌋.* 9 And then he* will come into the kingdom of the king of the south, but he will return to his land. 10 "But his sons will wage war and they will gather a multitude of great forces and ⌊he will advance with great force⌋,* and he will overflow like a flood and he will pass through and he will return, and they will wage war up to his fortress. 11 And the king of the south will become furious, and he will go and he will battle against him, against the king of the north; and he will muster a great multitude, and the multitude will be given into his hand. 12 When the multitude is carried off, his heart will be exalted and he will overthrow ⌊tens of thousands⌋,* but he will not prevail. 13 And the king of the north will again raise a multitude, greater than the former, and ⌊at the end of some years⌋* he will surely come with a great army and with great supplies.* 14 "And in these times many will rise up against the king of the south, and ⌊the violent ones of your people⌋* will lift themselves ⌊to fulfill⌋* the vision, but they will fall. 15 And the king of the north will come, and he will throw up siege ramps* and capture a city of fortifications and the military forces of the south and ⌊his choice troops⌋* will not stand, for* there is no strength left to resist. 16 And the one coming to him will act ⌊according to⌋* his pleasure, and there is no one who ⌊will stand⌋* ⌊before him⌋,* and he will stand in ⌊the beautiful land⌋* and complete destruction will be in his power. 17 And he will set his face to come with the authority of his whole kingdom and will form an agreement;* and he will ⌊act⌋,* and the daughter of women he will give to him to destroy it,* but the ploy will not succeed ⌊and she will not support him⌋.* 18 And he will turn his face to the coastlands, and he will capture many, but* a commander will end his insults to him ⌊so that instead his insults will turn back upon him⌋.* 19 And he will turn back his face toward* the strongholds of his land, but he will stumble and he will fall and will not be found. 20 "Then in his place will arise one sending an official throughout the glory* of his kingdom, and ⌊in a few days⌋* he will be broken, but not in anger and not in battle. 21 And in his place a despicable person will arise on whom* they have not conferred the majesty of the kingdom, and he will come in ⌊without warning⌋* and he will seize the kingdom by deceit. 22 And ⌊before him⌋* ⌊mighty military forces⌋* will be utterly swept away, and they will be broken, and also the leader of the covenant. 23 And after an alliance is made with him, he will act deceitfully, and he will rise and he will become powerful with few people backing him. 24 In a time of ease and in the rich parts of the province, he will come and he will do what ⌊his predecessors⌋* did not do; he will distribute plunder and spoil and possessions to them, and he will devise his plans against fortifications, but only ⌊for a time⌋.* 25 And he will stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south and ⌊with a much greater and stronger army⌋;* but he will not succeed, for they will devise plans against him. 26 And those who eat of his royal rations will break him and his army will be overwhelmed, and many will fall, slain. 27 ⌊And two of the kings⌋* ⌊will bend their hearts⌋* to evil. And at the ⌊same table⌋* they will speak lies, but what is discussed will not succeed, for still an end is coming at the appointed time. 28 Then he will return to his land with many possessions, but his heart will be set against ⌊the holy covenant⌋,* and he will take action and he will return to his land. 29 "At the appointed time he will return and he will come into the south, but it will not be ⌊as it was before⌋.* 30 And the ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart, and he will turn back, and he will be enraged ⌊against the holy covenant⌋,* and he will take action, and he will turn back, and he will pay attention to those who forsake ⌊the holy covenant⌋.* 31 And military forces from him ⌊will occupy⌋* and will profane* the ⌊sanctuary stronghold⌋,* and they will abolish the regular burnt offering, and they will set up the abomination that causes desolation. 32 "And those who violate the covenant he will seduce with flattery, but the persons who know their God* will stand firm and will take action. 33 And those who have insight ⌊will instruct⌋* the many, but they will fall by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder ⌊for some time⌋.* 34 And ⌊when they fall⌋* they will receive little help, and many will join with them in hypocrisy. 35 And even some of those ⌊who have insight⌋* will fall* in order for them to be refined by it, and to be purified and cleansed until the time of the end, for the appointed time is still to come. 36 "Then the king will do ⌊as he pleases⌋,* and he will exalt himself and will consider himself above any god, and he will speak horrendous things ⌊against⌋* the God of gods, yet he will succeed until the period of anger is finished, for what is determined will be done. 37 He will not pay respect to the gods of his ancestors,* or to the darling of women, and not to any god will he pay respect, for he will consider himself great over all gods. 38 But ⌊instead⌋* he will honor the god of fortresses, a god whom his ancestors* did not know. He will honor him with gold, and with silver, and with precious stones* and with costly gifts. 39 And he will deal with the ⌊fortified strongholds⌋* with the help of ⌊a foreign god⌋;* and he will increase wealth for whoever will acknowledge him, and he will cause them to rule* over the many, and he will distribute land for a price. 40 "And at the time of the end the king of the south will attack him, and the king of the north will storm against him with chariots* and with horsemen and with many ships, and he will advance against the countries and ⌊he will sweep through like a flood⌋.* 41 And he will come ⌊into the beautiful land⌋* and many will fall victim, but these will escape from his power: Edom and Moab and the best part* of the ⌊Ammonites⌋.* 42 And he will stretch out his hand against countries and the land of Egypt ⌊will not escape⌋.* 43 And he will rule over the treasures of gold and the silver and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Cushites will follow in his footsteps. 44 But reports will terrify him from the east and from the north, and he will go out with great fury to destroy and to exterminate many. 45 And then he will pitch the tents of his palace between the sea and ⌊the beautiful holy mountain⌋,* and he will come to his end, and there is no one* helping him."
BSB(i) 1 “And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, stood up to strengthen and protect him. 2 Now then, I will tell you the truth: Three more kings will arise in Persia, and then a fourth, who will be far richer than all the others. By the power of his wealth, he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece. 3 Then a mighty king will arise, who will rule with great authority and do as he pleases. 4 But as soon as he is established, his kingdom will be broken up and parceled out toward the four winds of heaven. It will not go to his descendants, nor will it have the authority with which he ruled, because his kingdom will be uprooted and given to others. 5 The king of the South will grow strong, but one of his commanders will grow even stronger and will rule his own kingdom with great authority. 6 After some years they will form an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the South will go to the king of the North to seal the agreement. But his daughter will not retain her position of power, nor will his strength endure. At that time she will be given up, along with her royal escort and her father and the one who supported her. 7 But one from her family line will rise up in his place, come against the army of the king of the North, and enter his fortress, fighting and prevailing. 8 He will take even their gods captive to Egypt, with their metal images and their precious vessels of silver and gold. For some years he will stay away from the king of the North, 9 who will invade the realm of the king of the South and then return to his own land. 10 But his sons will stir up strife and assemble a great army, which will advance forcefully, sweeping through like a flood, and will again carry the battle as far as his fortress. 11 In a rage, the king of the South will march out to fight the king of the North, who will raise a large army, but it will be delivered into the hand of his enemy. 12 When the army is carried off, the king of the South will be proud in heart and will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not triumph. 13 For the king of the North will raise another army, larger than the first, and after some years he will advance with a great army and many supplies. 14 In those times many will rise up against the king of the South. Violent ones among your own people will exalt themselves in fulfillment of the vision, but they will fail. 15 Then the king of the North will come, build up a siege ramp, and capture a fortified city. The forces of the South will not stand; even their best troops will not be able to resist. 16 The invader will do as he pleases, and no one will stand against him. He will establish himself in the Beautiful Land, with destruction in his hand. 17 He will resolve to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and will reach an agreement with the king of the South. He will give him a daughter in marriage in order to overthrow the kingdom, but his plan will not succeed or help him. 18 Then he will turn his face to the coastlands and capture many of them. But a commander will put an end to his reproach and will turn it back upon him. 19 After this, he will turn back toward the fortresses of his own land, but he will stumble and fall and be no more. 20 In his place one will arise who will send out a tax collector for the glory of the kingdom; but within a few days he will be destroyed, though not in anger or in battle. 21 In his place a despicable person will arise; royal honors will not be given to him, but he will come in a time of peace and seize the kingdom by intrigue. 22 Then a flood of forces will be swept away before him and destroyed, along with a prince of the covenant. 23 After an alliance is made with him, he will act deceitfully; for he will rise to power with only a few people. 24 In a time of peace, he will invade the richest provinces and do what his fathers and forefathers never did. He will lavish plunder, loot, and wealth on his followers, and he will plot against the strongholds—but only for a time. 25 And with a large army he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South, who will mobilize a very large and powerful army but will not withstand the plots devised against him. 26 Those who eat from his provisions will seek to destroy him; his army will be swept away, and many will fall slain. 27 And the two kings, with their hearts bent on evil, will speak lies at the same table, but to no avail, for still the end will come at the appointed time. 28 The king of the North will return to his land with great wealth, but his heart will be set against the holy covenant; so he will do damage and return to his own land. 29 At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time will not be like the first. 30 Ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and rage against the holy covenant and do damage. So he will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 His forces will rise up and desecrate the temple fortress. They will abolish the daily sacrifice and set up the abomination of desolation. 32 With flattery he will corrupt those who violate the covenant, but the people who know their God will firmly resist him. 33 Those with insight will instruct many, though for a time they will fall by sword or flame, or be captured or plundered. 34 Now when they fall, they will be granted a little help, but many will join them insincerely. 35 Some of the wise will fall, so that they may be refined, purified, and made spotless until the time of the end, for it will still come at the appointed time. 36 Then the king will do as he pleases and will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and he will speak monstrous things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been decreed must be accomplished. 37 He will show no regard for the gods of his fathers, nor for the one desired by women, nor for any other god, because he will magnify himself above them all. 38 And in their place, he will honor a god of fortresses—a god his fathers did not know—with gold, silver, precious stones, and riches. 39 He will attack the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him, making them rulers over many and distributing the land for a price. 40 At the time of the end, the king of the South will engage him in battle, but the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots, horsemen, and many ships, invading many countries and sweeping through them like a flood. 41 He will also invade the Beautiful Land, and many countries will fall. But these will be delivered from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the leaders of the Ammonites. 42 He will extend his power over many countries, and not even the land of Egypt will escape. 43 He will gain control of the treasures of gold and silver and over all the riches of Egypt, and the Libyans and Cushites will also submit to him. 44 But news from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will go out with great fury to destroy many and devote them to destruction. 45 He will pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain, but he will meet his end with no one to help him.
MSB(i) 1 “And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, stood up to strengthen and protect him. 2 Now then, I will tell you the truth: Three more kings will arise in Persia, and then a fourth, who will be far richer than all the others. By the power of his wealth, he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece. 3 Then a mighty king will arise, who will rule with great authority and do as he pleases. 4 But as soon as he is established, his kingdom will be broken up and parceled out toward the four winds of heaven. It will not go to his descendants, nor will it have the authority with which he ruled, because his kingdom will be uprooted and given to others. 5 The king of the South will grow strong, but one of his commanders will grow even stronger and will rule his own kingdom with great authority. 6 After some years they will form an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the South will go to the king of the North to seal the agreement. But his daughter will not retain her position of power, nor will his strength endure. At that time she will be given up, along with her royal escort and her father and the one who supported her. 7 But one from her family line will rise up in his place, come against the army of the king of the North, and enter his fortress, fighting and prevailing. 8 He will take even their gods captive to Egypt, with their metal images and their precious vessels of silver and gold. For some years he will stay away from the king of the North, 9 who will invade the realm of the king of the South and then return to his own land. 10 But his sons will stir up strife and assemble a great army, which will advance forcefully, sweeping through like a flood, and will again carry the battle as far as his fortress. 11 In a rage, the king of the South will march out to fight the king of the North, who will raise a large army, but it will be delivered into the hand of his enemy. 12 When the army is carried off, the king of the South will be proud in heart and will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not triumph. 13 For the king of the North will raise another army, larger than the first, and after some years he will advance with a great army and many supplies. 14 In those times many will rise up against the king of the South. Violent ones among your own people will exalt themselves in fulfillment of the vision, but they will fail. 15 Then the king of the North will come, build up a siege ramp, and capture a fortified city. The forces of the South will not stand; even their best troops will not be able to resist. 16 The invader will do as he pleases, and no one will stand against him. He will establish himself in the Beautiful Land, with destruction in his hand. 17 He will resolve to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and will reach an agreement with the king of the South. He will give him a daughter in marriage in order to overthrow the kingdom, but his plan will not succeed or help him. 18 Then he will turn his face to the coastlands and capture many of them. But a commander will put an end to his reproach and will turn it back upon him. 19 After this, he will turn back toward the fortresses of his own land, but he will stumble and fall and be no more. 20 In his place one will arise who will send out a tax collector for the glory of the kingdom; but within a few days he will be destroyed, though not in anger or in battle. 21 In his place a despicable person will arise; royal honors will not be given to him, but he will come in a time of peace and seize the kingdom by intrigue. 22 Then a flood of forces will be swept away before him and destroyed, along with a prince of the covenant. 23 After an alliance is made with him, he will act deceitfully; for he will rise to power with only a few people. 24 In a time of peace, he will invade the richest provinces and do what his fathers and forefathers never did. He will lavish plunder, loot, and wealth on his followers, and he will plot against the strongholds—but only for a time. 25 And with a large army he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South, who will mobilize a very large and powerful army but will not withstand the plots devised against him. 26 Those who eat from his provisions will seek to destroy him; his army will be swept away, and many will fall slain. 27 And the two kings, with their hearts bent on evil, will speak lies at the same table, but to no avail, for still the end will come at the appointed time. 28 The king of the North will return to his land with great wealth, but his heart will be set against the holy covenant; so he will do damage and return to his own land. 29 At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time will not be like the first. 30 Ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and rage against the holy covenant and do damage. So he will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 His forces will rise up and desecrate the temple fortress. They will abolish the daily sacrifice and set up the abomination of desolation. 32 With flattery he will corrupt those who violate the covenant, but the people who know their God will firmly resist him. 33 Those with insight will instruct many, though for a time they will fall by sword or flame, or be captured or plundered. 34 Now when they fall, they will be granted a little help, but many will join them insincerely. 35 Some of the wise will fall, so that they may be refined, purified, and made spotless until the time of the end, for it will still come at the appointed time. 36 Then the king will do as he pleases and will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and he will speak monstrous things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been decreed must be accomplished. 37 He will show no regard for the gods of his fathers, nor for the one desired by women, nor for any other god, because he will magnify himself above them all. 38 And in their place, he will honor a god of fortresses—a god his fathers did not know—with gold, silver, precious stones, and riches. 39 He will attack the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him, making them rulers over many and distributing the land for a price. 40 At the time of the end, the king of the South will engage him in battle, but the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots, horsemen, and many ships, invading many countries and sweeping through them like a flood. 41 He will also invade the Beautiful Land, and many countries will fall. But these will be delivered from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the leaders of the Ammonites. 42 He will extend his power over many countries, and not even the land of Egypt will escape. 43 He will gain control of the treasures of gold and silver and over all the riches of Egypt, and the Libyans and Cushites will also submit to him. 44 But news from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will go out with great fury to destroy many and devote them to destruction. 45 He will pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain, but he will meet his end with no one to help him.
MLV(i) 1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to confirm and strengthen him.
2 And now I will show you the truth. Behold, there will stand up yet three kings in Persia and the fourth will be far richer than them all. And when he has grown strong through his riches, he will stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king will stand up, who will rule with great dominion and do according to his will.
4 And when he will stand up, his kingdom will be broken and will be divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion with which he ruled, for his kingdom will be plucked up, even for others besides these.
5 And the king of the south will be strong and one of his rulers. And he will be powerful over him and have dominion. His dominion will be a great dominion. 6 And at the end of years they will join themselves together. And the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make a smoothly agreement, but she will not retain the strength of her arm, nor will he stand, nor his arm. But she will be given up and also those who brought her and he who fathered her and he who strengthened her in those times.
7 But out of a shoot from her roots will a man stand up in his place, who will come to the army and will enter into the fortress of the king of the north and will deal against them and will prevail. 8 And also their gods, with their molten images and with their desirable vessels of silver and of gold, he will carry captive into Egypt and he will refrain from the king of the north some years.
9 And he will come into the realm of the king of the south, but he will return into his own land. 10 And his sons will war and will assemble a multitude of great forces, which will come on and overflow and pass through. And they will return and war, even to his fortress.
11 And the king of the south will be moved with anger and will come out and fight with him, even with the king of the north. And he will set forth a great multitude and the multitude will be given into his hand. 12 And the multitude will be lifted up and his heart will be exalted. And he will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not prevail.
13 And the king of the north will return and will set forth a multitude greater than the former and he will come on at the end of the times, even of years, with a great army and with much substance. 14 And in those times many will stand up against the king of the south. Also the sons of the violent among your people will lift themselves up to establish the vision, but they will fall.
15 So the king of the north will come and cast up a mound and take a well-fortified city. And the forces of the south will not stand, nor his chosen people. Neither will there be any strength to stand. 16 But he who comes against him will do according to his own will and none will stand before him. And he will stand in the glorious land and in his hand will be destruction.
17 And he will set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom and with him equitable conditions and he will perform them. And he will give him the daughter of women, to corrupt her, but she will not stand, nor be for him.
18 After this he will turn his face to the isles and will take many. But a ruler will cause the reproach offered by him to cease. Yes, moreover, he will cause his reproach to turn upon him. 19 Then he will turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land, but he will stumble and fall and will not be found.
20 Then someone will stand up in his place, a tax oppressor to pass through, for the glory of the kingdom, but within a few days he will be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle.
21 And in his place he who is contemptible will stand up, to whom they had not given the honor of the kingdom. But he will come in time of security and will obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 And the overwhelming forces will be overwhelmed from before him and will be broken, yes, also the ruler of the covenant.
23 And after the league made with him, he will work deceitfully, for he will come up and will become strong, with a small people. 24 He will come in time of security even upon the fattest places of the province and he will do what his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers. He will scatter among them prey and spoil and substance. Yes, he will devise his devices against the strongholds, even for a time.
25 And he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south will war in battle with a very great and mighty army, but he will not stand, for they will devise devices against him. 26 Yes, those who eat of his food will destroy him and his army will overflow and many will fall down slain.
27 And as for both these kings, their hearts will be to do mischief and they will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper, for yet the end will be at the time appointed. 28 Then he will return into his land with great substance. And his heart will be against the holy covenant and he will do his pleasure and return to his own land.
29 At the time appointed he will return and come into the south, but it will not be in the latter time as it was in the former. 30 For ships of Kittim will come against him. Therefore he will be grieved and will return and have indignation against the holy covenant and will do his pleasure. He will even return and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant.
31 And forces will stand on his part and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress and will take away the continual burnt offering and they will set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 And he will pervert by flatteries such as do wickedly against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and do exploits. 33 And those who are wise among the people will instruct many, yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days.
34 Now when they will fall, they will be helped with a little help, but many will join themselves to them with flatteries. 35 And some of those who are wise will fall, to refine them and to purify and to make them white, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed.
36 And the king will do according to his will. And he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god and will speak marvelous things against the God of gods. And he will prosper till the indignation be accomplished, for what is determined will be done. 37 Neither will he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god, for he will magnify himself above all.
38 But in his place he will honor the god of fortresses. And a god whom his fathers did not know, he will honor with gold and silver and with precious stones and desirable things. 39 And he will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he will increase with glory and he will cause them to rule over many and will divide the land for a price.
40 And at the time of the end, the king of the south will contend with him and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships and he will enter into the countries and will overflow and pass through.
41 He will also enter into the glorious land and many countries will be overthrown. But these will be delivered out of his hand: Edom and Moab and the chief of the sons of Ammon.
42 He will stretch forth his hand also upon the countries and the land of Egypt will not escape. 43 But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.
44 But news out of the east and out of the north will trouble him and he will go forth with great fury to destroy and to utterly sweep away many. 45 And he will plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain, yet he will come to his end and none will help him.

VIN(i) 1 And I in the first year of Darius the Mede had my station to assist and to protect him. 2 “Now I will show you the truth. Behold, three more kings will stand up in Persia; and the fourth will be far richer than all of them. When he has grown strong through his riches, he will stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 And a mighty king will arise, and he will rule with great dominion, and he will do as he pleases. 4 However, after he has arisen, his kingdom will be broken and parceled out in all directions. It will not go to his succeeding descendants nor will its power match how he ruled, because his sovereignty will be uprooted and given to successors besides them. 5 And the king of the south will be strong, but one of his captains will be stronger than he and will be ruler; and his rule will be a great rule. 6 And at the end of some years they will make an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make a peace treaty, but she will not retain her position of power, and his offspring will not endure, and she will be given up, she and her attendants and her child supporting her, in those times. 7 "'One of her family line will replace him. He'll come against the army and enter the fortress of the northern king, conquering them and becoming victorious. 8 He'll also take their gods, their molten images, and their valuable vessels of silver and gold into Egypt as hostages. He'll avoid the northern king for a number of years. 9 "The king of the north will come into the realm of the king of the south, but he will return into his own land. 10 His sons will wage war, and will assemble a multitude of great forces, which will come on, and overflow, and pass through. They will return and wage war, even to his fortress. 11 »And the king of the south will be moved with anger, and will come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north. He will assemble a large army, and the army will be defeated. 12 »The army will be lifted up, and his heart will be filled with pride. He will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not prevail. 13 And the king of the north will again raise a multitude, greater than the former, and at the end of some years he will surely come with a great army and with great supplies. 14 And in those times many shall rise up against the king of the south: also the violent ones among your people shall rise up in confirmation of the vision; but they shall fail. 15 »So the king of the north will come, and cast up a siege ramp, and capture a well-fortified city. The forces of the south will not stand, neither his chosen people, neither will there be any strength to stand. 16 And he who comes against him will do his pleasure, and no one will be able to keep his place before him: he will take up his position in the beautiful land and in his hand there will be destruction. 17 He'll decide to come with the full power of his kingdom, bringing with him an alliance that he'll implement. He'll give him a daughter in marriage to overthrow it, but it won't succeed or work out for him. 18 Then he'll turn his attention to the coastal lands and will capture many. But a commander will put an end to his insolence, repaying him for his scorn. 19 Then he will turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land; but he will stumble and fall, and won't be found. 20 "'His successor will send out a tax collector for royal splendor, but in a short period of time he'll be shattered, though neither in anger nor in battle.'" 21 In his place shall arise a contemptible person, to whom they had not given the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in time of security, and shall obtain the kingdom by flatteries. 22 "The overwhelming forces will be overwhelmed from before him, and will be broken after the prince of the covenant is destroyed. 23 After the treaty made with him he will work deceitfully; for he will come up, and will become strong, with a small people. 24 He'll invade the most prosperous areas of the province during a time of tranquility, accomplishing what neither his predecessors nor his ancestors ever could. He'll distribute war spoils, booty, and wealth to them, and he'll plot the overthrow of fortresses, though only for a time. 25 Then will he stir up his strength and his heart, against the king of the south, with a great army, and, the king of the south, will wage war, with a great and exceedingly mighty army,—but will make no stand, for they will devise against him plots; 26 "Those who eat of his rich foods will destroy him. His army will overflow and many will fall down slain. 27 Then both the kings with their hearts bent on mischief will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper. Because an end is still put off for a time, 28 "Then king of the north will return to his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will do what he pleases and return to his own land. 29 At the appointed time he shall return, and come into the south; but this time the outcome shall not be as it was before. 30 For the Kittim ships will come against him. And he will be grieved and turn back and be furious against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he will return and heed the forsakers of the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall appear on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. 32 Through flattery he'll corrupt those who act wickedly toward the covenant, but people who know their God will be strong and take action. 33 “Those who are wise among the people will instruct many; yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder, many days. 34 And when they fall they will receive little help, and many will join with them in hypocrisy. 35 Some of the insightful will fall so they may be refined, purged, and purified until the time of the end, since it will surely come about.'" 36 "'The king will do as he pleases. He'll exalt and magnify himself above every god, speaking amazing things against the God of Gods. He'll succeed until the indignation is completed, because what has been determined must be carried out. 37 He will have no respect for the gods of his fathers or for the god desired by women; he will have no respect for any god: for he will put himself on high over all. 38 But instead he shall honor the god of fortresses; a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold and silver, and with valuable stones, and costly gifts. 39 He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. He will increase with glory whoever acknowledges him. He will cause them to rule over many, and will divide the land for a price. 40 "And at the time of the end the king of the south will attack him, and the king of the north will storm against him with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships, and he will advance against the countries and he will sweep through like a flood. 41 he shall enter also into the fair pleasant land. Many cities and countries shall decay, except Edom, Moab and the best of the children of Ammon, which shall escape from his hand. 42 He'll extend his power over other countries, and even the land of Egypt won't escape. 43 He'll capture treasures of gold, silver, and all the treasures of Egypt with the Libyans and Cushites at his feet. 44 »News from the east and the north will trouble him. He will go forth with great fury to destroy and annihilate many. 45 And he shall pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, with no one to help him.
Luther1545(i) 1 Denn ich stund auch bei ihm im ersten Jahr Darius, des Meders, daß ich ihm hülfe und ihn stärkete. 2 Und nun will ich dir anzeigen, was gewiß geschehen soll. Siehe, es werden noch drei Könige in Persien stehen; der vierte aber wird größern Reichtum haben denn alle andern; und wenn er in seinem Reichtum am mächtigsten ist, wird er alles wider das Königreich in Griechenland erregen. 3 Danach wird ein mächtiger König aufstehen und mit großer Macht herrschen, und was er will, wird er ausrichten. 4 Und wenn er aufs höchste kommen ist, wird sein Reich zerbrechen und sich in die vier Winde des Himmels zerteilen, nicht auf seine Nachkommen, auch nicht mit solcher Macht, wie seine gewesen ist; denn sein Reich wird ausgerottet und Fremden zuteil werden. 5 Und der König gegen Mittag, welcher ist seiner Fürsten einer, wird mächtig werden; aber gegen ihn wird einer auch mächtig sein und herrschen, welches HERRSChaft wird groß sein. 6 Nach etlichen Jahren aber werden sie sich miteinander befreunden; und die Tochter des Königs gegen Mittag wird kommen zum Könige gegen Mitternacht, Einigkeit zu machen. Aber sie wird nicht bleiben bei der Macht des Arms, dazu ihr Same auch nicht stehen bleiben, sondern sie wird übergeben samt denen, die sie gebracht haben, und mit dem Kinde und dem, der sie eine Weile mächtig gemacht hatte. 7 Es wird aber der Zweige einer von ihrem Stamm aufkommen, der wird kommen mit Heereskraft und dem Könige gegen Mitternacht in seine Feste fallen; und wird's, ausrichten und siegen. 8 Auch wird er ihre Götter und Bilder samt den köstlichen Kleinoden, beide, silbernen und güldenen wegführen nach Ägypten und etliche Jahre vor dem Könige gegen Mitternacht wohl stehen bleiben. 9 Und wenn er durch desselbigen Königreich gezogen ist, wird er wiederum in sein Land ziehen. 10 Aber seine Söhne werden erzürnen und große Heere zusammenbringen; und der eine wird kommen und wie eine Flut daherfahren und jenen wiederum vor seinen Festen reizen. 11 Da wird der König gegen Mittag ergrimmen und ausziehen und mit dem Könige gegen Mitternacht streiten und wird solchen großen Haufen zusammenbringen, daß ihm jener Haufe wird in seine Hand gegeben. 12 Und wird denselbigen Haufen wegführen. Des wird sich sein Herz erheben, daß er so viel tausend daniedergelegt hat; aber damit wird er sein nicht mächtig werden. 13 Denn der König gegen Mitternacht wird wiederum einen größern Haufen zusammenbringen, denn der vorige war; und nach etlichen Jahren wird er daherziehen mit großer Heereskraft und mit großem Gut. 14 Und zur selbigen Zeit werden sich viele wider den König gegen Mittag setzen; auch werden sich etliche Abtrünnige aus deinem Volk erheben und die Weissagung erfüllen und werden fallen. 15 Also wird der König gegen Mitternacht daherziehen und Schütte machen und feste Städte gewinnen; und die Mittagsarme werden's nicht können wehren, und sein bestes Volk werden nicht können widerstehen, 16 sondern er wird, wenn er an ihn kommt, seinen Willen schaffen; und niemand wird ihm widerstehen mögen. Er wird auch in das werte Land kommen und wird's vollenden durch seine Hand. 17 Und wird sein Angesicht richten, daß er mit Macht seines ganzen Königreichs komme. Aber er wird sich mit ihm vertragen und wird ihm seine Tochter zum Weibe geben, daß er ihn verderbe; aber es wird ihm nicht geraten, und wird nichts daraus werden. 18 Danach wird er sich kehren wider die Inseln und derselbigen viele gewinnen. Aber ein Fürst wird ihn lehren aufhören mit Schmähen, daß er ihn nicht mehr schmähe. 19 Also wird er sich wiederum kehren zu den Festen seines Landes und wird sich stoßen und fallen, daß man ihn nirgend finden wird. 20 Und an seiner Statt wird einer aufkommen, der wird in königlichen Ehren sitzen wie ein Scherge. Aber nach wenig Tagen wird er brechen, doch weder durch Zorn noch durch Streit. 21 An des Statt wird aufkommen ein Ungeachteter, welchem die Ehre des Königreichs nicht bedacht war; der wird kommen, und wird ihm gelingen und das Königreich mit süßen Worten einnehmen. 22 Und die Arme, die wie eine Flut daherfahren, werden vor ihm wie mit einer Flut überfallen und zerbrochen werden, dazu auch der Fürst, mit dem der Bund gemacht war. 23 Denn nachdem er mit ihm befreundet ist, wird er listiglich gegen ihn handeln; und wird heraufziehen und mit geringem Volk ihn überwältigen. 24 Und wird ihm gelingen, daß er in die besten Städte des Landes kommen wird; und wird's also ausrichten, das seine Väter noch seine Voreltern nicht tun konnten mit Rauben, Plündern und Ausbeuten; und wird nach den allerfestesten Städten trachten, und das eine Zeitlang. 25 Und er wird seine Macht und sein Herz wider den König gegen Mittag erregen mit großer Heereskraft. Da wird der König gegen Mittag gereizet werden zum Streit mit einer großen, mächtigen Heereskraft. Aber er wird nicht bestehen; denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht. 26 Und eben, die sein Brot essen, die werden ihn helfen verderben und sein Heer unterdrücken, daß gar viele erschlagen werden. 27 Und beider Könige Herz wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden tun, und werden doch über einem Tisch fälschlich miteinander reden. Es wird ihnen aber fehlen; denn das Ende ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt. 28 Danach wird er wiederum heimziehen mit großem Gut und sein Herz richten wider den heiligen Bund; da wird er etwas ausrichten und also heim in sein Land ziehen. 29 Danach wird er zu gelegener Zeit wieder gegen Mittag ziehen; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal. 30 Denn es werden Schiffe aus Chittim wider ihn kommen, daß er verzagen wird und umkehren muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und wird's ausrichten; und wird sich umsehen und an sich ziehen, die den heiligen Bund verlassen. 31 Und es werden seine Arme daselbst stehen; die werden das Heiligtum in der Feste entweihen und das tägliche Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Wüstung aufrichten. 32 Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte geben den Gottlosen, so den Bund übertreten. Aber das Volk, so ihren Gott kennen, werden sich ermannen und es ausrichten. 33 Und die Verständigen im Volk werden viel andere lehren; darüber werden sie fallen durch Schwert, Feuer, Gefängnis und Raub eine Zeitlang. 34 Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen dennoch eine kleine Hilfe geschehen. Aber viele werden sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich. 35 Und der Verständigen werden etliche fallen, auf daß sie bewähret, rein und lauter werden, bis daß es ein Ende habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden. 36 Und der König wird tun, was er will, und wird sich erheben und aufwerfen wider alles, das Gott ist; und wider den Gott aller Götter wird er greulich reden; und wird ihm gelingen, bis der Zorn aus sei; denn es ist beschlossen, wie lange es währen soll. 37 Und seiner Väter Gott wird er nicht achten; er wird weder Frauenliebe noch einiges Gottes achten, denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen. 38 Aber an des Statt wird er seinen Gott Maußim ehren; denn er wird einen Gott, davon seine Väter nichts gewußt haben, ehren mit Gold, Silber, Edelstein und Kleinoden. 39 Und wird denen, so ihm helfen stärken Maußim mit dem fremden Gott, den er erwählet hat, große Ehre tun und sie zu HERREN machen über große Güter und ihnen das Land zu Lohn austeilen. 40 Und am Ende wird sich der König gegen Mittag mit ihm stoßen; und der König gegen Mitternacht wird sich gegen ihn sträuben mit Wagen, Reitern und viel Schiffen; und wird in die Länder fallen und verderben und durchziehen. 41 Und wird in das werte Land fallen, und viele werden umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom, Moab und die Erstlinge der Kinder Ammon. 42 Und er wird seine Macht in die Länder schicken, und Ägypten wird ihm nicht entrinnen, 43 sondern er wird durch seinen Zug herrschen über die güldenen und silbernen Schätze und über alle Kleinode Ägyptens, Libyens und der Mohren. 44 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei erschrecken von Morgen und Mitternacht; und er wird mit großem Grimm ausziehen, willens, viele zu vertilgen und zu verderben. 45 Und er wird das Gezelt seines Palasts aufschlagen zwischen zweien Meeren um den werten heiligen Berg, bis mit ihm ein Ende werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen.
Luther1545_Strongs(i)
  1 H2388 Denn ich H259 stund auch bei ihm im ersten H8141 Jahr H1867 Darius H4075 , des Meders H4581 , daß ich ihm hülfe und ihn stärkete.
  2 H5046 Und nun will ich dir anzeigen H5782 , was gewiß geschehen soll. Siehe, es werden H7969 noch drei H4428 Könige H6539 in Persien H5975 stehen H7243 ; der vierte H6238 aber wird H1419 größern H6239 Reichtum H6239 haben denn alle andern; und wenn er in seinem Reichtum H571 am mächtigsten ist H4438 , wird er alles wider das Königreich H3120 in Griechenland erregen.
  3 H1368 Danach wird ein mächtiger H4428 König H6213 aufstehen und H7227 mit großer H4474 Macht H4910 herrschen H7522 , und was er will H5975 , wird er ausrichten .
  4 H2673 Und wenn er aufs höchste kommen ist, wird sein H4438 Reich H7665 zerbrechen H702 und sich in die vier H8064 Winde des Himmels H7307 zerteilen, nicht H5975 auf H319 seine Nachkommen H4915 , auch nicht mit solcher Macht H4438 , wie seine gewesen ist; denn sein Reich H5428 wird ausgerottet H312 und Fremden zuteil werden.
  5 H4428 Und der König H5045 gegen Mittag H8269 , welcher ist seiner Fürsten H2388 einer, wird mächtig werden; aber gegen ihn wird einer auch mächtig sein H4475 und herrschen, welches Herrschaft H2388 wird groß H4910 sein .
  6 H7093 Nach H8141 etlichen Jahren H3205 aber werden H5414 sie H2266 sich H1323 miteinander befreunden; und die Tochter H4428 des Königs H5045 gegen Mittag H6113 wird H4428 kommen zum Könige H6828 gegen Mitternacht H4339 , Einigkeit H6213 zu machen H2388 . Aber sie H3581 wird nicht bleiben bei der Macht H2220 des Arms H6256 , dazu H5975 ihr Same auch nicht stehen H935 bleiben, sondern sie wird übergeben samt denen, die sie gebracht H935 haben, und mit dem Kinde und dem, der sie eine Weile mächtig gemacht hatte .
  7 H5342 Es wird H3653 aber der Zweige einer von ihrem Stamm H935 aufkommen, der wird kommen H8328 mit Heereskraft und H4428 dem Könige H6828 gegen Mitternacht H4581 in seine Feste H2428 fallen; und H5975 wird‘s, ausrichten H935 und H2388 siegen .
  8 H430 Auch wird er ihre Götter H935 und H5257 Bilder H2532 samt den köstlichen H3627 Kleinoden H3701 , beide, silbernen H7628 und güldenen wegführen H4714 nach Ägypten H8141 und etliche Jahre H4428 vor dem Könige H6828 gegen Mitternacht H2091 wohl stehen H5975 bleiben .
  9 H4428 Und wenn er H935 durch H4438 desselbigen Königreich H7725 gezogen ist, wird er wiederum H127 in sein Land ziehen.
  10 H1121 Aber seine Söhne H622 werden H2428 erzürnen und H1995 große H935 Heere zusammenbringen; und H7857 der eine H935 wird kommen H7725 und wie eine Flut daherfahren und jenen wiederum H4581 vor seinen Festen reizen.
  11 H4428 Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H4843 ergrimmen H5975 und H3318 ausziehen H4428 und mit dem Könige H6828 gegen Mitternacht H3898 streiten H7227 und wird solchen großen H1995 Haufen H1995 zusammenbringen, daß ihm jener Haufe H3027 wird in seine Hand H5414 gegeben .
  12 H1995 Und wird denselbigen Haufen H5307 wegführen. Des wird sich H7311 sein H3824 Herz H5375 erheben H7311 , daß er so viel tausend daniedergelegt hat; aber damit wird er sein H5810 nicht mächtig werden.
  13 H4428 Denn der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H7725 wird wiederum H1995 einen größern Haufen H7223 zusammenbringen, denn der vorige H5975 war H935 ; und H7093 nach H6256 etlichen H8141 Jahren H2428 wird er daherziehen mit H7227 großer H935 Heereskraft und H1419 mit großem H7399 Gut .
  14 H6256 Und zur selbigen Zeit H3782 werden H7227 sich viele H5975 wider H4428 den König H5045 gegen Mittag H5975 setzen H5971 ; auch werden sich etliche Abtrünnige aus deinem Volk H5375 erheben H2377 und die Weissagung erfüllen und werden fallen.
  15 H8210 Also wird H4428 der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H5975 daherziehen und H4013 Schütte machen und feste H5892 Städte H3920 gewinnen H3581 ; und die Mittagsarme werden‘s nicht können H935 wehren, und sein H4005 bestes H5971 Volk H5975 werden nicht können widerstehen,
  16 H7522 sondern er wird, wenn er an ihn kommt, seinen Willen H6213 schaffen; und H5975 niemand wird ihm widerstehen H6440 mögen. Er wird auch in H6643 das werte H776 Land H5975 kommen und H3617 wird‘s vollenden H935 durch H3027 seine Hand .
  17 H6213 Und H7760 wird sein Angesicht richten, daß er H8633 mit Macht H4438 seines ganzen Königreichs H935 komme H3477 . Aber er wird sich mit ihm H5975 vertragen und H1323 wird ihm seine Tochter H802 zum Weibe H5414 geben H6440 , daß er ihn H7843 verderbe; aber es wird ihm nicht geraten, und wird nichts daraus werden.
  18 H3920 Danach wird H7760 er H7725 sich H339 kehren wider die Inseln H2781 und H7227 derselbigen viele H7101 gewinnen. Aber ein Fürst H6440 wird ihn H7673 lehren aufhören H2781 mit Schmähen H1115 , daß er ihn nicht H7725 mehr schmähe.
  19 H7725 Also wird er sich wiederum H4581 kehren zu den Festen H776 seines Landes H3782 und wird sich stoßen H5307 und fallen H6440 , daß man ihn H4672 nirgend finden wird.
  20 H5975 Und H3653 an seiner Statt H5674 wird einer aufkommen, der wird in H4438 königlichen H259 Ehren sitzen wie ein H3117 Scherge. Aber nach wenig Tagen H7665 wird er brechen H639 , doch weder durch Zorn H4421 noch durch Streit .
  21 H959 An des Statt wird aufkommen ein Ungeachteter H1935 , welchem die Ehre H4438 des Königreichs H3653 nicht H5975 bedacht war H935 ; der wird kommen H5414 , und H2388 wird ihm H7962 gelingen und H4438 das Königreich H2519 mit süßen Worten einnehmen.
  22 H2220 Und die Arme H7857 , die wie eine H7858 Flut H6440 daherfahren, werden vor H7665 ihm wie mit einer Flut überfallen und zerbrochen H5057 werden, dazu auch der Fürst H1285 , mit dem der Bund gemacht war.
  23 H2266 Denn nachdem H6213 er mit ihm befreundet ist, wird er listiglich gegen ihn handeln H5927 ; und wird heraufziehen H4592 und mit geringem H1471 Volk H6105 ihn überwältigen .
  24 H7962 Und H967 wird H1 ihm gelingen, daß er H4924 in die besten Städte H4082 des Landes H1 kommen H2803 wird H6256 ; und H6213 wird‘s also H6213 ausrichten H1 , das seine Väter H935 noch seine Voreltern nicht tun H961 konnten mit Rauben H7998 , Plündern H7399 und Ausbeuten H4013 ; und wird nach den allerfestesten H4284 Städten trachten, und das eine Zeitlang.
  25 H2428 Und H2803 er H2428 wird seine Macht H4284 und H3824 sein Herz H5975 wider H4428 den König H5045 gegen Mittag H1419 erregen mit großer H3581 Heereskraft H4428 . Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5782 gereizet werden H4421 zum Streit H1419 mit einer großen H3966 , mächtigen H1624 Heereskraft. Aber er wird nicht bestehen; denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht.
  26 H6598 Und eben, die sein Brot H398 essen H7665 , die werden ihn helfen verderben H2428 und sein Heer H7857 unterdrücken H5307 , daß H7227 gar viele H2491 erschlagen werden.
  27 H8147 Und beider H4428 Könige H3824 Herz H6743 wird H4827 denken, wie sie einander Schaden H7979 tun, und werden doch über einem Tisch H3577 fälschlich H1696 miteinander reden H7093 . Es wird ihnen aber fehlen; denn das Ende H259 ist noch auf eine H4150 andere Zeit bestimmt.
  28 H7725 Danach wird er wiederum H1419 heimziehen mit großem H7399 Gut H776 und H7725 sein H3824 Herz H6944 richten wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H6213 ; da wird er etwas ausrichten H776 und also heim in sein Land ziehen.
  29 H4150 Danach wird er zu gelegener Zeit H7725 wieder H5045 gegen Mittag H935 ziehen H7223 ; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie H314 zum erstenmal .
  30 H6716 Denn es werden Schiffe H3794 aus Chittim H935 wider ihn kommen H3512 , daß er verzagen wird H995 und umkehren muß. Da wird H6944 er wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H6213 und wird‘s ausrichten H7725 ; und wird sich H7725 umsehen und an sich H6944 ziehen, die den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .
  31 H5414 Und H5493 es werden H2220 seine Arme H5975 daselbst stehen H8074 ; die werden H4720 das Heiligtum H4581 in der Feste H2490 entweihen H8548 und das tägliche H8251 Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Wüstung aufrichten.
  32 H2388 Und er H2610 wird heucheln H2514 und gute Worte geben H7561 den GOttlosen H1285 , so den Bund H5971 übertreten. Aber das Volk H430 , so ihren GOtt H3045 kennen, werden sich H6213 ermannen und es ausrichten .
  33 H995 Und die Verständigen H5971 im Volk H3782 werden H7227 viel H7919 andere lehren; darüber werden sie H2719 fallen durch Schwert H3852 , Feuer H7628 , Gefängnis H961 und Raub H3117 eine Zeitlang .
  34 H4592 Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen dennoch eine kleine H5826 Hilfe H7227 geschehen. Aber viele H3782 werden H3867 sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich.
  35 H3782 Und der Verständigen werden H7919 etliche fallen, auf daß sie H1305 bewähret, rein H3835 und lauter werden H7093 , bis daß es ein Ende H6256 habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit H4150 vorhanden .
  36 H6213 Und H410 der H4428 König H6213 wird tun H7311 , was er will, und wird sich erheben H410 und aufwerfen wider alles, das GOtt H1431 ist H410 ; und wider den GOtt H1696 aller Götter wird er greulich reden H6743 ; und wird ihm gelingen H2195 , bis der Zorn H3615 aus H7522 sei H6381 ; denn es ist beschlossen, wie lange es währen soll.
  37 H1 Und seiner Väter H430 GOtt H995 wird H995 er nicht achten; er wird H2532 weder Frauenliebe H433 noch einiges Gottes H1431 achten, denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen.
  38 H3653 Aber an des Statt H433 wird er seinen GOtt H3513 Maußim ehren H3368 ; denn H433 er wird einen GOtt H1 , davon seine Väter H3045 nichts gewußt haben H3513 , ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 , Silber H68 , Edelstein H2532 und Kleinoden .
  39 H4013 Und wird denen, so ihm helfen stärken H7235 Maußim mit dem H5236 fremden H433 GOtt H5234 , den er erwählet hat H7227 , große H3519 Ehre H5234 tun und sie H4910 zu Herren H6213 machen H127 über große Güter und ihnen das Land H4242 zu Lohn H2505 austeilen .
  40 H6256 Und H7093 am Ende H4428 wird sich der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5055 mit ihm stoßen H935 ; und H4428 der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H7393 wird sich gegen ihn sträuben mit Wagen H6571 , Reitern H7227 und viel H591 Schiffen H5674 ; und wird in H776 die Länder H7857 fallen und verderben und durchziehen.
  41 H935 Und H6643 wird in das werte H776 Land H7227 fallen, und viele H3782 werden H3027 umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 und die Erstlinge H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .
  42 H776 Und H776 er wird seine Macht in die Länder H7971 schicken H4714 , und Ägypten H3027 wird ihm H6413 nicht entrinnen,
  43 H4910 sondern er wird durch seinen Zug herrschen H3701 über die güldenen und silbernen H4362 Schätze H2532 und über alle Kleinode H4714 Ägyptens H3569 , Libyens und der Mohren .
  44 H8052 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei H926 erschrecken H3318 von H4217 Morgen H6828 und Mitternacht H1419 ; und er wird mit großem H2534 Grimm H7227 ausziehen, willens, viele H8045 zu vertilgen H2763 und zu verderben .
  45 H168 Und er wird das Gezelt H5193 seines Palasts aufschlagen H3220 zwischen zweien Meeren H6643 um den werten H6944 heiligen H2022 Berg H935 , bis H7093 mit ihm ein Ende H5826 werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen .
Luther1912(i) 1 Denn ich stand ihm bei im ersten Jahr des Darius, des Meders, daß ich ihm hülfe und ihn stärkte. 2 Und nun will ich dir anzeigen, was gewiß geschehen soll. Siehe, es werden drei Könige in Persien aufstehen; der vierte aber wird den größern Reichtum haben denn alle andern; und wenn er in seinem Reichtum am mächtigsten ist, wird er alles wider das Königreich in Griechenland erregen. 3 Darnach wird ein mächtiger König aufstehen und mit großer Macht herrschen, und was er will, wir er ausrichten. 4 Und wenn er aufs Höchste gekommen ist, wird sein Reich zerbrechen und sich in alle vier Winde des Himmels zerteilen, nicht auf seine Nachkommen, auch nicht mit solcher Macht, wie sie gewesen ist; denn sein Reich wird ausgerottet und Fremden zuteil werden. 5 Und der König gegen Mittag, welcher ist seiner Fürsten einer, wird mächtig werden; aber gegen ihn wird einer auch mächtig sein und herrschen, dessen Herrschaft wird groß sein. 6 Nach etlichen Jahren aber werden sie sich miteinander befreunden; die Tochter des Königs gegen Mittag wird kommen zum König gegen Mitternacht, Einigkeit zu machen. Aber ihr wird die Macht des Arms nicht bleiben, dazu wird er und sein Arm nicht bestehen bleiben; sondern sie wird übergeben werden samt denen, die sie gebracht haben, und dem, der sie erzeugt hat, und dem, der sie eine Weile mächtig gemacht hat. 7 Es wird aber der Zweige einer von ihrem Stamm aufkommen; der wird kommen mit Heereskraft und dem König gegen Mitternacht in seine Feste fallen und wird's ausrichten und siegen. 8 Auch wird er ihre Götter und Bilder samt den köstlichen Kleinoden, silbernen und goldenen, wegführen nach Ägypten und etliche Jahre vor dem König gegen Mitternacht wohl stehen bleiben. 9 Und dieser wird ziehen in das Reich des Königs gegen Mittag, aber wieder in sein Land umkehren. 10 Aber seine Söhne werden zornig werden und große Heere zusammenbringen; und der eine wird kommen und wie eine Flut daherfahren und wiederum Krieg führen bis vor seine Feste. 11 Da wird der König gegen Mittag ergrimmen und ausziehen und mit dem König gegen Mitternacht streiten und wird einen solchen großen Haufen zusammenbringen, daß ihm jener Haufe wird in seine Hand gegeben, 12 Und wird den Haufen wegführen. Des wird sich sein Herz überheben, daß er so viele Tausende darniedergelegt hat; aber damit wird er sein nicht mächtig werden. 13 Denn der König gegen Mitternacht wird wiederum einen größeren Haufen zusammenbringen, als der vorige war; und nach etlichen Jahren wird er daherziehen mit großer Heereskraft und mit großem Gut. 14 Und zur selben Zeit werden sich viele wider den König gegen Mittag setzen; auch werden sich Abtrünnige aus deinem Volk erheben und die Weissagung erfüllen, und werden fallen. 15 Also wird der König gegen Mitternacht daherziehen und einen Wall aufschütten und eine feste Stadt gewinnen; und die Mittagsheere werden's nicht können wehren, und sein bestes Volk wird nicht können widerstehen; 16 sondern der an ihn kommt, wird seinen Willen schaffen, und niemand wird ihm widerstehen können. Er wird auch in das werte Land kommen und wird's vollenden durch seine Hand. 17 Und wird sein Angesicht richten, daß er mit der Macht seines ganzen Königreichs komme. Aber er wird sich mit ihm vertragen und wird ihm seine Tochter zum Weibe geben, daß er ihn verderbe; aber es wird ihm nicht geraten und wird nichts daraus werden. 18 Darnach wird er sich kehren wider die Inseln und deren viele gewinnen. Aber ein Fürst wird ihn lehren aufhören mit Schmähen, daß er nicht mehr schmähe. 19 Also wird er sich wiederum kehren zu den Festen seines Landes und wird sich stoßen und fallen, daß ihn niemand finden wird. 20 Und an seiner Statt wird einer aufkommen, der wird einen Schergen Steuereintreiber sein herrliches Reich durchziehen lassen; aber nach wenigen Tagen wird er zerbrochen werden, doch weder durch Zorn noch durch Streit. 21 An des Statt wird aufkommen ein Ungeachteter, welchem die Ehre des Königreichs nicht zugedacht war; der wird mitten im Frieden kommen und das Königreich mit süßen Worten einnehmen. 22 Und die Heere, die wie eine Flut daherfahren, werden von ihm wie mit einer Flut überfallen und zerbrochen werden, dazu auch der Fürst, mit dem der Bund gemacht war. 23 Denn nachdem er mit ihm befreundet ist, wird er listig gegen ihn handeln und wird heraufziehen und mit geringem Volk ihn überwältigen, 24 und es wird ihm gelingen, daß er in die besten Städte des Landes kommen wird; und wird's also ausrichten, wie es weder seine Väter noch seine Voreltern tun konnten, mit Rauben, Plündern und Ausbeuten; und wird nach den allerfestesten Städten trachten, und das eine Zeitlang. 25 Und er wird seine Macht und sein Herz wider den König gegen Mittag erregen mit großer Heereskraft; Da wird der König gegen Mittag gereizt werden zum Streit mit einer großen, mächtigen Heereskraft; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht. 26 Und eben die sein Brot essen, die werden ihn helfen verderben und sein Heer unterdrücken, daß gar viele erschlagen werden. 27 Und beider Könige Herz wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden tun, und werden an einem Tische fälschlich miteinander reden. Es wird ihnen aber nicht gelingen; denn das Ende ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt. 28 Darnach wird er wiederum heimziehen mit großem Gut und sein Herz richten wider den heiligen Bund; da wird er es ausrichten und also heim in sein Land ziehen. 29 Darnach wird er zu gelegener Zeit wieder gegen Mittag ziehen; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal. 30 Denn es werden Schiffe aus Chittim wider ihn kommen, daß er verzagen wird und umkehren muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und wird's nicht ausrichten; und wird sich umsehen und an sich ziehen, die den heiligen Bund verlassen. 31 Und es werden seine Heere daselbst stehen; die werden das Heiligtum in der Feste entweihen und das tägliche Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Verwüstung aufrichten. 32 Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte geben den Gottlosen, so den Bund übertreten. Aber die vom Volk, so ihren Gott kennen, werden sich ermannen und es ausrichten. 33 Und die Verständigen im Volk werden viele andere lehren; darüber werden sie fallen durch Schwert, Feuer, Gefängnis und Raub eine Zeitlang. 34 Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen eine kleine Hilfe geschehen; aber viele werden sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich. 35 Und der Verständigen werden etliche fallen, auf daß sie bewährt, rein und lauter werden, bis daß es ein Ende habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden. 36 Und der König wird tun, was er will, und wird sich erheben und aufwerfen wider alles, was Gott ist; und wider den Gott aller Götter wird er greulich reden; und es wird ihm gelingen, bis der Zorn aus sei; denn es muß geschehen, was beschlossen ist. 37 Und die Götter seiner Väter wird er nicht achten; er wird weder Frauenliebe noch irgend eines Gottes achten; denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen. 38 Aber anstatt dessen wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren; denn er wird einen Gott, davon seine Väter nichts gewußt haben, ehren mit Gold, Silber, Edelsteinen und Kleinoden 39 und wird denen, so ihm helfen die Festungen stärken mit dem fremden Gott, den er erwählt hat, große Ehre tun und sie zu Herren machen über große Güter und ihnen das Land zum Lohn austeilen. 40 Und am Ende wird sich der König gegen Mittag mit ihm messen; und der König gegen Mitternacht wird gegen ihn stürmen mit Wagen, Reitern und vielen Schiffen und wird in die Länder fallen und verderben und durchziehen 41 und wird in das werte Land fallen, und viele werden umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom, Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. 42 Und er wird seine Hand ausstrecken nach den Ländern, und Ägypten wird ihm nicht entrinnen; 43 sondern er wird herrschen über die goldenen und silbernen Schätze und über alle Kleinode Ägyptens; Libyer und Mohren werden in seinem Zuge sein. 44 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei erschrecken von Morgen und Mitternacht; und er wird mit großem Grimm ausziehen, willens, viele zu vertilgen und zu verderben. 45 Und er wird den Palast seines Gezeltes aufschlagen zwischen zwei Meeren um den werten heiligen Berg, bis es mit ihm ein Ende werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen.
Luther1912_Strongs(i)
  1 H5977 Denn ich stand H5977 ihm auch bei H259 im ersten H8141 Jahr H1867 des Darius H4075 , des Meders H2388 , daß ich ihm hülfe H4581 und ihn stärkte .
  2 H5046 Und nun will ich dir anzeigen H571 , was gewiß H7969 geschehen soll. Siehe, es werden noch drei H4428 Könige H6539 in Persien H5975 aufstehen H7243 ; der vierte H6239 aber wird größern H6238 Reichtum H1419 haben denn alle H6239 andern; und wenn er in seinem Reichtum H2393 am mächtigsten H4438 ist, wird er alles wider das Königreich H3120 in Griechenland H5782 erregen .
  3 H1368 Darnach wird ein mächtiger H4428 König H5975 aufstehen H7227 und mit großer H4474 Macht H4910 herrschen H7522 , und was er will H6213 , wir er ausrichten .
  4 H5975 Und wenn er aufs Höchste gekommen ist H4438 , wird sein Reich H7665 zerbrechen H702 und sich in alle vier H7307 Winde H8064 des Himmels H2673 zerteilen H319 , nicht auf seine Nachkommen H4915 , auch nicht mit solcher Macht H4910 , wie seine gewesen H4438 ist; denn sein Reich H5428 wird ausgerottet H312 und Fremden zuteil werden.
  5 H4428 Und der König H5045 gegen Mittag H8269 , welcher ist seiner Fürsten H2388 einer, wird mächtig H2388 werden; aber gegen ihn wird einer auch mächtig H4910 sein und herrschen H4475 , dessen Herrschaft H7227 H4474 wird groß sein.
  6 H7093 Nach etlichen H8141 Jahren H2266 aber werden sie sich miteinander befreunden H1323 ; und die Tochter H4428 des Königs H5045 gegen Mittag H935 wird kommen H4428 zum König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H4339 , Einigkeit H6213 zu machen H3581 . Aber ihr wird die Macht H2220 des Arms H6113 nicht bleiben H2220 , dazu wird er und sein Arm H5975 auch nicht bestehen H5414 bleiben; sondern sie wird übergeben H935 werden samt denen, die sie gebracht H3205 haben, und mit dem, der sie erzeugt H6256 hat, und dem, der sie eine Weile H2388 mächtig gemacht hatte.
  7 H5342 Es wird aber der Zweige H8328 einer von ihrem Stamm H3653 H5975 aufkommen H935 ; der wird kommen H2428 mit Heereskraft H4428 und dem König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H4581 in seine Feste H935 fallen H6213 und wird’s ausrichten H2388 und siegen .
  8 H935 Auch wird H430 er ihre Götter H5257 und Bilder H2532 samt den köstlichen H3627 Kleinoden H3701 , silbernen H2091 und goldenen H7628 H935 , wegführen H4714 nach Ägypten H8141 und etliche Jahre H4428 vor dem König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H5975 wohl stehenbleiben .
  9 H935 Und dieser wird ziehen H4438 in das Reich H4428 des Königs H5045 gegen Mittag H127 , aber wieder in sein Land H7725 umkehren .
  10 H1121 Aber seine Söhne H1624 werden zornig H1624 werden H7227 und große H2428 H1995 Heere H622 zusammenbringen H935 ; und der eine wird H935 kommen H7857 und wie eine Flut H5674 daherfahren H7725 und wiederum H1624 Krieg H1624 führen H4581 bis vor seine Feste .
  11 H4428 Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H4843 ergrimmen H3318 und ausziehen H4428 und mit dem König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H3898 streiten H5975 und wird H7227 einen solchen großen H1995 Haufen H5975 zusammenbringen H1995 , daß ihm jener Haufe H3027 wird in seine Hand H5414 gegeben,
  12 H1995 und wird den Haufen H5375 wegführen H3824 . Des wird sich sein Herz H7311 H7311 überheben H7239 , daß er so viele Tausende H5307 darniedergelegt H5810 hat; aber damit wird er sein nicht mächtig werden.
  13 H4428 Denn der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H5975 wird H7725 wiederum H7227 einen größeren H1995 Haufen H5975 zusammenbringen H7223 , als der vorige H7093 war; und nach H6256 etlichen H8141 Jahren H935 wird H935 er daherziehen H1419 mit großer H2428 Heereskraft H7227 und mit großem H7399 Gut .
  14 H6256 Und zur selben Zeit H7227 werden sich viele H5975 wider H4428 den König H5045 gegen Mittag H5975 setzen H6530 H1121 ; auch werden sich Abtrünnige H5971 aus deinem Volk H5375 erheben H2377 und die Weissagung H5975 erfüllen H3782 , und werden fallen .
  15 H4428 Also wird der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H935 daherziehen H5550 und einen Wall H8210 aufschütten H4013 und eine feste H5892 Stadt H3920 gewinnen H5045 H2220 ; und die Mittagsheere H5975 werden’s nicht H5975 können wehren H4005 , und sein bestes H5971 Volk H3581 wird nicht H5975 können widerstehen;
  16 H935 sondern der an ihn kommt H7522 , wird seinen Willen H6213 schaffen H6440 , und niemand wird H5975 ihm widerstehen H5975 können. Er wird H6643 auch in das werte H776 Land H5975 kommen H3617 und wird’s vollenden H3027 durch seine Hand .
  17 H6440 Und wird sein Angesicht H7760 richten H8633 , daß er mit der Macht H4438 seines ganzen Königreichs H935 komme H3477 . Aber er wird sich mit ihm H6213 vertragen H1323 und wird ihm seine Tochter H802 zum Weibe H5414 geben H7843 , daß er ihn verderbe H5975 ; aber es wird ihm nicht geraten und wird nichts daraus werden.
  18 H7760 H7725 Darnach wird er sich kehren H6440 wider H339 die Inseln H7227 und deren viele H3920 gewinnen H7101 . Aber ein Fürst H7673 wird ihn lehren aufhören H2781 mit Schmähen H1115 , daß er nicht H7725 mehr H2781 schmähe .
  19 H6440 Also wird er sich H7725 wiederum kehren H4581 zu den Festen H776 seines Landes H3782 und wird sich stoßen H5307 und fallen H4672 , daß man ihn nirgend finden wird.
  20 H3653 Und an seiner Statt H5975 wird einer aufkommen H5065 H5674 , der wird einen Schergen H1925 sein herrliches H4438 Reich H259 durchziehen lassen; aber nach wenigen H3117 Tagen H7665 wird er zerbrochen H639 werden, doch weder durch Zorn H4421 noch durch Streit .
  21 H3653 An des Statt H5975 wird aufkommen H959 ein Ungeachteter H1935 , welchem die Ehre H4438 des Königreichs H5414 nicht zugedacht H7962 war; der wird mitten im Frieden H935 kommen H4438 und das Königreich H2519 mit süßen Worten H2388 einnehmen .
  22 H2220 Und die Heere H7858 , die wie eine Flut H6440 daherfahren, werden von H7857 ihm wie mit einer Flut H7665 überfallen und zerbrochen H5057 werden, dazu auch der Fürst H1285 , mit dem der Bund gemacht war.
  23 H2266 Denn nachdem er mit ihm befreundet H4820 ist, wird er listig H6213 gegen ihn handeln H5927 und wird heraufziehen H4592 und mit geringem H1471 Volk H6105 ihn überwältigen,
  24 H7962 und es wird ihm gelingen H4924 , daß er in die besten Städte H4082 des Landes H935 kommen H6213 wird; und wird’s also ausrichten H1 , wie es weder seine Väter H1 H1 noch seine Voreltern H6213 tun H967 konnten H961 , mit Rauben H7998 , Plündern H7399 und Ausbeuten H4284 H2803 ; und wird H4013 nach den allerfestesten H6256 Städten trachten, und das eine Zeitlang .
  25 H3581 Und er wird seine Macht H3824 und sein Herz H4428 wider den König H5045 gegen Mittag H5782 erregen H1419 mit großer H2428 Heereskraft H4428 . Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H1624 gereizt H4421 werden zum Streit H1419 H3966 mit einer großen H6099 , mächtigen H2428 Heereskraft H5975 ; aber er wird nicht bestehen H4284 , denn es werden Verrätereien H2803 wider ihn gemacht .
  26 H6598 Und eben die sein Brot H398 essen H7665 , die werden ihn helfen verderben H2428 und sein Heer H7857 unterdrücken H7227 , daß gar viele H2491 H5307 erschlagen werden.
  27 H8147 Und beider H4428 Könige H3824 Herz H7451 wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden H4827 tun H259 , und werden an einem H7979 Tische H3577 fälschlich H1696 miteinander reden H6743 . Es wird ihnen aber nicht gelingen H7093 ; denn das Ende H4150 ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt .
  28 H7725 Darnach wird er wiederum H776 heimziehen H1419 mit großem H7399 Gut H3824 und sein Herz H6944 richten wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H6213 ; da wird er es ausrichten H7725 und also heim H776 in sein Land H7725 ziehen .
  29 H4150 Darnach wird er zu gelegener H7725 Zeit wieder H5045 gegen Mittag H935 ziehen H314 ; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal H7223 nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal .
  30 H6716 Denn es werden Schiffe H3794 aus Chittim H935 wider ihn kommen H3512 , daß er verzagen H7725 wird und umkehren H6944 muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H6213 und wird’s ausrichten H7725 ; und wird sich umsehen H995 und an H995 sich ziehen H6944 , die den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .
  31 H2220 Und es werden seine Heere H5975 daselbst stehen H4720 ; die werden das Heiligtum H4581 in der Feste H2490 entweihen H8548 und das tägliche H5493 Opfer abtun H8251 und einen Greuel H8074 der Verwüstung H5414 aufrichten .
  32 H2514 Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte H7561 geben den Gottlosen H1285 , so den Bund H2610 übertreten H5971 . Aber die vom Volk H430 , so ihren Gott H3045 kennen H2388 , werden sich ermannen H6213 und es ausrichten .
  33 H7919 Und die Verständigen H5971 im Volk H7227 werden viele H995 andere lehren H3782 ; darüber werden sie fallen H2719 durch Schwert H3852 , Feuer H7628 , Gefängnis H961 und Raub H3117 eine Zeitlang .
  34 H3782 Und wenn sie so fallen H4592 , wird ihnen eine kleine H5828 Hilfe H5826 geschehen H7227 ; aber viele H3867 werden sich zu ihnen tun H2519 betrüglich .
  35 H7919 Und der Verständigen H3782 werden etliche fallen H6884 , auf daß sie bewährt H1305 , rein H3835 und lauter H7093 H6256 werden, bis daß es ein Ende H4150 habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden .
  36 H4428 Und der König H6213 wird tun H7522 , was er will H7311 , und wird sich erheben H1431 und aufwerfen H410 wider alles, was Gott H410 ist; und wider den Gott H410 aller Götter H6381 wird er greulich H1696 reden H6743 ; und es wird ihm gelingen H2195 , bis der Zorn H3615 aus H3615 sei H6213 ; denn es muß geschehen H2782 , was beschlossen ist.
  37 H430 Und die Götter H1 seiner Väter H995 wird er nicht achten H802 H2532 ; er wird weder Frauenliebe H433 noch irgend eines Gottes H995 achten H1431 ; denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen .
  38 H3653 Aber anstatt H433 dessen wird er den Gott H4581 der Festungen H3513 ehren H433 ; denn er wird einen Gott H1 , davon seine Väter H3045 nichts gewußt H3513 haben, ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 , Silber H3368 H68 , Edelsteinen H2532 und Kleinoden
  39 H6213 und wird H4013 denen, so ihm helfen die Festungen H4581 stärken H5236 mit dem fremden H433 Gott H5234 H5234 , den er erwählt H7235 hat, große H3519 Ehre H6213 tun H4910 und sie zu Herren H7227 machen über große Güter H127 und ihnen das Land H4242 zum Lohn H2505 austeilen .
  40 H7093 H6256 Und am Ende H4428 wird sich der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5055 mit ihm messen H4428 ; und der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H8175 wird gegen ihn stürmen H7393 mit Wagen H6571 , Reitern H7227 und vielen H591 Schiffen H776 und wird in die Länder H935 fallen H7857 und verderben H5674 und durchziehen
  41 H935 und wird H6643 in das werte H776 Land H935 fallen H7227 , und viele H3782 werden umkommen H3027 . Diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 und die Vornehmsten H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .
  42 H3027 Und er wird seine Hand H7971 ausstrecken H776 nach den Ländern H4714 H776 , und Ägypten H6413 wird ihm nicht entrinnen;
  43 H4910 sondern er wird herrschen H2091 über die goldenen H3701 und silbernen H4362 Schätze H2532 und über alle Kleinode H4714 Ägyptens H3864 ; Libyer H3569 und Mohren H4703 werden in seinem Zuge sein.
  44 H8052 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei H926 erschrecken H4217 von Morgen H6828 und Mitternacht H1419 ; und er wird mit großem H2534 Grimm H3318 ausziehen H7227 , willens, viele H8045 zu vertilgen H2763 und zu verderben .
  45 H643 Und er wird den Palast H168 seines Gezeltes H5193 aufschlagen H3220 zwischen zwei Meeren H6643 um den werten H6944 heiligen H2022 Berg H7093 , bis es mit ihm ein Ende H935 werde H5826 ; und niemand wird ihm helfen .
ELB1871(i) 1 Und auch ich stand im ersten Jahre Darius', des Meders, ihm bei als Helfer und Schutz. 2 Und nun will ich dir die Wahrheit kundtun: Siehe, es werden noch drei Könige in Persien aufstehen, und der vierte wird größeren Reichtum erlangen als alle; und wenn er durch seinen Reichtum stark geworden ist, wird er alles gegen das Königreich Griechenland aufregen. 3 Und ein tapferer König wird aufstehen, und er wird mit großer Macht herrschen und nach seinem Gutdünken handeln. 4 Und sobald er aufgestanden ist, wird sein Reich zertrümmert und nach den vier Winden des Himmels hin zerteilt werden. Aber nicht für seine Nachkommen wird es sein und nicht nach der Macht, mit welcher er geherrscht hat; denn sein Reich wird zerstört und anderen zuteil werden, mit Ausschluß von jenen. 5 Und der König des Südens, und zwar einer von seinen Obersten, wird stark werden. Und einer wird stark werden über ihn hinaus und wird herrschen: seine Herrschaft wird eine große Herrschaft sein. 6 Und nach Verlauf von Jahren werden sie sich verbünden; und die Tochter des Königs des Südens wird zu dem König des Nordens kommen, um einen Ausgleich zu bewirken. Aber sie wird die Kraft des Armes nicht behalten, und er wird nicht bestehen noch sein Arm; und sie wird ahingegeben werden, sie und die sie eingeführt haben, und der sie gezeugt, und der sie in jenen Zeiten unterstützt hat. 7 Doch einer von den Schößlingen ihrer Wurzeln wird an seiner Statt aufstehen; und er wird gegen die Heeresmacht kommen, und wird in die Festungen des Königs des Nordens eindringen und mit ihnen nach Gutdünken verfahren, und wird siegen. 8 Und auch wird er ihre Götter samt ihren gegossenen Bildern, samt ihren kostbaren Geräten, Silber und Gold, nach Ägypten in die Gefangenschaft führen; und er wird Jahre lang standhalten vor dem König des Nordens. 9 Und dieser wird in das Reich des Königs des Südens kommen, aber in sein Land zurückkehren. 10 Aber seine Söhne werden sich zum Kriege rüsten und eine Menge großer Heere zusammenbringen; und einer wird kommen und überschwemmen und überfluten; und er wird wiederkommen, und sie werden Krieg führen bis zu seiner Festung. 11 Und der König des Südens wird sich erbittern, und wird ausziehen und mit ihm, dem König des Nordens, streiten; und dieser wird eine große Menge aufstellen, aber die Menge wird in seine Hand gegeben werden. 12 Und wie die Menge weggenommen wird, wird sein Herz sich erheben; und er wird Zehntausende niederwerfen, aber nicht zu Macht kommen. 13 Und der König des Nordens wird wiederkommen und eine Menge aufstellen, größer als die frühere; und nach Verlauf der Zeiten von Jahren wird er mit einem großen Heere und mit großer Ausrüstung kommen. 14 Und in jenen Zeiten werden viele aufstehen gegen den König des Südens; und Gewalttätige deines Volkes werden sich erheben, um das Gesicht zu erfüllen, und werden zu Fall kommen. 15 Und der König des Nordens wird kommen und einen Wall aufwerfen und eine befestigte Stadt einnehmen; und die Streitkräfte des Südens werden nicht standhalten, selbst sein auserlesenes Volk wird keine Kraft haben, um standzuhalten. 16 Und der, welcher gegen ihn gekommen ist, wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und niemand wird vor ihm bestehen; und er wird seinen Stand nehmen im Lande der Zierde, und Vertilgung wird in seiner Hand sein. 17 Und er wird sein Angesicht darauf richten, mit der Macht seines ganzen Reiches zu kommen, indem er einen Ausgleich im Sinne hat, und er wird ihn bewirken; und er wird ihm eine Tochter der Weiber geben, zu ihrem Verderben; und sie wird nicht bestehen und wird nichts für ihn sein. 18 Und er wird sein Angesicht nach den Inseln hinwenden und viele einnehmen; aber ein Feldherr wird seinem Hohne ein Ende machen, dazu noch seinen Hohn ihm zurückgeben. 19 Und er wird sein Angesicht nach den Festungen seines Landes hinwenden, und wird straucheln und fallen und nicht mehr gefunden werden. 20 Und an seiner Statt wird einer aufstehen, welcher einen Eintreiber der Abgaben durch die Herrlichkeit des Reiches ziehen läßt; aber in wenigen Tagen wird er zerschmettert werden, und zwar weder durch Zorn noch durch Krieg. 21 Und an seiner Statt wird ein Verachteter aufstehen, auf den man nicht die Würde des Königtums legen wird; und er wird unversehens kommen und durch Schmeicheleien sich des Königtums bemächtigen. 22 Und die überschwemmenden Streitkräfte werden vor ihm überschwemmt und zertrümmert werden, und sogar ein Fürst des Bundes. 23 Denn seitdem er sich mit ihm verbündet hat, wird er Trug üben, und wird hinaufziehen und mit wenig Volk Macht gewinnen. 24 Unversehens wird er in die fettesten Gegenden der Landschaft eindringen und tun, was weder seine Väter noch die Väter seiner Väter getan haben: Raub und Beute und Gut wird er ihnen zerstreuen und wider die Festungen seine Anschläge ersinnen, und zwar eine Zeitlang. 25 Und er wird seine Kraft und seinen Mut wider den König des Südens erwecken mit einem großen Heere. Und der König des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen und überaus starken Heere; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge wider ihn ersinnen; 26 und die seine Tafelkost essen, werden ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele Erschlagene werden fallen. 27 Und die beiden Könige: ihre Herzen werden auf Bosheit bedacht sein, und an einem Tische werden sie Lügen reden; aber es wird nicht gelingen, denn das Ende verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. 28 Und er wird mit großem Reichtum in sein Land zurückkehren, und sein Herz wird wider den heiligen Bund gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren. 29 Zur bestimmten Zeit wird er wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang. 30 Denn Schiffe von Kittim werden wider ihn kommen; und er wird verzagen und umkehren, und er wird gegen den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen Bund verlassen. 31 Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden dastehen; und sie werden das Heiligtum, die Feste, entweihen, und werden das beständige Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen. 32 Und diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund, wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk, welches seinen Gott kennt, wird sich stark erweisen und handeln. 33 Und die Verständigen des Volkes werden die Vielen unterweisen, aber sie werden fallen durch Schwert und Flamme, durch Gefangenschaft und Raub, eine Zeitlang. 34 Und wenn sie fallen, wird ihnen mit einer kleinen Hülfe geholfen werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen. 35 Und von den Verständigen werden einige fallen, um sie zu läutern und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen bis zur Zeit des Endes; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. 36 Und der König wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben und groß machen über jeden Gott, und wider den Gott der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden; und er wird Gelingen haben, bis der Zorn vollendet ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen. 37 Und auf den Gott seiner Väter wird er nicht achten, und weder auf die Sehnsucht der Weiber noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben. 38 Und an dessen Statt wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren: den Gott, den seine Väter nicht gekannt haben, wird er ehren mit Gold und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien. 39 Und er wird gegen die starken Festungen so verfahren mit dem fremden Gott: wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel Ehre erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft verleihen über die Vielen und das Land austeilen zum Lohne. 40 Und zur Zeit des Endes wird der König des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen und mit Reitern und mit vielen Schiffen; und er wird in die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten. 41 Und er wird eindringen in das Land der Zierde, und viele Länder werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom und Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. 42 Und er wird seine Hand an die Länder legen, und das Land Ägypten wird nicht entrinnen; 43 und er wird die Schätze an Gold und Silber und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein. 44 Aber Gerüchte von Osten und von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird ausziehen in großem Grimme, um viele zu vernichten und zu vertilgen. 45 Und er wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen zwischen dem Meere und dem Berge der heiligen Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen.
ELB1905(i) 1 Und auch ich stand im ersten Jahre Darius', des Meders, ihm bei als Helfer und Schutz. 2 Und nun will ich dir die Wahrheit kundtun: Siehe, es werden noch drei Könige in Persien aufstehen, und der vierte wird größeren Reichtum erlangen als alle; und wenn er durch seinen Reichtum stark geworden ist, wird er alles gegen das Königreich Griechenland aufregen. 3 Und ein tapferer König wird aufstehen, und er wird mit großer Macht herrschen und nach seinem Gutdünken handeln. 4 Und sobald er aufgestanden ist, wird sein Reich zertrümmert und nach den vier Winden des Himmels hin zerteilt werden. Aber nicht für seine Nachkommen wird es sein und nicht nach der Macht, mit welcher er geherrscht hat; denn sein Reich wird zerstört und anderen zuteil werden, mit Ausschluß von jenen. 5 Und der König des Südens, und zwar einer von seinen Obersten, wird stark werden. Und einer wird stark werden über ihn hinaus und wird herrschen: seine Herrschaft wird eine große Herrschaft sein. 6 Und nach Verlauf von Jahren werden sie sich verbünden; und die Tochter des Königs des Südens wird zu dem König des Nordens kommen, um einen Ausgleich zu bewirken. Aber sie wird die Kraft des Armes nicht behalten, und er wird nicht bestehen noch sein Arm; und sie wird dahingegeben werden, sie und die sie eingeführt haben, und der sie gezeugt, und der sie in jenen Zeiten unterstützt hat. 7 Doch einer von den Schößlingen ihrer Wurzeln wird an seiner Statt aufstehen; und er wird gegen die Heeresmacht kommen, und wird in die Festungen des Königs des Nordens eindringen und mit ihnen nach Gutdünken verfahren, und wird siegen. 8 Und auch wird er ihre Götter samt ihren gegossenen Bildern, samt ihren kostbaren Geräten, Silber und Gold, nach Ägypten in die Gefangenschaft führen; und er wird Jahre lang standhalten vor dem König des Nordens. 9 Und dieser wird in das Reich des Königs des Südens kommen, aber in sein Land zurückkehren. 10 Aber seine Söhne werden sich zum Kriege rüsten und eine Menge großer Heere zusammenbringen; und einer wird kommen und überschwemmen und überfluten; und er wird wiederkommen, und sie werden Krieg führen bis zu seiner Festung. 11 Und der König des Südens wird sich erbittern, und wird ausziehen und mit ihm, dem König des Nordens, streiten; und dieser wird eine große Menge aufstellen, aber die Menge wird in seine Hand gegeben werden. 12 Und wie die Menge weggenommen wird, wird sein Herz sich erheben; und er wird Zehntausende niederwerfen, aber nicht zu Macht kommen. 13 Und der König des Nordens wird wiederkommen und eine Menge aufstellen, größer als die frühere; und nach Verlauf der Zeiten von Jahren wird er mit einem großen Heere und mit großer Ausrüstung kommen. 14 Und in jenen Zeiten werden viele aufstehen gegen den König des Südens; und Gewalttätige deines Volkes werden sich erheben, um das Gesicht zu erfüllen, und werden zu Fall kommen. 15 Und der König des Nordens wird kommen und einen Wall aufwerfen und eine befestigte Stadt einnehmen; und die Streitkräfte des Südens werden nicht standhalten, selbst sein auserlesenes Volk wird keine Kraft haben, um standzuhalten. 16 Und der, welcher gegen ihn gekommen ist, wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und niemand wird vor ihm bestehen; und er wird seinen Stand nehmen im Lande der Zierde, und Vertilgung wird in seiner Hand sein. 17 Und er wird sein Angesicht darauf richten, mit der Macht seines ganzen Reiches zu kommen, indem er einen Ausgleich im Sinne hat, und er wird ihn bewirken; und er wird ihm eine Tochter der Weiber geben, zu ihrem Verderben; und sie wird nicht bestehen und wird nichts für ihn sein. 18 Und er wird sein Angesicht nach den Inseln hinwenden und viele einnehmen; aber ein Feldherr wird seinem Hohne ein Ende machen, dazu noch seinen Hohn ihm zurückgeben. 19 Und er wird sein Angesicht nach den Festungen seines Landes hinwenden, und wird straucheln und fallen und nicht mehr gefunden werden. 20 Und an seiner Statt wird einer aufstehen, welcher einen Eintreiber der Abgaben durch die Herrlichkeit des Reiches ziehen läßt; aber in wenigen Tagen wird er zerschmettert werden, und zwar weder durch Zorn noch durch Krieg. 21 Und an seiner Statt wird ein Verachteter aufstehen, auf den man nicht die Würde des Königtums legen wird; und er wird unversehens kommen und durch Schmeicheleien sich des Königtums bemächtigen. 22 Und die überschwemmenden Streitkräfte werden vor ihm überschwemmt und zertrümmert werden, und sogar ein Fürst des Bundes. 23 Denn seitdem er sich mit ihm verbündet hat, wird er Trug üben, und wird hinaufziehen und mit wenig Volk Macht gewinnen. 24 Unversehens wird er in die fettesten Gegenden der Landschaft eindringen und tun, was weder seine Väter noch die Väter seiner Väter getan haben: Raub und Beute und Gut wird er ihnen zerstreuen und wider die Festungen seine Anschläge ersinnen, und zwar eine Zeitlang. 25 Und er wird seine Kraft und seinen Mut wider den König des Südens erwecken mit einem großen Heere. Und der König des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen und überaus starken Heere; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge wider ihn ersinnen; 26 und die seine Tafelkost essen, werden ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele Erschlagene werden fallen. 27 Und die beiden Könige: ihre Herzen werden auf Bosheit bedacht sein, und an einem Tische werden sie Lügen reden; aber es wird nicht gelingen, denn das Ende verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. 28 Und er wird mit großem Reichtum in sein Land zurückkehren, und sein Herz wird wider den heiligen Bund gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren. 29 Zur bestimmten Zeit wird er wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang. 30 Denn Schiffe von Kittim werden wider ihn kommen; und er wird verzagen und umkehren, und er wird gegen den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen Bund verlassen. 31 Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden dastehen; und sie werden das Heiligtum, die Feste, entweihen, und werden das beständige Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen. 32 Und diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund, wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk, welches seinen Gott kennt, wird sich stark erweisen und handeln. 33 Und die Verständigen des Volkes werden die Vielen unterweisen, aber sie werden fallen durch Schwert und Flamme, durch Gefangenschaft und Raub, eine Zeitlang. 34 Und wenn sie fallen, wird ihnen mit einer kleinen Hilfe geholfen werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen. 35 Und von den Verständigen werden einige fallen, um sie zu läutern und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen bis zur Zeit des Endes; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. 36 Und der König wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben und groß machen über jeden Gott, und wider den Gott der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden; und er wird Gelingen haben, bis der Zorn vollendet ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen. 37 Und auf den Gott seiner Väter wird er nicht achten, und weder auf die Sehnsucht der Weiber noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben. 38 Und an dessen Statt wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren: den Gott, den seine Väter nicht gekannt haben, wird er ehren mit Gold und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien. 39 Und er wird gegen die starken Festungen so verfahren mit dem fremden Gott: wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel Ehre erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft verleihen über die Vielen und das Land austeilen zum Lohne. 40 Und zur Zeit des Endes wird der König des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen und mit Reitern und mit vielen Schiffen; und er wird in die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten. 41 Und er wird in das Land der Zierde eindringen, und viele Länder werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom und Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. 42 Und er wird seine Hand an die Länder legen, und das Land Ägypten wird nicht entrinnen; 43 und er wird die Schätze an Gold und Silber und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein. 44 Aber Gerüchte von Osten und von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird ausziehen in großem Grimme, um viele zu vernichten und zu vertilgen. 45 Und er wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen zwischen dem Meere und dem Berge der heiligen Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen.
ELB1905_Strongs(i)
  1 H5977 Und auch ich stand H259 im ersten H8141 Jahre H1867 Darius H4075 ', des Meders H2388 , ihm bei als Helfer und Schutz.
  2 H6238 Und nun will H571 ich dir die Wahrheit H5782 kundtun: Siehe, es werden H7969 noch drei H4428 Könige H6539 in Persien H5975 aufstehen H7243 , und der vierte H6239 wird größeren Reichtum H5046 erlangen als alle; und wenn er H6239 durch seinen Reichtum H2393 stark geworden ist H4438 , wird er alles gegen das Königreich H3120 Griechenland aufregen.
  3 H6213 Und H1368 ein H4428 tapferer König H5975 wird aufstehen H7227 , und er wird mit großer H4474 Macht H4910 herrschen und nach seinem Gutdünken handeln.
  4 H4910 Und sobald er aufgestanden ist, wird sein H4438 Reich H702 zertrümmert und nach den vier H8064 Winden des Himmels H7665 hin zerteilt werden H5975 . Aber H7307 nicht für seine Nachkommen wird es sein und nicht nach der H4915 Macht H319 , mit welcher er geherrscht hat; denn H4438 sein Reich H312 wird zerstört und anderen zuteil werden, mit Ausschluß von jenen.
  5 H4428 Und der König H8269 des Südens, und zwar einer von seinen Obersten H2388 , wird stark H2388 werden. Und einer wird stark H4475 werden über ihn hinaus und wird herrschen: seine Herrschaft H7227 wird eine große H4910 Herrschaft sein .
  6 H8141 Und H7093 nach H3205 Verlauf von Jahren werden H5414 sie H2266 sich H6828 verbünden; und H1323 die Tochter H4428 des Königs H6213 des Südens wird zu H4428 dem König H935 des Nordens kommen H5975 , um einen Ausgleich zu bewirken. Aber H2388 sie H3581 wird die Kraft H2220 des Armes H935 nicht behalten, und er H2220 wird nicht bestehen noch sein Arm H4339 ; und sie wird dahingegeben werden, sie und die sie eingeführt haben, und der H6256 sie gezeugt, und der sie in jenen Zeiten unterstützt hat.
  7 H8328 Doch einer von den Schößlingen ihrer Wurzeln H5342 wird H3653 an seiner Statt H5975 aufstehen H2428 ; und H935 er H935 wird gegen die Heeresmacht kommen H6828 , und H4581 wird in die Festungen H4428 des Königs H6213 des Nordens eindringen und H2388 mit ihnen nach Gutdünken verfahren, und wird siegen .
  8 H6828 Und H935 auch wird er H430 ihre Götter H3701 samt ihren gegossenen Bildern, samt ihren kostbaren Geräten, Silber H2091 und Gold H4714 , nach Ägypten H7628 in die Gefangenschaft H8141 führen; und er wird Jahre H4428 lang standhalten vor dem König des Nordens.
  9 H4438 Und dieser wird in das Reich H4428 des Königs H935 des Südens kommen H127 , aber in sein Land zurückkehren.
  10 H1121 Aber seine Söhne H622 werden H7725 sich H2428 zum Kriege rüsten und H1995 eine Menge H7227 großer H935 Heere zusammenbringen; und einer wird kommen H935 und überschwemmen und überfluten; und er H5674 wird wiederkommen, und sie werden Krieg führen bis zu seiner Festung.
  11 H6828 Und H4428 der König H3318 des Südens wird sich erbittern, und wird ausziehen H4428 und mit ihm, dem König H3898 des Nordens, streiten H7227 ; und dieser wird eine große Menge H5975 aufstellen, aber H1995 die Menge H3027 wird in seine Hand H5414 gegeben werden.
  12 H1995 Und wie die Menge H3824 weggenommen wird, wird sein Herz H5307 sich H5375 erheben H5810 ; und er wird Zehntausende niederwerfen, aber nicht zu Macht kommen.
  13 H6828 Und H4428 der König H8141 des Nordens wird wiederkommen und H1995 eine Menge H1419 aufstellen, größer H2428 als die frühere; und H7093 nach H6256 Verlauf der Zeiten H935 von Jahren wird er H7227 mit einem großen H7227 Heere und mit großer H935 Ausrüstung kommen .
  14 H6256 Und in H7227 jenen Zeiten werden viele H5975 aufstehen H4428 gegen den König H5971 des Südens; und Gewalttätige deines Volkes H5375 werden sich erheben H2377 , um das Gesicht zu erfüllen, und werden zu Fall kommen.
  15 H6828 Und H4428 der König H3920 des Nordens wird H935 kommen H5550 und einen Wall H5892 aufwerfen und eine befestigte Stadt H5971 einnehmen; und die Streitkräfte des Südens werden nicht standhalten, selbst sein auserlesenes Volk H3581 wird keine Kraft haben, um standzuhalten.
  16 H6213 Und H6440 der, welcher gegen ihn gekommen ist, wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und niemand wird vor H5975 ihm bestehen H935 ; und er H5975 wird seinen Stand H776 nehmen im Lande H3027 der Zierde, und Vertilgung wird in seiner Hand sein.
  17 H935 Und er H6440 wird sein Angesicht H8633 darauf richten, mit der Macht H4438 seines ganzen Reiches H6213 zu H7760 kommen, indem er einen Ausgleich im Sinne hat H3477 , und er wird ihn bewirken; und er wird ihm H1323 eine Tochter H802 der Weiber H5414 geben H7843 , zu ihrem Verderben H5975 ; und sie wird nicht bestehen und wird nichts für ihn sein.
  18 H2781 Und H1115 er H3920 wird H6440 sein Angesicht H339 nach den Inseln H7227 hinwenden und viele H7673 einnehmen; aber ein Feldherr wird H7760 seinem Hohne ein Ende machen H2781 , dazu noch seinen Hohn ihm zurückgeben.
  19 H6440 Und er wird sein Angesicht H4581 nach den Festungen H776 seines Landes H3782 hinwenden, und wird straucheln H5307 und fallen H4672 und nicht mehr gefunden H7725 werden .
  20 H3653 Und an seiner Statt H259 wird einer aufstehen, welcher einen H4438 Eintreiber der Abgaben durch die Herrlichkeit des Reiches H5975 ziehen läßt; aber H5674 in H3117 wenigen Tagen H5065 wird er H7665 zerschmettert werden H639 , und zwar weder durch Zorn H4421 noch durch Krieg .
  21 H7962 Und H5975 an seiner Statt wird ein Verachteter aufstehen, auf H3653 den man nicht H5414 die Würde des Königtums legen H935 wird; und er H2388 wird unversehens kommen und durch Schmeicheleien sich des Königtums bemächtigen.
  22 H7665 Und die überschwemmenden Streitkräfte werden H6440 vor H7857 ihm überschwemmt und zertrümmert werden, und sogar ein H5057 Fürst H1285 des Bundes .
  23 H2266 Denn seitdem er sich H6213 mit ihm verbündet hat, wird er Trug H5927 üben, und wird hinaufziehen H4592 und mit wenig H1471 Volk Macht gewinnen.
  24 H967 Unversehens wird H935 er H6256 in H4082 die fettesten Gegenden der Landschaft H7962 eindringen und H6213 tun H1 , was weder seine Väter H1 noch die Väter H1 seiner Väter H6213 getan H961 haben: Raub H7998 und Beute H2803 und Gut wird H4013 er ihnen zerstreuen und wider die Festungen H4284 seine Anschläge ersinnen, und zwar eine Zeitlang.
  25 H2428 Und H2803 er wird H3581 seine Kraft H2428 und seinen H4428 Mut wider den König H1419 des Südens erwecken mit einem großen H4428 Heere. Und der König H1419 des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen H3966 und überaus H5975 starken Heere; aber H1624 er wird nicht H4284 bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge H4421 wider ihn ersinnen;
  26 H2428 und H398 die seine Tafelkost essen H7665 , werden H7227 ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele H2491 Erschlagene H5307 werden fallen .
  27 H8147 Und die beiden H4428 Könige H3824 : ihre Herzen H7451 werden auf Bosheit H259 bedacht sein, und an einem H7979 Tische H3577 werden sie Lügen H1696 reden H6743 ; aber es wird nicht gelingen H7093 , denn das Ende H4150 verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit .
  28 H6213 Und H1419 er wird mit großem H776 Reichtum in sein Land H3824 zurückkehren, und sein Herz H6944 wird wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H776 gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren.
  29 H4150 Zur bestimmten Zeit H935 wird er H7223 wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang.
  30 H6716 Denn Schiffe H3794 von Kittim H7725 werden H6213 wider ihn kommen; und H935 er H3512 wird H7725 verzagen und umkehren H6944 , und er wird gegen den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H995 und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf H6944 diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .
  31 H5493 Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden H5414 dastehen; und sie H8074 werden H4720 das Heiligtum H4581 , die Feste H2490 , entweihen H8548 , und werden das beständige H8251 Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen.
  32 H7561 Und H1285 diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund H5971 , wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk H430 , welches seinen Gott H3045 kennt, wird sich H2388 stark H6213 erweisen und handeln.
  33 H995 Und die Verständigen H5971 des Volkes H7227 werden die Vielen H7919 unterweisen H3782 , aber sie werden fallen H2719 durch Schwert H3852 und Flamme H7628 , durch Gefangenschaft H961 und Raub H3117 , eine Zeitlang .
  34 H3782 Und wenn sie fallen H4592 , wird ihnen mit einer kleinen H5828 Hilfe H5826 geholfen H7227 werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen.
  35 H7919 Und von den Verständigen werden H3782 einige fallen H6884 , um sie zu läutern H3835 und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen H6256 bis zur Zeit H7093 des Endes H4150 ; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit .
  36 H6213 Und H410 der H4428 König H6381 wird H7311 nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben H6213 und groß machen H410 über jeden Gott H410 , und wider den Gott H1696 der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden H6743 ; und er wird Gelingen H2195 haben, bis der Zorn H3615 vollendet H1431 ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen.
  37 H995 Und auf H430 den Gott H1 seiner Väter H1431 wird H995 er nicht achten, und weder auf H802 die Sehnsucht der Weiber H433 noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben.
  38 H3368 Und H433 an dessen Statt wird er den Gott H4581 der Festungen H3513 ehren H433 : den Gott H1 , den seine Väter H3653 nicht H3045 gekannt haben H3513 , wird er ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien.
  39 H6213 Und H4581 er wird gegen die starken Festungen H5236 so verfahren mit dem fremden H433 Gott H7235 : wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel H3519 Ehre H4910 erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft H7227 verleihen über die Vielen H127 und das Land H2505 austeilen zum Lohne.
  40 H6828 Und H6256 zur Zeit H7093 des Endes H4428 wird der König H4428 des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König H7393 des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen H6571 und mit Reitern H7227 und mit vielen H591 Schiffen H935 ; und er H5674 wird in H776 die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten.
  41 H935 Und er H3782 wird H6643 in das Land H7227 der Zierde eindringen, und viele H776 Länder H3027 werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 und Moab H7225 und die Vornehmsten H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .
  42 H7971 Und H3027 er wird seine Hand H776 an die Länder H776 legen, und das Land H4714 Ägypten H6413 wird nicht entrinnen;
  43 H4362 und er wird die Schätze H2091 an Gold H3701 und Silber H4714 und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens H3864 in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer H4910 und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein .
  44 H3318 Aber Gerüchte von H6828 Osten und H926 von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird H1419 ausziehen in großem H7227 Grimme, um viele H8045 zu vernichten und zu vertilgen .
  45 H935 Und er H5193 wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen H3220 zwischen dem Meere H2022 und dem Berge H6944 der heiligen H7093 Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende H5826 kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen .
DSV(i) 1 Ik nu, ik stond in het eerste jaar van Darius, den Meder, om hem te versterken en te stijven. 2 En nu, ik zal u de waarheid te kennen geven; ziet, er zullen nog drie koningen in Perzië staan, en de vierde zal verrijkt worden met groten rijkdom, meer dan al de anderen; en nadat hij zich in zijn rijkdom zal versterkt hebben, zal hij ze allen verwekken tegen het koninkrijk van Griekenland. 3 Daarna zal er een geweldig koning opstaan, die met grote heerschappij heersen zal, en hij zal doen naar zijn welgevallen. 4 En als hij zal staan, zal zijn rijk gebroken, en in de vier winden des hemels verdeeld worden, maar niet aan zijn nakomelingen, ook niet naar zijn heerschappij, waarmede hij heerste; want zijn rijk zal uitgerukt worden, en dat voor anderen, dan deze. 5 En de koning van het Zuiden, die een van zijn vorsten is, zal sterk worden; doch een ander zal sterker worden dan hij, en hij zal heersen; zijn heerschappij zal een grote heerschappij zijn. 6 Op het einde nu van sommige jaren, zullen zij zich met elkander bevrienden, en de dochter des konings van het Zuiden zal komen tot de koning van het Noorden, om billijke voorwaarden te maken; doch zij zal de macht des arms niet behouden, daarom zal hij, noch zijn arm, niet bestaan; maar zij zal overgegeven worden, en die haar gebracht hebben, en die haar gegenereerd heeft, en die haar gesterkt heeft in die tijden. 7 Doch uit de spruit van haar wortelen zal er een opstaan in zijn staat, die zal met heirkracht komen, en hij zal komen tegen die sterke plaatsen des konings van het Noorden, en hij zal tegen dezelve doen, en hij zal ze bemachtigen. 8 Ook zal hij hun goden, met hun vorsten, met hun gewenste vaten van zilver en goud, in de gevangenis naar Egypte brengen; en hij zal enige jaren staande blijven boven den koning van het Noorden. 9 Alzo zal de koning van het Zuiden in het koninkrijk komen, en hij zal wederom in zijn land trekken. 10 Doch zijn zonen zullen zich in strijd mengen, en zij zullen een menigte van grote heiren verzamelen; en een van hen zal snellijk komen, en als een vloed overstromen en doortrekken; en hij zal wederom komen, en zich in den strijd mengen, tot aan zijn sterke plaats toe. 11 En de koning van het Zuiden zal verbitterd worden, en hij zal uittrekken, en strijden tegen hem, tegen den koning van het Noorden, die ook een grote menigte oprichten zal, doch die menigte zal in zijn hand gegeven worden. 12 Als die menigte zal weggenomen zijn, zal zijn hart zich verheffen, en hij zal er enige tien duizenden nedervellen; evenwel zal hij niet gesterkt worden. 13 Want de koning van het Noorden zal wederkeren, en hij zal een groter menigte dan de eerste was, oprichten; en aan het einde van de tijden der jaren, zal hij snellijk komen met een grote heirkracht, en met groot goed. 14 Ook zullen er in die tijden velen opstaan tegen den koning van het Zuiden; en de scheurmakers uws volks zullen verheven worden, om het gezicht te bevestigen, doch zij zullen vallen. 15 En de koning van het Noorden zal komen, en een wal opwerpen, en vaste steden innemen; en de armen van het Zuiden zullen niet bestaan, noch zijn uitgelezen volk, ja, er zal geen kracht zijn om te bestaan. 16 Maar hij, die tegen hem komt, zal doen naar zijn welgevallen, en niemand zal voor zijn aangezicht bestaan; hij zal ook staan in het land des sieraads, en de verderving zal in zijn hand wezen. 17 En hij zal zijn aangezicht stellen, om met de kracht zijns gansen rijks te komen, en hij zal billijke voorwaarden medebrengen, en hij zal het doen; want hij zal hem een dochter der vrouwen geven, om haar te verderven, maar zij zal niet vast staan, en zij zal voor hem niet zijn. 18 Daarna zal hij zijn aangezicht tot de eilanden keren, en hij zal er vele innemen; doch een overste zal zijn smaad tegen hem doen ophouden, behalve dat hij zijn smaad op hem zal doen wederkeren. 19 En hij zal zijn aangezicht keren naar de sterkten zijns lands, en hij zal aanstoten, en vallen, en niet gevonden worden. 20 En in zijn staat zal er een opstaan, doende een geldeiser doortrekken, in koninklijke heerlijkheid; maar hij zal in enige dagen gebroken worden, nochtans niet door toornigheden, noch door oorlog. 21 Daarna zal er een verachte in zijn staat staan, denwelken men de koninklijke waardigheid niet zal geven; doch hij zal in stilheid komen, en het koninkrijk door vleierijen bemachtigen. 22 En de armen der overstroming zullen overstroomd worden van voor zijn aangezicht, en zij zullen gebroken worden, en ook de vorst des verbonds. 23 En na de vereniging met hem zal hij bedrog plegen, en hij zal optrekken, en hij zal met weinig volks gesterkt worden. 24 Met stilheid zal hij ook in de vette plaatsen des landschaps komen, en hij zal doen, dat zijn vaders, of de vaders zijner vaderen, niet gedaan hebben; roof, en buit, en goederen, zal hij onder hen uitstrooien, en hij zal tegen de vastigheden zijn gedachten denken, doch tot een zekeren tijd toe. 25 En hij zal zijn kracht en zijn hart verwekken tegen den koning van het Zuiden, met een grote heirkracht; en de koning van het Zuiden zal zich in den strijd mengen met een grote en zeer machtige heirkracht; doch hij zal niet bestaan, want zij zullen gedachten tegen hem denken. 26 En die de stukken zijner spijze zullen eten, zullen hem breken, en de heirkracht deszelven zal overstromen, en vele verslagenen zullen vallen. 27 En het hart van beide deze koningen zal wezen om kwaad te doen, en aan een tafel zullen zij leugen spreken; en het zal niet gelukken, want het zal nog een einde hebben ter bestemder tijd. 28 En hij zal in zijn land wederkeren met groot goed, en zijn hart zal zijn tegen het heilig verbond; en hij zal het doen, en wederkeren in zijn land. 29 Ter bestemder tijd zal hij wederkeren, en tegen het Zuiden komen, doch het zal niet zijn gelijk de eerste, noch gelijk de laatste reize. 30 Want er zullen schepen van Chittim tegen hem komen, daarom zal hij met smart bevangen worden, en hij zal wederkeren, en gram worden tegen het heilig verbond, en hij zal het doen; want wederkerende zal hij acht geven op de verlaters des heiligen verbonds. 31 En er zullen armen uit hem ontstaan, en zij zullen het heiligdom ontheiligen, en de sterkte, en zij zullen het gedurige offer wegnemen, en een verwoestenden gruwel stellen. 32 En die goddelooslijk handelen tegen het verbond, zal hij doen huichelen door vleierijen; maar het volk, die hun God kennen, zullen zij grijpen, en zullen het doen. 33 En de leraars des volks zullen er velen onderwijzen, en zij zullen vallen door het zwaard en door vlam, door gevangenis en door beroving, vele dagen. 34 Als zij nu zullen vallen, zullen zij met een kleine hulp geholpen worden; doch velen zullen zich door vleierijen tot hen vervoegen. 35 En van de leraars zullen er sommigen vallen, om hen te louteren en te reinigen, en wit te maken, tot den tijd van het einde toe; want het zal nog zijn voor een bestemden tijd. 36 En die koning zal doen naar zijn welgevallen, en hij zal zichzelven verheffen, en groot maken boven allen God, en hij zal tegen den God der goden wonderlijke dingen spreken; en hij zal voorspoedig zijn, totdat de gramschap voleind zij, want het is vastelijk besloten, het zal geschieden. 37 En op de goden zijner vaderen zal hij geen acht geven, noch op de begeerte der vrouwen; hij zal ook op geen God acht geven, maar hij zal zich boven alles groot maken. 38 En hij zal den god Mauzzim in zijn standplaats eren; namelijk den god, welken zijn vaders niet gekend hebben, zal hij eren met goud, en met zilver, en met kostelijk gesteente, en met gewenste dingen. 39 En hij zal de vastigheden der sterkten maken met den vreemden god; dengenen, die hij kennen zal, zal hij de eer vermenigvuldigen, en hij zal ze doen heersen over velen, en hij zal het land uitdelen om prijs. 40 En op den tijd van het einde, zal de koning van het Zuiden tegen hem met hoornen stoten; en de koning van het Noorden zal tegen hem aanstormen, met wagenen, en met ruiteren, en met vele schepen; en hij zal in de landen komen, en hij zal ze overstromen en doortrekken. 41 En hij zal komen in het land des sieraads, en vele landen zullen ter nedergeworpen worden; doch deze zullen zijn hand ontkomen, Edom en Moab, en de eerstelingen der kinderen Ammons. 42 En hij zal zijn hand aan de landen leggen, ook zal het land van Egypte niet ontkomen. 43 En hij zal heersen over de verborgen schatten des gouds en des zilvers, en over al de gewenste dingen van Egypte; en die van Libye, en de Moren zullen in zijn gangen wezen. 44 Maar de geruchten van het Oosten en van het Noorden zullen hem verschrikken; daarom zal hij uittrekken met grote grimmigheid om velen te verdelgen en te verbannen. 45 En hij zal de tenten van zijn paleis planten tussen de zeeën aan den berg des heiligen sieraads; en hij zal tot zijn einde komen, en zal geen helper hebben.
DSV_Strongs(i)
  1 H5977 Ik nu, ik stond H259 in het eerste H8141 jaar H1867 van Darius H4075 , den Meder H2388 H8688 , om hem te versterken H4581 en te stijven.
  2 H571 En nu, ik zal u de waarheid H5046 H8686 te kennen geven H7969 ; ziet, er zullen nog drie H4428 koningen H6539 in Perzie H5975 H8802 staan H7243 , en de vierde H6238 H8686 zal verrijkt worden H1419 met groten H6239 rijkdom H6239 , meer dan al [de] [anderen]; en nadat hij zich in zijn rijkdom H2393 zal versterkt hebben H5782 H8686 , zal hij ze allen verwekken H4438 tegen het koninkrijk H3120 van Griekenland.
  3 H1368 Daarna zal er een geweldig H4428 koning H5975 H8804 opstaan H7227 , die met grote H4474 heerschappij H4910 H8804 heersen zal H6213 H8804 , en hij zal doen H7522 naar zijn welgevallen.
  4 H5975 H8800 En als hij zal staan H4438 , zal zijn rijk H7665 H8735 gebroken H702 , en in de vier H7307 winden H8064 des hemels H2673 H8735 verdeeld worden H319 , maar niet aan zijn nakomelingen H4915 , ook niet naar zijn heerschappij H4910 H8804 , waarmede hij heerste H4438 ; want zijn rijk H5428 H8735 zal uitgerukt worden H312 , en dat voor anderen, dan deze.
  5 H4428 En de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H8269 , die een van zijn vorsten H2388 H8799 is, zal sterk worden H2388 H8799 ; doch [een] [ander] zal sterker worden H4910 H8804 dan hij, en hij zal heersen H4475 ; zijn heerschappij H7227 zal een grote H4474 heerschappij zijn.
  6 H7093 Op het einde H8141 nu van [sommige] jaren H2266 H8691 , zullen zij zich met elkander bevrienden H1323 , en de dochter H4428 des konings H5045 van het Zuiden H935 H8799 zal komen H4428 tot de koning H6828 van het Noorden H4339 , om billijke voorwaarden H6213 H8800 te maken H3581 ; doch zij zal de macht H2220 des arms H6113 H8799 niet behouden H2220 , daarom zal hij, noch zijn arm H5975 H8799 , niet bestaan H5414 H8735 ; maar zij zal overgegeven worden H935 H8688 , en die haar gebracht hebben H3205 H8802 , en die haar gegenereerd heeft H2388 H8688 , en die haar gesterkt heeft H6256 in die tijden.
  7 H5342 Doch uit de spruit H8328 van haar wortelen H5975 H8804 zal er een opstaan H3653 [in] zijn staat H2428 , die zal met heirkracht H935 H8799 komen H935 H8799 , en hij zal komen H4581 tegen die sterke plaatsen H4428 des konings H6828 van het Noorden H6213 H8804 , en hij zal tegen dezelve doen H2388 H8689 , en hij zal ze bemachtigen.
  8 H430 Ook zal hij hun goden H5257 , met hun vorsten H2532 , met hun gewenste H3627 vaten H3701 van zilver H2091 en goud H7628 , in de gevangenis H4714 naar Egypte H935 H8686 brengen H8141 ; en hij zal [enige] jaren H5975 H8799 staande blijven H4428 boven den koning H6828 van het Noorden.
  9 H4428 Alzo zal de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H4438 in het koninkrijk H935 H8804 komen H7725 H0 , en hij zal wederom H127 in zijn land H7725 H8804 trekken.
  10 H1121 Doch zijn zonen H1624 H8691 zullen zich [in] [strijd] mengen H1995 , en zij zullen een menigte H7227 van grote H2428 heiren H622 H8804 verzamelen H935 H8800 ; en [een] [van] [hen] zal snellijk H935 H8804 komen H7857 H8804 , en als een vloed overstromen H5674 H8804 en doortrekken H7725 H8799 ; en hij zal wederom komen H1624 H8691 , en zich [in] [den] [strijd] mengen H4581 , tot aan zijn sterke plaats toe.
  11 H4428 En de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H4843 H8698 zal verbitterd worden H3318 H8804 , en hij zal uittrekken H3898 H8738 , en strijden H4428 tegen hem, tegen den koning H6828 van het Noorden H7227 , die [ook] een grote H1995 menigte H5975 H8689 oprichten zal H1995 , doch die menigte H3027 zal in zijn hand H5414 H8738 gegeven worden.
  12 H1995 Als die menigte H5375 H8738 zal weggenomen zijn H3824 , zal zijn hart H7311 H8804 H8675 H7311 H8799 zich verheffen H7239 , en hij zal er [enige] tien duizenden H5307 H8689 nedervellen H5810 H8799 ; evenwel zal hij niet gesterkt worden.
  13 H4428 Want de koning H6828 van het Noorden H7725 H8804 zal wederkeren H7227 , en hij zal een groter H1995 menigte H7223 dan de eerste H5975 H8689 was, oprichten H7093 ; en aan het einde H6256 van de tijden H8141 der jaren H935 H8800 , zal hij snellijk H935 H8799 komen H1419 met een grote H2428 heirkracht H7227 , en met groot H7399 goed.
  14 H6256 Ook zullen er in die tijden H7227 velen H5975 H8799 opstaan H4428 tegen den koning H5045 van het Zuiden H1121 H6530 ; en de scheurmakers H5971 uws volks H5375 H8691 zullen verheven worden H2377 , om het gezicht H5975 H8687 te bevestigen H3782 H8738 , doch zij zullen vallen.
  15 H4428 En de koning H6828 van het Noorden H935 H8799 zal komen H5550 , en een wal H8210 H8799 opwerpen H4013 , en vaste H5892 steden H3920 H8804 innemen H2220 ; en de armen H5045 van het Zuiden H5975 H8799 zullen niet bestaan H4005 , noch zijn uitgelezen H5971 volk H3581 , ja, er zal geen kracht H5975 H8800 zijn om te bestaan.
  16 H935 H8802 Maar hij, die tegen hem komt H6213 H8799 , zal doen H7522 naar zijn welgevallen H6440 , en niemand zal voor zijn aangezicht H5975 H8802 bestaan H5975 H8799 ; hij zal ook staan H776 in het land H6643 des sieraads H3617 , en de verderving H3027 zal in zijn hand wezen.
  17 H6440 En hij zal zijn aangezicht H7760 H8799 stellen H8633 , om met de kracht H4438 zijns gansen rijks H935 H8800 te komen H3477 , en hij zal billijke voorwaarden H6213 H8804 medebrengen, en hij zal het doen H1323 ; want hij zal hem een dochter H802 der vrouwen H5414 H8799 geven H7843 H8687 , om haar te verderven H5975 H8799 , maar zij zal niet vast staan, en zij zal voor hem niet zijn.
  18 H6440 Daarna zal hij zijn aangezicht H339 tot de eilanden H7760 H8799 H8675 H7725 H8686 keren H7227 , en hij zal er vele H3920 H8804 innemen H7101 ; doch een overste H2781 zal zijn smaad H7673 H8689 tegen hem doen ophouden H1115 , behalve dat H2781 hij zijn smaad H7725 H8686 op hem zal doen wederkeren.
  19 H6440 En hij zal zijn aangezicht H7725 H8686 keren H4581 naar de sterkten H776 zijns lands H3782 H8738 , en hij zal aanstoten H5307 H8804 , en vallen H4672 H8735 , en niet gevonden worden.
  20 H3653 En in zijn staat H5975 H8804 zal er een opstaan H5065 H8802 , doende een geldeiser H5674 H8688 doortrekken H4438 , in koninklijke H1925 heerlijkheid H259 ; maar hij zal in enige H3117 dagen H7665 H8735 gebroken worden H639 , nochtans niet door toornigheden H4421 , noch door oorlog.
  21 H959 H8737 Daarna zal er een verachte H3653 in zijn staat H5975 H8804 staan H4438 , denwelken men de koninklijke H1935 waardigheid H5414 H8804 niet zal geven H7962 ; doch hij zal in stilheid H935 H8804 komen H4438 , en het koninkrijk H2519 door vleierijen H2388 H8689 bemachtigen.
  22 H2220 En de armen H7858 der overstroming H7857 H8735 zullen overstroomd worden H6440 van voor zijn aangezicht H7665 H8735 , en zij zullen gebroken worden H5057 , en ook de vorst H1285 des verbonds.
  23 H2266 H8692 En na de vereniging H4820 met hem zal hij bedrog H6213 H8799 plegen H5927 H8804 , en hij zal optrekken H4592 , en hij zal met weinig H1471 volks H6105 H8804 gesterkt worden.
  24 H7962 Met stilheid H4924 zal hij ook in de vette plaatsen H4082 des landschaps H935 H8799 komen H6213 H8804 , en hij zal doen H1 , dat zijn vaders H1 , of de vaders H1 zijner vaderen H6213 H8804 , niet gedaan hebben H961 ; roof H7998 , en buit H7399 , en goederen H967 H8799 , zal hij onder hen uitstrooien H4013 , en hij zal tegen de vastigheden H4284 zijn gedachten H2803 H8762 denken H6256 , doch tot een [zekeren] tijd toe.
  25 H3581 En hij zal zijn kracht H3824 en zijn hart H5782 H8686 verwekken H4428 tegen den koning H5045 van het Zuiden H1419 , met een grote H2428 heirkracht H4428 ; en de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H4421 zal zich in den strijd H1624 H8691 mengen H1419 met een grote H3966 en zeer H6099 machtige H2428 heirkracht H5975 H8799 ; doch hij zal niet bestaan H4284 , want zij zullen gedachten H2803 H8799 tegen hem denken.
  26 H6598 En die de stukken zijner spijze H398 H8802 zullen eten H7665 H8799 , zullen hem breken H2428 , en de heirkracht H7857 H8799 deszelven zal overstromen H7227 , en vele H2491 verslagenen H5307 H8804 zullen vallen.
  27 H3824 En het hart H8147 van beide H4428 deze koningen H4827 H8688 H7451 zal wezen om kwaad H259 te doen, en aan een H7979 tafel H3577 zullen zij leugen H1696 H8762 spreken H6743 H8799 ; en het zal niet gelukken H7093 , want het zal nog een einde H4150 hebben ter bestemder tijd.
  28 H776 En hij zal [in] zijn land H7725 H8804 wederkeren H1419 met groot H7399 goed H3824 , en zijn hart H6944 zal zijn tegen het heilig H1285 verbond H6213 H8804 ; en hij zal het doen H7725 H8799 , en wederkeren H776 in zijn land.
  29 H4150 Ter bestemder tijd H7725 H8799 zal hij wederkeren H5045 , en tegen het Zuiden H935 H8804 komen H7223 , doch het zal niet zijn gelijk de eerste H314 , noch gelijk de laatste [reize].
  30 H6716 Want er zullen schepen H3794 van Chittim H935 H8804 tegen hem komen H3512 H8738 , daarom zal hij met smart bevangen worden H7725 H8804 , en hij zal wederkeren H2194 H8804 , en gram worden H6944 tegen het heilig H1285 verbond H6213 H8804 , en hij zal het doen H7725 H8804 ; want wederkerende H995 H8799 zal hij acht geven H5800 H8802 op de verlaters H6944 des heiligen H1285 verbonds.
  31 H2220 En er zullen armen H5975 H8799 uit hem ontstaan H4720 , en zij zullen het heiligdom H2490 H8765 ontheiligen H4581 , [en] de sterkte H8548 , en zij zullen het gedurige H5493 H8689 [offer] wegnemen H8074 H8789 , en een verwoestenden H8251 gruwel H5414 H8804 stellen.
  32 H7561 H8688 En die goddelooslijk handelen H1285 tegen het verbond H2610 H8686 , zal hij doen huichelen H2514 door vleierijen H5971 ; maar het volk H430 , die hun God H3045 H8802 kennen H2388 H8686 , zullen zij grijpen H6213 H8804 , en zullen het doen.
  33 H7919 H8688 En de leraars H5971 des volks H7227 zullen er velen H995 H8799 onderwijzen H3782 H8738 , en zij zullen vallen H2719 door het zwaard H3852 en door vlam H7628 , door gevangenis H961 en door beroving H3117 , [vele] dagen.
  34 H3782 H8736 Als zij nu zullen vallen H4592 , zullen zij met een kleine H5828 hulp H5826 H8735 geholpen worden H7227 ; doch velen H2519 zullen zich door vleierijen H3867 H8738 tot hen vervoegen.
  35 H7919 H8688 En van de leraars H3782 H8735 zullen er [sommigen] vallen H6884 H8800 , om hen te louteren H1305 H8763 en te reinigen H3835 H8687 , en wit te maken H6256 , tot den tijd H7093 van het einde H4150 toe; want het zal nog zijn voor een bestemden tijd.
  36 H4428 En die koning H6213 H8804 zal doen H7522 naar zijn welgevallen H7311 H8709 , en hij zal zichzelven verheffen H1431 H8691 , en groot maken H410 boven allen God H410 , en hij zal tegen den God H410 der goden H6381 H8737 wonderlijke dingen H1696 H8762 spreken H6743 H8689 ; en hij zal voorspoedig zijn H2195 , totdat de gramschap H3615 H8804 voleind zij H2782 H8737 , want het is vastelijk besloten H6213 H8738 , het zal geschieden.
  37 H430 En op de goden H1 zijner vaderen H995 H8799 zal hij geen acht geven H2532 , noch op de begeerte H802 der vrouwen H433 ; hij zal ook op geen God H995 H8799 acht geven H1431 H8691 , maar hij zal zich boven alles groot maken.
  38 H433 En hij zal den god H4581 Mauzzim H3653 in zijn standplaats H3513 H8762 eren H433 ; namelijk den god H1 , welken zijn vaders H3045 H8804 niet gekend hebben H3513 H8762 , zal hij eren H2091 met goud H3701 , en met zilver H3368 , en met kostelijk H68 gesteente H2532 , en met gewenste dingen.
  39 H4581 En hij zal de vastigheden H4013 der sterkten H6213 H8804 maken H5236 met den vreemden H433 god H5234 H8686 H8675 H5234 H8689 ; dengenen, die hij kennen zal H3519 , zal hij de eer H7235 H8686 vermenigvuldigen H4910 H8689 , en hij zal ze doen heersen H7227 over velen H127 , en hij zal het land H2505 H8762 uitdelen H4242 om prijs.
  40 H6256 En op den tijd H7093 van het einde H4428 , zal de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H5055 H8691 tegen hem met hoornen stoten H4428 ; en de koning H6828 van het Noorden H8175 H8691 zal tegen hem aanstormen H7393 , met wagenen H6571 , en met ruiteren H7227 , en met vele H591 schepen H776 ; en hij zal in de landen H935 H8804 komen H7857 H8804 , en hij zal ze overstromen H5674 H8804 en doortrekken.
  41 H935 H8804 En hij zal komen H776 in het land H6643 des sieraads H7227 , en vele H3782 H8735 [landen] zullen ter nedergeworpen worden H3027 ; doch deze zullen zijn hand H4422 H8735 ontkomen H123 , Edom H4124 en Moab H7225 , en de eerstelingen H1121 der kinderen H5983 Ammons.
  42 H3027 En hij zal zijn hand H776 aan de landen H7971 H8799 leggen H776 , ook zal het land H4714 van Egypte H6413 niet ontkomen.
  43 H4910 H8804 En hij zal heersen H4362 over de verborgen schatten H2091 des gouds H3701 en des zilvers H2532 , en over al de gewenste H4714 dingen van Egypte H3864 ; en die van Libye H3569 , en de Moren H4703 zullen in zijn gangen wezen.
  44 H8052 Maar de geruchten H4217 van het Oosten H6828 en van het Noorden H926 H8762 zullen hem verschrikken H3318 H8804 ; daarom zal hij uittrekken H1419 met grote H2534 grimmigheid H7227 om velen H8045 H8687 te verdelgen H2763 H8687 en te verbannen.
  45 H168 En hij zal de tenten H643 van zijn paleis H5193 H8799 planten H3220 tussen de zeeen H2022 aan den berg H6944 des heiligen H6643 sieraads H7093 ; en hij zal tot zijn einde H935 H8804 komen H5826 H8802 , en zal geen helper hebben.
Giguet(i) 1 ¶ Je suis celui qui, en la première année du règne de Cyrus, se tint près de lui pour le fortifier et l’affermir. 2 Et maintenant je te ferai connaitre la vérité: trois rois règneront encore sur la Perse; le quatrième prospèrera et les surpassera tous en richesses; et lorsqu’il sera en possession de ses richesses, il fera la guerre à tous les royaumes des Hellènes. 3 Et un roi puissant s’élèvera, et il sera maître d’un grand empire, et il fera ce qu’il voudra. 4 Et, au moment où son empire sera affermi, il sera brisé et partagé aux quatre vents du ciel; et il ne passera point à ses descendants, et il ne gardera point sa puissance selon ses désirs; car sa royauté lui sera arrachée; puis elle passera à d’autres après lui. 5 ¶ Et le roi du midi se fortifiera; mais l’un de ces princes prévaudra contre lui, et il dominera sur un grand royaume. 6 Et quelques années après ils s’uniront; et la fille du roi du midi ira trouver le roi de l’aquilon pour faire alliance avec lui; mais elle ne retirera pas de là un bras puissant; et la race du vainqueur ne se maintiendra pas; et elle-même sera livrée avec ceux qui la conduisaient, et la jeune fille, et celui qui la fortifiait en ces temps. 7 Mais un rejeton de la fleur de sa racine s’élèvera bientôt après; et il s’avancera à la tête d’une armée, et il entrera dans les forteresses du roi de l’aquilon; il combattra contre elles, et il s’en rendra maître. 8 Et il transportera en Égypte, avec les captifs, leurs dieux et leurs statues de fonte et leurs objets précieux d’argent et d’or; et lui-même subsistera plus longtemps que le roi de l’aquilon. 9 Celui-ci à son tour entrera dans le royaume du roi du midi, puis il retournera en sa propre terre. 10 Et ses fils parmi maintes nations rassembleront une grande multitude; et l’un d’eux se mettra en campagne; et en sa marche il s’avancera comme un torrent débordé; il passera, il campera et rassemblera, ses forces pour le combat. 11 Et le roi du midi s’effarouchera, et il s’avancera pour combattre le roi de l’aquilon; et il lèvera une grande armée, et une grande multitude d’ennemis lui sera livrée. 12 Et il prendra captive cette multitude, et son cœur s’enorgueillira, et il massacrera des myriades d’ennemis; mais il n’en sera pas plus puissant. 13 Car le roi de l’aquilon reviendra, et il conduira des troupes en plus grand nombre que la première fois; et à la fin des temps et des années une armée envahissante arrivera avec une grande force et de grands approvisionnements. 14 Et en ce temps-là plusieurs se soulèveront contre le roi du midi, et des fils de ton peuple s’élèveront comme un fléau pour accomplir une vision; mais ils manqueront de force. 15 Car le roi de l’aquilon s’avancera; il élèvera des terrasses; il prendra des villes fortes; et les bras du roi du midi soutiendront le choc, et ses troupes d’élite se lèveront; mais ils ne seront pas de force à résister. 16 Et le roi de l’aquilon, après l’avoir ainsi envahi, fera tout ce qu’il voudra, et nul ne tiendra devant lui. Et il s’arrêtera en la terre de Sabé; et il la détruira de sa main. 17 Et il tournera son visage pour entrer en forces dans le royaume du midi, et toutes choses prospèreront devant lui; il donnera au roi ennemi une fille des femmes pour le perdre; mais il n’y réussira point, et elle ne serti pas à lui. 18 Alors il tournera son visage contre les îles, et il en prendra plusieurs; et il arrêtera d’abord les princes de son opprobre; mais son opprobre retombera sur lui. 19 Et il retournera son visage vers la force de sa terre; mais il sera affaibli, et il tombera, et on ne le retrouvera plus. 20 Et de sa racine s’élèvera un rejeton qui sera comme un plant sur le trône qu’il occupait avec gloire. Et en ces jours-là il sera encore brisé, mais non en face, non dans un combat. 21 ¶ Un autre prendra sa place, qui sera méprisé; on ne lui aura point accordé les honneurs de la royauté; mais il viendra avec ruse, et à force d’artifices il se rendra maître du royaume, 22 Et les bras de son adversaire seront énervés devant sa face; ils seront brisés, ainsi que le chef de l’alliance. 23 Et après leur traité, il trompera encore celui-ci; il s’avancera, et prévaudra sur lui avec un petit nombre de troupes. 24 Il viendra en des régions paisibles et opulentes; et il fera ce que n’ont fait ni ses pères ni les pères de ses pères; il emportera leur butin, leurs dépouilles, leurs richesses, et il concevra de mauvais desseins contre l’Égypte; mais cela n’aura qu’un temps. 25 Et sa force et son cœur s’élèveront avec une grande force contre le roi du midi; et le roi du midi soutiendra aussi la guerre avec une force très-grande et très- redoutable; mais ses armées ne tiendront pas, parce que de mauvais desseins auront été formés contre lui. 26 On mangera avec lui; puis on le brisera, et son ennemi engloutira ses armées, et les morts tomberont en foule. 27 Et les deux rois, le cœur plein de perversité, assis à la même table, se diront des mensonges; mais cela ne réussira pas, parce que leur fin arrivera au temps marqué. 28 Et le roi de l’aquilon retournera en sa terre avec de grandes richesses; et son coeur sera opposé à l’alliance sainte, et il fera de grandes choses, et il rentrera dans son royaume. 29 Il reviendra au temps marqué, et marchera contre le midi; mais cette dernière invasion ne sera pas comme la première. 30 Les Citians, sortis de leurs pays, marcheront contre lui; et par eux il sera abaissé, et il battra en retraite; il s’irritera contre l’alliance sainte, et agira contre elle; puis il se remettra en campagne, et s’entendra avec ceux qui auront abandonné l’alliance sainte. 31 Et des rejetons de lui s’élèveront, et ils profaneront le sanctuaire de la Toute-Puissance, et ils feront cesser le sacrifice perpétuel, et ils le remplaceront par l’abomination de la désolation. 32 Et les impies feront alliance entre eux pour faire le mal; mais un peuple connaissant son Dieu prévaudra et agira vaillamment. 33 Et les sages du peuple comprendront beaucoup de choses; toutefois ils seront affaiblis par le glaive, par le feu, par la captivité, et par un pillage qui durera bien des jours. 34 Et dans leur détresse ils recevront un faible secours; mais plusieurs se joindront à eux avec des vues perfides, 35 Et parmi les sages quelques-uns auront beaucoup à souffrir pour être purifiés, élus et manifestés aux derniers jours; car ces choses doivent s’accomplir au temps marqué. 36 Et le roi fera selon sa volonté; il s’élèvera, et il se glorifiera contre toute divinité, et il parlera un langage superbe, et il prospèrera jusqu’à ce que la colère de Dieu s’accomplisse; car cela doit finir ainsi. 37 Et il ne reconnaîtra aucun des dieux de ses pères; il sera épris des femmes, et ne reconnaîtra aucun dieu; car il se croira plus grand qu’eux tous. 38 Et il honorera le dieu Maozim en son temple, et il le glorifiera en lui offrant de l’or, de l’argent, des pierres précieuses et des choses de prix, ce dieu que ses pères ne connaissaient pas. 39 Et il donnera place dans les forteresses de refuge à un dieu étranger; il multipliera ses honneurs; il lui assujettira beaucoup d’hommes, et il partagera la terre pour en faire des présents. 40 Et au temps marqué il sera aux prises avec le roi du midi; et le roi de l’aquilon conduira contre lui une multitude de chars, de cavaliers, de vaisseaux, et il envahira sa terre, et il la traversera, et il la foulera aux pieds. 41 Et il entrera dans la terre de Sébaïm, et beaucoup succomberont. Et voici ceux qui échapperont à sa main: Édom, Moab et la principauté des fils d’Ammon. 42 Et il étendra son bras sur la terre de Palestine, et l’Égypte ne sera pas sauvée. 43 Et il se rendra maître des lieux où sont cachés l’or et l’argent et tout ce qu’il y a de précieux en Égypte, en Libye et en Éthiopie, et dans leurs forteresses. 44 Puis des rumeurs, des nouvelles pressantes, de l’orient et du nord, le troubleront; et il viendra plein de colère pour « terminer beaucoup d’ennemis. 45 Et il dressera les tentes de son palais entre les mers, sur la montagne sainte de Sébaïn, et il y viendra jusqu’à sa fin, et nul ne pourra le sauver.
DarbyFR(i) 1
Et moi, dans la première année de Darius, le Mède, je me tins là pour l'aider et le fortifier. 2 Et maintenant, je te déclarerai la vérité: Voici, il s'élèvera encore trois rois en Perse; et le quatrième deviendra riche de grandes richesses plus que tous, et quand il sera devenu fort par ses richesses, il excitera tout contre le royaume de Javan. 3 Et un roi vaillant se lèvera et exercera une grande domination, et il agira selon son bon plaisir. 4 Et quand il se sera levé, son royaume sera brisé et sera divisé vers les quatre vents des cieux, et ne passera pas à sa postérité, et ne sera pas selon la domination qu'il exerçait; car son royaume sera arraché, et sera à d'autres, outre ceux-là. 5
Et le roi du midi sera fort, et un de ses chefs; mais un autre sera plus fort que lui, et dominera; sa domination sera une grande domination. 6 Et au bout de plusieurs années, ils s'uniront ensemble; et la fille du roi du midi viendra vers le roi du nord pour faire un arrangement droit; mais elle ne conservera pas la force de son bras; et il ne subsistera pas, ni son bras; et elle sera livrée, elle, et ceux qui l'ont amenée, et celui qui l'a engendrée, et celui qui lui aidait dans ces temps-là. 7 Mais d'un rejeton de ses racines se lèvera à sa place un homme, et il viendra à l'armée, et il entrera dans la forteresse du roi du nord; et il agira contre eux et se montrera puissant; 8 et même il emmènera captifs, en Égypte, leurs dieux et leurs princes, avec leurs objets précieux, l'argent et l'or; et il subsistera plus d'années que le roi du nord. 9 Et celui-ci viendra dans le royaume du roi du midi et il retournera dans son pays. 10 Mais ses fils s'irriteront et rassembleront une multitude de forces nombreuses; et l'un d'eux viendra et inondera et passera outre; et il reviendra et poussera le combat jusqu'à sa forteresse. 11 Et le roi du midi s'exaspérera, et sortira, et fera la guerre contre lui, contre le roi du nord; et celui-ci mettra sur pied une grande multitude, mais la multitude sera livrée en sa main. 12 Et quand la multitude sera ôtée, son coeur s'exaltera, et il fera tomber des myriades; mais il ne prévaudra pas. 13 Et le roi du nord reviendra et mettra sur pied une multitude plus grande que la première; et au bout d'une période d'années, il s'avancera avec une armée nombreuse et de grandes richesses. 14 Et, dans ces temps-là, plusieurs se lèveront contre le roi du midi, et les violents de ton peuple s'élèveront pour accomplir la vision; mais ils tomberont. 15 Et le roi du nord viendra, et il élèvera une terrasse, et s'emparera de la ville forte; et les forces du midi ne tiendront pas, ni l'élite de son peuple; et il n'y aura pas de force en lui pour se maintenir. 16 Mais celui qui vient contre lui agira selon son gré, et il n'y aura personne qui lui résiste; et il se tiendra dans le pays de beauté, ayant la destruction dans sa main; 17 et il dirigera sa face pour venir avec les forces de tout son royaume, et des hommes droits avec lui, et il agira; et il lui donnera la fille des femmes pour la pervertir; mais elle ne tiendra pas, et elle ne sera pas pour lui. 18 Et il tournera sa face vers les îles, et il en prendra beaucoup. Mais un chef mettra fin, pour lui, à son opprobre, et le fera retomber sur lui-même, sans opprobre pour lui; 19 et il tournera sa face vers les forteresses de son propre pays; et il bronchera et tombera, et ne sera pas trouvé. 20 Puis il s'en élèvera un à sa place qui fera passer l'exacteur par la gloire du royaume; mais en quelques jours il sera brisé, non par colère, ni par guerre. 21
Et un homme méprisé s'élèvera à sa place, auquel on ne donnera pas l'honneur du royaume; mais il entrera paisiblement, et prendra possession du royaume par des flatteries; 22 et les forces qui débordent seront débordées devant lui et seront brisées, et même le prince de l'alliance. 23 Et dès qu'il sera associé à lui, il agira avec fraude, et il montera, et sera fort avec peu de gens. 24 En pleine paix il entrera dans les lieux les plus riches de la province, et il fera ce que ses pères et les pères de ses pères n'ont pas fait; il leur distribuera du butin, et des dépouilles, et des richesses, et il tramera ses desseins contre les places fortes, et cela pour un temps. 25 Et il réveillera sa puissance et son coeur contre le roi du midi, avec une grande armée. Et le roi du midi s'engagera dans la guerre avec une grande et très-puissante armée. Mais il ne tiendra pas, car ils trameront leurs desseins contre lui; 26 et ceux qui mangeaient ses mets délicats le briseront; et son armée se dissoudra, et beaucoup de gens tomberont tués. 27 Et ces deux rois auront à coeur de faire du mal, et diront des mensonges à une même table; mais cela ne réussira pas, car la fin sera encore pour le temps déterminé. 28 Et il retournera dans son pays avec de grandes richesses, et son coeur sera contre la sainte alliance, et il agira, et retournera dans son pays. 29 Au temps déterminé il retournera et viendra dans le midi; mais il n'en sera pas la dernière fois comme la première; 30 car les navires de Kittim viendront contre lui; et il sera découragé, et retournera et sera courroucé contre la sainte alliance, et il agira; et il retournera et portera son attention sur ceux qui abandonnent la sainte alliance. 31 Et des forces se tiendront là de sa part, et elles profaneront le sanctuaire de la forteresse, et ôteront le sacrifice continuel, et elles placeront l'abomination qui cause la désolation. 32 Et, par de douces paroles, il entraînera à l'impiété ceux qui agissent méchamment à l'égard de l'alliance; mais le peuple qui connaît son Dieu sera fort et agira. 33 Et les sages du peuple enseigneront la multitude; et ils tomberont par l'épée et par la flamme, par la captivité et par le pillage, plusieurs jours. 34 Et quand ils tomberont, ils seront secourus avec un peu de secours, et plusieurs se joindront à eux par des flatteries. 35 Et d'entre les sages il en tombera pour les éprouver ainsi, et pour les purifier, et pour les blanchir, jusqu'au temps de la fin; car ce sera encore pour le temps déterminé. 36 Et le roi agira selon son bon plaisir, et s'exaltera, et s'élèvera contre tout *dieu, et proférera des choses impies contre le *Dieu des *dieux; et il prospérera jusqu'à ce que l'indignation soit accomplie; car ce qui est déterminé sera fait. 37 Et il n'aura point égard au Dieu de ses pères, et il n'aura point égard à l'objet du désir des femmes, ni à aucun dieu; car il s'agrandira au-dessus de tout; 38 et, à sa place, il honorera le dieu des forteresses: avec de l'or, et avec de l'argent, et avec des pierres précieuses, et avec des choses désirables, il honorera un dieu que n'ont pas connu ses pères; 39 et il agira dans les lieux forts des forteresses, avec un dieu étranger: à qui le reconnaîtra il multipliera la gloire; et il les fera dominer sur la multitude et leur partagera le pays en récompense. 40 Et, au temps de la fin, le roi du midi heurtera contre lui, et le roi du nord fondra sur lui comme une tempête, avec des chars et des cavaliers, et avec beaucoup de navires, et entrera dans les pays et inondera et passera outre; 41 et il viendra dans le pays de beauté, et plusieurs pays tomberont; mais ceux-ci échapperont de sa main: Édom, et Moab, et les principaux des fils d'Ammon. 42 Et il étendra sa main sur les pays, et le pays d'Égypte n'échappera pas. 43 Et il aura sous sa puissance les trésors d'or et d'argent, et toutes les choses désirables de l'Égypte; et les Libyens et les Éthiopiens suivront ses pas. 44 Mais des nouvelles de l'orient et du nord l'effrayeront, et il sortira en grande fureur pour exterminer et détruire entièrement beaucoup de gens. 45 Et il plantera les tentes de son palais entre la mer et la montagne de sainte beauté; et il viendra à sa fin, et il n'y aura personne pour le secourir.
Martin(i) 1 Or en la première année de Darius le Mède j'assistais pour l'affermir et le fortifier. 2 Et maintenant aussi je te ferai savoir la vérité : Voici, il y aura encore trois Rois en Perse, puis le quatrième possédera de grandes richesses par-dessus tous; et s'étant fortifié par ses richesses il soulèvera tout le monde contre le Royaume de Javan. 3 Et un Roi puissant se lèvera, et dominera avec une grande puissance, et fera selon sa volonté. 4 Et sitôt qu'il sera en état, son Royaume sera brisé, et partagé vers les quatre vents des cieux, et ne sera point pour sa race, ni selon la domination avec laquelle il aura dominé : car son Royaume sera extirpé, et sera donné à d'autres, outre ceux-là. 5 Et le Roi du Midi sera fort puissant, mais un des principaux chefs du Roi de Javan sera plus puissant que le Roi du Midi, et dominera, et sa domination sera une grande domination. 6 Et au bout de certaines années ils s'allieront, et la fille du Roi du Midi viendra vers le Roi de l'Aquilon, pour redresser les affaires; mais elle ne retiendra point la force du bras, et ni lui ni son bras ne subsisteront point; mais elle sera livrée, et ceux aussi qui l'auront amenée, et celui qui sera né d'elle, et qui la fortifiait en ces temps-là. 7 Mais le soutien du Royaume du Midi s'élèvera d'un rejeton des racines d'elle, et viendra à l'armée, et entrera dans les forteresses du Roi de l'Aquilon, et y fera de grands exploits, et se fortifiera. 8 Et même il emmènera captifs en Egypte leurs dieux avec les vaisseaux de leurs aspersions, et avec leurs vaisseaux précieux d'argent et d'or, et il subsistera quelques années plus que le Roi de l'Aquilon. 9 Et le Roi du Midi entrera dans son Royaume, mais il s'en retournera en son pays. 10 Mais les fils de celui-là entreront en guerre, et assembleront une multitude de grandes armées; puis l'un d'eux viendra certainement, et se répandra, et passera; il retournera, dis-je, et s'avancera en bataille jusqu'à la forteresse du Roi du Midi. 11 Et le Roi du Midi sera irrité, et sortira, et combattra contre lui, savoir contre le Roi de l'Aquilon; et il assemblera une grande multitude, et cette multitude sera livrée entre les mains du Roi du Midi. 12 Et après avoir défait cette multitude il élèvera son coeur, et abattra des gens à milliers, mais il ne sera pas fortifié. 13 Car le Roi de l'Aquilon reviendra, et assemblera une plus grande multitude que la première, et au bout de quelque temps, savoir, de quelques années, il viendra certainement avec une grande armée, et un grand appareil. 14 Et en ce temps-là plusieurs s'élèveront contre le Roi du Midi; et les hommes violents de ton peuple s'élèveront, afin de confirmer la vision, mais ils tomberont. 15 Et le Roi de l'Aquilon viendra, et fera des terrasses, et prendra les villes fortes; et les bras du Midi, ni son peuple d'élite ne pourront point résister, car il n'y aura point de force pour résister. 16 Et il fera de celui qui sera venu contre lui, selon sa volonté, et il n'y aura personne qui tienne ferme devant lui; et il s'arrêtera au pays de noblesse, et il y aura consomption par sa force. 17 Puis il tournera sa face pour entrer par force dans tout le Royaume de celui-là, et ses affaires iront bien, et il fera de grands exploits, et il lui donnera une fille de femmes, pour ruiner le Royaume; mais cela ne tiendra point, et elle ne sera point pour lui. 18 Puis il tournera sa face vers les Iles, et en prendra plusieurs, mais un capitaine l'obligera de cesser l'opprobre qu'il faisait, et outre cela il fera retomber sur lui son opprobre. 19 Puis il tournera visage vers les forteresses de son pays, il heurtera, il sera renversé, et il ne sera plus trouvé. 20 Et un autre sera établi en sa place, qui enverra l'exacteur pour la Majesté Royale, et il sera détruit dans peu de jours, mais non dans une rencontre, ni dans une bataille. 21 Et en sa place il en sera établi un autre qui sera méprisé, auquel on ne donnera point l'honneur royal; mais il viendra en paix, et il occupera le Royaume par des flatteries. 22 Et les bras des grandes eaux seront engloutis par un déluge devant lui, et seront rompus, et il sera le Chef d'un accord. 23 Mais après les accords faits avec lui, il usera de tromperie, et il montera, et se renforcera avec peu de gens. 24 Il entrera dans les lieux gras d'une Province alors paisible, et il fera des choses que ses pères, ni les pères de ses pères, n'ont point faites; il leur répandra le pillage, le butin, et les richesses; et il formera des desseins contre les forteresses : et cela jusqu'à un certain temps. 25 Puis il réveillera sa force et son coeur contre le Roi du Midi, avec une grande armée, et le Roi du Midi s'avancera en bataille avec une très grande et très forte armée, mais il ne subsistera point, parce qu'on formera des entreprises contre lui. 26 Et ceux qui mangent les mets de sa table le mettront en pièces, et son armée sera accablée, comme d'un déluge, et beaucoup de gens tomberont blessés à mort. 27 Et le coeur de ces deux Rois sera adonné à s'entre-nuire, et ils parleront en une même table avec tromperie, ce qui ne tournera point à bien; car il y aura encore une fin au temps ordonné. 28 Après quoi il s'en retournera en son pays avec de grandes richesses, et son coeur sera contre la sainte alliance, et il fera de grands exploits, puis il retournera en son pays. 29 Ensuite il retournera au temps préfix, et il viendra contre le Midi, mais cette dernière expédition ne sera pas comme la précédente. 30 Car les navires de Kittim viendront contre lui, dont il sera contristé, et il s'en retournera, et il sera irrité contre la sainte alliance, et fera de grands exploits, et retournera, et s'entendra avec les apostats de la sainte alliance. 31 Et les forces seront de son côté, et on souillera le Sanctuaire, qui est la forteresse, et on ôtera le sacrifice continuel, et on y mettra l'abomination qui causera la désolation. 32 Et il fera pécher par flatteries ceux qui se porteront méchamment dans l'alliance; mais le peuple de ceux qui connaîtront leur Dieu se fortifiera, et fera de grands exploits. 33 Et les plus intelligents d'entre le peuple donneront instruction à plusieurs, et il y en aura qui tomberont par l'épée et par la flamme, ou qui seront en captivité et en proie durant plusieurs jours. 34 Et lorsqu'ils tomberont ainsi, ils seront un peu secourus; mais plusieurs se joindront à eux sous un beau semblant. 35 Et quelques-uns de ces plus intelligents tomberont, afin qu'il y en ait d'entre eux qui soient rendus éprouvés, qui soient épurés, et qui soient blanchis, jusqu'au temps déterminé; car cela est encore pour un certain temps. 36 Ce Roi donc fera selon sa volonté, et s'enorgueillira, et s'élèvera par-dessus tout Dieu; il proférera des choses étranges contre le Dieu des dieux, et prospérera jusqu'à ce que l'indignation ait pris fin; car la détermination en a été faite. 37 Et il ne se souciera point des dieux de ses pères, ni de l'amour des femmes, même il ne se souciera d'aucun Dieu; car il s'élèvera au-dessus de tout. 38 Mais il honorera dans son lieu le dieu Mahuzzim, il honorera, dis-je, avec de l'or et de l'argent, et des pierres précieuses, et des choses désirables, le dieu que ses pères n'ont point connu. 39 Et il fera de grands exploits dans les forteresses les plus fortes, tenant le parti du dieu inconnu qu'il aura connu, il leur multipliera la gloire, et les fera dominer sur plusieurs, et leur partagera le pays à prix d'argent. 40 Et au temps déterminé le Roi du Midi choquera avec lui de ses cornes mais le Roi de l'Aquilon se lèvera contre lui comme une tempête, avec des chariots et des gens de cheval, et avec plusieurs navires, et il entrera dans ses terres, et les inondera, et passera outre. 41 Et il entrera au pays de noblesse, et plusieurs pays seront ruinés, mais ceux-ci réchapperont de sa main, savoir, Edom, et Moab, et le principal lieu des enfants de Hammon. 42 Il mettra donc la main sur ces pays-là; et le pays d'Egypte n'échappera point. 43 Il se rendra maître des trésors d'or et d'argent, et de toutes les choses désirables de l'Egypte; les Libyens et ceux de Cus seront à sa suite. 44 Mais les nouvelles de l'Orient et de l'Aquilon le troubleront, et il sortira avec une grande fureur, pour détruire et exterminer beaucoup de gens. 45 Et il dressera les tentes de sa maison royale entre les mers, à l'opposite de la noble montagne de la sainteté; mais il viendra à sa fin, et personne ne lui donnera du secours.
Segond(i) 1 Et moi, la première année de Darius, le Mède, j'étais auprès de lui pour l'aider et le soutenir. 2 Maintenant, je vais te faire connaître la vérité. Voici, il y aura encore trois rois en Perse. Le quatrième amassera plus de richesses que tous les autres; et quand il sera puissant par ses richesses, il soulèvera tout contre le royaume de Javan. 3 Mais il s'élèvera un vaillant roi, qui dominera avec une grande puissance, et fera ce qu'il voudra. 4 Et lorsqu'il se sera élevé, son royaume se brisera et sera divisé vers les quatre vents des cieux; il n'appartiendra pas à ses descendants, et il ne sera pas aussi puissant qu'il était, car il sera déchiré, et il passera à d'autres qu'à eux. 5 Le roi du midi deviendra fort. Mais un de ses chefs sera plus fort que lui, et dominera; sa domination sera puissante. 6 Au bout de quelques années ils s'allieront, et la fille du roi du midi viendra vers le roi du septentrion pour rétablir la concorde. Mais elle ne conservera pas la force de son bras, et il ne résistera pas, ni lui, ni son bras; elle sera livrée avec ceux qui l'auront amenée, avec son père et avec celui qui aura été son soutien dans ce temps-là. 7 Un rejeton de ses racines s'élèvera à sa place; il viendra à l'armée, il entrera dans les forteresses du roi du septentrion, il en disposera à son gré, et il se rendra puissant. 8 Il enlèvera même et transportera en Egypte leurs dieux et leurs images de fonte, et leurs objets précieux d'argent et d'or. Puis il restera quelques années éloigné du roi du septentrion. 9 Et celui-ci marchera contre le royaume du roi du midi, et reviendra dans son pays. 10 Ses fils se mettront en campagne et rassembleront une multitude nombreuse de troupes; l'un d'eux s'avancera, se répandra comme un torrent, débordera, puis reviendra; et ils pousseront les hostilités jusqu'à la forteresse du roi du midi. 11 Le roi du midi s'irritera, il sortira et attaquera le roi du septentrion; il soulèvera une grande multitude, et les troupes du roi du septentrion seront livrées entre ses mains. 12 Cette multitude sera fière, et le coeur du roi s'enflera; il fera tomber des milliers, mais il ne triomphera pas. 13 Car le roi du septentrion reviendra et rassemblera une multitude plus nombreuse que la première; au bout de quelques temps, de quelques années, il se mettra en marche avec une grande armée et de grandes richesses. 14 En ce temps-là, plusieurs s'élèveront contre le roi du midi, et des hommes violents parmi ton peuple se révolteront pour accomplir la vision, et ils succomberont. 15 Le roi du septentrion s'avancera, il élèvera des terrasses, et s'emparera des villes fortes. Les troupes du midi et l'élite du roi ne résisteront pas, elles manqueront de force pour résister. 16 Celui qui marchera contre lui fera ce qu'il voudra, et personne ne lui résistera; il s'arrêtera dans le plus beau des pays, exterminant ce qui tombera sous sa main. 17 Il se proposera d'arriver avec toutes les forces de son royaume, et de conclure la paix avec le roi du midi; il lui donnera sa fille pour femme, dans l'intention d'amener sa ruine; mais cela n'aura pas lieu, et ne lui réussira pas. 18 Il tournera ses vues du côté des îles, et il en prendra plusieurs; mais un chef mettra fin à l'opprobre qu'il voulait lui attirer, et le fera retomber sur lui. 19 Il se dirigera ensuite vers les forteresses de son pays; et il chancellera, il tombera, et on ne le trouvera plus. 20 Celui qui le remplacera fera venir un exacteur dans la plus belle partie du royaume, mais en quelques jours il sera brisé, et ce ne sera ni par la colère ni par la guerre. 21 Un homme méprisé prendra sa place, sans être revêtu de la dignité royale; il paraîtra au milieu de la paix, et s'emparera du royaume par l'intrigue. 22 Les troupes qui se répandront comme un torrent seront submergées devant lui, et anéanties, de même qu'un chef de l'alliance. 23 Après qu'on se sera joint à lui, il usera de tromperie; il se mettra en marche, et il aura le dessus avec peu de monde. 24 Il entrera, au sein de la paix, dans les lieux les plus fertiles de la province; il fera ce que n'avaient pas fait ses pères, ni les pères de ses pères; il distribuera le butin, les dépouilles et les richesses; il formera des projets contre les forteresses, et cela pendant un certain temps. 25 A la tête d'une grande armée il emploiera sa force et son ardeur contre le roi du midi. Et le roi du midi s'engagera dans la guerre avec une armée nombreuse et très puissante; mais il ne résistera pas, car on méditera contre lui de mauvais desseins. 26 Ceux qui mangeront des mets de sa table causeront sa perte; ses troupes se répandront comme un torrent, et les morts tomberont en grand nombre. 27 Les deux rois chercheront en leur coeur à faire le mal, et à la même table ils parleront avec fausseté. Mais cela ne réussira pas, car la fin n'arrivera qu'au temps marqué. 28 Il retournera dans son pays avec de grandes richesses; il sera dans son coeur hostile à l'alliance sainte, il agira contre elle, puis retournera dans son pays. 29 A une époque fixée, il marchera de nouveau contre le midi; mais cette dernière fois les choses ne se passeront pas comme précédemment. 30 Des navires de Kittim s'avanceront contre lui; découragé, il rebroussera. Puis, furieux contre l'alliance sainte, il ne restera pas inactif; à son retour, il portera ses regards sur ceux qui auront abandonné l'alliance sainte. 31 Des troupes se présenteront sur son ordre; elles profaneront le sanctuaire, la forteresse, elles feront cesser le sacrifice perpétuel, et dresseront l'abomination du dévastateur. 32 Il séduira par des flatteries les traîtres de l'alliance. Mais ceux du peuple qui connaîtront leur Dieu agiront avec fermeté, 33 et les plus sages parmi eux donneront instruction à la multitude. Il en est qui succomberont pour un temps à l'épée et à la flamme, à la captivité et au pillage. 34 Dans le temps où ils succomberont, ils seront un peu secourus, et plusieurs se joindront à eux par hypocrisie. 35 Quelques-uns des hommes sages succomberont, afin qu'ils soient épurés, purifiés et blanchis, jusqu'au temps de la fin, car elle n'arrivera qu'au temps marqué. 36 Le roi fera ce qu'il voudra; il s'élèvera, il se glorifiera au-dessus de tous les dieux, et il dira des choses incroyables contre le Dieu des dieux; il prospérera jusqu'à ce que la colère soit consommée, car ce qui est arrêté s'accomplira. 37 Il n'aura égard ni aux dieux de ses pères, ni à la divinité qui fait les délices des femmes; il n'aura égard à aucun dieu, car il se glorifiera au-dessus de tous. 38 Toutefois il honorera le dieu des forteresses sur son piédestal; à ce dieu, que ne connaissaient pas ses pères, il rendra des hommages avec de l'or et de l'argent, avec des pierres précieuses et des objets de prix. 39 C'est avec le dieu étranger qu'il agira contre les lieux fortifiés; et il comblera d'honneurs ceux qui le reconnaîtront, il les fera dominer sur plusieurs, il leur distribuera des terres pour récompense. 40 Au temps de la fin, le roi du midi se heurtera contre lui. Et le roi du septentrion fondra sur lui comme une tempête, avec des chars et des cavaliers, et avec de nombreux navires; il s'avancera dans les terres, se répandra comme un torrent et débordera. 41 Il entrera dans le plus beau des pays, et plusieurs succomberont; mais Edom, Moab, et les principaux des enfants d'Ammon seront délivrés de sa main. 42 Il étendra sa main sur divers pays, et le pays d'Egypte n'échappera point. 43 Il se rendra maître des trésors d'or et d'argent, et de toutes les choses précieuses de l'Egypte; les Libyens et les Ethiopiens seront à sa suite. 44 Des nouvelles de l'orient et du septentrion viendront l'effrayer, et il partira avec une grande fureur pour détruire et exterminer des multitudes. 45 Il dressera les tentes de son palais entre les mers, vers la glorieuse et sainte montagne Puis il arrivera à la fin, sans que personne lui soit en aide.
Segond_Strongs(i)
  1 H259 ¶ Et moi, la première H8141 année H1867 de Darius H4075 , le Mède H5977 , j’étais auprès H2388 de lui pour l’aider H8688   H4581 et le soutenir.
  2 H5046 Maintenant, je vais te faire connaître H8686   H571 la vérité H5975 . Voici, il y aura H8802   H7969 encore trois H4428 rois H6539 en Perse H7243 . Le quatrième H6239 amassera plus H6238 de richesses H8686   H1419 que tous H2393 les autres ; et quand il sera puissant H6239 par ses richesses H5782 , il soulèvera H8686   H4438 tout contre le royaume H3120 de Javan.
  3 H5975 Mais il s’élèvera H8804   H1368 un vaillant H4428 roi H4910 , qui dominera H8804   H7227 avec une grande H4474 puissance H6213 , et fera H8804   H7522 ce qu’il voudra.
  4 H5975 Et lorsqu’il se sera élevé H8800   H4438 , son royaume H7665 se brisera H8735   H2673 et sera divisé H8735   H702 vers les quatre H7307 vents H8064 des cieux H319  ; il n’appartiendra pas à ses descendants H4915 , et il ne sera pas aussi puissant H4910   H8804   H4438 qu’il était, car il H5428 sera déchiré H8735   H312 , et il passera à d’autres qu’à eux.
  5 H4428 ¶ Le roi H5045 du midi H2388 deviendra fort H8799   H8269 . Mais un de ses chefs H2388 sera plus fort H8799   H4910 que lui, et dominera H8804   H4475  ; sa domination H7227 sera puissante H4474  .
  6 H7093 Au bout H8141 de quelques années H2266 ils s’allieront H8691   H1323 , et la fille H4428 du roi H5045 du midi H935 viendra H8799   H4428 vers le roi H6828 du septentrion H6213 pour rétablir H8800   H4339 la concorde H6113 . Mais elle ne conservera H8799   H3581 pas la force H2220 de son bras H5975 , et il ne résistera H8799   H2220 pas, ni lui, ni son bras H5414  ; elle sera livrée H8735   H935 avec ceux qui l’auront amenée H8688   H3205 , avec son père H8802   H2388 et avec celui qui aura été son soutien H8688   H6256 dans ce temps-là.
  7 H5342 Un rejeton H8328 de ses racines H5975 s’élèvera H8804   H3653 à sa place H935  ; il viendra H8799   H2428 à l’armée H935 , il entrera H8799   H4581 dans les forteresses H4428 du roi H6828 du septentrion H6213 , il en disposera H8804   H2388 à son gré, et il se rendra puissant H8689  .
  8 H935 Il enlèvera H8686   H7628 même et transportera H4714 en Egypte H430 leurs dieux H5257 et leurs images de fonte H3627 , et leurs objets H2532 précieux H3701 d’argent H2091 et d’or H5975 . Puis il restera H8799   H8141 quelques années H4428 éloigné du roi H6828 du septentrion.
  9 H935 Et celui-ci marchera H8804   H4438 contre le royaume H4428 du roi H5045 du midi H7725 , et reviendra H8804   H127 dans son pays.
  10 H1121 Ses fils H1624 se mettront en campagne H8691   H622 et rassembleront H8804   H1995 une multitude H7227 nombreuse H2428 de troupes H935  ; l’un d’eux s’avancera H8800   H935   H8804   H7857 , se répandra H8804   H5674 comme un torrent, débordera H8804   H7725 , puis reviendra H8799   H1624  ; et ils pousseront les hostilités H8691   H4581 jusqu’à la forteresse du roi du midi.
  11 H4428 Le roi H5045 du midi H4843 s’irritera H8698   H3318 , il sortira H8804   H3898 et attaquera H8738   H4428 le roi H6828 du septentrion H5975  ; il soulèvera H8689   H7227 une grande H1995 multitude H1995 , et les troupes H5414 du roi du septentrion seront livrées H8738   H3027 entre ses mains.
  12 H1995 Cette multitude H5375 sera fière H8738   H3824 , et le cœur H7311 du roi s’enflera H8804   H8675   H7311   H8799   H5307  ; il fera tomber H8689   H7239 des milliers H5810 , mais il ne triomphera H8799   pas.
  13 H4428 Car le roi H6828 du septentrion H7725 reviendra H8804   H5975 et rassemblera H8689   H1995 une multitude H7227 plus nombreuse H7223 que la première H7093  ; au bout H6256 de quelques temps H8141 , de quelques années H935 , il se mettra en marche H8800   H935   H8799   H1419 avec une grande H2428 armée H7227 et de grandes H7399 richesses.
  14 H6256 En ce temps H7227 -là, plusieurs H5975 s’élèveront H8799   H4428 contre le roi H5045 du midi H1121 , et des hommes H6530 violents H5971 parmi ton peuple H5375 se révolteront H8691   H5975 pour accomplir H8687   H2377 la vision H3782 , et ils succomberont H8738  .
  15 H4428 Le roi H6828 du septentrion H935 s’avancera H8799   H8210 , il élèvera H8799   H5550 des terrasses H3920 , et s’emparera H8804   H5892 des villes H4013 fortes H2220 . Les troupes H5045 du midi H4005 et l’élite H5971   H5975 du roi ne résisteront H8799   H3581 pas, elles manqueront de force H5975 pour résister H8800  .
  16 H935 Celui qui marchera H8802   H6213 contre lui fera H8799   H7522 ce qu’il voudra H5975 , et personne ne lui résistera H8802   H6440   H5975  ; il s’arrêtera H8799   H6643 dans le plus beau H776 des pays H3617 , exterminant H3027 ce qui tombera sous sa main.
  17 H7760 Il se proposera H8799   H6440   H935 d’arriver H8800   H8633 avec toutes les forces H4438 de son royaume H6213 , et de conclure H8804   H3477 la paix H5414 avec le roi du midi ; il lui donnera H8799   H1323 sa fille H802 pour femme H7843 , dans l’intention d’amener sa ruine H8687   H5975  ; mais cela n’aura pas lieu, et ne lui réussira H8799   pas.
  18 H7760 Il tournera H8799   H8675   H7725   H8686   H6440 ses vues H339 du côté des îles H3920 , et il en prendra H8804   H7227 plusieurs H7101  ; mais un chef H7673 mettra fin H8689   H2781 à l’opprobre H1115   H2781   H7725 qu’il voulait lui attirer, et le fera retomber H8686   sur lui.
  19 H7725 Il se dirigera H8686   H6440   H4581 ensuite vers les forteresses H776 de son pays H3782  ; et il chancellera H8738   H5307 , il tombera H8804   H4672 , et on ne le trouvera H8735   plus.
  20 H3653 Celui qui le remplacera H5975 fera venir H8804   H5674 un exacteur H8688   H5065   H8802   H1925 dans la plus belle H4438 partie du royaume H259 , mais en quelques H3117 jours H7665 il sera brisé H8735   H639 , et ce ne sera ni par la colère H4421 ni par la guerre.
  21 H959 ¶ Un homme méprisé H8737   H5975 prendra H8804   H3653 sa place H5414 , sans être revêtu H8804   H1935 de la dignité H4438 royale H935  ; il paraîtra H8804   H7962 au milieu de la paix H2388 , et s’emparera H8689   H4438 du royaume H2519 par l’intrigue.
  22 H2220 Les troupes H7858 qui se répandront comme un torrent H7857 seront submergées H8735   H6440 devant H7665 lui, et anéanties H8735   H5057 , de même qu’un chef H1285 de l’alliance.
  23 H2266 Après qu’on se sera joint H8692   H6213 à lui, il usera H8799   H4820 de tromperie H5927  ; il se mettra en marche H8804   H6105 , et il aura le dessus H8804   H4592 avec peu H1471 de monde.
  24 H935 Il entrera H8799   H7962 , au sein de la paix H4924 , dans les lieux les plus fertiles H4082 de la province H6213  ; il fera H8804   H6213 ce que n’avaient pas fait H8804   H1 ses pères H1 , ni les pères H1 de ses pères H967  ; il distribuera H8799   H961 le butin H7998 , les dépouilles H7399 et les richesses H2803  ; il formera H8762   H4284 des projets H4013 contre les forteresses H6256 , et cela pendant un certain temps.
  25 H1419 A la tête d’une grande H2428 armée H5782 il emploiera H8686   H3581 sa force H3824 et son ardeur H4428 contre le roi H5045 du midi H4428 . Et le roi H5045 du midi H1624 s’engagera H8691   H4421 dans la guerre H2428 avec une armée H1419 nombreuse H3966 et très H6099 puissante H5975  ; mais il ne résistera H8799   H2803 pas, car on méditera H8799   H4284 contre lui de mauvais desseins.
  26 H398 Ceux qui mangeront H8802   H6598 des mets H7665 de sa table causeront sa perte H8799   H2428  ; ses troupes H7857 se répandront comme un torrent H8799   H2491 , et les morts H5307 tomberont H8804   H7227 en grand nombre.
  27 H8147 Les deux H4428 rois H3824 chercheront en leur cœur H4827 à faire H8688   H7451 le mal H259 , et à la même H7979 table H1696 ils parleront H8762   H3577 avec fausseté H6743 . Mais cela ne réussira H8799   H7093 pas, car la fin H4150 n’arrivera qu’au temps marqué.
  28 H7725 Il retournera H8804   H776 dans son pays H1419 avec de grandes H7399 richesses H3824  ; il sera dans son cœur H1285 hostile à l’alliance H6944 sainte H6213 , il agira H8804   H7725 contre elle, puis retournera H8799   H776 dans son pays.
  29 H4150 A une époque fixée H7725 , il marchera H8799   H935   H8804   H5045 de nouveau contre le midi H7223  ; mais cette dernière H314 fois les choses ne se passeront pas comme précédemment.
  30 H6716 Des navires H3794 de Kittim H935 s’avanceront H8804   H3512 contre lui ; découragé H8738   H7725 , il rebroussera H8804   H2194 . Puis, furieux H8804   H1285 contre l’alliance H6944 sainte H6213 , il ne restera pas inactif H8804   H7725  ; à son retour H8804   H995 , il portera ses regards H8799   H5800 sur ceux qui auront abandonné H8802   H1285 l’alliance H6944 sainte.
  31 H2220 Des troupes H5975 se présenteront H8799   H2490 sur son ordre ; elles profaneront H8765   H4720 le sanctuaire H4581 , la forteresse H5493 , elles feront cesser H8689   H8548 le sacrifice perpétuel H5414 , et dresseront H8804   H8251 l’abomination H8074 du dévastateur H8789  .
  32 H2610 Il séduira H8686   H2514 par des flatteries H7561 les traîtres H8688   H1285 de l’alliance H5971 . Mais ceux du peuple H3045 qui connaîtront H8802   H430 leur Dieu H6213 agiront H8804   H2388 avec fermeté H8686  ,
  33 H7919 et les plus sages H8688   H5971 parmi eux H995 donneront instruction H8799   H7227 à la multitude H3782 . Il en est qui succomberont H8738   H3117 pour un temps H2719 à l’épée H3852 et à la flamme H7628 , à la captivité H961 et au pillage.
  34 H3782 Dans le temps où ils succomberont H8736   H4592 , ils seront un peu H5828   H5826 secourus H8735   H7227 , et plusieurs H3867 se joindront H8738   H2519 à eux par hypocrisie.
  35 H7919 Quelques-uns des hommes sages H8688   H3782 succomberont H8735   H6884 , afin qu’ils soient épurés H8800   H1305 , purifiés H8763   H3835 et blanchis H8687   H6256 , jusqu’au temps H7093 de la fin H4150 , car elle n’arrivera qu’au temps marqué.
  36 H4428 Le roi H6213 fera H8804   H7522 ce qu’il voudra H7311  ; il s’élèvera H8709   H1431 , il se glorifiera H8691   H410 au-dessus de tous les dieux H1696 , et il dira H8762   H6381 des choses incroyables H8737   H410 contre le Dieu H410 des dieux H6743  ; il prospérera H8689   H2195 jusqu’à ce que la colère H3615 soit consommée H8804   H2782 , car ce qui est arrêté H8737   H6213 s’accomplira H8738  .
  37 H995 Il n’aura égard H8799   H430 ni aux dieux H1 de ses pères H2532 , ni à la divinité qui fait les délices H802 des femmes H995  ; il n’aura égard H8799   H433 à aucun dieu H1431 , car il se glorifiera H8691   au-dessus de tous.
  38 H3513 Toutefois il honorera H8762   H433 le dieu H4581 des forteresses H3653 sur son piédestal H433  ; à ce dieu H3045 , que ne connaissaient H8804   H1 pas ses pères H3513 , il rendra des hommages H8762   H2091 avec de l’or H3701 et de l’argent H68 , avec des pierres H3368 précieuses H2532 et des objets de prix.
  39 H433 C’est avec le dieu H5236 étranger H6213 qu’il agira H8804   H4581 contre les lieux H4013 fortifiés H7235  ; et il comblera H8686   H3519 d’honneurs H5234 ceux qui le reconnaîtront H8686   H8675   H5234   H8689   H4910 , il les fera dominer H8689   H7227 sur plusieurs H2505 , il leur distribuera H8762   H127 des terres H4242 pour récompense.
  40 H6256 Au temps H7093 de la fin H4428 , le roi H5045 du midi H5055 se heurtera H8691   H4428 contre lui. Et le roi H6828 du septentrion H8175 fondra sur lui comme une tempête H8691   H7393 , avec des chars H6571 et des cavaliers H7227 , et avec de nombreux H591 navires H935  ; il s’avancera H8804   H776 dans les terres H7857 , se répandra comme un torrent H8804   H5674 et débordera H8804  .
  41 H935 Il entrera H8804   H6643 dans le plus beau H776 des pays H7227 , et plusieurs H3782 succomberont H8735   H123  ; mais Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 , et les principaux H1121 des enfants H5983 d’Ammon H4422 seront délivrés H8735   H3027 de sa main.
  42 H7971 Il étendra H8799   H3027 sa main H776 sur divers pays H776 , et le pays H4714 d’Egypte H6413 n’échappera point.
  43 H4910 Il se rendra maître H8804   H4362 des trésors H2091 d’or H3701 et d’argent H2532 , et de toutes les choses précieuses H4714 de l’Egypte H3864  ; les Libyens H3569 et les Ethiopiens H4703 seront à sa suite.
  44 H8052 Des nouvelles H4217 de l’orient H6828 et du septentrion H926 viendront l’effrayer H8762   H3318 , et il partira H8804   H1419 avec une grande H2534 fureur H8045 pour détruire H8687   H2763 et exterminer H8687   H7227 des multitudes.
  45 H5193 Il dressera H8799   H168 les tentes H643 de son palais H3220 entre les mers H6643 , vers la glorieuse H6944 et sainte H2022 montagne H935 Puis il arrivera H8804   H7093 à la fin H5826 , sans que personne lui soit en aide H8802  .
SE(i) 1 Y en el año primero de Darío el de Media, yo estuve para animarlo y fortalecerlo. 2 Y ahora yo te mostraré la verdad. He aquí que aún habrá tres reyes en Persia, y el cuarto se hará de grandes riquezas más que todos; y fortificándose con sus riquezas, despertará a todos contra el reino de Grecia. 3 Y se levantará un rey valiente, el cual se enseñoreará sobre gran dominio, y hará a su voluntad. 4 Pero cuando esté enseñoreado, será quebrantado su reino, y será partido por los cuatro vientos del cielo; y no a su descendiente, ni según el señorío con que él se enseñoreó; porque su reino será arrancado, y para otros fuera de éstos. 5 Y se hará fuerte el rey del mediodía y de sus principados y le sobrepujará, y se hará poderoso, y su señorío será grande señorío. 6 Mas al cabo de algunos años se concertarán, y la hija del rey del mediodía vendrá al rey del norte para hacer los conciertos; mas no tendrá fuerza de brazo; ni permanecerá él, ni su brazo; porque ella será entregada, y los que la habían traído, y su padre, y los que estaban de su parte en aquel tiempo. 7 Mas del renuevo de sus raíces se levantará sobre su silla, y vendrá al ejército, y entrará en la fortaleza del rey del norte, y hará en ellos a su voluntad, y predominará. 8 Y aun los dioses de ellos, con sus príncipes, con sus vasos preciosos de plata y de oro, llevará cautivos en Egipto; y por algunos años se mantendrá él contra el rey del norte. 9 Así entrará en el reino el rey del mediodía, y volverá a su tierra. 10 Mas los hijos de aquél se airarán y reunirán multitud de grandes ejércitos: y vendrá a gran prisa, e inundará, y pasará, y tornará, y llegará con ira hasta su fortaleza. 11 Por lo cual se enfurecerá el rey del mediodía, y saldrá, y peleará con el mismo rey del norte; y pondrá en campo gran multitud, y toda aquella multitud será entregada en su mano. 12 Por lo cual la multitud se ensoberbecerá, se elevará su corazón, y derribará muchos millares; mas no prevalecerá. 13 Y el rey del norte volverá a poner en campo mayor multitud que la primera, y al cabo del tiempo de algunos años vendrá a gran prisa con gran ejército y con muchas riquezas. 14 Mas en aquellos tiempos se levantarán muchos contra el rey del mediodía; e hijos de disipadores de tu pueblo se levantarán para confirmar la profecía, y caerán. 15 Vendrá, pues, el rey del norte, y fundará baluartes, y tomará ciudades fuertes; y los brazos del mediodía no podrán permanecer, ni su pueblo escogido, ni habrá fortaleza que pueda resistir. 16 Y el que vendrá contra él, hará a su voluntad, ni habrá quien se le pueda parar delante; y estará en la tierra deseable, la cual será consumida en su poder. 17 Pondrá luego su rostro para venir con la potencia de todo su reino; y hará con aquél cosas rectas, y le dará una hija de sus mujeres para trastornarla; mas no estará ni será por él. 18 Volverá después su rostro a las islas, y tomará muchas; mas un príncipe le hará parar su afrenta, y aun tornará sobre él su oprobio. 19 Luego volverá su rostro a las fortalezas de su tierra; mas tropezará y caerá, y no aparecerá más. 20 Entonces sucederá en su silla quien quitará las exacciones, el cual será Gloria del Reino; mas en pocos días será quebrantado, no en enojo, ni en batalla. 21 Y sucederá en su lugar un vil, al cual no darán la honra del Reino: vendrá empero con paz, y tomará el reino con halagos. 22 Y con los brazos serán inundados de inundación delante de él, y serán quebrantados; y aun también el príncipe del pacto. 23 Y después de los pactos con él, él hará engaño, y subirá, y saldrá vencedor con poca gente. 24 Estando la provincia en paz y en abundancia, entrará y hará lo que nunca hicieron sus padres, ni los padres de sus padres; presa, despojos, y riquezas repartirá a sus soldados; y contra las fortalezas formará sus designios; y esto por un tiempo. 25 Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con gran ejército; y el rey del mediodía se moverá a la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. 26 Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruido, y caerán muchos muertos. 27 Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacerse mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira; mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aún no es llegado. 28 Y se volverá a su tierra con gran riqueza, y su corazón será contra el santo pacto; hará pues, y se volverá a su tierra. 29 Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. 30 Porque vendrán contra él naves de Quitim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y se enojará contra el santo pacto, y hará; se volverá pues, y pensará en los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. 31 Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación de asolamiento. 32 Y con lisonjas hará pecar a los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce a su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. 33 Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría a muchos; y caerán a cuchillo y a fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por algunos días. 34 Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro; y muchos se juntarán a ellos con lisonjas. 35 Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo del fin, porque aun para esto hay plazo. 36 Y el rey hará a su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios; y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que la ira sea acabada, porque hecha está la determinación. 37 Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres; ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. 38 Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron; lo honrará con oro, y plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. 39 Y con el dios ajeno que conocerá, hará castillos fuertes, ensanchará su gloria; y los hará señores sobre muchos, y repartirá la tierra por precio. 40 Pero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él tempestad, con carros y gente de a caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, e inundará, y pasará. 41 Y vendrá a la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Amón. 42 Extenderá su mano a las tierras, y la tierra de Egipto no escapará. 43 Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. 44 Mas nuevas del oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con gran ira para destruir y matar a muchos. 45 Y plantará las tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del Santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.
ReinaValera(i) 1 Y EN el año primero de Darío el de Media, yo estuve para animarlo y fortalecerlo. 2 Y ahora yo te mostraré la verdad. He aquí que aun habrá tres reyes en Persia, y el cuarto se hará de grandes riquezas más que todos; y fortificándose con sus riquezas, despertará á todos contra el reino de Javán. 3 Levantaráse luego un rey valiente, el cual se enseñoreará sobre gran dominio, y hará su voluntad. 4 Pero cuando estará enseñoreado, será quebrantado su reino, y repartido por los cuatro vientos del cielo; y no á sus descendientes, ni según el señorío con que él se enseñoreó: porque su reino será arrancado, y para otros fuera de aquellos. 5 Y haráse fuerte el rey del mediodía: mas uno de los príncipes de aquél le sobrepujará, y se hará poderoso; su señorío será grande señorío. 6 Y al cabo de años se concertarán, y la hija del rey del mediodía vendrá al rey del norte para hacer los conciertos. Empero ella no podrá retener la fuerza del brazo: ni permanecerá él, ni su brazo; porque será entregada ella, y los que la habían traído, asimismo su hijo, y los que estaban de parte de ella en aquel tiempo. 7 Mas del renuevo de sus raíces se levantará uno sobre su silla, y vendrá con ejército, y entrará en la fortaleza del rey del norte, y hará en ellos á su arbitrio, y predominará. 8 Y aun los dioses de ellos, con sus príncipes, con sus vasos preciosos de plata y de oro, llevará cautivos á Egipto: y por años se mantendrá él contra el rey del norte. 9 Así entrará en el reino el rey del mediodía, y volverá á su tierra. 10 Mas los hijos de aquél se airarán y reunirán multitud de grandes ejércitos: y vendrá á gran priesa, é inundará, y pasará, y tornará, y llegará con ira hasta su fortaleza. 11 Por lo cual se enfurecerá el rey del mediodía, y saldrá, y peleará con el mismo rey del norte; y pondrá en campo gran multitud, y toda aquella multitud será entregada en su mano. 12 Y la multitud se ensoberbecerá, elevaráse su corazón, y derribará muchos millares; mas no prevalecerá. 13 Y el rey del norte volverá á poner en campo mayor multitud que primero, y á cabo del tiempo de años vendrá á gran priesa con grande ejército y con muchas riquezas. 14 Y en aquellos tiempos se levantarán muchos contra el rey del mediodía; é hijos de disipadores de tu pueblo se levantarán para confirmar la profecía, y caerán. 15 Vendrá pues el rey del norte, y fundará baluartes, y tomará la ciudad fuerte; y los brazos del mediodía no podrán permanecer, ni su pueblo escogido, ni habrá fortaleza que pueda resistir. 16 Y el que vendrá contra él, hará á su voluntad, ni habrá quien se le pueda parar delante; y estará en la tierra deseable, la cual será consumida en su poder. 17 Pondrá luego su rostro para venir con el poder de todo su reino; y hará con aquél cosas rectas, y darále una hija de mujeres para trastornarla: mas no estará ni será por él. 18 Volverá después su rostro á las islas, y tomará muchas; mas un príncipe le hará parar su afrenta, y aun tornará sobre él su oprobio. 19 Luego volverá su rostro á las fortalezas de su tierra: mas tropezará y caerá, y no parecerá más. 20 Entonces sucederá en su silla uno que hará pasar exactor por la gloria del reino; mas en pocos días será quebrantado, no en enojo, ni en batalla. 21 Y sucederá en su lugar un vil, al cual no darán la honra del reino: vendrá empero con paz, y tomará el reino con halagos. 22 Y con los brazos de inundación serán inundados delante de él, y serán quebrantados; y aun también el príncipe del pacto. 23 Y después de los conciertos con él, él hará engaño, y subirá, y saldrá vencedor con poca gente. 24 Estando la provincia en paz y en abundancia, entrará y hará lo que no hicieron sus padres, ni los padres de sus padres; presa, y despojos, y riquezas repartirá á sus soldados; y contra las fortalezas formará sus designios: y esto por tiempo. 25 Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con grande ejército: y el rey del mediodía se moverá á la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. 26 Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruído, y caerán muchos muertos. 27 Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacer mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira: mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aun no es llegado. 28 Y volveráse á su tierra con grande riqueza, y su corazón será contra el pacto santo: hará pues, y volveráse á su tierra. 29 Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. 30 Porque vendrán contra él naves de Chîttim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y enojaráse contra el pacto santo, y hará: volveráse pues, y pensará en los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. 31 Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación espantosa. 32 Y con lisonjas hará pecar á los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce á su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. 33 Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría á muchos: y caerán á cuchillo y á fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por días. 34 Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro: y muchos se juntarán á ellos con lisonjas. 35 Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo determinado: porque aun para esto hay plazo. 36 Y el rey hará á su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios: y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que sea consumada la ira: porque hecha está determinación. 37 Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres: ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. 38 Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron: honrarálo con oro, y plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. 39 Y con el dios ajeno que conocerá, hará á los baluartes de Mauzim crecer en gloria: y harálos enseñorear sobre muchos, y por interés repartirá la tierra. 40 Empero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él como tempestad, con carros y gente de á caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, é inundará, y pasará. 41 Y vendrá á la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Ammón. 42 Asimismo extenderá su mano á las otras tierras, y no escapará el país de Egipto. 43 Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. 44 Mas nuevas de oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con grande ira para destruir y matar muchos. 45 Y plantará la tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.
JBS(i) 1 Y en el año primero de Darío el de Media, yo estuve para animarlo y fortalecerlo. 2 Y ahora yo te mostraré la verdad. He aquí que aún habrá tres reyes en Persia, y el cuarto se hará de grandes riquezas más que todos; y fortificándose con sus riquezas, despertará a todos contra el reino de Grecia. 3 Y se levantará un rey valiente, el cual se enseñoreará sobre gran dominio, y hará a su voluntad. 4 Pero cuando esté enseñoreado, será quebrantado su reino, y será partido por los cuatro vientos del cielo; y no a su descendiente, ni según el señorío con que él se enseñoreó; porque su reino será arrancado, y para otros fuera de éstos. 5 Y se hará fuerte el rey del mediodía y de sus principados y le sobrepujará, y se hará poderoso, y su señorío será grande señorío. 6 Mas al cabo de algunos años se concertarán, y la hija del rey del mediodía vendrá al rey del norte para hacer los conciertos; mas no tendrá fuerza de brazo; ni permanecerá él, ni su brazo; porque ella será entregada, y los que la habían traído, y su padre, y los que estaban de su parte en aquel tiempo. 7 Mas del renuevo de sus raíces se levantará uno sobre su silla, y vendrá al ejército, y entrará en la fortaleza del rey del norte, y hará en ellos a su voluntad, y predominará. 8 Y aun los dioses de ellos, con sus príncipes, con sus vasos preciosos de plata y de oro, llevará cautivos en Egipto; y por algunos años se mantendrá él contra el rey del norte. 9 Así entrará en el reino el rey del mediodía, y volverá a su tierra. 10 Mas los hijos de aquel se airarán y reunirán multitud de grandes ejércitos: y vendrá a gran prisa, e inundará, y pasará, y tornará, y llegará con ira hasta su fortaleza. 11 Por lo cual se enfurecerá el rey del mediodía, y saldrá, y peleará con el mismo rey del norte; y pondrá en campo gran multitud, y toda aquella multitud será entregada en su mano. 12 Por lo cual la multitud se ensoberbecerá, se elevará su corazón, y derribará muchos millares; mas no prevalecerá. 13 Y el rey del norte volverá a poner en campo mayor multitud que la primera, y al cabo del tiempo de algunos años vendrá a gran prisa con gran ejército y con muchas riquezas. 14 Mas en aquellos tiempos se levantarán muchos contra el rey del mediodía; e hijos de disipadores de tu pueblo se levantarán para confirmar la profecía, y caerán. 15 Vendrá, pues, el rey del norte, y fundará baluartes, y tomará ciudades fuertes; y los brazos del mediodía no podrán permanecer, ni su pueblo escogido, ni habrá fortaleza que pueda resistir. 16 Y el que vendrá contra él, hará a su voluntad, ni habrá quien se le pueda parar delante; y estará en la tierra deseable, la cual será consumida en su poder. 17 Pondrá luego su rostro para venir con la potencia de todo su reino; y hará con aquel cosas rectas, y le dará una hija de sus mujeres para trastornarla; mas no estará ni será por él. 18 Volverá después su rostro a las islas, y tomará muchas; mas un príncipe le hará parar su afrenta, y aun tornará sobre él su oprobio. 19 Luego volverá su rostro a las fortalezas de su tierra; mas tropezará y caerá, y no aparecerá más. 20 Entonces sucederá en su silla quien quitará las exacciones, el cual será Gloria del Reino; mas en pocos días será quebrantado, no en enojo, ni en batalla. 21 Y sucederá en su lugar un vil, al cual no darán la honra del Reino: vendrá empero con paz, y tomará el reino con halagos. 22 Y con los brazos serán inundados de inundación delante de él, y serán quebrantados; y aun también el príncipe del pacto. 23 Y después de la unión con él, él hará engaño, y subirá, y saldrá vencedor con poca gente. 24 Estando la provincia en paz y en abundancia, entrará y hará lo que nunca hicieron sus padres, ni los padres de sus padres; presa, despojos, y riquezas repartirá a sus soldados; y contra las fortalezas formará sus designios; y esto por un tiempo. 25 Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con gran ejército; y el rey del mediodía se moverá a la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. 26 Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruido, y caerán muchos muertos. 27 Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacerse mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira; mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aún no es llegado. 28 Y se volverá a su tierra con gran riqueza, y su corazón será contra el santo pacto; hará pues, y se volverá a su tierra. 29 Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. 30 Porque vendrán contra él naves de Quitim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y se enojará contra el santo pacto, y hará; se volverá pues, y entenderá con los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. 31 Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación de asolamiento. 32 Y con lisonjas hará pecar a los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce a su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. 33 Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría a muchos; y caerán a espada y a fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por algunos días. 34 Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro; y muchos se juntarán a ellos con lisonjas. 35 Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo del fin, porque aun para esto hay plazo. 36 Y el rey hará a su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios; y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que la ira sea acabada, porque hecha está la determinación. 37 Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres; ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. 38 Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron; lo honrará con oro, plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. 39 Y con el pueblo del dios ajeno que conocerá, hará fortalezas fuertes, ensanchará su gloria; y los hará señores sobre muchos, y repartirá la tierra por precio. 40 Pero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él tempestad, con carros y gente de a caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, e inundará, y pasará. 41 Y vendrá a la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Amón. 42 Extenderá su mano a las tierras, y la tierra de Egipto no escapará. 43 Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. 44 Mas nuevas del oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con gran ira para destruir y matar a muchos. 45 Y plantará las tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del Santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.
Albanian(i) 1 Gjatë vitit të parë të Darit, Medasit, unë vetë qëndrova pranë tij për ta përkrahur dhe për ta mbrojtur. 2 "Dhe tani do të të bëj të njohur të vërtetën. Ja, në Persi do të dalin akoma tre mbretër, por i katërti do të bëhet shumë më i pasur se gjithë të tjerët; kur të jetë bërë i fortë për shkak të pasurive të tij, do t'i ngrerë të tërë kundër mbretërisë së Javanit. 3 Atëherë do të dalë një mbret i fuqishëm që do të sundojë mbi një perandori të madhe dhe do të bëjë çfarë të dojë. 4 Por kur të jetë formuar mbretëria e tij do të copëtohet dhe do të ndahet në drejtim të katër erërave të qiellit, por jo midis trashëgimtarëve të tij dhe as me po atë forcë me të cilën ai mbretëronte, sepse mbretëria e tij do të çrrënjoset dhe do t'u kalojë të tjerëve, dhe jo trashëgimtarëve. 5 Kështu mbreti i jugut do të bëhet i fortë, por një ndër princat e tij do të bëhet më i fortë nga ai dhe do të sundojë; sundimi i tij do të jetë një sundim i madh. 6 Mbas disa vjetëve do të lidhin aleancë; pastaj bija e mbretit të jugut do të vijë te mbreti i veriut për të bërë një marrëveshje, por nuk do ruajë më as forcën e fuqisë së saj, dhe nuk do të mund të zgjasë as ai as pushteti i tij; në ato kohëra ajo do t'i dorëzohet vdekjes bashkë me ata që e kanë çuar, që e kanë lindur dhe që e kanë mbështetur. 7 Por një nga pasardhësit nga rrënja e saj do të dalë dhe do të zërë vendin e saj; ai do të vijë kundër ushtrisë, do të hyjë në fortesat e mbretit të veriut, do të veprojë kundër tyre dhe do të dalë fitimtar. 8 Do të shpjerë gjithashtu si plaçkë në Egjipt perënditë e tyre me figurat e tyre të derdhura dhe me sendet e tyre të çmuara prej argjendi dhe prej ari, dhe për disa vjet do të rrijë larg mbretit të veriut. 9 Ky do të dalë kundër mbretit të jugut, por pastaj do të kthehet në vendin e tij. 10 Bijtë e tij do të përgatiten pastaj për luftë dhe do të mbledhin turma forcash të mëdha, dhe një prej tyre do të dalë me siguri përpara, do të vërshojë si një përmbytje dhe do të kalojë tutje për ta çuar luftën deri në fortesën e tij. 11 Atëherë mbreti i jugut, i tërbuar, do të dalë të luftojë kundër këtij, kundër mbretit të veriut, i cili do të mobilizojë një turmë të madhe, por turma do të bjerë në dorë të armikut. 12 Kur turmën do ta kenë çuar tutje, zemra e tij do të mbushet me krenari; do të mposhtë me mijëra, por nuk do të jetë më i fortë. 13 Në fakt mbreti i veriut do të mobilizojë përsëri një turmë edhe më të madhe se e mëparshmja, dhe pas një kohe të shkurtër do të përparojë me siguri me një ushtri të madhe dhe me pajime të shumta. 14 Në atë kohë shumë njerëz do të ngrihen kundër mbretit të jugut; edhe disa burra të dhunshëm të popullit tënd do të ngrihen për të realizuar vegimin, por do të rrëzohen. 15 Atëherë do të vijë mbreti i veriut, do të ngrerë një ledh dhe do të shtjerë në dorë një qytet të fortifikuar. Forcat e jugut nuk do të mundin t'i rezistojnë; as trupat e zgjedhura nuk do të kenë forcën për t'i rezistuar. 16 Ai që i ka ardhur kundra do të bëjë çfarë të dojë, dhe askush nuk do të mund t'i rezistojë; ai do të ndalet në vendin e lavdishëm duke pasur pushtet të shkatërrojë çdo gjë. 17 Pastaj do të vendosë të vijë me forcat e gjithë mbretërisë së tij, duke ofruar kushte të ndershme paqeje, dhe kështu ka për të bërë. Do t'i japë të bijën për grua për ta korruptuar, por ajo nuk do të mbajë anën e tij dhe nuk do ta favorizojë atë. 18 Pastaj do t'u drejtohet ishujve dhe do të shtjerë në dorë shumë prej tyre, por një komandant do të bëjë që të marrë fund arroganca e tij, duke bërë që ajo të bjerë mbi të. 19 Pastaj do të kthehet drejt fortesave të vendit të vet, por do të pengohet, do të rrëzohet dhe nuk do të gjendet më. 20 Në vend të tij do të dalë dikush që do të dërgojë një tagrambledhës për lavdinë e mbretërisë; por brenda pak ditëve ai do të zhduket, por jo në zemërim a në betejë. 21 Në vend të tij do të dalë një njeri i neveritshëm, që nuk do të ketë dinjitet mbretëror; ai do të vijë paqësisht, por do ta shtjerë në dorë mbretërinë me intriga. 22 Para tij forcat e mëdha do të thyhen dhe do të shkatërrohen, po ashtu edhe kreu i një aleance. 23 Menjëherë pasi të ketë lidhur një aleancë me të, ai do të veprojë me pabesi dhe do të arrijë në pushtet me pak njerëz. 24 Ai do të hyjë në mënyrë paqësore edhe në pjesët më të pasura të krahinës dhe do të bëjë atë që nuk kishin bërë kurrë as etërit e tij as etërit e etërve të tij; do të shpërndajë midis tyre plaçkë, plaçkën e luftës dhe pasuritë dhe do të hartojë plane kundër fortesave, por vetëm për një kohë. 25 Me një ushtri të madhe do t'i nxitë forcat e tij dhe zemrën e tij kundër mbretit të jugut. Mbreti i jugut do të futet në luftë me një ushtri të madhe dhe shumë të fuqishme, por nuk do të mund të rezistojë, sepse do të kurdisen komplote kundër tij. 26 Vetë ata që hanë bashkë me të do ta shkatërrojnë; ushtria e tij do të thyhet dhe shumë do të bien të vrarë. 27 Zemra e këtyre dy mbretërve do të drejtohet për të bërë keq; ata do të flasin gënjeshtra të ulur në të njëjtën tryezë, por gjëja nuk do të ketë sukses, sepse fundi do t'u vijë në kohën e caktuar. 28 Duke u kthyer në vendin e tij me pasuri të mëdha, zemra e tij do të vihet kundër besëlidhjes së shenjtë; kështu ai do të kryejë qëllimet e tij dhe pastaj do të kthehet në vendin e tij. 29 Në kohën e caktuar ai do të dalë përsëri kundër jugut, por këtë herë të fundit puna nuk do t'i vejë mbarë si herën e parë, 30 sepse anijet e Kitimit do të vijnë kundër tij; prandaj ai do të trembet, do të zemërohet përsëri kundër besëlidhjes së shenjtë dhe do të zbatojë planet e tij; kështu përsëri do të merret vesh me ata që kanë braktisur besëlidhjen e shenjtë. 31 Forca të dërguara prej tij do të ngrihen për të përdhosur shenjtëroren fortesë, do të ndalojnë flijimin e përditshëm dhe do të bëjnë veprime të neveritshme që shkaktojnë shkretim. 32 Me lajka ai do të korruptojë ata që veprojnë pabesisht kundër besëlidhjes; por populli i atyre që njohin Perëndinë e tyre do të tregojë qëndresë dhe do të veprojë. 33 Ata që kanë dituri midis popullit do të udhëzojnë shumë të tjerë, por për një kohë të shkurtër do të bien nga shpata, nga zjarri, nga mërgimi dhe nga plaçkitja. 34 Kur do të rrëzohen, do t'u jepet pak ndihmë, por shumë njerëz do të bashkohen me ta pa qenë të sinqertë. 35 Disa nga ata që kanë dituri do të bien, me qëllim që të përsosen, të pastrohen dhe të zbardhen deri në kohën e mbarimit, sepse kjo do të ndodhë në kohën e caktuar. 36 Pastaj mbreti do të veprojë si të dojë, do të lartohet, do të hyjnizohet përmbi çdo perëndi dhe do të thotë gjëra të habitshme kundër Perëndisë të perëndive; do të ketë sukses deri sa të mbushet kupa e indinjatës, sepse ajo që është dekretuar do të bëhet. 37 Ai nuk do të tregojë respekt për Perëndinë e etërve të tij dhe për dëshirën e grave; nuk do të ketë respekt për asnjë perëndi, sepse do të hyjnizojë veten përmbi të gjithë. 38 Por në vend të tyre ai do të nderojë perëndinë e fortesave dhe do të nderojë me ar, me argjend, me gurë të çmuar dhe me gjëra të këndshme, një perëndi, që etërit e tij nuk e njohën. 39 Ai do të veprojë kundër fortesave më të fortifikuara me ndihmën e një perëndie të huaj; do të mbushë me të mira ata që do ta njohin, do të bëjë që të sundojnë mbi shumë njerëz dhe do t'u japë toka si shpërblim. 40 Në kohën e fundit mbreti i jugut do të ndeshet me të, mbreti i veriut do të dalë kundër tij si një shakullimë, me qerre dhe kalorës dhe me shumë anije; do të depërtojë në vendet, do t'i përmbytë dhe do të kalojë tutje. 41 Do të hyjë edhe në vendin e lavdishëm dhe shumë njerëz do të vriten; por këta do të shpëtojnë nga duart e tij: Edomi, Moabi dhe pjesa më e madhe e bijve të Amonit. 42 Ai do të shtrijë dorën edhe mbi vende të ndryshme dhe as vendi i Egjiptit nuk do të shpëtojë. 43 Do të shtjerë në dorë thesaret prej ari dhe argjendi dhe të gjitha gjërat e çmuara të Egjiptit; Libianët dhe Etiopasit do t'i shkojnë pas. 44 Por lajmet e ardhura nga lindja dhe nga veriu do ta turbullojnë; prandaj ai do të niset me zemërim të madh për të shkatërruar dhe vendosur shfarosjen e shumë njerëzve. 45 Do t'i ngrerë çadrat e pallatit të tij midis deteve dhe malit të shenjtë të lavdishëm; pastaj do t'i vijë fundi dhe askush nuk do ta ndihmojë".
RST(i) 1 Итак я с первого года Дария Мидянина стал ему подпорою и подкреплением. 2 Теперь возвещу тебе истину: вот, еще три царя восстанут в Персии;потом четвертый превзойдет всех великим богатством, и когда усилитсябогатством своим, то поднимет всех против царства Греческого. 3 И восстанет царь могущественный, который будет владычествовать с великою властью, и будет действовать по своей воле. 4 Но когда он восстанет, царство его разрушится и разделится по четырем ветрам небесным, и не к его потомкам перейдет, и не с тою властью, с какою он владычествовал; ибо раздробится царство его и достанется другим, кроме этих. 5 И усилится южный царь и один из князей его пересилит его и будет владычествовать, и велико будет владычество его. 6 Но через несколько лет они сблизятся, и дочь южного царя придет к царю северному, чтобы установить правильные отношения между ними; но онане удержит силы в руках своих, не устоит и род ее, но преданы будут как она, так и сопровождавшие ее, и рожденный ею, и помогавшие ей в те времена. 7 Но восстанет отрасль от корня ее, придет к войску и войдет в укрепления царя северного, и будет действовать в них, и усилится. 8 Даже и богов их, истуканы их с драгоценными сосудами их, серебряными и золотыми, увезет в плен в Египет и на несколько лет будет стоять вышецаря северного. 9 Хотя этот и сделает нашествие на царство южного царя,но возвратится в свою землю. 10 Потом вооружатся сыновья его и соберут многочисленное войско, иодин из них быстро пойдет, наводнит и пройдет, и потом, возвращаясь, будет сражаться с ним до укреплений его. 11 И раздражится южный царь, и выступит, сразится с ним, с царем северным, и выставит большое войско, и предано будет войско в руки его. 12 И ободрится войско, и сердце царя вознесется; он низложит многие тысячи, но от этого не будет сильнее. 13 Ибо царь северный возвратится и выставит войско больше прежнего, и через несколько лет быстро придет с огромным войском и большим богатством. 14 В те времена многие восстанут против южного царя, и мятежные из сынов твоего народа поднимутся, чтобы исполнилось видение, и падут. 15 И придет царь северный, устроит вал и овладеетукрепленным городом, и не устоят мышцы юга, ни отборное войско его; недостанет силы противостоять. 16 И кто выйдет к нему, будет действовать по воле его,и никто не устоит перед ним; и на славной земле поставит стан свой, и она пострадает отруки его. 17 И вознамерится войти со всеми силами царства своего, и праведныес ним, и совершит это; и дочь жен отдаст ему, на погибель ее, но этот замысел не состоится, и ему не будет пользы из того. 18 Потом обратит лице свое к островам и овладеетмногими; но некий вождь прекратит нанесенный им позор и даже свой позор обратит на него. 19 Затем он обратит лице свое на крепости своей земли; но споткнется, падет и не станет его. 20 На место его восстанет некий, который пошлет сборщика податей, пройти по царству славы; но и он после немногих дней погибнет, и не от возмущения и не в сражении. 21 И восстанет на место его презренный, и не воздадут ему царскихпочестей, но он придет без шума и лестью овладеет царством. 22 И всепотопляющие полчища будут потоплены и сокрушены им, даже и сам вождь завета. 23 Ибо после того, как он вступит в союз с ним, он будетдействовать обманом, и взойдет, и одержит верх с малым народом. 24 Он войдет в мирные и плодоносные страны, и совершит то, чего не делали отцы его и отцы отцов его; добычу, награбленное имущество и богатство будет расточать своим и на крепости будет иметь замыслы свои, но только до времени. 25 Потом возбудит силы свои и дух свой с многочисленным войском против царя южного, и южный царь выступит на войну с великим и еще более сильным войском, но не устоит, потому что будет против него коварство. 26 Даже участники трапезы его погубят его, и войско его разольется, ипадет много убитых. 27 У обоих царей сих на сердце будет коварство, и за одним столомбудут говорить ложь, но успеха не будет, потому что конец еще отложен до времени. 28 И отправится он в землю свою с великим богатством и враждебным намерением против святаго завета, и он исполнит его, и возвратится в свою землю. 29 В назначенное время опять пойдет он на юг; но последний поход не такой будет, как прежний, 30 ибо в одно время с ним придут корабли Киттимские; и он упадет духом, и возвратится, и озлобится на святый завет, и исполнит свое намерение, и опять войдет в соглашение с отступниками от святаго завета. 31 И поставлена будет им часть войска, которая осквернит святилище могущества, и прекратит ежедневную жертву, и поставит мерзость запустения. 32 Поступающих нечестиво против завета он привлечет ксебе лестью; но люди, чтущие своего Бога, усилятся и будут действовать. 33 И разумные из народа вразумят многих, хотя будутнесколько времени страдать от меча и огня, от плена и грабежа; 34 и во время страдания своего будут иметь некоторуюпомощь, и многие присоединятся к ним, но притворно. 35 Пострадают некоторые и из разумных для испытания их, очищения и дляубеления к последнему времени; ибо есть еще время до срока. 36 И будет поступать царь тот по своему произволу, и вознесется и возвеличится выше всякого божества, и о Боге богов станетговорить хульное и будет иметь успех, доколе не совершится гнев: ибо, что предопределено, то исполнится. 37 И о богах отцов своих он не помыслит, и ни желания жен, ни даже божества никакого не уважит; ибо возвеличит себя выше всех. 38 Но богу крепостей на месте его будет он воздавать честь, и этого бога, которого не знали отцы его, он будет чествовать золотом и серебром, и дорогими камнями, и разными драгоценностями, 39 и устроит твердую крепость с чужим богом: которые признают его, тем увеличит почести и даст власть над многими, и землю раздаст в награду. 40 Под конец же времени сразится с ним царь южный, и царь северныйустремится как буря на него с колесницами, всадниками и многочисленнымикораблями, и нападет на области, наводнит их, и пройдет через них. 41 И войдет он в прекраснейшую из земель, и многие области пострадают и спасутся от руки его только Едом, Моав и большая часть сынов Аммоновых. 42 И прострет руку свою на разные страны; не спасется и земля Египетская. 43 И завладеет он сокровищами золота и серебра и разными драгоценностями Египта; Ливийцы и Ефиопляне последуют за ним. 44 Но слухи с востока и севера встревожат его, и выйдет он в величайшей ярости, чтобы истреблять и губить многих, 45 и раскинет он царские шатры свои между морем и горою преславного святилища; но придет к своему концу, и никто не поможет ему.
Arabic(i) 1 وانا في السنة الاولى لداريوس المادي وقفت لاشدّده واقويه. 2 والآن اخبرك بالحق. هوذا ثلاثة ملوك ايضا يقومون في فارس والرابع يستغني بغنى اوفر من جميعهم وحسب قوّته بغناه يهيّج الجميع على مملكة اليونان. 3 ويقوم ملك جبار ويتسلط تسلطا عظيما ويفعل حسب ارادته. 4 وكقيامه تنكسر مملكته وتنقسم الى رياح السماء الاربع ولا لعقبه ولا حسب سلطانه الذي تسلط به لان مملكته تنقرض وتكون لآخرين غير اولئك. 5 ويتقوى ملك الجنوب. ومن رؤسائه من يقوى عليه ويتسلط. تسلط عظيم تسلطه. 6 وبعد سنين يتعاهدان وبنت ملك الجنوب تأتي الى ملك الشمال لاجراء الاتفاق ولكن لا تضبط الذراع قوة ولا يقوم هو ولا ذراعه. وتسلّم هي والذين اتوا بها والذي ولدها ومن قوّاها في تلك الاوقات. 7 ويقوم من فرع اصولها قائم مكانه ويأتي الى الجيش ويدخل حصن ملك الشمال ويعمل بهم ويقوى. 8 ويسبي الى مصر آلهتهم ايضا مع مسبوكاتهم وآنيتهم الثمينة من فضة وذهب ويقتصر سنين عن ملك الشمال. 9 فيدخل ملك الجنوب الى مملكته ويرجع الى ارضه 10 وبنوه يتهيجون فيجمعون جمهور جيوش عظيمة ويأتي آت ويغمر ويطمو ويرجع ويحارب حتى الى حصنه. 11 ويغتاظ ملك الجنوب ويخرج ويحاربه اي ملك الشمال ويقيم جمهورا عظيما فيسلّم الجمهور في يده. 12 فاذا رفع الجمهور يرتفع قلبه ويطرح ربوات ولا يعتزّ. 13 فيرجع ملك الشمال ويقيم جمهورا اكثر من الاول ويأتي بعد حين بعد سنين بجيش عظيم وثروة جزيلة. 14 وفي تلك الاوقات يقوم كثيرون على ملك الجنوب وبنو العتاة من شعبك يقومون لاثبات الرؤيا ويعثرون. 15 فيأتي ملك الشمال ويقيم مترسة وياخذ المدينة الحصينة فلا تقوم امامه ذراعا الجنوب ولا قومه المنتخب ولا تكون له قوة للمقاومة. 16 والآتي عليه يفعل كارادته وليس من يقف امامه ويقوم في الارض البهيّة وهي بالتمام بيده. 17 ويجعل وجهه ليدخل بسلطان كل مملكته ويجعل معه صلحا ويعطيه بنت النساء ليفسدها فلا تثبت ولا تكون له. 18 ويحوّل وجهه الى الجزائر وياخذ كثيرا منها ويزيل رئيس تعييره فضلا عن رد تعييره عليه. 19 ويحوّل وجهه الى حصون ارضه ويعثر ويسقط ولا يوجد 20 فيقوم مكانه من يعبر جابي الجزية في فخر المملكة وفي ايام قليلة ينكسر لا بغضب ولا بحرب. 21 فيقوم مكانه محتقر لم يجعلوا عليه فخر المملكة ويأتي بغتة ويمسك المملكة بالتملقات. 22 واذرع الجارف تجرف من قدامه وتنكسر وكذلك رئيس العهد. 23 ومن المعاهدة معه يعمل بالمكر ويصعد ويعظم بقوم قليل. 24 يدخل بغتة على اسمن البلاد ويفعله ما لم يفعل آباؤه ولا آباء آبائه. يبذر بينهم نهبا وغنيمة وغنى ويفكر افكاره على الحصون وذلك الى حين. 25 وينهض قوّته وقلبه على ملك الجنوب بجيش عظيم وملك الجنوب يتهيّج الى الحرب بجيش عظيم وقوي جدا ولكنه لا يثبت لانهم يدبرون عليه تدابير. 26 والآكلون اطايبه يكسرونه وجيشه يطمو ويسقط كثيرون قتلى. 27 وهذان الملكان قلبهما لفعل الشر ويتكلمان بالكذب على مائدة واحدة ولا ينجح لان الانتهاء بعد الى ميعاد. 28 فيرجع الى ارضه بغنى جزيل وقلبه على العهد المقدس فيعمل ويرجع الى ارضه 29 وفي الميعاد يعود ويدخل الجنوب ولكن لا يكون الآخر كالاول. 30 فتأتي عليه سفن من كتّيم فييئس ويرجع ويغتاظ على العهد المقدس ويعمل ويرجع ويصغى الى الذين تركوا العهد المقدس. 31 وتقوم منه اذرع وتنجس المقدس الحصين وتنزع المحرقة الدائمة وتجعل الرجس المخرب. 32 والمتعدون على العهد يغويهم بالتملقات اما الشعب الذين يعرفون الههم فيقوون ويعملون. 33 والفاهمون من الشعب يعلّمون كثيرين. ويعثرون بالسيف وباللهيب وبالسبي وبالنهب اياما. 34 فاذا عثروا يعانون عونا قليلا ويتصل بهم كثيرون بالتملقات. 35 وبعض الفاهمين يعثرون امتحانا لهم للتطهير وللتبييض الى وقت النهاية. لانه بعد الى الميعاد. 36 ويفعل الملك كارادته ويرتفع ويتعظم على كل اله ويتكلم بامور عجيبة على اله الآلهة وينجح الى اتمام الغضب لان المقضي به يجرى. 37 ولا يبالي بآلهة آبائه ولا بشهوة النساء وبكل اله لا يبالي لانه يتعظم على الكل. 38 ويكرم اله الحصون في مكانه والها لم تعرفه آباؤه يكرمه بالذهب والفضة وبالحجارة الكريمة والنفائس. 39 ويفعل في الحصون الحصينة باله غريب. من يعرفه يزيده مجدا ويسلطهم على كثيرين ويقسم الارض اجرة 40 ففي وقت النهاية يحاربه ملك الجنوب فيثور عليه ملك الشمال بمركبات وبفرسان وبسفن كثيرة ويدخل الاراضي ويجرف ويطمو. 41 ويدخل الى الارض البهيّة فيعثر كثيرون وهؤلاء يفلتون من يده ادوم وموآب ورؤساء بني عمون. 42 ويمد يده على الاراضي وارض مصر لا تنجو. 43 ويتسلط على كنوز الذهب والفضة وعلى كل نفائس مصر. واللوبيون والكوشيون عند خطواته. 44 وتفزعه اخبار من الشرق ومن الشمال فيخرج بغضب عظيم ليخرب وليحرم كثيرين. 45 وينصب فسطاطه بين البحور وجبل بهاء القدس ويبلغ نهايته ولا معين له
Bulgarian(i) 1 А в първата година на мидянина Дарий аз стоях да му бъда насърчение и защита. 2 И сега ще ти съобщя истината. Ето, още трима царе ще се издигнат в Персия; и четвъртият ще придобие по-голямо богатство от всички; и когато стане силен чрез богатството си, ще надигне всичко против гръцкото царство. 3 И ще се издигне смел цар и ще царува с голяма власт, и ще действа според волята си. 4 А щом той се издигне, царството му ще се съсипе и ще се раздели към четирите небесни ветрища, но не на наследниците му и не според властта, с която той е владял; защото царството му ще се изкорени и ще бъде за други, а не за тези. 5 И южният цар ще стане силен; и един от първенците му ще стане по-силен от него и ще владее; владичеството му ще бъде голямо владичество. 6 И след няколко години ще се сдружат; и дъщерята на южния цар ще дойде при северния цар, за да направи спогодба. Но тя няма да задържи силата на мишцата си; и той няма да устои, нито мишцата му; и тя ще бъде предадена, и онези, които я доведоха, и родителят й, и онзи, който я подкрепяше в онези времена. 7 Но вместо него ще се издигне една издънка от корените й; и той ще дойде против войската и ще влезе в крепостите на северния цар, и ще действа против тях, и ще бъде силен. 8 Също и боговете им заедно с изляните им идоли и скъпоценните им вещи от злато и сребро ще отведе в плен в Египет; и няколко години ще се въздържа от нападения над северния цар. 9 А той ще дойде в царството на южния цар, но ще се върне в земята си. 10 И синовете му ще се надигнат на война и ще съберат множество от големи войски; то ще дойде с устрем, ще наводни и ще премине, и ще се върне, и ще се надигне чак до крепостта му. 11 И южният цар ще освирепее и ще излезе, и ще се бие с него, със северния цар; а той ще опълчи голямо множество, но множеството ще бъде предадено в ръката му. 12 И когато бъде откарано множеството, сърцето му ще се надигне и той ще повали десетки хиляди, но няма да се укрепи. 13 И северният цар ще се върне и ще опълчи множество, по-голямо от първото, и след време, след години ще дойде с устрем с голяма войска и с много въоръжение. 14 И в онези времена мнозина ще станат против южния цар; и насилници от твоя народ ще се надигнат, за да изпълнят видението, но ще паднат. 15 И северният цар ще дойде и ще издигне насип и ще превземе укрепен град; и силите на южния цар няма да устоят и отбраният му народ няма да има сила да устои. 16 И дошлият против него ще действа по волята си и никой няма да устои пред него; и ще застане в славната земя и в ръцете му ще има изтребление. 17 И ще насочи лицето си да дойде със силата на цялото си царство, и ще сключи с него спогодба; и ще му даде най-отбраната дъщеря между жените, за да го съсипе; но това няма да устои и няма да го ползва. 18 И ще обърне лицето си към островите и ще завладее много, но един военначалник ще сложи край на неговия присмех и при това ще върне присмеха му върху него. 19 И ще обърне лицето си към крепостите на своята земя; и ще се препъне и ще падне, и няма да се намери. 20 И вместо него ще се издигне един, който ще изпрати потисник по най-славната част на царството; но в малко дни ще бъде разбит, и то не чрез гняв и не чрез война. 21 И вместо него ще се издигне един презрян, на когото няма да се даде царско достойнство; но той ще дойде във време на спокойствие и ще завладее царството чрез ласкателство. 22 И помитащите сили ще бъдат пометени и разбити пред него, а също и един княз на завета. 23 И след като се съюзи с него, ще постъпва измамно и ще се изкачи и ще се укрепи с малко народ. 24 Във време на спокойствие ще дойде в най-плодородните места на областта и ще извърши, каквото нито бащите му, нито бащите на бащите му са вършили; ще им раздели грабеж и плячка, и имот и ще замисля плановете си против крепостите, но до време. 25 И ще надигне силата си и сърцето си против южния цар с голяма войска. И южният цар ще се опълчи за война с голяма и много силна войска, но няма да устои, защото ще замислят планове против него. 26 И онези, които ядат от ястията му, ще го съсипят; и войската му ще се разпръсне, и мнозина ще паднат убити. 27 А на тези двама царе сърцата ще бъдат предадени на зло и на същата трапеза ще говорят измама; но това няма да успее, защото краят още има да дойде в определеното време. 28 Тогава ще се върне в земята си с голямо богатство; и сърцето му ще бъде против светия завет; и той ще действа и ще се върне в земята си. 29 В определеното време ще се върне и ще дойде на юг; но последният път няма да бъде като първия, 30 защото китимски кораби ще дойдат против него и той ще се обезсърчи и ще се върне; и ще се разяри срещу светия завет и ще действа; и ще се върне и ще се разбере с онези, които са оставили светия завет. 31 И от него ще се надигнат сили, които ще осквернят светилището, крепостта, и ще премахнат постоянната жертва, и ще издигнат мерзостта, която докарва запустение. 32 И ще подведе към отстъпление чрез ласкателства онези, които безбожно постъпват против завета; но народът, който познава своя Бог, ще се укрепи и ще действа. 33 И разумните от народа ще поучат мнозина; но ще падат от меч и от пламък, от плен и от грабеж известно време. 34 А когато паднат, ще получат малко помощ; и мнозина ще се присъединят към тях с ласкателства. 35 И някои от разумните ще паднат, за да бъдат изпитани и очистени, и избелени до последното време — защото има още до определеното време. 36 И царят ще действа по волята си, ще се въздигне и ще се възвеличи над всякакъв бог, и ще говори нечувано против Бога на боговете; и ще успява, докато се изчерпи гневът — защото определеното ще се изпълни. 37 И няма да зачита Бога на бащите си, нито скъпоценното на жените, нито ще зачита какъвто и да било бог, а ще се възвеличи над всички. 38 И вместо него ще почита бога на крепостите; бог, когото бащите му не са познавали, ще почита със злато и със сребро, и със скъпоценни камъни, и със скъпоценности. 39 И той ще действа срещу най-силните крепости с чужд бог; ще умножи слава на тези, които го признаят, и ще ги постави да владеят над мнозина; и ще разделя земя срещу цена. 40 И във времето на края южният цар ще се сблъска с него; и северният цар ще го връхлети с колесници и конници и много кораби; и ще влезе в земите и ще наводни, и ще премине. 41 И ще влезе в славната земя и мнозина ще паднат; но тези ще се избавят от ръката му: Едом, Моав и първенците от синовете на Амон. 42 Ще простре ръката си върху страните и египетската земя няма да се избави. 43 И ще завладее съкровищата от злато, от сребро и от всички скъпоценности на Египет; и либийците и етиопците ще бъдат в свитата му. 44 Но слухове от изток и от север ще го изплашат и той ще излезе с голяма ярост да унищожи и изтреби напълно мнозина. 45 И ще разпъне шатрите на двореца си между моретата и славния свят хълм; и ще дойде до края си и никой няма да му помогне.
Croatian(i) 1 moje potpore i moga okrilja. 2 A sada ću ti otkriti istinu. Evo: još će tri kralja ustati za Perziju: četvrti će biti bogatiji od svih ostalih, pa kad se zbog svoga bogatstva osili, sve će podići protiv kraljevstva grčkoga. 3 Ustat će junački kralj, vladat će silnom moću i činiti što ga bude volja. 4 A čim se ustane, njegovo će se kraljevstvo raspasti i bit će razdijeljeno na četiri vjetra nebeska, ali ne među njegove potomke; i neće više biti tako moćno kao za njegove vladavine, jer će njegovo kraljevstvo biti razoreno i predano drugima, a ne njima. 5 Kralj će Juga postati moćan; jedan će od njegovih zapovjednika biti moćniji od njega i zavladat će većom moću nego što je njegova. 6 Nekoliko godina kasnije oni će se udružiti, a kći kralja Juga doći će kralju Sjevera da sklope ugovor. Ali ona tim neće sačuvati snagu svoje mišice i njezino se potomstvo neće održati: bit će predana ona, i njezina pratnja, i njezino dijete, i njezin pomagač u tim vremenima. 7 No jedan će se izdanak njezina korijena podići na njezino mjesto, navalit će na vojsku, prodrijet će u tvrđavu kralja Sjevera, postupati s njima po miloj volji i pobijediti ih. 8 Pa i njihove bogove, njihove kipove i njihovo dragocjeno suđe, srebrno i zlatno, odnijet će kao plijen u Egipat. Nekoliko godina bit će jači od kralja Sjevera, 9 koji će onda prodrijeti u kraljevstvo kralja Juga, odakle će se vratiti u svoju zemlju. 10 Ali će se onda njegovi sinovi naoružati, skupit će silnu vojsku, odlučno će navaliti i poput poplave proći, zatim će se opet zametnuti rat sve do njegove utvrde. 11 Tada će se kralj Juga razgnjeviti i zavojštiti na kralja Sjevera; podići će silnu vojsku i nadvladati vojsku njegovu. 12 Mnoštvo će biti uništeno, a on će se zbog toga uzoholiti; pobit će desetke tisuća, ali se neće održati: 13 kralj će Sjevera opet dići vojsku veću nego prije, i poslije nekoliko godina navalit će s velikom, dobro opremljenom vojskom. 14 U to vrijeme mnogi će se podići protiv kralja Juga; ustat će i nasilnici iz tvog naroda da se ispuni viđenje, ali će propasti. 15 Doći će kralj Sjevera: podići će nasipe da zauzme jedan utvrđeni grad. Mišice Juga neće odoljeti, pa ni izabrane čete neće imati snage da se odupru. 16 Onaj će navaliti protiv njega i učinit će s njime kako mu se prohtije - nitko mu se neće oprijeti: zaustavit će se u Divoti, uništenje je u njegovim rukama. 17 Čvrsto odlučivši da se pošto-poto domogne svega njegova kraljevstva, sklopit će s njim ugovor dajući mu jednu kćer za ženu da ga upropasti, ali mu neće uspjeti, neće se to zbiti. 18 Zatim će se okrenuti prema otocima i mnoge će osvojiti, ali će jedan zapovjednik dokrajčiti tu sramotu, sramotu mu sramotom vratiti. 19 Brže će nagnuti prema utvrdama svoje zemlje, ali će posrnuti, pasti, više ga neće biti. 20 Na njegovo će mjesto doći jedan koji će u diku kraljevstva poslati poreznika, ali će u kratko vrijeme poginuti bez gnjeva i boja. 21 Na njegovo će se mjesto uzdići nitkov kome ne pripada kraljevska čast. Ali on će iznenada doći i spletkama se domoći kraljevstva. 22 Pred njim će biti preplavljene i skršene navalne snage i sam knez Saveza. 23 Unatoč sporazumu s njime, izdajnički će navaliti i svladati ga s malo ljudi. 24 Iznenada će upasti u bogate pokrajine i postupat će kako nisu postupali njegovi očevi ni očevi njegovih otaca, rasipajući među svoje plijen, pljačku i bogatstvo, smišljat će osnove protiv tvrdih gradova, ali samo za neko vrijeme. 25 Pokrenut će, s velikom vojskom, svoju snagu i hrabrost protiv kralja Juga. Kralj Juga krenut će u rat s mnogom i moćnom vojskom, ali neće izdržati, jer će se protiv njega skovati spletke. 26 I oni koji jeđahu za njegovim stolom skršit će ga: njegova će vojska biti uništena i mnogi će posječeni popadati. 27 Oba će kralja smišljati zlo; sjedeći za istim stolom, govorit će laži jedan drugome: ali neće uspjeti, jer je svršetak odložen do određenog vremena. 28 Vratit će se on u svoju zemlju s velikim blagom; srcem protiv svetoga Saveza, učinit će svoje i vratiti se u svoju zemlju. 29 U određeno vrijeme opet će krenuti protiv Juga, ali sada neće biti kao prvi put. 30 Kitimski će brodovi navaliti na njega, i on će se uplašiti. Vratit će se, bjesnjeti protiv svetoga Saveza i opet će se sporazumjeti s onima koji napustiše sveti Savez. 31 Čete će njegove doći i oskvrnuti svetište-tvrđu, dokinut' svagdašnju žrtvu i ondje postaviti grozotu pustoši. 32 Svojim će spletkama navesti na otpad one koji se ogrešuju o Savez, ali ljudi koji ljube Boga ostat će postojani i vršit će svoje. 33 Umnici u narodu poučavat će mnoštvo, ali će ih jedno vrijeme zatirati mačem i ognjem, izgnanstvom i pljačkanjem. 34 Dok ih budu zatirali, samo će im nekolicina pomagati, a mnogi će im se pridružiti prijevarno. 35 Od umnika neki će pasti, da se prokušaju, probrani, čisti do vremena svršetka, jer još nije došlo određeno vrijeme. 36 Kralj će raditi što god mu se prohtije, uznoseći i uzdižući sebe iznad svih bogova: protiv Boga nad bogovima govorit će hule i uspijevat će dok se gnjev ne navrši - jer ono što je određeno, to će se ispuniti. 37 Neće mariti za bogove svojih otaca ni za Miljenika ženÄa niti za kojega drugog boga: samog će sebe izdizati iznad sviju. 38 Mjesto njih častit će boga tvrđava, boga koga nisu poznavali njegovi očevi, častiti ga zlatom i srebrom, dragim kamenjem i drugim dragocjenostima. 39 Navalit će na tvrđave gradova pomoću stranog boga: one koji njega priznaju obasut će počastima i dat će im vlast nad mnoštvom i dijelit će im zemlju za nagradu. 40 U vrijeme svršetka kralj će se Juga zaratiti s njime; kralj će Sjevera navaliti na nj svojim kolima, svojim konjanicima i svojim mnogim brodovima. Provalit će u zemlje i proći njima poput poplave. 41 Prodrijet će u Divotu i mnogi će pasti. Njegovim će rukama izmaći Edom i Moab i glavnina sinova Amonovih. 42 Pružit će svoju ruku za zemljama: Egipat mu neće izmaći. 43 On će se domoći zlatnog i srebrnog blaga i svih dragocjenosti Egipta. Pratit će ga Libijci i Etiopljani. 44 Ali će ga uznemiriti vijesti s istoka i sa sjevera te će poći vrlo gnjevan da uništi i zatre mnoštvo. 45 Postavit će svoje dvorske šatore između mora i Svete gore Divote. Ali će i njemu doći kraj, i nitko mu neće pomoći.
BKR(i) 1 A tak já léta prvního Daria Médského postavil jsem se, abych ho zmocňoval a posiloval. 2 Již pak oznámímť pravdu: Aj, ještě tři králové kralovati budou v Perské zemi; potom čtvrtý zbohatne bohatstvím velikým nade všecky, a když se zmocní v bohatství svém, vzbudí všecky proti království Řeckému. 3 I povstane král mocný, kterýž bude míti panství široké, a bude činiti podlé vůle své. 4 Když se pak zmocní, potříno bude království jeho, a rozděleno bude na čtyři strany světa, však ne mezi potomky jeho, aniž bude panství jeho takové, jakéž bylo; nebo vykořeněno bude království jeho, a jiným mimo ně se dostane. 5 Pročež posilní se král polední, ano i jedno z knížat jeho, a mocnější bude nad něho, a panovati bude; panství široké bude panství jeho. 6 Po některých pak letech spřízní se; nebo dcera krále poledního dostane se za krále půlnočního, aby učinila příměří. Ale neobdrží síly ramene, aniž on ostojí s ramenem svým, ale vydána bude ona i ti, kteříž ji přivedou, i syn její, i ten, kterýž ji posilňoval v ty časy. 7 Potom povstane z výstřelku kořenů jejích na místo jeho, kterýž přitáhne s vojskem svým, a udeří na pevnost krále půlnočního, a přičiní se, aby se jich zmocnil. 8 Nadto i bohy jejich s knížaty jejich, s nádobami drahými jejich, stříbrem a zlatem v zajetí zavede do Egypta, a bude bezpečen za mnoho let před králem půlnočním. 9 A tak přijde do království král polední, a navrátí se do země své. 10 Ale synové onoho válčiti budou, a seberou množství vojsk velikých. A nenadále přijda, jako povodeň procházeti bude, a navracuje se, válkou dotírati bude až k jeho pevnostem. 11 Pročež rozdrážděn jsa král polední, vytáhne, a bojovati bude s ním, s králem půlnočním, a sšikuje množství veliké, i bude vydáno množství to v ruku jeho. 12 I pozdvihne se množství to, a povýší se srdce jeho, a ačkoli porazí na tisíce, a však se nezmocní. 13 Potom navrátě se král půlnoční, sšikuje množství větší než prvé, a po dokonání času některých let, nenadále přijde s vojskem velikým a s dostatkem hojným. 14 V těch časích mnozí se postaví proti králi polednímu, ale synové nešlechetní z lidu tvého zhubeni budou, a pro stvrzení vidění tohoto padnou. 15 Nebo přitáhne král půlnoční, a vzdělaje náspy, dobude měst hrazených, tak že ramena poledního neostojí, ani lid vybraný jeho, aniž budou míti síly k odpírání. 16 A přitáhna proti němu, bude činiti podlé vůle své, a nebude žádného, ješto by se postavil proti němu. Postaví se také v zemi Judské, kterouž docela zkazí rukou svou. 17 Potom obrátí tvář svou, aby přitáhna s mocí všeho království svého, a ukazuje se jako by vše upřímě jednal, dovede něčeho. Nebo dá jemu krásnou pannu, aby ho zahubil skrze ni, ale ona nedostojí aniž bude držeti s ním. 18 Zatím obrátí tvář svou k ostrovům, a dobude mnohých, ale vůdce přítrž učiní pohanění jeho, anobrž to hanění jeho na něj obrátí. 19 Pročež obrátí tvář svou k pevnostem země své, ale klesne a padne, i zahyne. 20 I povstane na místo jeho v slávě královské ten, kterýž rozešle výběrčí, ale ten po nemnohých dnech potřín bude, a to ne v hněvě, ani v boji. 21 Na místě tohoto postaví se nevzácný, ačkoli nevloží na něj ozdoby královské, a však přijda pokojně, ujme království skrze úlisnost. 22 A rameny jako povodní zachváceni budou před oblíčejem jeho mnozí, a potříni budou jako i ten vůdce, kterýž s ním smlouvu učinil. 23 Nebo v tovaryšství s ním vejda, prokáže nad ním lest, a přijeda, zmocní se království s malým počtem lidu. 24 Bezpečně také i do nejúrodnějších míst té krajiny vpadne, a činiti bude to, čehož nečinili otcové jeho, ani otcové otců jeho; loupež a kořisti a zboží jim rozdělí, ano i proti pevnostem chytrosti své vymýšleti bude, a to do času. 25 Potom vzbudí sílu svou a srdce své proti králi polednímu s vojskem velikým, s nímž král polední vojensky se potýkati bude, s vojskem velikým a velmi silným, ale neostojí, proto že vymyslí proti němu chytrost. 26 Nebo kteříž jídají pokrm, potrou jej, když vojsko onoho se rozvodní; i padnou, zbiti jsouce mnozí. 27 Tehdáž obou těch králů srdce bude činiti zlé, a za jedním a týmž stolem lež mluviti budou, ale nepodaří se, proto že cíl uložený na jiný ještě čas odložen. 28 A protož navrátí se do země své s zbožím velikým, a srdce jeho bude proti smlouvě svaté. Což učině, navrátí se do země své. 29 V uložený čas navrátě se, potáhne na poledne, ale to nebude podobné prvnímu ani poslednímu. 30 Nebo přijdou proti němu lodí Citejské, pročež bude jej to boleti, tak že opět zlobiti se bude proti smlouvě svaté. Což učině, navrátí se, a srozumění míti bude s těmi, kteříž opustili smlouvu svatou. 31 A vojska veliká podlé něho státi budou, a poškvrní svatyně a pevnosti; odejmou také obět ustavičnou, a postaví ohavnost zpuštění, 32 Tak aby ty, kteříž se bezbožně proti smlouvě chovati budou, v pokrytství posiloval úlisnostmi, lid pak, kterýž zná Boha svého, aby jímali. Což i učiní. 33 Pročež vyučující lid, vyučující mnohé, padati budou od meče a ohně, zajetí a loupeže za mnohé dny. 34 A když padati budou, malou pomoc míti budou; nebo připojí se k nim mnozí pochlebně. 35 Z těch pak, kteříž jiné vyučují, padati budou, aby prubováni a čištěni a bíleni byli až do času jistého; neboť to ještě potrvá až do času uloženého. 36 Král zajisté ten bude činiti podlé vůle své, a pozdvihne se a zvelebí nad každého boha, i proti Bohu nade všemi bohy nejsilnějšímu mluviti bude divné věci; a šťastně se mu povede až do vykonání prchlivosti, ažby se to, což uloženo jest, vykonalo. 37 Ani k bohům otců svých se nenakloní, ani k milování žen, aniž k komu z bohů se nakloní, proto že se nade všecko velebiti bude. 38 A na místě Boha nejsilnějšího ctíti bude boha, kteréhož neznali otcové jeho; ctíti bude zlatem a stříbrem, a kamením drahým a klénoty. 39 A tak dovede toho, že pevnosti Nejsilnějšího budou boha cizího, a kteréž se mu viděti bude, poctí slávou, a způsobí, aby panovali nad mnohými, a zemi rozdělí místo mzdy. 40 Při dokonání pak toho času trkati se s ním bude král polední, ale král půlnoční oboří se na něj s vozy a s jezdci a lodími mnohými, a přitáhna do zemí, jako povodeň projde. 41 Potom přitáhne do země Judské, a mnohé země padnou. Tito pak ujdou ruky jeho, Idumejští a Moábští, a prvotiny synů Ammon. 42 A když ruku svou vztáhne na země, ani země Egyptská nebude moci jeho zniknouti. 43 Nebo opanuje poklady zlata a stříbra, a všecky klénoty Egyptské; Lubimští také a Mouřenínové za ním půjdou. 44 V tom noviny od východu a od půlnoci přestraší jej; pročež vytáhne s prchlivostí velikou, aby hubil a mordoval mnohé. 45 I rozbije stany paláce svého mezi mořemi, na hoře okrasy svatosti; a když přijde k skonání svému, nebude míti žádného spomocníka.
Danish(i) 1 I og jeg stod ogsaa for ham som Hjælper og Værn i Mederen Darius's første Aar. 2 Og nu vil jeg kundgøre dig Sandhed: Se, der skal endnu opstaa tre Konger for Persien, og den fjerde skal berige sig med større Rigdom end alle de andre, og naar han er bleven mægtig ved sin Rigdom, skal han opbyde alt imod Grækenlaads Rige. 3 Derefter skal der opstaa en vældig Konge og herske med stort Herredømme og gøre efter sin Villie. 4 Og som han opstaar, skal hans Rige sønderbrydes og deles imod Himmelens fire Veje, og det skal ikke være for hans efterladte, ej heller et Herredømme som hans Herredømme, men hans Rige skal oprykkes og blive andre end disse til Del. 5 Og Kongen af Sønden skal vorde mægtig, men der er en af hans Fyrster, som skal blive mægtigere end han og herske, hans Herredom skal blive et stort Herredom. 6 Og naar nogle Aar ere til Ende, skulle de indgaa Forbindelse, og Kongen af Søndens Datter skal drage ind til Kongen af Norden for at bringe et redeligt Forhold til Veje; men hun skal ikke beholde Armens Kraft, og han og hans Arm skal ikke bestaa, men hun skal gives hen tillige med dem, som bragte hende did, og ham, som avlede hende og understøttede hende, naar Tiderne komme. 7 Og af Skud fra hendes Rødder skal der opstaa een i hans Sted og drage imod Hæren og trænge ind i Kongen af Nordens Fæstninger og handle med dem efter sin Villie og faa Overmagt. 8 Ja, ogsaa deres Guder tillige med deres støbte Billeder, tillige med deres kostbare Kar, Sølv og Guld; skal han føre som Bytte til Ægypten; og han skal holde Stand nogle Aar imod Kongen af Norden. 9 Og denne skal drage ind i Konger af Søndens Rige; men han skal vende tilbage til sit Land igen. 10 Og hans Sønner skulle ruste sig og samle en Hob af mange Hære og komme og drage ind og oversvømme Og overfare; og de skulle komme igen og trænge frem indtil hans Fæstning. 11 Og Kongen af Sønden skal forbitres og drage ud at stride imod ham, imod Kongen af Norden; og skønt denne opstiller en stor Hob, skal Hoben dog gives i hans Haand. 12 Som Hoben hæver sig, skal hans hjerte ophøje sig, og han skal fælde ti Tusinde og dog ikke blive mægtig. 13 Og Kongen af Norden skal komme tilbage og opstille en større Hob end den første, og efter at nogle Aars Tider ere til Ende; skal han komme og drage frem med en stor Hær og med meget Tros. 14 Og i de samme Tider skulle mange staa frem imod Kongen af Sønden, og Sønnerne af Røverne i blandt mit Folk skulle rejse sig for at stadfæste Synet; men de skulle falde. 15 Og Kongen af Nogen skal komme og opkaste en Vold og indtage en stærkt befæstet Stad, og Søndens Arme skulle ikke kunne holde ud, ej heller hans udvalgte Folk, og der skal ingen Kraft være til at holde Stand. 16 Men den, som kommer imod ham, skal gøre efter sin Villie, og ingen skal bestaa for hans Ansigt; han skal og træde op i det herlige Land, og der skal komme Fordærvelse ved hans Haand. 17 Og han skal vende sit Ansigt til at komme med al sit Riges Magt og med et redeligt Forhold i Sinde, og han skal sætte det igennem; og han skal give ham sin unge Dattar til hendes Fordærvelse; men hun skal ikke bestaa og ikke blive til noget for ham. 18 Derefter skal han vende sit Ansigt om imod Øerne og indtage mange; og han skal bringe Fyrster til at høre op med deres Haap, men hans Haan skulle de gengælde ham. 19 Og han skal vende sit Ansigt om til sit Lands Fæstninger, og han skal snuble og falde og ikke findes mere. 20 Og der skal een opstaa i hans Sted, som skal lade en Plager drage igennem Rigets Herlighed; men i faa Dage skal han knuses, dog ikke ved Vrede og ikke ved Krigen. 21 Siden ekal der opstaa i hans Sted en forngtett, hvilken de ikke skulle give kongelig Ære; men han skal komme, naar der er Tryghed, og bemægtige sig Riget ved Smiger. 22 Og de oversvømmende Magter skulle oversvømmes af ham og knuses, ogsaa Forbundets Fyrste. 23 Og efter at have indgaaet Forbund med ham skal han øve Svig, og han skal drage op og blive mægtig ved faa Folk. 24 Hvor der er Tryghed, og hvor der er fede Egne i Landskabet, skal han trænge ind; og gøre det, som hans Fædre og hans Forfædre ikke have gjort, han skal adsprede for dem Rov, Bytte og Gods; og han skal optænke sine Anslag imod de faste Stæder, og det til en Tid. 25 Og han skal opvække sin Kraft og sit Mod med en stor Hær imod Kongen af Sønden, og Kongen af Sønden skal ruste sig til krig med en stor og saare mægtig Hær, men ikke bestaa; thi der skal optænkes Anslag imod ham. 26 Og de, som aade hans Mad, skulle knuse ham; og hans Hær skal strømme frem, men der skal falde mange ihjelslagne. 27 Og begge Kongernes Hjerte staar til at gøre ondt, og over eet Bord skulle de tale Løgn; men det skal ikke lykkes, thi endnu venter det med Enden til den bestemte Tid. 28 Og han skal vende tilbage til sit Land med stort Gods, og hans Hjerte skal lægge Raad op imod den hellige Pagt, og han skal fuldføre det og vende tilbage til sit Land. 29 Paa den bestemte Tid skal han vende tilbage og komme imod Sønden; men det skal ikke gaa den sidste Gang som den første. 30 Men Skibe fra Kithim skulle komme imod ham, og han skal tabe Modet og vende om og optændes til Vrede imod den hellige Pagt og udføre den, ja, han skal vende om og give Agt paa dem, som forlade den hellige Pagt. 31 Og en Stridsmagt fra ham skal staa frem og vanhellige Helligdommen, den faste Borg, og den skal borttage den stadige Tjeneste og opstille den ødelæggende Vederstyggelighed. 32 Og dem, som handle ugudeligt imod Pagten, skal han ved Smiger bringe til Frafald; men de af Folket, som kende deres Gud, skulle staa fast og vise det Gerning. 33 Og de forstandige iblandt Folket skulle undervise mange; mer de skulle en Tid lang falde ved Sværd og ved Ildslue, ved Fangenskab og ved Plyndring. 34 Og naade falde, skulle de blive hjulpnt med en liden Hjælp; og mange skulle slutte sig til dem med Smiger. 35 Og af de forstandige skulle nogle falde, for at smelte og lutre og rense Folket indtil Endens Tid thi endnu venter det med den til den bestemte Tid. 36 Og Kongen skal gøre efter din Villie og ophøje sig og gøre sig stor over enhver Gud og tale forfærdelige Ord imod gudernes Gud; og han skal have Lykke, indtil Vreden er til Ende; thi hvad der er bestemt, det sker. 37 Og han skal ikke agte paa sine ædres Guder, er heller skal han agte paa Kvinders Ynde eller paa nogen Gud; thi han skal ophøje sig torlig over alt. 38 Men Fæstningernes Gud skal han ære Paa dens sted; og den Gud, som han Fædre ikke kendte, skal han ære med Guld og med Sølv og med dyrebare Stene og med Kostbarheder. 39 Og han skal handle med de stærke Fæstninger ved den fremmede Guds. Hjælp, saaledes at han skal bevise dem som erkende ham, meen Ære, og han skal lade dem herske over mange og uddele Land til Løn. 40 Men ved Endens Tid skal Kongen af Sønden stanges med ham, og Kongen af Norden skal storme frem imod ham med Vogne og med Ryttere og med mange Skibe og trænge ind i Landene og overskylle og overfare dem. 41 Og han skal trænge ind i det herlige Land, og mange skulle falde; men disse skulle undkomme fra hans Haand: Edom og Moab og de ypperste af Ammons Børn. 42 Og han skal udstrække sin Haand efter Landene, og Ægyptens Land skal ikke staa til Redning. 43 Og han skal blive Herre over Skatte af Guld og Sølv og over alle kostelige Ting i Ægypten; og Lygter og Morianer skulle følge ham. 44 Men Tidender fra Østen og fra Norden skulle forfærde ham; og han skal drage ud med stor Grumhed for at udrydde og for at Ødelægge mange. 45 Og han skal opslaa sit Pragttelt imellem Havet og det herlige, hellige Bjerg, men naa sin Ende, og ingen skal hjælpe ham.
CUV(i) 1 又 說 ： 當 瑪 代 王 大 利 烏 元 年 ， 我 曾 起 來 扶 助 米 迦 勒 ， 使 他 堅 強 。 2 現 在 我 將 真 事 指 示 你 ： 波 斯 還 有 三 王 興 起 ， 第 四 王 必 富 足 遠 勝 諸 王 。 他 因 富 足 成 為 強 盛 ， 就 必 激 動 大 眾 攻 擊 希 臘 國 。 3 必 有 一 個 勇 敢 的 王 興 起 ， 執 掌 大 權 ， 隨 意 而 行 。 4 他 興 起 的 時 候 ， 他 的 國 必 破 裂 ， 向 天 的 四 方 （ 方 ： 原 文 是 風 ） 分 開 ， 卻 不 歸 他 的 後 裔 ， 治 國 的 權 勢 也 都 不 及 他 ； 因 為 他 的 國 必 被 拔 出 ， 歸 與 他 後 裔 之 外 的 人 。 5 南 方 的 王 必 強 盛 ， 他 將 帥 中 必 有 一 個 比 他 更 強 盛 ， 執 掌 權 柄 ， 他 的 權 柄 甚 大 。 6 過 些 年 後 ， 他 們 必 互 相 連 合 ， 南 方 王 的 女 兒 必 就 了 北 方 王 來 立 約 ； 但 這 女 子 幫 助 之 力 存 立 不 住 ， 王 和 他 所 倚 靠 之 力 也 不 能 存 立 。 這 女 子 和 引 導 他 來 的 ， 並 生 他 的 ， 以 及 當 時 扶 助 他 的 ， 都 必 交 與 死 地 。 7 但 這 女 子 的 本 家 （ 原 文 是 根 ） 必 另 生 一 子 （ 子 ： 原 文 是 枝 ） 繼 續 王 位 ， 他 必 率 領 軍 隊 進 入 北 方 王 的 保 障 ， 攻 擊 他 們 ， 而 且 得 勝 ； 8 並 將 他 們 的 　 神 像 和 鑄 成 的 偶 像 ， 與 金 銀 的 寶 器 掠 到 埃 及 去 。 數 年 之 內 ， 他 不 去 攻 擊 北 方 的 王 。 9 北 方 的 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 必 入 南 方 王 的 國 ， 卻 要 仍 回 本 地 。 10 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 的 二 子 必 動 干 戈 ， 招 聚 許 多 軍 兵 。 這 軍 兵 前 去 ， 如 洪 水 氾 濫 ， 又 必 再 去 爭 戰 ， 直 到 南 方 王 的 保 障 。 11 南 方 王 必 發 烈 怒 ， 出 來 與 北 方 王 爭 戰 ， 擺 列 大 軍 ； 北 方 王 的 軍 兵 必 交 付 他 手 。 12 他 的 眾 軍 高 傲 ， 他 的 心 也 必 自 高 ； 他 雖 使 數 萬 人 仆 倒 ， 卻 不 得 常 勝 。 13 北 方 王 必 回 來 擺 列 大 軍 ， 比 先 前 的 更 多 。 滿 了 所 定 的 年 數 ， 他 必 率 領 大 軍 ， 帶 極 多 的 軍 裝 來 。 14 那 時 ， 必 有 許 多 人 起 來 攻 擊 南 方 王 ， 並 且 你 本 國 的 強 暴 人 必 興 起 ， 要 應 驗 那 異 象 ， 他 們 卻 要 敗 亡 。 15 北 方 王 必 來 築 壘 攻 取 堅 固 城 ； 南 方 的 軍 兵 必 站 立 不 住 ， 就 是 選 擇 的 精 兵 （ 原 文 是 民 ） 也 無 力 站 住 。 16 來 攻 擊 他 的 ， 必 任 意 而 行 ， 無 人 在 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 面 前 站 立 得 住 。 他 必 站 在 那 榮 美 之 地 ， 用 手 施 行 毀 滅 。 17 他 必 定 意 用 全 國 之 力 而 來 ， 立 公 正 的 約 ， 照 約 而 行 ， 將 自 己 的 女 兒 給 南 方 王 為 妻 ， 想 要 敗 壞 他 （ 或 譯 ： 埃 及 ） ， 這 計 卻 不 得 成 就 ， 與 自 己 毫 無 益 處 。 18 其 後 他 必 轉 回 奪 取 了 許 多 海 島 。 但 有 一 大 帥 ， 除 掉 他 令 人 受 的 羞 辱 ， 並 且 使 這 羞 辱 歸 他 本 身 。 19 他 就 必 轉 向 本 地 的 保 障 ， 卻 要 絆 跌 仆 倒 ， 歸 於 無 有 。 20 那 時 ， 必 有 一 人 興 起 接 續 他 為 王 ， 使 橫 征 暴 斂 的 人 通 行 國 中 的 榮 美 地 。 這 王 不 多 日 就 必 滅 亡 ， 卻 不 因 忿 怒 ， 也 不 因 爭 戰 。 21 必 有 一 個 卑 鄙 的 人 興 起 接 續 為 王 ， 人 未 曾 將 國 的 尊 榮 給 他 ， 他 卻 趁 人 坦 然 無 備 的 時 候 ， 用 諂 媚 的 話 得 國 。 22 必 有 無 數 的 軍 兵 勢 如 洪 水 ， 在 他 面 前 沖 沒 敗 壞 ； 同 盟 的 君 也 必 如 此 。 23 與 那 君 結 盟 之 後 ， 他 必 行 詭 詐 ， 因 為 他 必 上 來 以 微 小 的 軍 （ 原 文 是 民 ） 成 為 強 盛 。 24 趁 人 坦 然 無 備 的 時 候 ， 他 必 來 到 國 中 極 肥 美 之 地 ， 行 他 列 祖 和 他 列 祖 之 祖 所 未 曾 行 的 ， 將 擄 物 、 掠 物 ， 和 財 寶 散 給 眾 人 ， 又 要 設 計 攻 打 保 障 ， 然 而 這 都 是 暫 時 的 。 25 他 必 奮 勇 向 前 ， 率 領 大 軍 攻 擊 南 方 王 ； 南 方 王 也 必 以 極 大 極 強 的 軍 兵 與 他 爭 戰 ， 卻 站 立 不 住 ， 因 為 有 人 設 計 謀 害 南 方 王 。 26 吃 王 膳 的 ， 必 敗 壞 他 ； 他 的 軍 隊 必 被 沖 沒 ， 而 且 被 殺 的 甚 多 。 27 至 於 這 二 王 ， 他 們 心 懷 惡 計 ， 同 席 說 謊 ， 計 謀 卻 不 成 就 ； 因 為 到 了 定 期 ， 事 就 了 結 。 28 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 必 帶 許 多 財 寶 回 往 本 國 ， 他 的 心 反 對 聖 約 ， 任 意 而 行 ， 回 到 本 地 。 29 到 了 定 期 ， 他 必 返 回 ， 來 到 南 方 。 後 一 次 卻 不 如 前 一 次 ， 30 因 為 基 提 戰 船 必 來 攻 擊 他 ， 他 就 喪 膽 而 回 ， 又 要 惱 恨 聖 約 ， 任 意 而 行 ； 他 必 回 來 聯 絡 背 棄 聖 約 的 人 。 31 他 必 興 兵 ， 這 兵 必 褻 瀆 聖 地 ， 就 是 保 障 ， 除 掉 常 獻 的 燔 祭 ， 設 立 那 行 毀 壞 可 憎 的 。 32 作 惡 違 背 聖 約 的 人 ， 他 必 用 巧 言 勾 引 ； 惟 獨 認 識 　 神 的 子 民 必 剛 強 行 事 。 33 民 間 的 智 慧 人 必 訓 誨 多 人 ； 然 而 他 們 多 日 必 倒 在 刀 下 ， 或 被 火 燒 ， 或 被 擄 掠 搶 奪 。 34 他 們 仆 倒 的 時 候 ， 稍 得 扶 助 ， 卻 有 許 多 人 用 諂 媚 的 話 親 近 他 們 。 35 智 慧 人 中 有 些 仆 倒 的 ， 為 要 熬 煉 其 餘 的 人 ， 使 他 們 清 淨 潔 白 ， 直 到 末 了 ； 因 為 到 了 定 期 ， 事 就 了 結 。 36 王 必 任 意 而 行 ， 自 高 自 大 ， 超 過 所 有 的 神 ， 又 用 奇 異 的 話 攻 擊 萬 神 之 神 。 他 必 行 事 亨 通 ， 直 到 主 的 忿 怒 完 畢 ， 因 為 所 定 的 事 必 然 成 就 。 37 他 必 不 顧 他 列 祖 的 　 神 ， 也 不 顧 婦 女 所 羨 慕 的 神 ， 無 論 何 神 他 都 不 顧 ； 因 為 他 必 自 大 ， 高 過 一 切 。 38 他 倒 要 敬 拜 保 障 的 神 ， 用 金 、 銀 、 寶 石 和 可 愛 之 物 敬 奉 他 列 祖 所 不 認 識 的 神 。 39 他 必 靠 外 邦 神 的 幫 助 ， 攻 破 最 堅 固 的 保 障 。 凡 承 認 他 的 ， 他 必 將 榮 耀 加 給 他 們 ， 使 他 們 管 轄 許 多 人 ， 又 為 賄 賂 分 地 與 他 們 。 40 到 末 了 ， 南 方 王 要 與 他 交 戰 。 北 方 王 必 用 戰 車 、 馬 兵 ， 和 許 多 戰 船 ， 勢 如 暴 風 來 攻 擊 他 ， 也 必 進 入 列 國 ， 如 洪 水 氾 濫 。 41 又 必 進 入 那 榮 美 之 地 ， 有 許 多 國 就 被 傾 覆 ， 但 以 東 人 、 摩 押 人 ， 和 一 大 半 亞 捫 人 必 脫 離 他 的 手 。 42 他 必 伸 手 攻 擊 列 國 ； 埃 及 地 也 不 得 脫 離 。 43 他 必 把 持 埃 及 的 金 銀 財 寶 和 各 樣 的 寶 物 。 呂 彼 亞 人 和 古 實 人 都 必 跟 從 他 。 44 但 從 東 方 和 北 方 必 有 消 息 擾 亂 他 ， 他 就 大 發 烈 怒 出 去 ， 要 將 多 人 殺 滅 淨 盡 。 45 他 必 在 海 和 榮 美 的 聖 山 中 間 設 立 他 如 宮 殿 的 帳 幕 ； 然 而 到 了 他 的 結 局 ， 必 無 人 能 幫 助 他 。
CUV_Strongs(i)
  1 H4075 又說：當瑪代 H1867 王大利烏 H259 元 H8141 年 H5977 ，我曾起來 H2388 扶助 H4581 米迦勒，使他堅強。
  2 H571 現在我將真事 H5046 指示 H6539 你：波斯 H7969 還有三 H4428 王 H5975 興起 H7243 ，第四 H6239 H6238 王必富足 H1419 遠勝 H6239 諸王。他因富足 H2393 成為強盛 H5782 ，就必激動 H3120 大眾攻擊希臘 H4438 國。
  3 H1368 必有一個勇敢的 H4428 王 H5975 興起 H4910 ，執掌 H7227 大 H4474 權 H7522 ，隨意 H6213 而行。
  4 H5975 他興起 H4438 的時候，他的國 H7665 必破裂 H8064 ，向天 H702 的四 H7307 方（方：原文是風 H2673 ）分開 H319 ，卻不歸他的後裔 H4915 ，治國的權勢 H4438 也都不及他；因為他的國 H5428 必被拔出 H312 ，歸與他後裔之外的人。
  5 H5045 南方 H4428 的王 H2388 必強盛 H8269 ，他將帥 H2388 中必有一個比他更強盛 H4910 ，執掌權柄 H4475 ，他的權柄 H7227 甚大。
  6 H8141 過些年 H7093 後 H2266 ，他們必互相連合 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H1323 的女兒 H6828 必就了北方 H4428 王 H935 來 H6213 立 H4339 約 H3581 H2220 ；但這女子幫助之力 H6113 存立 H2220 不住，王和他所倚靠之力 H5975 也不能存立 H935 。這女子和引導 H3205 他來的，並生 H6256 他的，以及當時 H2388 扶助 H5414 他的，都必交與死地。
  7 H8328 但這女子的本家（原文是根 H5342 ）必另生一子（子：原文是枝 H3653 ）繼續王位 H2428 ，他必率領軍隊 H935 H935 進入 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H4581 的保障 H6213 ，攻擊 H2388 他們，而且得勝；
  8 H430 並將他們的　神 H5257 像和鑄成的偶像 H2091 ，與金 H3701 銀 H2532 的寶 H3627 器 H7628 掠到 H4714 埃及 H935 去 H8141 。數年 H5975 之內，他不去 H6828 攻擊北方 H4428 的王。
  9 H935 北方的王（原文是他）必入 H5045 南方 H4428 王 H4438 的國 H7725 ，卻要仍回 H127 本地。
  10 H1121 北方王（原文是他）的二子 H1624 必動干戈 H622 ，招聚 H1995 H7227 許多 H2428 軍兵 H935 H935 。這軍兵前去 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾濫 H7725 ，又必再去 H1624 爭戰 H4581 ，直到南方王的保障。
  11 H5045 南方 H4428 王 H4843 必發烈怒 H3318 ，出來 H6828 與北方 H4428 王 H3898 爭戰 H5975 ，擺列 H7227 H1995 大軍 H5414 ；北方王的軍兵必交付 H3027 他手。
  12 H1995 他的眾軍 H5375 高傲 H3824 ，他的心 H7311 H7311 也必自高 H7239 ；他雖使數萬 H5307 人仆倒 H5810 ，卻不得常勝。
  13 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H7725 必回來 H5975 擺列 H1995 大軍 H7223 ，比先前的 H7227 更多 H935 H7093 。滿了 H6256 所定的 H8141 年數 H1419 ，他必率領大 H2428 軍 H7227 ，帶極多的 H7399 軍裝 H935 來。
  14 H6256 那時 H7227 ，必有許多 H5975 人起來 H5045 攻擊南方 H4428 王 H5971 ，並且你本國 H6530 的強暴 H1121 人 H5375 必興起 H5975 ，要應驗 H2377 那異象 H3782 ，他們卻要敗亡。
  15 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H935 必來 H8210 築 H5550 壘 H3920 攻取 H4013 堅固 H5892 城 H5045 ；南方 H5975 的軍兵必站立不住 H4005 ，就是選擇的 H5971 精兵（原文是民 H3581 ）也無力 H5975 站住。
  16 H935 來 H7522 攻擊他的，必任意 H6213 而行 H6440 ，無人在北方王（原文是他）面前 H5975 站立 H5975 得住。他必站在 H6643 那榮美 H776 之地 H3027 ，用手 H3617 施行毀滅。
  17 H7760 H6440 他必定意 H4438 用全國 H8633 之力 H935 而來 H3477 ，立公正的 H6213 約，照約而行 H1323 ，將自己的女兒 H5414 給 H802 南方王為妻 H7843 ，想要敗壞 H5975 他（或譯：埃及），這計卻不得成就，與自己毫無益處。
  18 H7760 H7725 H6440 其後他必轉回 H3920 奪取了 H7227 許多 H339 海島 H7101 。但有一大帥 H7673 ，除掉 H2781 他令人受的羞辱 H1115 ，並且 H2781 使這羞辱 H7725 歸他本身。
  19 H7725 H6440 他就必轉向 H776 本地 H4581 的保障 H3782 ，卻要絆跌 H5307 仆倒 H4672 ，歸於無有。
  20 H5975 那時，必有一人興起 H3653 接續他為王 H5065 ，使橫征暴斂的人 H5674 通行 H4438 國中 H1925 的榮美地 H259 。這王不多 H3117 日 H7665 就必滅亡 H639 ，卻不因忿怒 H4421 ，也不因爭戰。
  21 H959 必有一個卑鄙的人 H5975 興起 H3653 接續為王 H4438 ，人未曾將國 H1935 的尊榮 H5414 給 H7962 他，他卻趁人坦然無備 H2519 的時候，用諂媚的話 H2388 得 H4438 國。
  22 H2220 必有無數的軍兵勢 H7858 如洪水 H6440 ，在他面前 H7857 沖沒 H7665 敗壞 H1285 ；同盟 H5057 的君也必如此。
  23 H2266 與那君結盟 H6213 之後，他必行 H4820 詭詐 H5927 ，因為他必上來 H4592 以微小 H1471 的軍（原文是民 H6105 ）成為強盛。
  24 H7962 趁人坦然無備 H935 的時候，他必來到 H4082 國中 H4924 極肥美之地 H6213 ，行 H1 他列祖 H1 和他列祖 H1 之祖 H6213 所未曾行 H961 的，將擄物 H7998 、掠物 H7399 ，和財寶 H967 散給 H2803 H4284 眾人，又要設計 H4013 攻打保障 H6256 ，然而這都是暫時的。
  25 H5782 H3581 H3824 他必奮勇向前 H1419 ，率領大 H2428 軍 H5045 攻擊南方 H4428 王 H5045 ；南方 H4428 王 H1624 也必以 H3966 極 H1419 大 H6099 極強 H2428 的軍兵 H4421 與他爭戰 H5975 ，卻站立不住 H2803 H4284 ，因為有人設計謀害南方王。
  26 H398 吃 H6598 王膳 H7665 的，必敗壞 H2428 他；他的軍隊 H7857 必被沖沒 H2491 ，而且被殺 H7227 的甚多。
  27 H8147 至於這二 H4428 王 H3824 ，他們心 H4827 H7451 懷惡計 H259 H7979 ，同席 H1696 說 H3577 謊 H6743 ，計謀卻不成就 H4150 ；因為到了定期 H7093 ，事就了結。
  28 H1419 北方王（原文是他）必帶許多 H7399 財寶 H7725 回往 H776 本國 H3824 ，他的心 H6944 反對聖 H1285 約 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ，回到 H776 本地。
  29 H4150 到了定期 H7725 ，他必返回 H935 ，來到 H5045 南方 H314 。後一次 H7223 卻不如前一次，
  30 H3794 因為基提 H6716 戰船 H935 必來 H3512 攻擊他，他就喪膽 H7725 而回 H2194 ，又要惱恨 H6944 聖 H1285 約 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ；他必回來 H995 聯絡 H5800 背棄 H6944 聖 H1285 約的人。
  31 H5975 H2220 他必興兵 H2490 ，這兵必褻瀆 H4720 聖地 H4581 ，就是保障 H5493 ，除掉 H8548 常 H5414 獻的燔祭，設立 H8074 那行毀壞 H8251 可憎的。
  32 H7561 作惡 H1285 違背聖約 H2514 的人，他必用巧言 H2610 勾引 H3045 ；惟獨認識 H430 　神 H5971 的子民 H2388 必剛強 H6213 行事。
  33 H5971 民間 H7919 的智慧人 H995 必訓誨 H7227 多 H3782 人；然而他們多日必倒 H2719 在刀 H3852 下，或被火 H7628 燒，或被擄掠 H961 搶奪。
  34 H3782 他們仆倒 H4592 的時候，稍得 H5826 H5828 扶助 H7227 ，卻有許多 H2519 人用諂媚的話 H3867 親近他們。
  35 H7919 智慧人 H3782 中有些仆倒 H6884 的，為要熬煉 H1305 其餘的人，使他們清淨 H3835 潔白 H7093 H6256 ，直到末了 H4150 ；因為到了定期，事就了結。
  36 H4428 王 H7522 必任意 H6213 而行 H7311 ，自高 H1431 自大 H410 ，超過所有的神 H6381 ，又用奇異的話 H410 攻擊萬神 H410 之神 H6743 。他必行事亨通 H2195 ，直到主的忿怒 H3615 完畢 H2782 ，因為所定的事 H6213 必然成就。
  37 H995 他必不顧 H1 他列祖 H430 的　神 H802 ，也不顧婦女 H2532 所羨慕 H433 的神，無論何神 H995 他都不顧 H1431 ；因為他必自大，高過一切。
  38 H3513 他倒要敬拜 H4581 保障 H433 的神 H2091 ，用金 H3701 、銀 H3368 、寶 H68 石 H2532 和可愛之物 H3513 敬奉 H1 他列祖 H3045 所不認識 H433 的神。
  39 H5236 他必靠外邦 H433 神 H6213 的幫助，攻破 H4581 最堅固 H4013 的保障 H5234 H5234 。凡承認 H3519 他的，他必將榮耀 H7235 加給 H4910 他們，使他們管轄 H7227 許多 H4242 人，又為賄賂 H2505 分 H127 地與他們。
  40 H7093 H6256 到末了 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H5055 要與他交戰 H6828 。北方 H4428 王 H7393 必用戰車 H6571 、馬兵 H7227 ，和許多 H591 戰船 H8175 ，勢如暴風 H935 來攻擊他，也必進入 H776 列國 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾濫。
  41 H935 又必進入 H6643 那榮美 H776 之地 H7227 ，有許多 H3782 國就被傾覆 H123 ，但以東人 H4124 、摩押人 H7225 ，和一大半 H5983 亞捫 H1121 人 H4422 必脫離 H3027 他的手。
  42 H7971 他必伸 H3027 手 H776 攻擊列國 H4714 ；埃及 H776 地 H6413 也不得脫離。
  43 H4910 他必把持 H4714 埃及 H2091 的金 H3701 銀 H4362 財寶 H2532 和各樣的寶物 H3864 。呂彼亞人 H3569 和古實人 H4703 都必跟從他。
  44 H4217 但從東方 H6828 和北方 H8052 必有消息 H926 擾亂 H1419 他，他就大 H2534 發烈怒 H3318 出去 H7227 ，要將多 H8045 人殺滅 H2763 淨盡。
  45 H3220 他必在海 H6643 和榮美的 H6944 聖 H2022 山 H5193 中間設立 H643 他如宮殿 H168 的帳幕 H935 ；然而到了 H7093 他的結局 H5826 ，必無人能幫助他。
CUVS(i) 1 又 说 ： 当 玛 代 王 大 利 乌 元 年 ， 我 曾 起 来 扶 助 米 迦 勒 ， 使 他 坚 强 。 2 现 在 我 将 真 事 指 示 你 ： 波 斯 还 冇 叁 王 兴 起 ， 第 四 王 必 富 足 远 胜 诸 王 。 他 因 富 足 成 为 强 盛 ， 就 必 激 动 大 众 攻 击 希 腊 国 。 3 必 冇 一 个 勇 敢 的 王 兴 起 ， 执 掌 大 权 ， 随 意 而 行 。 4 他 兴 起 的 时 候 ， 他 的 国 必 破 裂 ， 向 天 的 四 方 （ 方 ： 原 文 是 风 ） 分 幵 ， 却 不 归 他 的 后 裔 ， 治 国 的 权 势 也 都 不 及 他 ； 因 为 他 的 国 必 被 拔 出 ， 归 与 他 后 裔 之 外 的 人 。 5 南 方 的 王 必 强 盛 ， 他 将 帅 中 必 冇 一 个 比 他 更 强 盛 ， 执 掌 权 柄 ， 他 的 权 柄 甚 大 。 6 过 些 年 后 ， 他 们 必 互 相 连 合 ， 南 方 王 的 女 儿 必 就 了 北 方 王 来 立 约 ； 但 这 女 子 帮 助 之 力 存 立 不 住 ， 王 和 他 所 倚 靠 之 力 也 不 能 存 立 。 这 女 子 和 引 导 他 来 的 ， 并 生 他 的 ， 以 及 当 时 扶 助 他 的 ， 都 必 交 与 死 地 。 7 但 这 女 子 的 本 家 （ 原 文 是 根 ） 必 另 生 一 子 （ 子 ： 原 文 是 枝 ） 继 续 王 位 ， 他 必 率 领 军 队 进 入 北 方 王 的 保 障 ， 攻 击 他 们 ， 而 且 得 胜 ； 8 并 将 他 们 的 　 神 象 和 铸 成 的 偶 象 ， 与 金 银 的 宝 器 掠 到 埃 及 去 。 数 年 之 内 ， 他 不 去 攻 击 北 方 的 王 。 9 北 方 的 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 必 入 南 方 王 的 国 ， 却 要 仍 回 本 地 。 10 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 的 二 子 必 动 干 戈 ， 招 聚 许 多 军 兵 。 这 军 兵 前 去 ， 如 洪 水 氾 滥 ， 又 必 再 去 争 战 ， 直 到 南 方 王 的 保 障 。 11 南 方 王 必 发 烈 怒 ， 出 来 与 北 方 王 争 战 ， 摆 列 大 军 ； 北 方 王 的 军 兵 必 交 付 他 手 。 12 他 的 众 军 高 傲 ， 他 的 心 也 必 自 高 ； 他 虽 使 数 万 人 仆 倒 ， 却 不 得 常 胜 。 13 北 方 王 必 回 来 摆 列 大 军 ， 比 先 前 的 更 多 。 满 了 所 定 的 年 数 ， 他 必 率 领 大 军 ， 带 极 多 的 军 装 来 。 14 那 时 ， 必 冇 许 多 人 起 来 攻 击 南 方 王 ， 并 且 你 本 国 的 强 暴 人 必 兴 起 ， 要 应 验 那 异 象 ， 他 们 却 要 败 亡 。 15 北 方 王 必 来 筑 垒 攻 取 坚 固 城 ； 南 方 的 军 兵 必 站 立 不 住 ， 就 是 选 择 的 精 兵 （ 原 文 是 民 ） 也 无 力 站 住 。 16 来 攻 击 他 的 ， 必 任 意 而 行 ， 无 人 在 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 面 前 站 立 得 住 。 他 必 站 在 那 荣 美 之 地 ， 用 手 施 行 毁 灭 。 17 他 必 定 意 用 全 国 之 力 而 来 ， 立 公 正 的 约 ， 照 约 而 行 ， 将 自 己 的 女 儿 给 南 方 王 为 妻 ， 想 要 败 坏 他 （ 或 译 ： 埃 及 ） ， 这 计 却 不 得 成 就 ， 与 自 己 毫 无 益 处 。 18 其 后 他 必 转 回 夺 取 了 许 多 海 岛 。 但 冇 一 大 帅 ， 除 掉 他 令 人 受 的 羞 辱 ， 并 且 使 这 羞 辱 归 他 本 身 。 19 他 就 必 转 向 本 地 的 保 障 ， 却 要 绊 跌 仆 倒 ， 归 于 无 冇 。 20 那 时 ， 必 冇 一 人 兴 起 接 续 他 为 王 ， 使 横 征 暴 敛 的 人 通 行 国 中 的 荣 美 地 。 这 王 不 多 日 就 必 灭 亡 ， 却 不 因 忿 怒 ， 也 不 因 争 战 。 21 必 冇 一 个 卑 鄙 的 人 兴 起 接 续 为 王 ， 人 未 曾 将 国 的 尊 荣 给 他 ， 他 却 趁 人 坦 然 无 备 的 时 候 ， 用 谄 媚 的 话 得 国 。 22 必 冇 无 数 的 军 兵 势 如 洪 水 ， 在 他 面 前 沖 没 败 坏 ； 同 盟 的 君 也 必 如 此 。 23 与 那 君 结 盟 之 后 ， 他 必 行 诡 诈 ， 因 为 他 必 上 来 以 微 小 的 军 （ 原 文 是 民 ） 成 为 强 盛 。 24 趁 人 坦 然 无 备 的 时 候 ， 他 必 来 到 国 中 极 肥 美 之 地 ， 行 他 列 祖 和 他 列 祖 之 祖 所 未 曾 行 的 ， 将 掳 物 、 掠 物 ， 和 财 宝 散 给 众 人 ， 又 要 设 计 攻 打 保 障 ， 然 而 这 都 是 暂 时 的 。 25 他 必 奋 勇 向 前 ， 率 领 大 军 攻 击 南 方 王 ； 南 方 王 也 必 以 极 大 极 强 的 军 兵 与 他 争 战 ， 却 站 立 不 住 ， 因 为 冇 人 设 计 谋 害 南 方 王 。 26 吃 王 膳 的 ， 必 败 坏 他 ； 他 的 军 队 必 被 沖 没 ， 而 且 被 杀 的 甚 多 。 27 至 于 这 二 王 ， 他 们 心 怀 恶 计 ， 同 席 说 谎 ， 计 谋 却 不 成 就 ； 因 为 到 了 定 期 ， 事 就 了 结 。 28 北 方 王 （ 原 文 是 他 ） 必 带 许 多 财 宝 回 往 本 国 ， 他 的 心 反 对 圣 约 ， 任 意 而 行 ， 回 到 本 地 。 29 到 了 定 期 ， 他 必 返 回 ， 来 到 南 方 。 后 一 次 却 不 如 前 一 次 ， 30 因 为 基 提 战 船 必 来 攻 击 他 ， 他 就 丧 胆 而 回 ， 又 要 恼 恨 圣 约 ， 任 意 而 行 ； 他 必 回 来 联 络 背 弃 圣 约 的 人 。 31 他 必 兴 兵 ， 这 兵 必 亵 渎 圣 地 ， 就 是 保 障 ， 除 掉 常 献 的 燔 祭 ， 设 立 那 行 毁 坏 可 憎 的 。 32 作 恶 违 背 圣 约 的 人 ， 他 必 用 巧 言 勾 引 ； 惟 独 认 识 　 神 的 子 民 必 刚 强 行 事 。 33 民 间 的 智 慧 人 必 训 诲 多 人 ； 然 而 他 们 多 日 必 倒 在 刀 下 ， 或 被 火 烧 ， 或 被 掳 掠 抢 夺 。 34 他 们 仆 倒 的 时 候 ， 稍 得 扶 助 ， 却 冇 许 多 人 用 谄 媚 的 话 亲 近 他 们 。 35 智 慧 人 中 冇 些 仆 倒 的 ， 为 要 熬 炼 其 余 的 人 ， 使 他 们 清 净 洁 白 ， 直 到 末 了 ； 因 为 到 了 定 期 ， 事 就 了 结 。 36 王 必 任 意 而 行 ， 自 高 自 大 ， 超 过 所 冇 的 神 ， 又 用 奇 异 的 话 攻 击 万 神 之 神 。 他 必 行 事 亨 通 ， 直 到 主 的 忿 怒 完 毕 ， 因 为 所 定 的 事 必 然 成 就 。 37 他 必 不 顾 他 列 祖 的 　 神 ， 也 不 顾 妇 女 所 羡 慕 的 神 ， 无 论 何 神 他 都 不 顾 ； 因 为 他 必 自 大 ， 高 过 一 切 。 38 他 倒 要 敬 拜 保 障 的 神 ， 用 金 、 银 、 宝 石 和 可 爱 之 物 敬 奉 他 列 祖 所 不 认 识 的 神 。 39 他 必 靠 外 邦 神 的 帮 助 ， 攻 破 最 坚 固 的 保 障 。 凡 承 认 他 的 ， 他 必 将 荣 耀 加 给 他 们 ， 使 他 们 管 辖 许 多 人 ， 又 为 贿 赂 分 地 与 他 们 。 40 到 末 了 ， 南 方 王 要 与 他 交 战 。 北 方 王 必 用 战 车 、 马 兵 ， 和 许 多 战 船 ， 势 如 暴 风 来 攻 击 他 ， 也 必 进 入 列 国 ， 如 洪 水 氾 滥 。 41 又 必 进 入 那 荣 美 之 地 ， 冇 许 多 国 就 被 倾 覆 ， 但 以 东 人 、 摩 押 人 ， 和 一 大 半 亚 扪 人 必 脱 离 他 的 手 。 42 他 必 伸 手 攻 击 列 国 ； 埃 及 地 也 不 得 脱 离 。 43 他 必 把 持 埃 及 的 金 银 财 宝 和 各 样 的 宝 物 。 吕 彼 亚 人 和 古 实 人 都 必 跟 从 他 。 44 但 从 东 方 和 北 方 必 冇 消 息 扰 乱 他 ， 他 就 大 发 烈 怒 出 去 ， 要 将 多 人 杀 灭 净 尽 。 45 他 必 在 海 和 荣 美 的 圣 山 中 间 设 立 他 如 宫 殿 的 帐 幕 ； 然 而 到 了 他 的 结 局 ， 必 无 人 能 帮 助 他 。
CUVS_Strongs(i)
  1 H4075 又说：当玛代 H1867 王大利乌 H259 元 H8141 年 H5977 ，我曾起来 H2388 扶助 H4581 米迦勒，使他坚强。
  2 H571 现在我将真事 H5046 指示 H6539 你：波斯 H7969 还有叁 H4428 王 H5975 兴起 H7243 ，第四 H6239 H6238 王必富足 H1419 远胜 H6239 诸王。他因富足 H2393 成为强盛 H5782 ，就必激动 H3120 大众攻击希腊 H4438 国。
  3 H1368 必有一个勇敢的 H4428 王 H5975 兴起 H4910 ，执掌 H7227 大 H4474 权 H7522 ，随意 H6213 而行。
  4 H5975 他兴起 H4438 的时候，他的国 H7665 必破裂 H8064 ，向天 H702 的四 H7307 方（方：原文是风 H2673 ）分开 H319 ，却不归他的后裔 H4915 ，治国的权势 H4438 也都不及他；因为他的国 H5428 必被拔出 H312 ，归与他后裔之外的人。
  5 H5045 南方 H4428 的王 H2388 必强盛 H8269 ，他将帅 H2388 中必有一个比他更强盛 H4910 ，执掌权柄 H4475 ，他的权柄 H7227 甚大。
  6 H8141 过些年 H7093 后 H2266 ，他们必互相连合 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H1323 的女儿 H6828 必就了北方 H4428 王 H935 来 H6213 立 H4339 约 H3581 H2220 ；但这女子帮助之力 H6113 存立 H2220 不住，王和他所倚靠之力 H5975 也不能存立 H935 。这女子和引导 H3205 他来的，并生 H6256 他的，以及当时 H2388 扶助 H5414 他的，都必交与死地。
  7 H8328 但这女子的本家（原文是根 H5342 ）必另生一子（子：原文是枝 H3653 ）继续王位 H2428 ，他必率领军队 H935 H935 进入 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H4581 的保障 H6213 ，攻击 H2388 他们，而且得胜；
  8 H430 并将他们的　神 H5257 象和铸成的偶象 H2091 ，与金 H3701 银 H2532 的宝 H3627 器 H7628 掠到 H4714 埃及 H935 去 H8141 。数年 H5975 之内，他不去 H6828 攻击北方 H4428 的王。
  9 H935 北方的王（原文是他）必入 H5045 南方 H4428 王 H4438 的国 H7725 ，却要仍回 H127 本地。
  10 H1121 北方王（原文是他）的二子 H1624 必动干戈 H622 ，招聚 H1995 H7227 许多 H2428 军兵 H935 H935 。这军兵前去 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾滥 H7725 ，又必再去 H1624 争战 H4581 ，直到南方王的保障。
  11 H5045 南方 H4428 王 H4843 必发烈怒 H3318 ，出来 H6828 与北方 H4428 王 H3898 争战 H5975 ，摆列 H7227 H1995 大军 H5414 ；北方王的军兵必交付 H3027 他手。
  12 H1995 他的众军 H5375 高傲 H3824 ，他的心 H7311 H7311 也必自高 H7239 ；他虽使数万 H5307 人仆倒 H5810 ，却不得常胜。
  13 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H7725 必回来 H5975 摆列 H1995 大军 H7223 ，比先前的 H7227 更多 H935 H7093 。满了 H6256 所定的 H8141 年数 H1419 ，他必率领大 H2428 军 H7227 ，带极多的 H7399 军装 H935 来。
  14 H6256 那时 H7227 ，必有许多 H5975 人起来 H5045 攻击南方 H4428 王 H5971 ，并且你本国 H6530 的强暴 H1121 人 H5375 必兴起 H5975 ，要应验 H2377 那异象 H3782 ，他们却要败亡。
  15 H6828 北方 H4428 王 H935 必来 H8210 筑 H5550 垒 H3920 攻取 H4013 坚固 H5892 城 H5045 ；南方 H5975 的军兵必站立不住 H4005 ，就是选择的 H5971 精兵（原文是民 H3581 ）也无力 H5975 站住。
  16 H935 来 H7522 攻击他的，必任意 H6213 而行 H6440 ，无人在北方王（原文是他）面前 H5975 站立 H5975 得住。他必站在 H6643 那荣美 H776 之地 H3027 ，用手 H3617 施行毁灭。
  17 H7760 H6440 他必定意 H4438 用全国 H8633 之力 H935 而来 H3477 ，立公正的 H6213 约，照约而行 H1323 ，将自己的女儿 H5414 给 H802 南方王为妻 H7843 ，想要败坏 H5975 他（或译：埃及），这计却不得成就，与自己毫无益处。
  18 H7760 H7725 H6440 其后他必转回 H3920 夺取了 H7227 许多 H339 海岛 H7101 。但有一大帅 H7673 ，除掉 H2781 他令人受的羞辱 H1115 ，并且 H2781 使这羞辱 H7725 归他本身。
  19 H7725 H6440 他就必转向 H776 本地 H4581 的保障 H3782 ，却要绊跌 H5307 仆倒 H4672 ，归于无有。
  20 H5975 那时，必有一人兴起 H3653 接续他为王 H5065 ，使横征暴敛的人 H5674 通行 H4438 国中 H1925 的荣美地 H259 。这王不多 H3117 日 H7665 就必灭亡 H639 ，却不因忿怒 H4421 ，也不因争战。
  21 H959 必有一个卑鄙的人 H5975 兴起 H3653 接续为王 H4438 ，人未曾将国 H1935 的尊荣 H5414 给 H7962 他，他却趁人坦然无备 H2519 的时候，用谄媚的话 H2388 得 H4438 国。
  22 H2220 必有无数的军兵势 H7858 如洪水 H6440 ，在他面前 H7857 沖没 H7665 败坏 H1285 ；同盟 H5057 的君也必如此。
  23 H2266 与那君结盟 H6213 之后，他必行 H4820 诡诈 H5927 ，因为他必上来 H4592 以微小 H1471 的军（原文是民 H6105 ）成为强盛。
  24 H7962 趁人坦然无备 H935 的时候，他必来到 H4082 国中 H4924 极肥美之地 H6213 ，行 H1 他列祖 H1 和他列祖 H1 之祖 H6213 所未曾行 H961 的，将掳物 H7998 、掠物 H7399 ，和财宝 H967 散给 H2803 H4284 众人，又要设计 H4013 攻打保障 H6256 ，然而这都是暂时的。
  25 H5782 H3581 H3824 他必奋勇向前 H1419 ，率领大 H2428 军 H5045 攻击南方 H4428 王 H5045 ；南方 H4428 王 H1624 也必以 H3966 极 H1419 大 H6099 极强 H2428 的军兵 H4421 与他争战 H5975 ，却站立不住 H2803 H4284 ，因为有人设计谋害南方王。
  26 H398 吃 H6598 王膳 H7665 的，必败坏 H2428 他；他的军队 H7857 必被沖没 H2491 ，而且被杀 H7227 的甚多。
  27 H8147 至于这二 H4428 王 H3824 ，他们心 H4827 H7451 怀恶计 H259 H7979 ，同席 H1696 说 H3577 谎 H6743 ，计谋却不成就 H4150 ；因为到了定期 H7093 ，事就了结。
  28 H1419 北方王（原文是他）必带许多 H7399 财宝 H7725 回往 H776 本国 H3824 ，他的心 H6944 反对圣 H1285 约 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ，回到 H776 本地。
  29 H4150 到了定期 H7725 ，他必返回 H935 ，来到 H5045 南方 H314 。后一次 H7223 却不如前一次，
  30 H3794 因为基提 H6716 战船 H935 必来 H3512 攻击他，他就丧胆 H7725 而回 H2194 ，又要恼恨 H6944 圣 H1285 约 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ；他必回来 H995 联络 H5800 背弃 H6944 圣 H1285 约的人。
  31 H5975 H2220 他必兴兵 H2490 ，这兵必亵渎 H4720 圣地 H4581 ，就是保障 H5493 ，除掉 H8548 常 H5414 献的燔祭，设立 H8074 那行毁坏 H8251 可憎的。
  32 H7561 作恶 H1285 违背圣约 H2514 的人，他必用巧言 H2610 勾引 H3045 ；惟独认识 H430 　神 H5971 的子民 H2388 必刚强 H6213 行事。
  33 H5971 民间 H7919 的智慧人 H995 必训诲 H7227 多 H3782 人；然而他们多日必倒 H2719 在刀 H3852 下，或被火 H7628 烧，或被掳掠 H961 抢夺。
  34 H3782 他们仆倒 H4592 的时候，稍得 H5826 H5828 扶助 H7227 ，却有许多 H2519 人用谄媚的话 H3867 亲近他们。
  35 H7919 智慧人 H3782 中有些仆倒 H6884 的，为要熬炼 H1305 其余的人，使他们清净 H3835 洁白 H7093 H6256 ，直到末了 H4150 ；因为到了定期，事就了结。
  36 H4428 王 H7522 必任意 H6213 而行 H7311 ，自高 H1431 自大 H410 ，超过所有的神 H6381 ，又用奇异的话 H410 攻击万神 H410 之神 H6743 。他必行事亨通 H2195 ，直到主的忿怒 H3615 完毕 H2782 ，因为所定的事 H6213 必然成就。
  37 H995 他必不顾 H1 他列祖 H430 的　神 H802 ，也不顾妇女 H2532 所羡慕 H433 的神，无论何神 H995 他都不顾 H1431 ；因为他必自大，高过一切。
  38 H3513 他倒要敬拜 H4581 保障 H433 的神 H2091 ，用金 H3701 、银 H3368 、宝 H68 石 H2532 和可爱之物 H3513 敬奉 H1 他列祖 H3045 所不认识 H433 的神。
  39 H5236 他必靠外邦 H433 神 H6213 的帮助，攻破 H4581 最坚固 H4013 的保障 H5234 H5234 。凡承认 H3519 他的，他必将荣耀 H7235 加给 H4910 他们，使他们管辖 H7227 许多 H4242 人，又为贿赂 H2505 分 H127 地与他们。
  40 H7093 H6256 到末了 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H5055 要与他交战 H6828 。北方 H4428 王 H7393 必用战车 H6571 、马兵 H7227 ，和许多 H591 战船 H8175 ，势如暴风 H935 来攻击他，也必进入 H776 列国 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾滥。
  41 H935 又必进入 H6643 那荣美 H776 之地 H7227 ，有许多 H3782 国就被倾覆 H123 ，但以东人 H4124 、摩押人 H7225 ，和一大半 H5983 亚扪 H1121 人 H4422 必脱离 H3027 他的手。
  42 H7971 他必伸 H3027 手 H776 攻击列国 H4714 ；埃及 H776 地 H6413 也不得脱离。
  43 H4910 他必把持 H4714 埃及 H2091 的金 H3701 银 H4362 财宝 H2532 和各样的宝物 H3864 。吕彼亚人 H3569 和古实人 H4703 都必跟从他。
  44 H4217 但从东方 H6828 和北方 H8052 必有消息 H926 扰乱 H1419 他，他就大 H2534 发烈怒 H3318 出去 H7227 ，要将多 H8045 人杀灭 H2763 净尽。
  45 H3220 他必在海 H6643 和荣美的 H6944 圣 H2022 山 H5193 中间设立 H643 他如宫殿 H168 的帐幕 H935 ；然而到了 H7093 他的结局 H5826 ，必无人能帮助他。
Esperanto(i) 1 En la unua jaro de Dario, la Medo, mi staris, por subteni kaj fortigi min. 2 Kaj nun mi sciigos al vi la veron:jen ankoraux tri regxoj estos en Persujo; la kvara superos cxiujn per sia ricxeco; kaj kiam li farigxos forta per sia ricxeco, li ekscitos cxiujn kontraux la regnon Grekan. 3 Aperos regxo potenca, kiu regos kun granda forto, kaj faros cxion, kion li volos. 4 Sed dum lia starado lia regno disrompigxos kaj dividigxos laux la kvar ventoj de la cxielo, kaj gxi transiros ne al liaj idoj, kaj ne kun tiu potenco, kun kiu li regis; lia regno estos dissxirita kaj transiros al homoj fremdaj. 5 Fortigxos unu el liaj princoj, la regxo suda, kaj farigxos pli forta ol li, kaj regos; lia potenco estos granda. 6 Sed post kelke da jaroj ili kunigxos inter si; kaj la filino de la suda regxo venos al la norda regxo, por arangxi la aferon inter ili; sed sxi ne retenos la forton en sia mano, kaj ankaux li kun sia forto ne restos; sxi kaj sxiaj akompanantoj kaj sxia infano kaj sxia kelktempa fortiganto estos transdonitaj. 7 Tamen el sxia trunko aperos brancxo, venos kun militistaro, venos al la fortikajxo de la norda regxo, kaj venkos. 8 Ankaux iliajn diojn, kun iliaj statuoj, kaj kun iliaj grandvaloraj vazoj argxentaj kaj oraj, li forportos en Egiptujon, kaj por kelke da jaroj li restos malproksima de la norda regxo. 9 CXi tiu iros al la regno de la suda regxo, sed revenos en sian landon. 10 Poste liaj filoj sin armos kaj kolektos grandan militistaron; kaj unu iros rapide, disversxigxos kiel inundo, kaj denove faros militon gxis lia fortikajxo. 11 Tiam la suda regxo indignos, eliros kaj militos kontraux li, kontraux la norda regxo, kaj starigos grandan homomulton, kaj tiu homamaso estos transdonita en lian manon. 12 Li forkondukos tiun homamason, kaj fierigxos lia koro; sed kvankam li venkos multajn milojn, li tamen ne farigxos pli forta. 13 La norda regxo denove starigos homomulton, pli grandan ol la antauxa, kaj post kelka tempo li eliros kun granda militistaro kaj kun granda ricxeco. 14 En tiu tempo multaj starigxos kontraux la suda regxo, kaj malkvietaj filoj de via popolo levigxos, por ke plenumigxu la profetajxo, sed ili falos. 15 Kaj venos la norda regxo, sxutarangxos remparon, kaj venkoprenos la fortikigitan urbon; kaj la forto de la sudo ne povos kontrauxstari, kaj gxia plej bona militistaro ne havos forton, por rezisti. 16 Kaj cxiu, kiu venos al li, faros tion, kion li postulos, neniu povos kontrauxstari al li; li starigxos en la plej bela lando, kaj pereigos gxin per sia mano. 17 Kaj li intencos veni kun la potenco de sia tuta regno kaj kun siaj bravuloj, kaj li tion faros; kaj la urbo de virinoj estos donita al li por ekstermi; kaj gxi ne povos kontrauxstari; sed gxi ankaux ne farigxos lia. 18 Kaj li direktos sian vizagxon al la insuloj kaj venkoprenos multajn; sed unu princo cxesigos lian malhonoradon, ke li ne plu malhonoru. 19 Tiam li denove turnos sin al la fortikajxoj de sia lando; sed li falpusxigxos, falos, kaj oni lin jam ne trovos. 20 Sur lia loko starigxos tia, kiu sendos impostiston tra la tuta glora regno; sed post kelke da tagoj li pereos, kvankam ne per kolero kaj ne per batalo. 21 Sur lia loko starigxos homo malestimata, sur kiun oni ne metos la regxan ornamon; sed li venos kun trankvileco, kaj ekposedos la regnon per flatajxoj. 22 Kaj la dronigantaj tacxmentegoj estos dronigitaj kaj frakasitaj de li, kaj ankaux la princo, kun kiu estis farita la interligo. 23 Kaj post la interamikigxo li faros kontraux li malicajxon, iros, kaj superfortos lin per malmulte da homoj. 24 En la pacajn kaj plej bonstatajn urbojn de la lando li venos, kaj faros tion, kion ne faris liaj patroj nek liaj prapatroj; la kaptajxon, rabajxon, kaj havajxon li disjxetos; kaj li direktos siajn intencojn kontraux la fortikigitajn urbojn, sed nur gxis certa tempo. 25 Poste li ekscitos sian forton kaj sian koron kontraux la regxon sudan kun grandega militistaro, kaj la suda regxo eliros milite kun granda kaj tre forta militistaro; sed li ne eltenos, cxar estos faritaj atencoj kontraux li. 26 Tiuj, kiuj mangxas cxe lia tablo, pereigos lin, kaj lia armeo disversxigxos, kaj falos multe da mortigitoj. 27 Ambaux regxoj havos en sia koro malbonajn intencojn, kaj cxe la sama tablo ili parolos malverajxon; sed ili ne sukcesos, cxar la fino estas ankoraux prokrastita gxis certa tempo. 28 Li iros returne al sia lando kun granda havajxo, kaj kun intencoj kontraux la sankta interligo; kaj li plenumos, kaj venos en sian landon. 29 En difinita tempo li denove iros suden; sed la lasta fojo ne estos tia, kiel la unua. 30 CXar venos kontraux lin sxipoj de la Kitidoj, kaj li perdos la kuragxon; kaj li denove farigxos kolera kontraux la sankta interligo, kaj denove agos kaj interkonsentos kun la forlasintoj de la sankta interligo. 31 Helpantoj estos starigitaj de li; ili malsanktigos la fortodonan sanktejon, cxesigos la cxiutagajn oferojn, kaj faros abomenindan ruinigon. 32 Tiujn, kiuj malbonagas kontraux la interligo, li allogos per flatajxoj. Sed la homoj, kiuj konas sian Dion, farigxos kuragxaj kaj komencos agi. 33 La klerigantoj de la popolo klerigos multajn, kvankam dum kelka tempo ili falados de glavo, fajro, mallibereco, kaj prirabado. 34 Dum sia falado ili ricevos kelkan helpon, sed multaj aligxos al ili hipokrite. 35 Kelkaj el la klerigantoj falos por tio, ke ili refandigxu, purigxu, kaj blankigxu gxis la fina tempo; cxar estas ankoraux tempo. 36 La regxo farados, kion li volos, kaj li fierigxos, kaj rigardos sin kiel pli altan ol cxiu dio, kaj pri Dio de la dioj li parolos terurajxojn, kaj li havos sukceson, gxis plenigxos la kolero; cxar kio estas decidita, tio plenumigxos. 37 Kaj pri la dioj de siaj patroj li ne pensos, li ne atentos cxarmon de virinoj, nek ian dion, sed li tenos sin pli alte ol cxio. 38 Nur la dion de fortikajxoj sur sia loko li honoros, kaj tiun dion, kiun ne konis liaj patroj, li honoros per oro, argxento, multekostaj sxtonoj, kaj juveloj. 39 Kaj li konstruos por la urboj fortikajxojn sub la nomo de fremda dio; kiu akceptos cxi tiun, al tiu li plimultigos la honorojn kaj donos potencon super multaj kaj rekompence disdonos teron. 40 Fine ekbatalos kontraux li la suda regxo, kaj jxetos sin sur lin la norda regxo kun cxaroj, rajdistoj, kaj multe da sxipoj, atakos la regionojn, inundos, kaj trairos. 41 Kaj li venos en la plej belan landon, kaj multaj pereos; savigxos kontraux lia mano nur jenaj:Edom, Moab, kaj la cxefaj el la Amonidoj. 42 Kaj li etendos sian manon kontraux diversajn landojn; ankaux la lando Egipta ne savigxos. 43 Kaj li farigxos mastro super la trezoroj de oro, argxento, kaj cxiuj grandvalorajxoj de Egiptujo; Luboj kaj Etiopoj sekvos liajn pasxojn. 44 Sed ektimigos lin famoj de oriento kaj de nordo, kaj li eliros kun granda furiozo, por pereigi kaj ekstermi multajn. 45 Kaj li starigos sian belegan tendon inter la maro kaj la monto de la bela sanktejo; sed li venos al sia fino, kaj neniu helpos al li.
Finnish(i) 1 Niin minä myös seisoin hänen kanssansa ensimäisenä Dariuksen Mediläisen vuotena, auttamassa ja vahvistamassa häntä. 2 Ja nyt minä ilmoitan sinulle totuuden: Katso, kolme kuningasta pitää vielä Persiassa oleman, vaan neljäs saa enemmän rikkautta, kuin kaikki muut. Ja koska hän rikkaudessansa väkeväksi tulee, nostaa hän kaikki Grekan valtakuntaa vastaan. 3 Sen perästä tulee voimallinen kuningas ja voimallisesti hallitsee. Ja mitä hän tahtoo, sen hän tekee. 4 Ja kuin hän korkeimmalle joutunut on, särjetään hänen valtakuntansa ja jaetaan neljään taivaan tuuleen. Ei hänen jälkeen tulevaisillensa eikä senkaltaisella voimalla, mikä hänellä ollut on, sillä hänen valtakuntansa hävitetään, ja tulee muiden osaksi. 5 Ja etelän kuningas, joka yksi hänen päämiehistänsä on, tulee voimalliseksi. Mutta häntä vastaan tulee myös yksi väkeväksi ja hallitsee, jonka valta on suuri. 6 Mutta monikahtain vuotten jälkeen yhdistävät he itsensä toinen toisensa kanssa. Ja etelän kuninkaan tytär tulee pohjan kuninkaan tykö ystävyyttä tekemään. Mutta ei hän pysy käsivarren voimassa. Eikä hänen käsivartensa ole pysyväinen, vaan hän hyljätään niiden kanssa, jotka hänen tuoneet ovat ja sen kanssa, joka hänen siittänyt on ja niiden kanssa, jotka hänen hetkeksi aikaa vahvistaneet olivat. 7 Mutta vesa tulee hänen suvustansa, joka tulee sotajoukon voimalla ja menee pohjan kuninkaan vahvoihin paikkoihin ja toimittaa ja voittaa. 8 Ja vie pois heidän jumalansa ja ruhtinaansa ja kalliit kappaleensa hopian ja kullan Egyptiin ja menestyy monikahdat vuodet pohjan kuningasta vastaan. 9 Ja kuin etelän kuningas on vaeltanut hänen valtakuntansa lävitse, palajaa hän omalle maallensa. 10 Vaan hänen poikansa vihastuvat ja kokoovat suuren sotajoukon, ja yksi tulee ja menee edeskäsin niinkuin virta ja taas kehoittaa muut vihaan valtakuntaansa vastaan. 11 Silloin julmistuu etelän kuningas ja menee ulos ja sotii pohjan kuningasta vastaan ja kokoo niin suuren joukon, että toinen joukko hänen käsiinsä annetaan. 12 Ja hän vie pois sen suuren joukon ja paisuttaa sydämensä, että hän on lyönyt niin monta tuhatta maahan. Mutta ei hän siitä väkevämmäksi tule. 13 Sillä pohjan kuningas tulee jälleen ja kokoo suuremman joukon kuin entinen oli. Ja monikahtain vuotten perästä tulee hän kaiketi suuren sotajoukon ja paljon tavaran kanssa. 14 Ja siihen aikaan asettaa moni itsensä etelän kuningasta vastaan. Korottavat myös muutamat huikentelevaiset sinun kansastas itsensä ja täyttävät näyn ja lankeevat. 15 Niin pohjan kuningas tulee ja tekee vallit ja voittaa vahvat kaupungit ja etelän käsivarret. Ja hänen paras väkensä ei voi seisoa eikä ole yhtään voimaa vastaan seisoa. 16 Vaan hän, kuin hän tulee hänen tykönsä, tekee tahtonsa jälkeen. Ja ei kenkään taida seisoa hänen edessänsä. Ja hän tulee myös siihen ihanaiseen maahan ja hävittää sen kätensä kautta. 17 Ja kääntää kasvonsa tullaksensa kaiken valtakuntansa voimalla. Mutta hän sopii hänen kanssansa ja antaa tyttärensä hänelle emännäksi, että hän hänen hävittäis. Mutta ei se menesty hänelle, eikä siitä mitään tule. 18 Sitte kääntää hän itsensä luotoja vastaan ja monta niistä voittaa. Vaan päämies opettaa hänen häpiällä lakkaamaan, ettei hän häntä enää häpäisisi. 19 Ja niin hän jälleen palajaa maansa linnoihin ja loukkaa itsensä ja lankee, ettei häntä enään löydetä. 20 Ja hänen siaansa tulee se, joka vaatian antaa käydä ympäri valtakunnalle kunniaksi. Mutta muutamain päiväin perästä hän särjetään; ei kuitenkaan vihan eikä sodan kautta. 21 Hänen siaansa tulee kelvotoin mies, jolle kuninkaallinen kunnia ei ollut aiottu. Hän tulee ja menestyy ja saa valtakunnan makeilla sanoilla. 22 Ja käsivarret, jotka niinkuin virta juoksevat, hänen edessänsä virralla voitetaan ja särjetään. Niin myös se päämies, jonka kanssa liitto tehty oli. 23 Sillä sittekuin hän hänen kanssansa itsensä yhdistänyt on, tekee hän kavalasti häntä vastaan ja menee ylös ja vähällä väellä itsensä vahvistaa. 24 Ja hän menestyy, että hän parhaisiin maan kaupunkeihin tuleva on ja niitä tekee, joita ei hänen isänsä eikä esivanhempansa tehdä taitaneet. Heidän ryöstämisensä, saaliinsa ja tavaransa hän hajoittaa ja ajattelee juoniansa heidän linnojansa vastaan kauvan aikaa. 25 Ja hän kehoittaa voimansa ja sydämensä etelän kuningasta vastaan suurella sotajoukolla. Silloin etelän kuningas tulee kehoitetuksi sotaan suuren, väkevän sotajoukon kanssa. Mutta ei hän voi pysyä, sillä häntä vastaan pidetään juonia. 26 Ja juuri ne, jotka hänen leipäänsä syövät, auttavat häntä turmelukseen ja hänen joukkoansa sortamaan, että sangen paljon lyödyksi tulee. 27 Ja molempain kuningasten sydän ajattelee, kuinka he toinen toisellensa vahinkoa tekisivät. Ja yhden pöydän tykönä petollisesti toinen toisensa kanssa puhuvat, vaan ei se menesty, sillä loppu on vielä toiseksi ajaksi määrätty. 28 Ja hän menee taas kotiansa suurella tavaralla, ja asettaa sydämensä sitä pyhää liittoa vastaan. Siinä hän jotakin toimittaa ja niin hän menee kotia omalle maallensa. 29 Määrätyllä ajalla menee hän jälleen etelään päin, mutta ei hänelle menesty toisella erällä, niinkuin ensimäisellä. 30 Sillä Kittimistä tulevat haahdet häntä vastaan, niin että hän epäilee ja palajaa ja vihastuu sitä pyhää liittoa vastaan. Ja menestyy ja kääntää itsensä ja suostuu niihin, jotka pyhän liiton hylkäävät. 31 Ja hänen käsivartensa pitää hänen puolestansa seisoman. Ne saastuttavat pyhän vahvistuksen ja saattavat pois jokapäiväisen uhrin ja nostavat hävityksen kauhistuksen. 32 Ja hän saattaa liiton rikkojat ulkokullatuksi makeilla sanoilla. Mutta se kansa, joka Jumalansa tuntee, rohkaisee itsensä ja menestyy. 33 Ja ne ymmärtäväiset kansan seassa opettavat monta. Sentähden heitä vainotaan miekalla, tulella, vankiudella ja ryöstämisellä kauvan aikaa. 34 Ja kuin he niin kaatuvat, tapahtuu heille kuitenkin vähä apua. Mutta monta menevät heidän tykönsä petollisesti. 35 Ja ymmärtäväisistä muutamat lankeevat, että he koeteltaisiin, puhtaaksi ja selkiäksi tulisivat siihenasti, että loppu tulee, sillä se viipyy vielä määrättyyn aikaan asti. 36 Ja kuningas tekee, mitä hän tahtoo ja korottaa itsensä ja ylentää itsensä kaikkia vastaan, mikä Jumala on. Ja puhuu hirmuisesti jumalain Jumalaa vastaan. Ja se on hänelle menestyvä siihenasti kuin viha täytetään, sillä se on päätetty, kuinka kauvan se on oleva. 37 Isäinsä Jumalaa ei hän tottele, eikä vaimoin rakkautta. Eli ei yhdestäkään Jumalasta lukua pidä, sillä kaikkia vastaan hän itsensä korottaa. 38 Mutta jumalaansa Maosimia hän palvelee paikallansa, sitä jumalaa, josta ei hänen isänsä mitään tietäneet, pitää hänen kunnioittaman kullalla, hopialla, kalliilla kivillä ja kauniilla kaluilla. 39 Ja hän on niille, jotka häntä auttavat Maosimia vahvistamaan, sen muukalaisen jumalan kanssa, jonka hän valinnut on, suuren kunnian tekevä. Ja asettaa heitä monen herraksi ja jakaa heille maan palkaksi. 40 Ja lopun ajalla pitää etelän kuninkaan hänen kanssansa puskeleman. Ja pohjoisen kuninkaan pitää äkisti karkaaman häntä vastaan rattailla, ratsasmiehillä ja monella haahdella. Ja hänen pitää maakuntiin sisälle menemän ja haaskaaman ja vaeltaman lävitse. 41 Ja ihanaan maahan tuleman, ja monta pitää lankeeman. Mutta nämät pitää hänen kädestänsä pääsemän: Edom, Moab ja Ammonin lasten esikoiset. 42 Ja hänen pitää kätensä maakuntiin ojentaman ja ei Egyptinkään maan pidä häneltä pääsemän. 43 Vaan hänen pitää omistaman itsellensä kullan ja hopian ja kaiken Egyptin tavaran. Lybian ja Etiopian pitää häntä seuraaman. 44 Mutta sanoma idästä ja pohjasta pitää häntä peljättämän. Ja hän käy ulos suuressa vihassa monta kadottamaan ja hukuttamaan. 45 Ja hänen pitää majansa asettaman kahden meren välille, sen ihanan pyhän vuoren tykö siihen asti kuin hänen loppunsa tulee, ja ei kenkään häntä auta.
FinnishPR(i) 1 Ja minä seisoin meedialaisen Daarejaveksen ensimmäisenä hallitusvuotena häntä vahvistamassa ja suojelemassa." 2 Ja nyt minä ilmoitan sinulle totuuden: Katso, vielä nousee kolme kuningasta Persiassa, ja neljäs rikastuu kaikkia muita rikkaammaksi. Ja kun hän on vahvistunut rikkaudessaan, panee hän kaiken liikkeelle Jaavanin valtakuntaa vastaan. 3 Sitten nousee sankarikuningas; hän hallitsee suurella vallalla ja tekee, mitä tahtoo. 4 Mutta juuri kun hän on noussut, hajoaa hänen valtakuntansa ja jakautuu neljään taivaan tuuleen. Se ei joudu hänen jälkeläisilleen eikä ole niin mahtava kuin hänen hallitessaan. Sillä hänen valtakuntansa kukistuu ja joutuu muille, ei heille. 5 Ja Etelän kuningas on voimistuva sekä yksi hänen ruhtinaistaan; tämä on voimistuva vielä enemmän kuin hän, ja hänen valtansa on oleva suuri valta. 6 Ja vuosien kuluttua he tekevät keskenään liiton, ja Etelän kuninkaan tytär menee Pohjan kuninkaan tykö saadakseen aikaan sopimuksen. Mutta häneltä menee hänen käsivartensa voima; eikä pysy Pohjan kuningas, ei hänen käsivartensa. Ja tytär itse annetaan alttiiksi ja ne, jotka olivat hänet tuoneet, ja hänen isänsä ja se, joka häntä aikoinaan auttoi. 7 Sitten hänen juurtensa vesoista nousee eräs hänen sijaansa ja tulee sotajoukkoa vastaan, tulee Pohjan kuninkaan linnoitukseen ja tekee heille mielensä mukaan ja on väkevä. 8 Myöskin heidän jumalansa ja valetut kuvansa ja kallisarvoiset astiansa, hopeat ja kullat hän vie saaliinansa Egyptiin; sitten hän muutamia vuosia pysyy Pohjan kuninkaasta erillään. 9 Tämä hyökkää Etelän kuninkaan valtakuntaan, mutta palajaa takaisin maahansa. 10 Ja hänen poikansa varustautuvat ja kokoavat suuret sotavoimat. Ja hän hyökkää ja kuohuu ja tulvii, hän tulee toistamiseen ja tunkeutuu hänen linnoitukseensa asti. 11 Silloin Etelän kuningas kiukustuu ja lähtee sotimaan häntä vastaan, Pohjan kuningasta vastaan. Tämä nostattaa suuren joukon, mutta se joukko joutuu hänen valtaansa. 12 Ja kun se joukko on raivattu pois, paisuu hänen sydämensä. Hän kaataa kymmeniä tuhansia, mutta ei ole kyllin vahva. 13 Pohjan kuningas nostattaa jälleen joukon, entistä suuremman, ja muutaman ajan, muutaman vuoden kuluttua hyökkää suurella sotavoimalla ja runsailla varustuksilla. 14 Niinä aikoina monet nousevat Etelän kuningasta vastaan; ja sinun omasta kansastasi nousee väkivallan miehiä, että näky kävisi toteen, mutta he itse lankeavat. 15 Ja Pohjan kuningas hyökkää ja luo vallin ja valloittaa varustetun kaupungin. Eivät kestä Etelän käsivarret, ei sen valioväki, ei ole sillä voimaa seisoa vastaan. 16 Ja hän, joka hyökkää sitä vastaan, tekee, mitä tahtoo, eikä kukaan voi seisoa häntä vastaan. Hän asettuu Ihanaan maahan, ja hävitys tulee hänen kätensä kautta. 17 Ja nyt hän aikoo hyökätä valtakuntansa koko voimalla; mutta sopimus on hänellä mielessä, ja hän saa sen aikaan. Hän antaa hänelle yhden tyttäristään, tälle turmioksi. Mutta siitä ei tule pysyväistä eikä ole hänelle etua. 18 Sitten hän kääntyy rantamaita vastaan ja ottaa valtaansa monet. Mutta eräs sotapäällikkö tekee hänen herjauksistaan lopun ja kostaa hänelle hänen herjauksensa. 19 Silloin hän kääntyy oman maansa linnoituksiin, mutta kompastuu ja kaatuu, eikä häntä enää ole. 20 Ja hänen sijaansa nousee eräs, joka antaa veronvaatijan käydä läpi valtakunnan ihanimman maan. Mutta muutamien päivien kuluttua hänet tuhotaan, ei kuitenkaan vihan väellä eikä sodalla. 21 Ja hänen sijaansa nousee kelvoton, joka ei ollut saapa kuninkaan arvoa. Hän tulee keskellä rauhaa ja anastaa juonilla kuninkuuden. 22 Ja sotajoukkojen tulva huuhtoutuu pois hänen edestänsä ja menee murskaksi, niin myös liiton ruhtinas. 23 Siitä saakka kun liittoudutaan hänen kanssansa, hän harjoittaa petosta. Hän lähtee liikkeelle ja saa ylivallan vähällä väellä. 24 Keskellä rauhaa hän hyökkää maakunnan lihavimpiin seutuihin ja tekee, mitä eivät hänen isänsä eivätkä hänen isiensä isät olleet tehneet: ryöstösaalista ja tavaraa hän jakelee omilleen; ja linnoituksia vastaan hän hankitsee juoniansa, säädettyyn aikaan asti. 25 Ja hän panee liikkeelle voimansa ja rohkeutensa Etelän kuningasta vastaan, hyökäten suurella sotajoukolla. Mutta Etelän kuningas varustautuu sotaan suurella ja ylen väkevällä sotajoukolla. Hän ei kuitenkaan kestä, sillä häntä vastaan hankitaan juonia. 26 Ja ne, jotka syövät hänen pöydästään, tuhoavat hänet, ja hänen sotajoukkonsa huuhdotaan pois, ja on paljon kaatuneita ja haavoitettuja. 27 Ja kumpaisellakin kuninkaalla on paha mielessä toistansa vastaan. Samassa pöydässä he puhuvat valhetta; mutta se ei onnistu; sillä säädetty aika ei ole vielä lopussa. 28 Silloin hän palaa maahansa paljoine tavaroineen, miettien hankkeita pyhää liittoa vastaan; hän toteuttaa ne ja palaa maahansa. 29 Määräaikana hän hyökkää jälleen Etelämaahan, mutta tällä viimeisellä retkellä ei käy niinkuin ensimmäisellä. 30 Häntä vastaan hyökkäävät kittiläisten laivat, ja hän menettää rohkeutensa, kääntyy takaisin ja purkaa kiukkunsa pyhää liittoa vastaan. Kotiin palattuaan hän suo huomiota niille, jotka hylkäävät pyhän liiton. 31 Hänen lähettämänsä sotajoukot nousevat ja häväisevät pyhäkön linnoituksineen, poistavat jokapäiväisen uhrin ja asettavat sinne hävityksen kauhistuksen. 32 Ja liitonrikkojat hän viettelee luopumukseen houkutuksillaan, mutta niitten joukko, jotka tuntevat Jumalansa, pysyy lujana ja tekee tehtävänsä. 33 Ja taidolliset kansan seassa opettavat monta, mutta heitä sorretaan miekalla, tulella, vankeudella ja ryöstöllä, jonkun aikaa. 34 Ja keskellä sortoa heille suodaan pieni menestys, ja monet liittyvät heihin teeskennellen. 35 Ja taidollisista jotkut kompastuvat, että heidän joukkonsa koeteltaisiin, seulottaisiin ja puhdistettaisiin lopun ajaksi, sillä vielä kestää, ennenkuin määräaika on. 36 Ja kuningas tekee, mitä hän tahtoo, ja korottaa itsensä ja uhittelee jokaista jumalaa, itse jumalien Jumalaa vastaan hän puhuu kauheita. Ja hän menestyy, kunnes vihan aika on lopussa; sillä mikä on säädetty, se tapahtuu. 37 Hän ei välitä isäinsä jumalista, ei naisten lempijumalasta, eikä hän välitä mistään muustakaan jumalasta, sillä hän uhittelee niitä kaikkia. 38 Mutta sen sijaan hän kunnioittaa linnoitusten jumalaa. Sitä jumalaa, jota hänen isänsä eivät tunteneet, hän kunnioittaa kullalla ja hopealla, kalliilla kivillä ja muilla kalleuksilla. 39 Ja tätä hän tekee vahvoille linnoituksille-hän vieraine jumalineen. Niille, jotka hän omikseen tuntee, hän osoittaa suurta kunniaa ja panee heidät monien hallitsijaksi ja jakaa heille maata palkaksi. 40 Mutta lopun ajalla Etelän kuningas iskee yhteen hänen kanssansa. Ja Pohjan kuningas käy tämän kimppuun vaunuilla ja ratsuilla ja monilla laivoilla, hyökkää hänen maihinsa, tulvana leviten niiden ylitse. 41 Hän hyökkää myös Ihanaan maahan, ja monta kaatuu. Mutta hänen kädestänsä pelastuvat nämä: Edom ja Mooab ja ammonilaisten pääosa. 42 Ja hän ojentaa kätensä maita kohti; Egyptin maa ei ole säästyvä. 43 Hän valtaa kulta-ja hopea-aarteet ja kaikki Egyptin kalleudet, ja liibyalaiset ja etiopialaiset liittyvät häntä seuraamaan. 44 Mutta sanomat idästä ja pohjoisesta säikähdyttävät häntä, ja hän lähtee täynnä kiukkua hävittämään monia ja vihkimään heitä tuhon omiksi. 45 Hän pystyttää hovitelttansa meren ja pyhäkön ihanan vuoren välille. Mutta hänen loppunsa tulee, eikä häntä kukaan auta.
Haitian(i) 1 Mwen menm tou mwen te kanpe ak li pou ede l', pou soutni l' nan premye lanne rèy wa Dariyis la. 2 Koulye a, mwen pral fè ou konnen verite a. Zanj lan di m' ankò: -Gen twa lòt wa ki gen pou gouvènen peyi Pès la ankò, yonn apre lòt. Apre sa, ap gen yon katriyèm wa k'ap pi rich pase tout lòt yo. Avèk richès li, l'ap chita pouvwa li byen chita, epi li pral atake gouvènman peyi Lagrès la. 3 Lè sa a, yon wa vanyan gason va parèt. Li pral gouvènen yon gwo gwo peyi. Epi l'ap fè sa li vle. 4 Men, lè l'a fin chita pouvwa li byen chita, gwo peyi l'ap gouvènen an pral separe fè kat pòsyon. Men, se p'ap pitit li yo ki pral gouvènen nan plas li. Se va kat lòt moun. Men, yo p'ap gen pouvwa li menm li te genyen an. 5 Wa peyi Lejip la pral vin fò anpil. Men, yonn nan jeneral lame li yo pral pi fò pase l'. Li pral gouvènen yon peyi ki pi gran pase pa l' la toujou. 6 Apre kèk lanne, wa peyi Lejip la pral siyen kontra ak wa peyi Siri a. Pitit fi wa peyi Lejip la pral marye ak wa peyi Siri a pou kontra a ka kenbe. Men, kontra a p'ap rete lontan, paske yo pral touye ni li, ni mari l', ni pitit li, ni moun li te mennen avè l' lè sa a. 7 Kèk tan apre sa, yonn nan fanmi l' yo va moute wa. Li pral atake lame wa peyi Siri a. L'ap antre nan sitadèl wa a, l'ap goumen avè l'. L'ap soti pi fò pase l'. 8 L'ap pran tout bondye moun yo ak estati an fè yo, ansanm ak tout veso fèt an ajan ak an lò yo te gen pou fè sèvis zidòl yo, l'ap pote yo desann nan peyi Lejip. Pandan kèk tan l'ap rete sou sa l' te fè a, li p'ap pwoche bò peyi Siri a. 9 Wa peyi Siri a pral atake peyi Lejip. Men, l'ap blije kase tèt tounen lakay li. 10 Pitit gason wa peyi Siri a pral pare pou y' al goumen. Y'ap sanble yon gwo lame ak anpil sòlda. Yonn ladan yo pral parèt tankou yon gwo larivyè k'ap desann. L'ap travèse fwontyè a, l'ap atake yon fò lènmi epi l'ap kouri tounen lakay yo. 11 Wa peyi Lejip la pral fache. Li pral leve yon gwo lame pou li al goumen ak wa peyi Siri a, l'ap fè tout sòlda lame wa peyi Siri a prizonye. 12 L'ap kraze gwo lame wa Siri a. Li pral gonfle lestonmak li, l'ap fè touye anpil sòlda. Men, apre sa, l'ap pèdi fòs li. 13 Wa peyi Siri a ap tounen ankò, l'ap sanble yon lame pi gwo pase sa l' te gen anvan an. Apre kèk lanne, l'ap parèt ak yon gwo lame ak anpil zam. 14 Lè sa a, anpil pèp pral leve kont wa peyi Lejip la. Danyèl, jan ou te wè l' nan vizyon an, kèk lwijanboje nan moun peyi ou la pral leve kont wa a tou, men y'ap kraze yo. 15 Se konsa, wa peyi Siri a pral sènen yon lavil ki gen gwo ranpa. L'ap pran l'. Sòlda lame peyi Lejip yo p'ap ka kenbe tèt avè l'. Menm pi bon nan sòlda yo p'ap gen fòs ankò pou kenbe. 16 Lame peyi Siri a pral fè sa li vle ak peyi Lejip. Pesonn p'ap ka kenbe tèt avè l'. L'ap rete kèk tan nan pi bèl peyi ki sou latè a. L'ap detwi tou sa ki tonbe anba men l'. 17 Wa Siri a ap mete nan tèt li pou l' pran tout peyi lòt wa a pou li. L'ap siyen yon kontra avè l'. Pou l' ka pran l' pi byen, l'ap ba li pitit fi li a pou madanm. Men, plan an p'ap pran, sa p'ap mache. 18 Lèfini, l'ap pase nan lanmè, l'ap atake lòt nasyon sou zile yo. L'ap pran anpil ladan yo. Men, yonn nan chèf lòt nasyon yo pral rete l' sou kous li. L'ap fè l' sispann fè awogan. L'ap fè awogans wa a tounen sou tèt wa a ankò. 19 Wa a ap tounen nan fò ki nan peyi pa l' yo. Men, wè pa wè, y'ap kraze l', y'ap fini nèt avè l', l'ap disparèt. 20 Apre li, ap gen yon lòt wa k'ap voye yon chèf pou peze pèp la. L'ap egzije pèp la peye taks pou yo plen kès wa a. Anvan lontan y'ap touye wa a, men se p'ap bagay k'ap rive ni an piblik ni nan lagè. 21 Zanj lan t'ap pale toujou. Li di: -Wa k'ap parèt apre sa a pral yon vòryen ki pa t' gen dwa pou l' te nan plas la. Men, l'ap vini tou dousman, l'ap fè mannigèt, l'ap pran pouvwa a. 22 Tout moun ki konprann pou yo kenbe tèt ak li, l'ap kraze yo, l'ap disparèt yo. L'ap disparèt ata chèf kontra a. 23 L'ap siyen kontra ak lòt nasyon yo, men se pou l' ka twonpe yo pi byen. Atout peyi l' la tou piti, chak jou l'ap vin pi fò. 24 San bay ankenn avètisman, l'ap anvayi yon pwovens ki rich anpil, l'ap fè bagay ni papa l', ni pesonn nan zansèt li yo pa t' janm fè. Lèfini, l'ap pran tout byen, tout richès li te piye lakay moun yo, l'ap separe yo bay moun pa l' yo. L'ap fè plan pou l' atake gwo fò yo, men li p'ap gen tan fè sa. 25 L'ap leve, l'ap pare yon gwo lame pou l' atake peyi Lejip. Wa Lejip la menm ap pare yon gwo lame tou ak anpil zam pou koresponn ak li. Men, l'ap pèdi batay la paske y'ap fè move konplo sou do l'. 26 Zanmi ki t'ap manje sou menm tab avè l' yo ap fè yo fini avè l'. Anpil nan sòlda li yo pral mouri. Y'ap kraze lame li a. 27 Apre sa, de wa yo pral chita manje ansanm sou menm tab, men tou de pral gen move lide dèyè tèt yo, yonn ap bay lòt manti. Yo yonn yo p'ap jwenn sa yo bezwen an, paske lè a p'ap ko rive. 28 Wa peyi Siri a ap tounen nan peyi l' ak anpil richès l'ap piye nan peyi Lejip. Apre lagè a, l'ap soti pou l' kraze relijyon pèp Bondye a. L'ap fè sa li te gen lide fè a. Lèfini, l'ap tounen tounen l' nan peyi l'. 29 Kèk tan apre sa, l'ap tounen desann nan peyi Lejip ankò. Men, fwa sa a, sa p'ap pase tankou premye fwa a. 30 Moun Kitim yo ap vin nan batiman yo, y'ap rete l' sou kous li, l'ap dekouraje. Lè l'ap tounen. l'ap fin debòde sou moun k'ap sèvi dapre kontra Bondye te siyen avèk yo a. Men, l'ap fè pa moun ki vire do bay kontra a. 31 L'ap voye sòlda nan lame li yo vin fè mete Tanp lan nan kondisyon pou moun pa ka sèvi Bondye ladan l' ankò. Y'ap aboli ofrann bèt yo te konn fè chak jou a, y'ap mete sa nou pa ta renmen wè a, bagay k'ap bay gwo lapenn lan chita byen wo nan Tanp lan. 32 Wa a ap fè moun ki te deja vire do yo bay kontra Bondye a pran pozisyon pou li, l'ap pran tèt yo ak bèl pawòl. Men, moun k'ap sèvi Bondye yo ap kanpe fèm, y'ap kenbe tèt avè l'. 33 Chèf ki gen bon konprann yo va separe konesans yo ak pèp la. Men, pandan kèk tan yo pral pèsekite yo, y'ap touye yo nan batay. Yo pral boule yo nan dife jouk yo mouri. Y'ap depòte yo, y'ap piye tout zafè yo. 34 Pandan tout pèsekisyon sa a, pèp Bondye a va resevwa yon ti konkou. Men, anpil moun ap vin mete tèt ansanm ak yo pou defann pwòp enterè pa yo. 35 Nan chèf ki gen konesans yo genyen k'ap mouri. Men, avèk lafliksyon sa a, pèp la va netwaye, l'a lave, l'a blanchi. Sa pral pase konsa jouk lè a va rive pou sa fini nan dat Bondye te fikse a. 36 Wa peyi Siri a va fè sa li vle. Li pral gonfle lestonmak li, li pral mache di jan li pi gran pase tout bondye. L'ap di yon bann vye koze sou Bondye ki anwo tout bondye yo. L'ap fè sa konsa jouk lè pou Bondye pini l' lan va rive. Paske, tou sa Bondye te di ki pou fèt la gen pou fèt. 37 Wa a p'ap konnen bondye zansèt li yo, li p'ap konnen bondye medam yo renmen sèvi a, li p'ap konn ankenn lòt bondye. Se tèt pa l' ase l'ap konnen. Pou li, li pi gran pase yo tout. 38 Nan plas yo, l'ap pito sèvi bondye ki pwoteje fò yo, yon bondye zansèt li yo pa t' janm konnen. L'ap ofri lò, ajan, bèl pyè bijou ak lòt bagay ki koute chè ba li. 39 Pou defann fò li yo, l'ap pran moun ki sèvi lòt bondye pou sèvi sòlda. Depi yon moun rekonèt li pou wa, l'ap fè bèl bagay pou li, l'ap mete l' chèf sou anpil moun, l'ap ba li tè pou rekonpans. 40 Lè tan wa Siri a pral bout, wa Lejip la pral atake l'. Wa Siri a pral vare sou li tankou yon van siklòn, li pral mache sou li ak tout cha lagè li yo, tout kavalye l' yo ak anpil batiman. L'ap anvayi anpil peyi, l'ap tankou yon gwo larivyè k'ap desann. 41 L'ap anvayi pi bèl peyi ki sou latè a, l'ap touye yon pakèt moun. Men, moun peyi Edon, moun peyi Moab ak rès moun peyi Amon yo va chape anba men l'. 42 Wi, l'ap anvayi tout peyi yo. Ata peyi Lejip p'ap chape. 43 L'ap pran tout richès peyi Lejip la pou li: lò, ajan ak tout bèl bagay ki koute chè yo. L'ap fè moun Libi yo ak moun Letiopi yo bat ba devan li. 44 Men, l'ap vin tande nouvèl k'ap kouri soti nan nò ak bò solèy leve. L'ap pè, l'ap kase tèt tounen. L'ap debòde, l'ap kraze brize, l'ap masakre anpil moun. 45 L'ap moute gwo tant li a ant lanmè a ak mòn kote tanp Bondye a kanpe a. Men, l'ap mouri, p'ap gen pesonn pou pote l' sekou.
Hungarian(i) 1 Én is a méd Dárius elsõ esztendejében mellette állék, hogy õt támogassam és segítségére legyek. 2 És most igazságot jelentek néked: Ímé, még három király támad Persiában, és a negyedik meggazdagul nagy gazdagsággal mindenki felett, és mikor hatalomhoz jut az õ gazdagsága által, mindent megmozdít Görögország ellen. 3 És támad egy erõs király és uralkodik nagy hatalommal és tetszése szerint cselekszik. 4 De alighogy támadt, megrontatik az õ országa és elosztatik az égnek négy tája szerint, de nem [száll] az õ maradékira, és nem az õ hatalma szerint, a melylyel õ uralkodott, mert szétszaggattatik az õ birodalma, és másoknak [adatik] ezeken kivül. 5 És elhatalmasodik a déli király, de az õ vezérei közül is [egyik, ]és [ez] hatalmat vesz rajta és uralkodik, nagy uralkodás lesz az õ uralkodása. 6 És esztendõk mulva szövetkeznek, és a déli király leánya az északi királyhoz megy, hogy békéltessen, de a kar erejét meg nem tarthatja, és õ sem áll meg, sem az õ karja, hanem kiszolgáltatják õt és az õ kisérõit és az õ nemzõjét és azt, a ki õt egy ideig gyámolította. 7 De támad helyébe az õ gyökerének csemetéje közül, a ki a had ellen jön majd, és tör az északi király erõsségeire, és azokat megszállja és beveszi. 8 És azoknak isteneit is bálványaikkal és drága arany- és ezüstedényeikkel együtt fogságba viszi Égyiptomba, és néhány esztendeig erõsebb lesz, mint az északi király. 9 Ez ugyan bemegy a déli király országába, de visszatér az õ földére. 10 De az õ fiai fegyverkeznek és sok nagy sereget gyûjtenek, és hirtelen jön és beözönlik, és átmegy és visszatér, és hadakoznak mind az õ erõsségéig. 11 És felháborodik a déli király, és kimegy és megütközik vele, az északi királylyal, és az nagy sokaságot állít fel, de ez a sokaság annak a kezébe adatik. 12 És a mint a sokaság elfogatott: felfuvalkodik annak szíve, és sok ezeret letipor; még sem lesz hatalmas. 13 Mert az északi király visszatér, és az elõbbinél nagyobb sokaságot állít; néhány esztendõ mulva nagy sereggel és nagy készlettel jõ bizony. 14 És azokban az idõkben sokan támadnak a déli király ellen, a te néped erõszakos fiai is felkelnek, hogy beteljesítsék a látomást, de elhullanak. 15 Mert eljõ észak királya, és töltést emel és beveszi az erõsített várost; és délnek seregei meg nem állnak, sem az õ válogatott népe, és semmi erõ nem bír ellene állni. 16 És az, a ki reátört, a maga tetszése szerint cselekszik, és senki sem lesz, a ki ellene álljon, és megállapodik a dicsõ földön, és megsemmisül az az õ kezétõl. 17 Azután maga elé tûzi, hogy bemegy az õ egész országának erejével, és békés szándékot mutat, és leányasszonyt ad néki [feleségül,] hogy megrontsa, de az nem áll meg és nem tart vele. 18 És fordítja orczáját a szigetekre, és sokat elfoglal; de az õ gyalázatosságának véget vet egy vezér, a mellett, hogy megfizet néki az õ gyalázatosságáért. 19 És fordítja orczáját a maga országának erõsségeire, és meghanyatlik, elesik és nem találtatik meg. 20 Ennek helyébe jön az, a ki adószedõt jártat végig az ország dicsõ [földén,] de rövid idõn megrontatik, noha nem haraggal, sem viadalban. 21 És ennek helyébe egy útálatos áll, a kire nem teszik az ország ékességét; hanem alattomban jõ, és hízelkedéssel jut az országhoz. 22 És a beözönlõ seregek elárasztatnak az õ orczája elõtt és megtöretnek; még egy szövetséges fejedelem is. 23 Mert a vele való megbarátkozás óta csalárdul cselekszik [ellene,] és reátör és gyõzedelmet vesz rajta kevés néppel. 24 Alattomban még az ország gazdag részeibe is behatol, és azt cselekszi, a mit nem cselekedtek sem az õ atyái, sem az õ atyáinak atyái: zsákmányt, prédát és gazdagságot tékozol elõlõk, és az erõsségek ellen is cselt kohol, de csak egy ideig. 25 És felindítja az õ erejét és szívét a déli király ellen nagy sereggel, és a déli király is hadra készül nagy sereggel és igen erõssel, de meg nem állhat, mert cselt koholtak ellene. 26 És a kik az õ ételét eszik, megrontják õt, és az õ serege elszéled, és sokan elhullanak seb miatt. 27 De ennek a két királynak szíve is gonoszt forral, és egy asztalnál hazugságot szólnak [egymásnak;] de siker nélkül, mert a vég még bizonyos idõre [elmarad.] 28 Azért visszatér az õ földére nagy gazdagsággal; de az õ szíve a szent szövetség ellen van, és [ellene] tesz, és újra visszatér az õ földére. 29 Bizonyos idõben megjõ, és délre megy: de nem lesz utolszor úgy, mint elõször volt. 30 Mert kitteus hajók jõnek ellene és megijed, és visszatér és dühöng a szent szövetség ellen és cselekszik [ellene;] visszatér és ügyel azokra, a kik elhagyják a szent szövetséget. 31 És seregek állanak fel az õ részérõl, és megfertéztetik a szenthelyet, az erõsséget, és megszüntetik a mindennapi áldozatot, és felteszik a pusztító útálatosságot. 32 És a kik gonoszul cselekesznek a szövetség ellen, azokat hitszegésre csábítja hizelkedésekkel; ellenben az Istenét ismerõ nép felbátorodik és cselekeszik. 33 És a nép értelmesei sokakat oktatnak, de hullanak fegyver és tûz miatt, fogság és rablás miatt napokig. 34 És miközben elhullanak, megsegíttetnek kicsiny segítséggel, és sokan csatlakoznak hozzájok képmutató beszédekkel. 35 És elhullanak az értelmesek közül is, hogy megpróbáltassanak, megtisztíttassanak és megfehéríttessenek a vég idejéig; mert a rendelt idõ még [hátra] van. 36 És a király a maga tetszése szerint cselekszik és felfuvalkodik és felmagasztalja magát minden isten felett, és az istenek Istene ellen is vakmerõn szól, és szerencsés lesz, mígnem betelik a harag; mert a mi elhatároztatott, az végre [is] hajtatik. 37 Nem gondol atyáinak isteneivel, nem gondol az asszonyok kedvenczével, és egy istennel sem; hanem mindennek fölibe magasztalja magát. 38 De a helyett tiszteli az erõdök istenét annak helyén; és azt az istent, a kit nem ismertek az õ atyái, tiszteli aranynyal, ezüsttel, drágakövekkel és becses [ajándékok]kal. 39 És az erõdített városokban így teszen az idegen istenek nevében: a ki hódol, annak dicsõségét megsokasítja és sokak felett ad nékik hatalmat; a földet elosztja jutalom gyanánt. 40 De a vég idején összetûz vele a déli király, és mint a forgószél, úgy megy reá az északi király szekerekkel, lovasokkal és sok hajóval, és betör az országokba, elözönli és végigjárja [azokat]. 41 És bemegy a dicsõ földre, és sokan elesnek; de ezek megszabadulnak az õ kezébõl: Edom, Moáb és az Ammon fiainak színe-java. 42 És kezeit az országokra veti, és Égyiptom földe meg nem menekedhetik. 43 És ura lesz Égyiptom arany- és ezüst-kincseinek és minden drágalátos javainak; libiabeliek és szerecsenek is lesznek az õ kíséretében. 44 De megriasztják õt napkeletrõl és északról való hírek, és kivonul nagy haraggal, hogy elveszessen és megöljön sokakat. 45 És felvonja az õ sátor-palotáját a tengerek és a dicsõ szent hegy között; és végére jut, és senki sem segít rajta.
Indonesian(i) 1 Dialah yang ditugaskan untuk membantu dan membela aku pada tahun pertama pemerintahan Darius orang Media itu. 2 Dan apa yang akan kukatakan kepadamu adalah benar." Malaikat itu mengatakan, "Tiga raja lain akan memerintah Persia, diikuti oleh raja yang keempat yang akan lebih kaya daripada yang lain. Pada puncak kekuasaan dan kekayaannya, ia akan beradu kekuatan dengan kerajaan Yunani. 3 Kemudian akan muncul seorang raja yang perkasa. Ia akan memerintah kerajaan yang sangat besar dan akan berbuat semaunya. 4 Tetapi pada puncak kejayaannya, kerajaannya akan pecah dan terbagi-bagi menjadi empat bagian. Raja-raja yang bukan keturunannya akan memerintah sebagai gantinya, dan mereka tidak akan sekuat dia. 5 Raja negeri selatan akan menjadi kuat. Tetapi salah seorang dari panglima-panglimanya akan menjadi lebih kuat daripadanya, dan ia akan memerintah kerajaan yang lebih besar lagi. 6 Beberapa tahun kemudian raja negeri selatan akan mengadakan persekutuan dengan raja negeri utara dan mengawinkan putrinya dengan raja negeri utara itu. Tetapi persekutuan itu tidak bertahan, dan putri itu akan dibunuh, demikian juga suami dan anaknya dan hamba-hamba yang telah mengantarkannya. 7 Tidak lama setelah itu, seorang yang sekeluarga dengan putri itu akan menjadi raja. Ia akan menyerang tentara raja negeri utara, menyerbu bentengnya dan mengalahkannya. 8 Pada waktu ia kembali ke Mesir, ia akan membawa patung dewa musuhnya dan perkakas emas dan perak yang telah dipersembahkan kepada dewa itu. Beberapa tahun lamanya ia tidak akan memerangi raja negeri utara. 9 Kemudian raja negeri utara akan menyerbu negeri selatan, tetapi ia akan dipukul mundur dan pulang ke negerinya sendiri. 10 Lalu putra-putra raja negeri utara akan bersiap-siap untuk berperang dan membentuk tentara yang besar. Salah seorang dari mereka itu akan maju menyerbu seperti banjir. Dalam serbuan yang kedua ia menyerang benteng musuh. 11 Maka marahlah raja negeri selatan, dan ia akan maju ke medan perang melawan raja negeri utara. Ia akan berhasil mengalahkan tentara besar yang dikerahkan raja negeri utara. 12 Kemudian ia akan bangga karena kemenangannya dan karena telah menewaskan banyak musuh, tetapi ia tidak akan terus berkuasa. 13 Untuk kedua kalinya raja negeri utara akan membentuk pasukan yang besar, malahan yang lebih besar daripada yang pertama. Jika waktunya tiba, ia akan bergerak maju dengan tentara yang besar dan perlengkapan yang banyak sekali. 14 Maka banyak orang akan memberontak terhadap raja negeri selatan. Dan beberapa orang kejam dari bangsamu, Daniel, akan memberontak juga karena mereka telah melihat suatu penglihatan. Tetapi mereka akan gagal. 15 Kemudian raja negeri utara akan mengepung sebuah kota berbenteng dan merebutnya. Tentara negeri selatan tidak akan dapat bertahan, dan pasukan-pasukan pilihannya pun tidak dapat lagi mengadakan perlawanan. 16 Raja negeri utara itu akan berbuat semaunya tanpa mendapat perlawanan sedikit pun. Ia pun akan menduduki tanah yang permai dan menguasainya sepenuhnya. 17 Kemudian raja negeri utara akan menyiapkan seluruh tentaranya untuk menyerang negeri selatan. Lalu dengan maksud menguasai seluruh kerajaan musuhnya, ia akan membuat persetujuan dengan dia dan mengawinkan putrinya dengan raja Mesir itu; tetapi rencananya itu tidak akan berhasil. 18 Setelah itu ia akan menyerang bangsa-bangsa di tepi laut, dan banyak yang dikalahkannya. Tetapi seorang pemimpin negeri asing akan menghentikan penghinaan yang dilakukannya itu, bahkan akan membalas penghinaan itu kepadanya. 19 Raja negeri utara itu akan kembali ke benteng-benteng negerinya sendiri, tetapi dia akan dikalahkan dan tak ada berita lagi tentang dia. 20 Dia akan digantikan oleh seorang raja yang akan menyuruh pegawainya yang kejam untuk mengumpulkan pajak dengan paksa untuk menambah kekayaan kerajaannya. Dalam waktu yang singkat raja itu akan dibunuh, tidak secara terang-terangan dan tidak pula dalam peperangan." 21 Malaikat itu berkata lagi, "Raja berikut yang memerintah negeri utara adalah seorang yang hina yang tidak berhak menjadi raja. Tetapi ia akan datang tanpa disangka-sangka dan merebut kedudukan raja dengan tipu daya. 22 Segala tentara yang melawan dia, ya bahkan Imam Agung pun, akan disapu bersih dan dimusnahkan. 23 Ia mengkhianati perjanjian-perjanjian yang baru saja dibuatnya dengan bangsa-bangsa lain. Dan ia akan menjadi semakin kuat, meskipun ia hanya memerintah negara yang kecil. 24 Dengan licik ia akan menyerbu daerah-daerah yang subur pada waktu penduduk merasa aman di situ. Ia akan melakukan apa yang belum pernah dilakukan oleh nenek moyangnya. Lalu ia akan membagi-bagikan kepada para pendukungnya segala barang rampasan dan kekayaan yang didapatnya dalam peperangan. Ia akan membuat siasat untuk menyerang tempat-tempat yang berbenteng, tetapi waktunya segera akan habis. 25 Kemudian dengan berani ia akan membentuk tentara yang besar untuk menyerang raja negeri selatan yang telah bersiap-siap pula hendak melawan dia dengan tentara yang kuat dan besar sekali. Tetapi raja negeri selatan tidak akan dapat bertahan karena ia akan dikhianati. 26 Penasihat-penasihatnya yang paling dekat dengan dia akan menjatuhkan dia. Banyak di antara prajurit-prajuritnya akan terbunuh, dan tentaranya akan disapu bersih. 27 Kemudian kedua raja itu akan duduk pada satu meja dan makan bersama, tetapi mereka bermaksud jahat, dan mereka akan saling membohongi. Tetapi rencana mereka gagal sebab masanya belum tiba. 28 Kemudian raja negeri utara akan pulang ke negerinya dengan segala barang rampasan yang didapatnya. Ia bertekad untuk menghancurkan agama yang dianut oleh umat Allah. Ia akan berbuat semaunya lalu kembali ke negerinya sendiri. 29 Beberapa waktu kemudian ia akan menyerang negeri selatan lagi, tetapi akibatnya lain daripada kali yang pertama. 30 Sebab orang-orang Roma dengan kapal-kapalnya akan datang dari Siprus dan memerangi dia, sehingga ia menjadi ketakutan. Lalu ia akan pulang dengan marah sekali dan berusaha menghancurkan agama umat Allah. Ia akan mengikuti nasihat mereka yang telah murtad dari agama itu. 31 Lalu ia mengirim pasukan-pasukan yang mencemarkan Rumah TUHAN. Mereka akan menghapuskan kurban harian dan menegakkan sesuatu yang mengerikan yang disebut Kejahatan yang menghancurkan. 32 Maka dengan tipu daya raja itu akan membujuk orang-orang yang sudah meninggalkan agama mereka, supaya mau membantunya. Tetapi orang-orang yang taat kepada Allah akan berani melawan dia. 33 Orang-orang bijaksana yang memimpin rakyat akan membuat banyak orang mengerti. Tetapi untuk beberapa waktu lamanya, beberapa di antara mereka akan terbunuh karena perang atau karena api, dan beberapa orang lagi akan dirampok dan ditawan. 34 Sementara pembunuhan itu berlangsung, umat Allah akan mendapat sedikit bantuan, tetapi banyak orang akan bergabung dengan mereka hanya untuk kepentingan mereka sendiri. 35 Sebagian dari pemimpin-pemimpin yang bijaksana itu akan terbunuh, tetapi itu merupakan ujian bagi umat sehingga mereka akan menjadi murni. Hal itu akan berlangsung sampai pada akhir zaman, yaitu zaman yang telah ditetapkan Allah. 36 Raja negeri utara akan berbuat sekehendak hatinya. Dengan sombong ia akan mengatakan bahwa ia lebih besar daripada dewa mana pun, malahan juga lebih besar daripada Allah Yang Mahatinggi. Ia akan dapat berbuat begitu sampai murka Allah berakhir. Sebab apa yang sudah ditetapkan Allah harus terlaksana dahulu. 37 Raja itu tidak akan mengindahkan dewa mana pun yang disembah oleh nenek moyangnya, termasuk dewa pujaan para wanita. Ia tidak mempedulikan dewa-dewa itu karena ia menganggap dirinya lebih besar dari mereka. 38 Sebaliknya, ia akan menghormati dewa yang belum pernah disembah oleh nenek moyangnya, yaitu dewa pelindung benteng-benteng. Ia akan mempersembahkan emas, perak, permata dan persembahan-persembahan mewah lainnya kepada dewa yang belum pernah disembah oleh nenek moyangnya. 39 Ia akan memilih orang-orang yang menyembah dewa asing, untuk menyerang benteng-benteng kuat. Siapa yang mengakui dewa itu akan diberinya kehormatan besar dan kedudukan yang tinggi serta tanah sebagai upah. 40 Bila akhir kekuasaan raja negeri utara sudah hampir tiba, raja negeri selatan akan menyerang dia. Lalu raja negeri utara akan membalas serangan itu dengan sengit. Ia akan mengerahkan banyak kereta perang, kuda dan kapal. Ia akan menyerbu seperti air bah, dan menduduki banyak negeri. 41 Bahkan tanah yang permai pun akan diserbunya juga, dan puluhan ribu orang akan dibunuhnya. Tetapi kerajaan-kerajaan Edom, Moab dan bagian yang terpenting dari kerajaan Amon akan selamat. 42 Pada waktu ia menduduki kerajaan-kerajaan itu, kerajaan Mesir pun tidak akan luput. 43 Ia akan merampas harta Mesir berupa emas dan perak serta harta lain yang sangat berharga. Ia akan dibantu orang Libia dan Sudan. 44 Lalu berita dari timur dan utara akan mengejutkannya, sehingga ia akan berperang dengan sengit dan membunuh banyak orang. 45 Bahkan ia akan memasang kemah kerajaannya di antara laut dan gunung tempat Rumah TUHAN. Tetapi kemudian ia akan mati dan tidak ada seorang pun yang akan menolongnya."
Italian(i) 1 Or io, nell’anno primo di Dario Medo, sono stato presente per confortarlo, e per fortificarlo. 2 Ed ora, io ti dichiarerò cose vere. Ecco, vi saranno ancora tre re in Persia; poi il quarto acquisterà di gran ricchezze sopra tutti gli altri; e come egli si sarà fortificato nelle sue ricchezze, egli farà muover tutti contro al regno di Iavan. 3 Poi sorgerà un re possente, e valoroso; il quale possederà un grande imperio, e farà ciò ch’egli vorrà. 4 Ma tosto ch’egli sarà sorto, il suo regno sarà rotto, e sarà diviso per li quattro venti del cielo, e non alla sua progenie; e quello non sarà pari all’imperio che esso avrà posseduto; perciocchè il suo regno sarà stirpato, e sarà di altri, oltre a coloro. 5 E il re del Mezzodì si fortificherà, ed un altro de’ capitani d’esso; costui si fortificherà sopra quell’altro, e regnerà, e il suo imperio sarà grande. 6 E in capo d’alcuni anni, si congiungeranno insieme, e la figliuola del re del Mezzodì verrà al re del Settentrione, per far loro accordi; ma ella non potrà rattener la forza del braccio; e nè colui, nè il suo braccio, non potrà durare; e colei, insieme con quelli che l’avranno condotta, e il figliuolo di essa, e chi terrà la parte sua, saranno dati a morte in que’ tempi. 7 Ma d’un rampollo delle radici di essa sorgerà uno, nello stato di colui, il qual verrà con esercito, e verrà contro alle fortezze del re del Settentrione, e farà di gran fatti contro ad esse, e se ne impadronirà; 8 ed anche menerà in cattività in Egitto i lor dii, co’ lor principi, e co’ lor preziosi arredi d’oro, e d’argento; ed egli durerà per alquanti anni, senza tema del re del Settentrione. 9 E il re del Mezzodì verrà nel suo regno, e se ne ritornerà al suo paese. 10 Poi i figliuoli di colui entreranno in guerra, e aduneranno una moltitudine di grandi eserciti; e l’un d’essi verrà di subito, e inonderà, e passerà oltre; poi ritornerà ancora, e darà battaglia, e perverrà fino alla fortezza del re del Mezzodì. 11 E il re del Mezzodì, inasprito, uscirà fuori, e combatterà con lui, cioè col re del Settentrione, il qual leverà una gran moltitudine; ma quella moltitudine sarà data in man del re del Mezzodì. 12 E dopo ch’egli avrà disfatta quella moltitudine, il cuor suo s’innalzerà; onde, benchè abbia abbattute delle decine di migliaia, non però sarà fortificato. 13 E il re del Settentrione leverà di nuovo una moltitudine maggiore della primiera; e in capo di qualche tempo, ed anni, egli verrà con grosso esercito, e con grande apparecchio. 14 E in quei tempi molti si leveranno contro al re del Mezzodì; e degli uomini ladroni d’infra il tuo popolo si eleveranno, per adempier la visione; e caderanno. 15 E il re del Settentrione verrà, e farà degli argini, e prenderà le città delle fortezze; e le braccia del Mezzodì, e la scelta del suo popolo non potranno durare, e non vi sarà forza alcuna da resistere. 16 E colui che sarà venuto contro ad esso farà ciò che gli piacerà; e non vi sarà alcuno che gli possa stare a fronte; poi egli si fermerà nel paese della bellezza, il quale sarà consumato per man sua. 17 Poi egli imprenderà di venire con le forze di tutto il suo regno, offerendo condizioni d’accordo, onde egli verrà a capo; e darà a quell’altro una figliuola per moglie, corrompendola; ma ella non sarà costante, e non terrà per lui. 18 Poi egli volgerà la faccia alle isole, e ne prenderà molte; ma un capitano farà cessare il vituperio fattogli da colui; e, oltre a ciò, renderà a lui stesso il suo vituperio. 19 Poi egli volgerà la faccia alle fortezze del suo paese, e traboccherà, e caderà, e sarà rotto, e non sarà più trovato. 20 Poi sorgerà nello stato di esso, con maestà reale, uno che manderà attorno esattori: ma fra alquanti dì sarà rotto, non in ira, nè in guerra. 21 Appresso sorgerà nel suo stato uno sprezzato, al qual non sarà imposta la gloria reale; ma egli verrà quetamente, ed occuperà il regno per lusinghe. 22 E le braccia del paese inondato saranno inondate da lui, e saranno rotte, come anche il capo del patto. 23 E dopo l’accordo fatto con quell’altro, egli procederà con frode, e salirà, e si fortificherà con poca gente. 24 Egli entrerà nel riposo, e nei luoghi grassi della provincia, e farà cose, che i suoi padri, nè i padri de’ suoi padri, non avranno mai fatte; egli spargerà alla sua gente preda, spoglie, e richezze; e farà delle imprese contro alle fortezze; e ciò fino ad un tempo. 25 Poi egli moverà le sue forze, e il cuor suo, contro al re del Mezzodì, con grande esercito; e il re del Mezzodì, verrà a battaglia, con grande e potentissimo esercito; ma non potrà durare; perciocchè si faranno delle macchinazioni contro a lui. 26 E quelli che mangeranno il suo piatto lo romperanno; e l’esercito di colui inonderà il paese, e molti caderanno uccisi. 27 E il cuore di que’ due re sarà volto ad offender l’un l’altro, e in una medesima tavola parleranno insieme con menzogna; ma ciò non riuscirà bene; perciocchè vi sarà ancora una fine, al tempo determinato. 28 E colui se ne ritornerà al suo paese con gran ricchezze; e il suo cuore sarà contro al Patto santo; ed egli farà di gran cose: e poi se ne ritornerà al suo paese. 29 Al tempo determinato, egli verrà di nuovo contro al paese del Mezzodi; ma la cosa non riuscirà quest’ultima volta come la prima. 30 E verranno contro a lui delle navi di Chittim, ed egli ne sarà contristato, e se ne ritornerà, e indegnerà contro al Patto santo, e farà di gran cose: poi ritornerà, e porgerà le orecchie a quelli che avranno abbandonato il Patto santo. 31 E le braccia terranno la parte sua, e profaneranno il santuario della fortezza, e torranno via il sacrificio continuo, e vi metteranno l’abbominazione disertante. 32 E per lusinghe egli indurrà a contaminarsi quelli che avran misfatto contro al Patto; ma il popolo di quelli che conoscono l’Iddio loro si fortificherà, e si porterà valorosamente. 33 E gl’intendenti d’infra il popolo ne ammaestreranno molti; e caderanno per la spada, e per le fiamme, e andranno in cattività, e saranno in preda, per molti giorni. 34 Ma mentre caderanno così, saranno soccorsi di un po’ di soccorso; e molti si aggiungeranno con loro con bei sembianti infinti. 35 Di quegl’intendenti adunque ne caderanno alcuni: acciocchè fra loro ve ne sieno di quelli che sieno posti al cimento, e purgati, e imbiancati, fino al tempo della fine; perciocchè vi sarà ancora una fine, al tempo determinato. 36 Questo re adunque farà ciò che gli piacerà, e s’innalzerà, e si magnificherà sopra ogni dio; e proferirà cose strane contro all’Iddio degl’iddii; e prospererà, finchè l’indegnazione sia venuta meno; conciossiachè una determinazione ne sia stata fatta. 37 Ed egli non si curerà degl’iddii de’ suoi padri, nè d’amor di donne, nè di dio alcuno; perciocchè egli si magnificherà sopra ogni cosa. 38 Ed egli onorerà un dio delle fortezze sopra il suo seggio; egli onorerà, con oro, e con argento, e con gemme, e con cose preziose, un dio, il quale i suoi padri non avranno conosciuto. 39 Ed egli verrà a capo de’ luoghi muniti delle fortezze, con quell’iddio strano; egli accrescerà d’onore quelli ch’egli riconoscerà, e li farà signoreggiar sopra molti, e spartirà la terra per prezzo. 40 Or in sul tempo della fine, il re del Mezzodì cozzerà con lui; e il re del Settentrione gli verrà addosso, a guisa di turbo, con carri, e con cavalieri, e con molto naviglio; ed entrerà ne’ paesi d’esso, e inonderà e passerà a traverso; 41 ed entrerà nel paese della bellezza, e molti paesi ruineranno; e questi scamperanno dalla sua mano: Edom, Moab, e la principal parte de’ figliuoli di Ammon. 42 Così egli metterà la mano sopra molti paesi, e il paese di Egitto non iscamperà. 43 E si farà padrone de’ tesori d’oro, e d’argento, e di tutte le cose preziose di Egitto; e i Libii, e gli Etiopi saranno al suo seguito. 44 Ma rumori dal Levante e dal Settentrione lo turberanno; ed egli uscirà con grande ira, per distruggere, e per disperder molti. 45 E pianterà le tende del suo padiglione reale fra i mari, presso del santo monte di bellezza; poi, come sarà pervenuto al suo fine, non vi sarà alcun che l’aiuti.
ItalianRiveduta(i) 1 E io, il primo anno di Dario, il Medo, mi tenni presso di lui per sostenerlo e difenderlo. 2 E ora ti farò conoscere la verità. Ecco, sorgeranno ancora in Persia tre re; poi il quarto diventerà molto più ricco di tutti gli altri; e quando sarà diventato forte per le sue ricchezze, solleverà tutti contro il regno di Javan. 3 Allora sorgerà un re potente, che eserciterà un gran dominio e farà quel che vorrà. 4 Ma quando sarà sorto, il suo regno sarà infranto, e sarà diviso verso i quattro venti del cielo; esso non apparterrà alla progenie di lui, né avrà una potenza pari a quella che aveva lui; giacché il suo regno sarà sradicato e passerà ad altri; non ai suoi eredi. 5 E il re del mezzogiorno diventerà forte; ma uno dei suoi capi diventerà più forti di lui, e dominerà; il suo dominio sarà potente. 6 E alla fine di vari anni, essi faran lega assieme; e la figliuola del re del mezzogiorno verrà al re del settentrione per fare un accordo; ma essa non potrà conservare la forza del proprio braccio, né quegli e il suo braccio potranno resistere; e lei e quelli che l’hanno condotta, e colui che l’ha generata, e colui che l’ha sostenuta per un tempo, saran dati alla morte. 7 E uno de’ rampolli delle sue radici sorgerà a prendere il posto di quello; esso verrà all’esercito, entrerà nelle fortezze del re di settentrione, verrà alle prese con quelli, e rimarrà vittorioso; 8 e menerà anche in cattività in Egitto i loro dèi, con le loro immagini fuse e coi loro preziosi arredi d’argento e d’oro; e per vari anni si terrà lungi dal re del settentrione. 9 E questi marcerà contro il re del mezzogiorno, ma tornerà nel proprio paese. 10 E i suoi figliuoli entreranno in guerra, e raduneranno una moltitudine di grandi forze; l’un d’essi si farà avanti, si spanderà come un torrente, e passerà oltre; poi tornerà e spingerà le ostilità sino alla fortezza del re del mezzogiorno. 11 Il re del mezzogiorno s’inasprirà, si farà innanzi e moverà guerra a lui, al re del settentrione, il quale arrolerà una gran moltitudine; ma quella moltitudine sarà data in mano del re del mezzogiorno. 12 La moltitudine sarà portata via, e il cuore di lui s’inorgoglirà; ma, per quanto ne abbia abbattuto delle decine di migliaia, non sarà per questo più forte. 13 E il re del settentrione arrolerà di nuovo una moltitudine più numerosa della prima; e in capo ad un certo numero d’anni egli si farà avanti con un grosso esercito e con molto materiale. 14 E in quel tempo molti insorgeranno contro il re del mezzogiorno; e degli uomini violenti di fra il tuo popolo insorgeranno per dar compimento alla visione, ma cadranno. 15 E il re del settentrione verrà; innalzerà de’ bastioni, e s’impadronirà di una città fortificata; e né le forze del mezzogiorno, né le truppe scelte avran la forza di resistere. 16 E quegli che sarà venuto contro di lui farà ciò che gli piacerà, non essendovi chi possa stargli a fronte; e si fermerà nel paese splendido, il quale sarà interamente in suo potere. 17 Egli si proporrà di venire con le forze di tutto il suo regno, ma farà un accomodamento col re del mezzogiorno; e gli darà la figliuola per distruggergli il regno; ma il piano non riuscirà, e il paese non gli apparterrà. 18 Poi si dirigerà verso le isole, e ne prenderà molte; ma un generale farà cessare l’obbrobrio ch’ei voleva infliggergli, e lo farà ricadere addosso a lui. 19 Poi il re si dirigerà verso le fortezze del proprio paese; ma inciamperà, cadrà, e non lo si troverà più. 20 Poi, in luogo di lui, sorgerà uno che farà passare un esattore di tributi attraverso il paese che è la gloria del regno; ma in pochi giorni sarà distrutto, non nell’ira, né in battaglia. 21 Poi, in luogo suo, sorgerà un uomo spregevole, a cui non sarà stata conferita la maestà reale; ma verrà senza rumore, e s’impadronirà del regno a forza di lusinghe. 22 E le forze che inonderanno il paese saranno sommerse davanti a lui, saranno infrante, come pure un capo dell’alleanza. 23 E, nonostante la lega fatta con quest’ultimo, agirà con frode, salirà, e diverrà vittorioso con poca gente. 24 E, senza rumore, invaderà le parti più grasse della provincia, e farà quello che non fecero mai né i suoi padri, né i padri dei suoi padri: distribuirà bottino, spoglie e beni e mediterà progetti contro le fortezze; questo, per un certo tempo. 25 Poi raccoglierà le sue forze e il suo coraggio contro il re del mezzogiorno, mediante un grande esercito. E il re del mezzogiorno s’impegnerà in guerra con un grande e potentissimo esercito; ma non potrà tener fronte, perché si faranno delle macchinazioni contro di lui. 26 Quelli che mangeranno alla sua mensa saranno la sua rovina, il suo esercito si dileguerà come un torrente, e molti cadranno uccisi. 27 E quei due re cercheranno in cuor loro di farsi del male; e, alla stessa mensa, si diranno delle menzogne; ma ciò non riuscirà, perché la fine non verrà che al tempo fissato. 28 E quegli tornerà al suo paese con grandi ricchezze; il suo cuore formerà dei disegni contro al patto santo, ed egli li eseguirà, poi tornerà al suo paese. 29 Al tempo stabilito egli marcerà di nuovo contro il mezzogiorno; ma quest’ultima volta la cosa non riuscirà come la prima; 30 poiché delle navi di Kittim moveranno contro di lui; ed egli si perderà d’animo; poi di nuovo s’indignerà contro il patto santo, ed eseguirà i suoi disegni, e tornerà ad intendersi con quelli che avranno abbandonato il patto santo. 31 Delle forze mandate da lui si presenteranno e profaneranno il santuario, la fortezza, sopprimeranno il sacrifizio continuo, e vi collocheranno l’abominazione, che cagiona la desolazione. 32 E per via di lusinghe corromperà quelli che agiscono empiamente contro il patto; ma il popolo di quelli che conoscono il loro Dio mostrerà fermezza, e agirà. 33 E i savi fra il popolo ne istruiranno molti; ma saranno abbattuti dalla spada e dal fuoco, dalla cattività e dal saccheggio, per un certo tempo. 34 E quando saranno così abbattuti, saran soccorsi con qualche piccolo aiuto; ma molti s’uniranno a loro con finti sembianti. 35 E di que’ savi ne saranno abbattuti alcuni, per affinarli, per purificarli e per imbiancarli sino al tempo della fine, perché questa non avverrà che al tempo stabilito. 36 E il re agirà a suo talento, si estollerà, si magnificherà al disopra d’ogni dio, e proferirà cose inaudite contro l’Iddio degli dèi; prospererà finché l’indignazione sia esaurita; poiché quello ch’è decretato si compirà. 37 Egli non avrà riguardo agli dèi de’ suoi padri; non avrà riguardo né alla divinità favorita delle donne, né ad alcun dio, perché si magnificherà al disopra di tutti. 38 Ma onorerà l’iddio delle fortezze nel suo luogo di culto; onorerà con oro, con argento, con pietre preziose e con oggetti di valore un dio che i suoi padri non conobbero. 39 E agirà contro le fortezze ben munite, aiutato da un dio straniero; quelli che lo riconosceranno egli ricolmerà di gloria, li farà dominare su molti, e spartirà fra loro delle terre come ricompense. 40 E al tempo della fine, il re del mezzogiorno verrà a cozzo con lui; e il re del settentrione gli piomberà addosso come la tempesta, con carri e cavalieri, e con molte navi; penetrerà ne’ paesi e, tutto inondando, passerà oltre. 41 Entrerà pure nel paese splendido, e molte popolazioni saranno abbattute; ma queste scamperanno dalle sue mani: Edom, Moab e la parte principale de’ figliuoli di Ammon. 42 Egli stenderà la mano anche su diversi paesi, e il paese d’Egitto non scamperà. 43 E s’impadronirà de’ tesori d’oro e d’argento, e di tutte le cose preziose dell’Egitto; e i Libi e gli Etiopi saranno al suo séguito. 44 Ma notizie dall’oriente e dal settentrione lo spaventeranno; ed egli partirà con gran furore, per distruggere e votare allo stermino molti. 45 E pianterà le tende del suo palazzo fra i mari e il bel monte santo; poi giungerà alla sua fine, e nessuno gli darà aiuto.
Korean(i) 1 내가 또 메대 사람 다리오 원년에 일어나 그를 돕고 강하게 한 일이 있었느니라 2 이제 내가 참된 것을 네게 보이리라 보라 바사에서 또 세 왕이 일어날 것이요 그 후의 네째는 그들보다 심히 부요할 것이며 그가 그 부요함으로 강하여진 후에는 모든 사람을 격동시켜 헬라국을 칠 것이며 3 장차 한 능력 있는 왕이 일어나서 큰 권세로 다스리며 임의로 행하리라 4 그러나 그가 강성할 때에 그 나라가 갈라져 천하 사방에 나누일 것이나 그 자손에게로 돌아가지도 아니할 것이요 또 자기가 주장하던 권세대로도 되지 아니하리니 이는 그 나라가 뽑혀서 이 외의 사람들에게로 돌아갈 것임이니라 5 남방의 왕은 강할 것이나 그 군들 중에 하나는 그보다 강하여 권세를 떨치리니 그 권세가 심히 클 것이요 6 몇 해 후에 그들이 서로 맹약하리니 곧 남방 왕의 딸이 북방 왕에게 나아가서 화친하리라 그러나 이 공주의 힘이 쇠하고 그 왕은 서지도 못하며 권세가 없어질 뿐 아니라 이 공주와 그를 데리고 온 자와 그를 낳은 자와 그 때에 도와주던 자가 다 버림을 당하리라 7 그러나 이 공주의 본족에서 난 자 중에 하나가 그의 위를 이어 북방 왕의 군대를 치러 와서 그의 성에 들어가서 그들을 이기고 8 그 신들과 부어만든 우상들과 그 은과 금의 아름다운 기구를 다 노략하여 애굽으로 가져갈 것이요 몇 해 동안은 그가 북방 왕을 치지 아니하리라 9 북방 왕이 남방 왕의 나라로 쳐 들어갈 것이나 자기 본국으로 물러 가리라 10 그 아들들이 전쟁을 준비하고 심히 많은 군대를 모아서 물의 넘침 같이 나아올 것이며 그가 또 와서 남방 왕의 견고한 성까지 칠 것이요 11 남방 왕은 크게 노하여 나와서 북방 왕과 싸울 것이라 북방 왕이 큰 무리를 일으킬 것이나 그 무리가 그의 손에 붙인바 되리라 12 그가 큰 무리를 사로잡은 후에 그 마음이 스스로 높아져서 수만명을 엎드러뜨릴 것이나 그 세력은 더하지 못할 것이요 13 북방 왕은 돌아가서 다시 대군을 전보다 더 많이 준비하였다가 몇 때 곧 몇 해 후에 대군과 많은 물건을 거느리고 오리라 14 그 때에 여러 사람이 일어나서 남방 왕을 칠 것이요 네 백성 중에서도 강포한 자가 스스로 높아져서 이상을 이루려 할 것이나 그들이 도리어 넘어지리라 15 이에 북방 왕은 와서 토성을 쌓고 견고한 성읍을 취할 것이요 남방 군대는 그를 당할 힘이 없을 것이므로 16 오직 와서 치는 자가 임의로 행하리니 능히 그 앞에 설 사람이 없겠고 그가 영화로운 땅에 설 것이요 그 손에 멸망이 있으리라 17 그가 결심하고 전국의 힘을 다하여 이르렀다가 그와 화친할 것이요 또 여자의 딸을 그에게 주어 그 나라를 패망케 하려 할 것이나 이루지 못하리니 그에게 무익하리라 18 그 후에 그가 얼굴을 섬들로 돌이켜 많이 취할 것이나 한 대장이 있어서 그의 보이는 수욕을 씻고 그 수욕을 그에게로 돌릴 것이므로 19 그가 드디어 그 얼굴을 돌이켜 자기 땅 산성들로 향할 것이나 거쳐 넘어지고 다시는 보이지 아니하리라 20 그 위를 이을 자가 토색하는 자로 그 나라의 아름다운 곳으로 두루 다니게 할 것이나 그는 분노함이나 싸움이 없이 몇 날이 못되어 망할 것이요 21 또 그 위를 이을 자는 한 비천한 사람이라 나라 영광을 그에게 주지 아니할 것이나 그가 평안한 때를 타서 궤휼로 그 나라를 얻을 것이며 22 넘치는 물 같은 군대가 그에게 넘침을 입어 패할 것이요 동맹한 왕도 그렇게 될 것이며 23 그와 약조한 후에 그는 거짓을 행하여 올라올 것이요 적은 백성을 거느리고 강하게 될 것이며 24 그가 평안한 때에 그 도의 가장 기름진 곳에 들어와서 그 열조와 열조의 조상이 행하지 못하던 것을 행할 것이요 그는 노략하며 탈취한 재물을 무리에게 흩어주며 모략을 베풀어 얼마 동안 산성들을 칠 것인데 때가 이르기까지 그리하리라 25 그가 그 힘을 떨치며 용맹을 발하여 큰 군대를 거느리고 남방 왕도 심히 크고 강한 군대를 거느리고 맞아 싸울 것이나 능히 당하지 못하리니 이는 그들이 모략을 베풀어 그를 침이니라 26 자기의 진미를 먹는 자가 그를 멸하리니 그 군대가 흩어질 것이요 많은 자가 엎드러져 죽으리라 27 이 두 왕이 마음에 서로 해코자 하여 한 밥상에 앉았을 때에 거짓말을 할 것이라 일이 형통하지 못하리니 이는 작정된 기한에 미쳐서 그 일이 끝날 것임이니라 28 북방 왕은 많은 재물을 가지고 본국으로 돌아가리니 그는 마음으로 거룩한 언약을 거스리며 임의로 행하고 본토로 돌아갈 것이며 29 작정된 기한에 그가 다시 나와서 남방에 이를 것이나 이번이 그 전번만 못하리니 30 이는 깃딤의 배들이 이르러 그를 칠 것임이라 그가 낙심하고 돌아가며 거룩한 언약을 한하고 임의로 행하며 돌아가서는 거룩한 언약을 배반하는 자를 중히 여길 것이며 31 군대는 그의 편에 서서 성소 곧 견고한 곳을 더럽히며 매일 드리는 제사를 폐하며 멸망케 하는 미운 물건을 세울 것이며 32 그가 또 언약을 배반하고 악행하는 자를 궤휼로 타락시킬 것이나 오직 자기의 하나님을 아는 백성은 강하여 용맹을 발하리라 33 백성 중에 지혜로운 자가 많은 사람을 가르칠 것이나 그들이 칼날과 불꽃과 사로잡힘과 약탈을 당하여 여러 날 동안 쇠패하리라 34 그들이 쇠패할 때에 도움을 조금 얻을 것이나 많은 사람은 궤휼로 그들과 친합할 것이며 35 또 그들 중 지혜로운 자 몇 사람이 쇠패하여 무리로 연단되며 정결케 되며 희게 되어 마지막 때까지 이르게 하리니 이는 작정된 기한이 있음이니라 36 이 왕이 자기 뜻대로 행하며 스스로 높여 모든 신보다 크다 하며 비상한 말로 신들의 신을 대적하며 형통하기를 분노하심이 쉴 때까지 하리니 이는 그 작정된 일이 반드시 이룰 것임이니라 37 그가 모든 것보다 스스로 크다 하고 그 열조의 신들과 여자의 사모하는 것을 돌아보지 아니하며 아무 신이든지 돌아보지 아니할 것이나 38 그 대신에 세력의 신을 공경할 것이요 또 그 열조가 알지 못하던 신에게 금,은 보석과 보물을 드려 공경할 것이며 39 그는 이방 신을 힘입어 크게 견고한 산성들을 취할 것이요 무릇 그를 안다 하는 자에게는 영광을 더하여 여러 백성을 다스리게도 하며 그에게서 뇌물을 받고 땅을 나눠주기도 하리라 40 마지막 때에 남방 왕이 그를 찌르리니 북방 왕이 병거와 마병과 많은 배로 회리바람처럼 그에게로 마주 와서 그 여러 나라에 들어가며 물이 넘침 같이 지나갈 것이요 41 그가 또 영화로운 땅에 들어갈 것이요 많은 나라를 패망케 할 것이나 오직 에돔과 모압과 암몬 자손의 존귀한 자들은 그 손에서 벗어나리라 42 그가 열국에 그 손을 펴리니 애굽 땅도 면치 못할 것이므로 43 그가 권세로 애굽의 금 은과 모든 보물을 잡을 것이요 리비아 사람과 구스 사람이 그의 시종이 되리라 44 그러나 동북에서부터 소문이 이르러 그로 번민케 하므로 그가 분노하여 나가서 많은 무리를 다 도륙하며 진멸코자 할 것이요 45 그가 장막 궁전을 바다와 영화롭고 거룩한 산 사이에 베풀 것이나 그의 끝이 이르리니 도와줄 자가 없으리라
Lithuanian(i) 1 “Nuo pirmųjų Darijaus, medo, viešpatavimo metų stiprinau jį ir jam padėjau. 2 Dabar paskelbsiu tau tiesą. Dar trys karaliai iškils Persijoje ir ketvirtasis, kuris bus turtingiausias iš jų. Jis, sustiprėjęs ir praturtėjęs, sukels visus prieš Graikiją. 3 Tuomet iškils galingas karalius, kurio valdžia bus didelė, ir jis darys, ką panorėjęs. 4 Pačioje galybėje jo karalystė subyrės ir bus padalinta į keturias dalis, bet ne jo palikuonims. Tos karalystės nebus tokios galingos, nes jo karalystė bus sunaikinta ir ją valdys svetimi. 5 Tada pietų karalius sustiprės, vienas iš jo kunigaikščių taps galingesnis net už jį ir jo valdžia bus didelė. 6 Keleriems metams praėjus, jie susijungs. Pietų karaliaus duktė išeis pas šiaurės karalių padaryti sutarties, bet neišsilaikys nei ji, nei jos palikuonis. Ji, jos palyda, vaikas ir vyras bus išduoti. 7 Tuo metu iš jos šaknų iškils atžala, ateis su kariuomene, kariaus prieš šiaurės karalių, įsiverš į jo tvirtovę ir ją užims. 8 Jų dievus, kunigaikščius, brangius indus, sidabrą ir auksą jis išgabens kaip grobį į Egiptą. Jo karalystė išliks ilgiau negu šiaurės karaliaus. 9 Vėliau šiaurės karalius užpuls pietų karalių ir įsiverš į jo kraštą, bet turės sugrįšti į savo kraštą. 10 Jo sūnūs ateis, surinkę didžiulę kariuomenę, vienas užlies kraštą ir prasiverš iki pietų karaliaus tvirtovės. 11 Tada pietų karalius supykęs kariaus prieš šiaurės karalių ir sunaikins jo didžiulę kariuomenę. 12 Nugalėjęs daugybę, jis didžiuosis. Jis išžudys dešimtis tūkstančių, bet dėl to netaps stipresnis. 13 Keleriems metams praėjus, šiaurės karalius sugrįš, surinkęs dar didesnę kariuomenę ir su daugybe turtų. 14 Tuo metu ir kitos tautos pakils prieš pietų karalių, ir tavo tautos maištingieji kelsis, norėdami įvykdyti pranašystę, bet jie nelaimės. 15 Šiaurės karalius atėjęs supils pylimą ir paims sutvirtintą miestą. Pietų karalius neatsilaikys, jo rinktinė kariuomenė bus sunaikinta. 16 Atėjęs prieš jį, elgsis, kaip norės, ir niekas nepajėgs jo sulaikyti. Jis užims visą šlovingąjį kraštą, ir anas nukentės nuo jo rankos. 17 Jis sumanys užimti pietų karalystę, sudarys su ja sutartį, išleisdamas už jo vieną savo dukterų, kad tą karalystę sunaikintų, bet jam nepavyks to sumanymo įgyvendinti. 18 Tada jis nukreips veidą į pajūrį, užims didelę jo dalį, bet vienas jo kunigaikštis padarys galą jo patyčioms, ir tos patyčios atsigręš prieš jį patį. 19 Tada jis gręšis eiti į savo šalies tvirtoves, bet suklups, kris ir jo nebebus. 20 Jo įpėdinis siųs mokesčių rinkėją į šlovingąją karalystę, bet po kurio laiko jis bus užmuštas, ne iš pykčio ir ne kovoje. 21 Po jo karaliaus vietą užims niekšas, kuriam karališka garbė nebus suteikta. Bet jis įeis taikiai ir apgaule pasiglemš karališką valdžią. 22 Jo priešininkai bus šluote nušluoti ir sutriuškinti jo akivaizdoje, taip pat ir sandoros kunigaikštis. 23 Sandora, padaryta su juo, bus klastinga ir bevertė. Su grupele žmonių jis taps galingas. 24 Taikiai jis įeis į turtingąsias krašto sritis ir darys, ko nedarė nei jo tėvai, nei jo tėvų tėvai. Karo grobį ir gėrybes jis dalins saviesiems ir sumanys užimti tvirtoves, tačiau tik trumpam laikui. 25 Įsidrąsinęs sutelks didelę kariuomenę eiti prieš pietų karalių. Pietų karalius išeis į karą su labai didele ir galinga kariuomene, bet neįstengs šiaurės karaliui pasipriešinti, nes prieš jį bus surengta klasta: 26 kurie valgo prie jo stalo, pražudys jį, jo kariuomenė bus išsklaidyta ir labai daug kris užmuštų. 27 Abiejų karalių širdys bus klastingos, ir jie meluos vienas kitam prie vieno stalo, bet nesėkmingai, nes dar nėra atėjęs skirtas laikas. 28 Jis sugrįš į savo kraštą su gausiu grobiu, bet jo širdis yra prieš šventąją sandorą. Tai įvykdęs, jis sugrįš į savo kraštą. 29 Skirtu metu jis vėl eis į pietus, bet antrą kartą nebebus taip, kaip pirmą. 30 Prieš jį atplauks laivai iš Kitimų. Jis pasitrauks išsigandęs ir bus įtūžęs prieš šventąją sandorą. Jis įvykdys savo ketinimus ir susitars su tais, kurie sulaužė šventąją sandorą. 31 Ginklai bus jo pusėje ir jie suteps galybės šventyklą, pašalins kasdienę auką ir toje vietoje pastatys sunaikinimo pabaisą. 32 Neištikimus sandorai jis suklaidins klastingomis kalbomis, bet žmonės, kurie pažįsta savo Dievą, bus stiprūs ir veiks. 33 Tautos išminčiai mokys žmones, nors kurį laiką jie bus naikinami kardu, liepsna, įkalinimu ir apiplėšimu. 34 Naikinami jie susilauks mažai pagalbos, nes daugelis prisidės prie jų tik veidmainiaudami. 35 Kai kurie išminčiai žus, kad kiti būtų ištirti, išbandyti ir apvalyti iki skirto laiko, nes dar ne laikų pabaiga. 36 Karalius elgsis, kaip norės, didžiuosis prieš dievus ir išdidžiai kalbės prieš dievų Dievą. Jam seksis, kol rūstybė bus įvykdyta, nes kas nuspręsta, tai bus padaryta. 37 Nei savo tėvų dievų, nei moterų mylimojo, nei jokio kito dievo jis negerbs, bet didžiuosis prieš visus. 38 Tik tvirtovių dievą jis pagerbs, dievą, kurio nepažino jo tėvai. Jis pagerbs jį auksu, sidabru, brangiais akmenimis ir brangenybėmis. 39 Jis parūpins tvirtovėms svetimų dievų. Kas jį pripažins, tam jis suteiks daug garbės, padarys valdovu ir atpildui dalins žemę. 40 Paskutiniaisiais laikais su juo kariaus pietų karalius. Kaip audra įsiverš į kraštą šiaurės karalius su kovos vežimais, raiteliais bei laivais, kaip tvanas užlies kraštus ir užims juos. 41 Jis įeis į šlovingąjį kraštą, dešimtys tūkstančių žus. Bet edomitai, moabitai ir didžioji dalis amonitų išsigelbės iš jo rankos. 42 Jis išties ranką prieš kitus kraštus, ir Egipto šalis neišsigelbės. 43 Jis užvaldys Egipto aukso ir sidabro lobius bei brangenybes, libiai ir etiopai seks paskui jį. 44 Žinios iš šiaurės ir rytų nugąsdins jį. Labai įtūžęs, jis išeis, kad naikintų ir pražudytų daugelį. 45 Jis pastatys savo karališką palapinę tarp jūros ir šlovingo šventojo kalno. Ten jis prieis galą, ir nė vienas nepadės jam”.
PBG(i) 1 Ja tedy roku pierwszego za Daryjusza Medskiego stanąłem, abym go posilił i zmocnił. 2 A teraz ci prawdę oznajmię: Oto jeszcze trzej królowie królować będą w Perskiej ziemi; potem czwarty zbogaci się bogactwy wielkimi nade wszystkich, a gdy się zmocni w bogactwach swoich, pobudzi wszystkich przeciw królestwu Greckiemu. 3 I powstanie król mocny, a będzie panował mocą wielką, a będzie czynił według woli swojej. 4 A gdy się on zmocni, będzie skruszone królestwo jego, i będzie rozdzielone na cztery strony świata, wszakże nie między potomków jego, ani będzie państwo jego takie, jakie było; bo wykorzenione będzie królestwo jego, a innym mimo onych dostanie się . 5 Tedy się zmocni król z południa i jeden z książąt jego; ten mocniejszy będzie nadeń, i panować będzie, a państwo jego będzie państwo szerokie. 6 Lecz po wyjściu kilku lat złączą się; bo córka króla od południa pójdzie za króla północnego, aby uczyniła przymierze; wszakże nie otrzyma siły ramienia, ani się ostoi z ramieniem swojem, ale wydana będzie ona, i ci, którzy ją przyprowadzą, i syn jej, i ten, co ją zmacniał za onych czasów. 7 Potem powstanie z latorośli korzenia jej na miejsce jego, który przyciągnie z wojskiem swem, a uderzy na miejsce obronne króla północnego, i przewiedzie nad nimi i zmocni się. 8 Nadto i bogów ich z książętami ich, z naczyniem ich drogiem, srebrnem i złotem w niewolę zawiedzie do Egiptu; a ten będzie bezpieczen przez wiele lat od króla północnego. 9 A tak wtargnie w królestwo król od południa, i wróci się do ziemi swojej. 10 Ale synowie jego walczyć będą, i zbiorą mnóstwo wojsk wielkich; a z nagła następując jako powódź przechodzić będzie, potem wracając się, wojskiem nacierać będzie aż na twierdze jego. 11 Skąd rozdrażniony będąc król z południa wyciągnie, i będzie walczył z nim, to jest, z królem północnym; a uszykuje mnóstwo wielkie, ale ono mnóstwo będzie podane w rękę jego. 12 A gdy zniesione będzie ono mnóstwo, podniesie się serce jego; a choć porazi wiele tysięcy, przecie się nie zmocni. 13 Bo się wróci król północny, i uszykuje większe mnóstwo niż pierwsze; lecz po wyjściu czasu kilku lat z nagła przyjdzie z wielkiem wojskiem i z wielkim dostatkiem. 14 Onychże czasów wiele ich powstanie przeciwko królowi z południa; ale synowie przestępników z ludu twego będą zniesieni dla utwierdzenia tego widzenia, i upadną. 15 Bo przyciągnie król z północy, i usypie wały, i weźmie miasto obronne, a ramiona południowe nie oprą się, ani lud jego wybrany, i nie stanie im siły, aby dali odpór. 16 I uczyni on, który przyciągnie przeciwko niemu, według woli swojej, i nie będzie nikogo, coby się stawił przeciwko niemu; stawi się też w ziemi ozdobnej, która zniszczeje przez rękę jego. 17 Potem obróci twarz swoję, aby przyszedł z mocą wszystkiego królestwa swego, i okazał się, jakoby zgody szukał, i uczyni coś; bo mu da córkę piękną, aby go zgubił przez nią; ale ona w tem nie będzie stateczna, i nie będzie z nim przestawała. 18 Zatem obróci twarz swoję do wysep, i wiele ich pobierze; ale wódz wstręt uczyni hańbieniu jego, owszem, ono hańbienie jego nań obróci. 19 Dlaczego obróci twarz swoję ku twierdzom ziemi swej; lecz się potknie i upadnie, i nie będzie więcej znaleziony. 20 I powstanie na miejsce jego taki, który roześle poborców w sławie królewskiej; ale ten po niewielu dniach starty będzie, a to nie w gniewie ani przez wojnę. 21 Potem powstanie wzgardzony na jego miejsce, acz nie włożą nań ozdoby królewskiej; wszakże przyszedłszy w pokoju, otrzyma królestwo pochlebstwem. 22 A ramionami jako powodzią wiele ich zachwyceni będą przed obliczem jego, i skruszeni będą, także też i sam wódz, który z nimi przymierze uczynił. 23 Bo wszedłszy z nimi w przyjaźń, uczyni zdradę, a przyciągnąwszy zmocni się w małym poczcie ludu. 24 Bezpiecznie i do najobfitszych miejsc onej krainy wpadnie, a uczyni to, czego nie czynili ojcowie jego, ani ojcowie ojców jego; łup i korzyść i majętności rozdzieli im, nawet i o miejscach obronnych chytrze przemyśliwać będzie, a to aż do czasu. 25 Potem wzbudzi moc swoję, i serce swoje przeciw królowi z południa z wojskiem wielkiem, z którem król z południa walecznie się potykać będzie z wojskiem wielkiem i bardzo mocnem; ale się nie oprze, przeto, że wymyśli przeciwko niemu zdradę. 26 Bo ci, którzy jedzą chleb jego, zniszczą go, gdy wojsko onego jako powódź przypadnie, a pobitych wiele polęże. 27 Natenczas obaj królowie w sercu swem myślić będą, jakoby jeden drugiemu szkodzić mógł, a przy jednymże stole kłamstwo mówić będą; ale się im nie nada, gdyż jeszcze koniec na inszy czas odłożony jest. 28 Przetoż się wróci do ziemi swojej z bogactwy wielkiemi, a serce jego obróci się przeciwko przymierzu świętemu; co uczyniwszy wróci się do ziemi swojej. 29 A czasu zamierzonego wróci się i pociągnie na południe; ale mu się nie tak powiedzie, jako za pierwszym i za ostatnim razem. 30 Bo przyjdą przeciwko niemu okręty z Cytym, skąd on nad tem bolejąc znowu się rozgniewa przeciwko przymierzu świętemu; co uczyniwszy wróci się, a będzie miał porozumienie z onymi, którzy opuścili przymierze święte; 31 A wojska wielkie przy nim stać będą, które splugawią świątnicę, i twierdze zniosą; odejmą też ustawiczną ofiarę, a postawią obrzydliwość spustoszenia. 32 Tak aby tych, którzy niezbożnie przeciwko przymierzu postępować będą, w obłudzie pochlebstwem utwierdził, a żeby lud znający Boga swego imali, co też uczynią. 33 Zaczem ci, którzy nauczają lud, którzy nauczają wielu, padać będą od miecza i od ognia, od pojmania i od łupu przez wiele dni. 34 A gdy padać będą, małą pomoc mieć będą; bo się do nich wiele pochlebców przyłączy. 35 A z tych, którzy innych nauczają, padać będą, aby doświadczeni i oczyszczeni, i wybieleni byli aż do czasu zamierzonego; bo to jeszcze potrwa aż do czasu zamierzonego. 36 Tak uczyni król według woli swojej, i podniesie się i wielmożnym się uczyni nad każdego boga, i przeciwko Bogu nad bogami dziwne rzeczy mówić będzie, i poszczęści mu się, aż się dokona gniew, ażby się to, co jest postanowiono, wykonało. 37 Ani na bogów ojców swych nie będzie dbał, ani o miłość niewiast, ani o żadnego boga dbać będzie, przeto, że się nade wszystko wyniesie. 38 A na miejscu Boga najmocniejszego czcić będzie boga, którego nie znali ojcowie jego; czcić będzie złotem i srebrem i kamieniem drogiem i rzeczami kosztownemi. 39 A tak dowiedzie tego, że twierdze Najmocniejszego będą boga obcego; a których mu się będzie zdało, tych rozmnoży sławę, i uczyni, aby panowali nad wielą, a rozdzieli im ziemię miasto zapłaty. 40 A przy skończeniu tego czasu będzie się z nim potykał król z południa; ale król północny jako burza nań przyjdzie z wozami i z jezdnymi i z wielą okrętów, a wtargnie w ziemię, i jako powódź przejdzie. 41 Potem przyciągnie do ziemi ozdobnej, i wiele krain upadnie; wszakże ci ujdą rąk jego, Edomczycy i Moabczycy, i pierwociny synów Ammonowych. 42 A gdy rękę swą ściągnie na krainy, ani ziemia Egipska tego ujść nie będzie mogła. 43 Bo opanuje skarby złota i srebra, i wszystkie rzeczy drogie Egipskie, a Libijczycy i Murzynowie za nim pójdą. 44 W tem wieści od wschodu słońca i od północy przestraszą go; przetoż wyciągnie z popędliwością wielką, aby wygubił i zamordował wielu. 45 I rozbije namioty pałacu swego między morzami na górze ozdobnej świętobliwości; a gdy przyjdzie do końca swego, nie będzie miał nikogo na pomocy.
Portuguese(i) 1 Eu, pois, no primeiro ano de Dario, medo, levantei-me para o animar e fortalecer. 2 E agora te declararei a verdade: Eis que ainda se levantarão três reis na Pérsia, e o quarto será muito mais rico do que todos eles; e tendo-se tornado forte por meio das suas riquezas, agitará todos contra o reino da Grécia. 3 Depois se levantará um rei poderoso, que reinará com grande domínio, e fará o que lhe aprouver. 4 Mas, estando ele em pé, o seu reino será quebrado, e será repartido para os quatro ventos do céu; porém não para os seus descendentes, nem tampouco segundo o poder com que reinou; porque o seu reino será arrancado, e passará a outros que não eles. 5 O rei do sul será forte, como também um dos seus príncipes; e este será mais forte do que ele, e reinará, e grande será o seu domínio, 6 mas, ao cabo de anos, eles se aliarão; e a filha do rei do sul virá ao rei do norte para fazer um tratado. Ela, porém, não conservara a força de seu braço; nem subsistirá ele, nem o seu braço; mas será ela entregue, e bem assim os que a tiverem trazido, e seu pai, e o que a fortalecia naqueles tempos. 7 Mas dum renovo das raízes dela um se levantará em seu lugar, e virá ao exército, e entrará na fortaleza do rei do norte, e operará contra eles e prevalecerá. 8 Também os seus deuses, juntamente com as suas imagens de fundição, com os seus vasos preciosos de prata e ouro, ele os levará cativos para o Egipto; e por alguns anos ele deixará de atacar ao rei do norte. 9 E entrará no reino do rei do sul, mas voltará para a sua terra. 10 Mas seus filhos intervirão, e reunirão uma multidão de grandes forças; a qual avançará, e inundará, e passará para adiante; e, voltando, levará a guerra até a sua fortaleza. 11 Então o rei do sul se exasperará, e sairá, e pelejará contra ele, contra o rei do norte; este porá em campo grande multidão, e a multidão será entregue na mão daquele. 12 E a multidão será levada, e o coração dele se exaltará; mas, ainda que derrubará miríades, não prevalecerá. 13 Porque o rei do norte tornará, e porá em campo uma multidão maior do que a primeira; e ao cabo de tempos, isto é, de anos, avançará com grande exército e abundantes provisões. 14 E, naqueles tempos, muitos se levantarão contra o rei do sul; e os violentos dentre o teu povo se levantarão para cumprir a visão, mas eles cairão. 15 Assim virá o rei do norte, e levantará baluartes, e tomará uma cidade bem fortificada; e as forças do sul não poderão resistir, nem o seu povo escolhido, pois não haverá força para resistir. 16 O que, porém, há de vir contra ele fará o que lhe aprouver, e ninguém poderá resistir diante dele; ele se fincará na terra gloriosa, tendo-a inteiramente sob seu poder. 17 E firmará o propósito de vir com toda a força do seu reino, e entrará em acordo com ele, e lhe dará a filha de mulheres, para ele a corromper; ela, porém, não subsistirá, nem será para ele. 18 Depois disso virará o seu rosto para as ilhas, e tomará muitas; mas um príncipe fará cessar o seu opróbrio contra ele, e ainda fará recair sobre ele o seu opróbrio. 19 Virará então o seu rosto para as fortalezas da sua própria terra, mas tropeçará, e cairá, e não será achado. 20 Então no seu lugar se levantará quem fará passar um exator de tributo pela glória do reino; mas dentro de poucos dias será quebrantado, e isto sem ira e sem batalha. 21 Depois se levantará em seu lugar um homem vil, ao qual não tinham dado a majestade real; mas ele virá caladamente, e tomará o reino com lisonja. 22 E as forças inundantes serão varridas de diante dele, e serão quebrantadas, como também o príncipe do pacto. 23 E, depois de feita com ele a aliança, usará de engano; e subirá, e se tornará forte com pouca gente. 24 Virá também em tempo de segurança sobre os lugares mais férteis da província; e fará o que nunca fizeram seus pais, nem os pais de seus pais; espalhará entre eles a presa, os despojos e os bens; e maquinará os seus projectos contra as fortalezas, mas por certo tempo. 25 E suscitará a sua força e a sua coragem contra o rei do sul com um grande exército; e o rei do sul sairá à guerra com um grande e mui poderoso exército, mas não subsistirá, pois maquinarão projectos contra ele. 26 E os que comerem os seus manjares o quebrantarão; e o exército dele será varrido por uma inundação, e cairão muitos traspassados. 27 Também estes dois reis terão o coração atento para fazerem o mal, e assentados à mesma mesa falarão a mentira; esta, porém, não prosperará, porque ainda virá o fim no tempo determinado. 28 Então tornará para a sua terra com muitos bens; e o seu coração será contra o santo pacto; e fará o que lhe aprouver, e tornará para a sua terra. 29 No tempo determinado voltará, e entrará no sul; mas não sucederá desta vez como na primeira. 30 Porque virão contra ele navios de Quitim, que lhe causarão tristeza; por isso voltará, e se indignará contra o santo pacto, e fará como lhe aprouver. Voltará e atenderá aos que tiverem abandonado o santo pacto. 31 E estarão ao lado dele forças que profanarão o santuário, isto é, a fortaleza, e tirarão o holocausto contínuo, estabelecendo a abominação desoladora. 32 Ainda aos violadores do pacto ele perverterá com lisonjas; mas o povo que conhece ao seu Deus se tornará forte, e fará proezas. 33 Os entendidos entre o povo ensinarão a muitos; todavia por muitos dias cairão pela espada e pelo fogo, pelo cativeiro e pelo despojo. 34 Mas, caindo eles, serão ajudados com pequeno socorro; muitos, porém, se ajuntarão a eles com lisonjas. 35 Alguns dos entendidos cairão para serem acrisolados, purificados e embranquecidos, até o fim do tempo; pois isso ainda será para o tempo determinado. 36 e o rei fará conforme lhe aprouver; exaltar-se-á, e se engrandecerá sobre todo deus, e contra o Deus dos deuses falará coisas espantosas; e será próspero, até que se cumpra a indignação: pois aquilo que está determinado será feito. 37 E não terá respeito aos deuses de seus pais, nem ao amado das mulheres, nem a qualquer outro deus; pois sobre tudo se engrandecerá. 38 Mas em seu lugar honrará ao deus das fortalezas; e a um deus a quem seus pais não conheceram, ele o honrará com ouro e com prata, com pedras preciosas e com coisas agradáveis. 39 E haver-se-á com os castelos fortes com o auxílio dum deus estranho; aos que o reconhecerem, multiplicará a glória; e os fará reinar sobre muitos, e lhes repartirá a terra por preço. 40 Ora, no fim do tempo, o rei do sul lutará com ele; e o rei do norte virá como turbilhão contra ele, com carros e cavaleiros, e com muitos navios; e entrará nos países, e os inundará, e passará para adiante. 41 Entrará na terra gloriosa, e dezenas de milhares cairão; mas da sua mão escaparão estes: Edom e Moab, e as primícias dos filhos de Amon. 42 E estenderá a sua mão contra os países; e a terra do Egipto não escapará. 43 Apoderar-se-á dos tesouros de ouro e de prata, e de todas as coisas preciosas do Egipto; os líbios e os etíopes o seguirão. 44 Mas os rumores do oriente e do norte o espantarão; e ele sairá com grande furor, para destruir e extirpar a muitos. 45 E armará as tendas do seu palácio entre o mar grande e o glorioso monte santo; contudo virá ao seu fim, e não haverá quem o socorra.
Norwegian(i) 1 jeg stod også ved hans side som hjelper og som vern i mederen Darius' første år. / [DNL 11, 1 er i trykte bøker plassert på slutten av kapittel 10.] 2 Og nu vil jeg kunngjøre dig hvad som visst og sant vil hende: Ennu skal det opstå tre konger* i Persia, og den fjerde** skal samle større rikdom enn alle de andre, og når han har vunnet stor makt ved sin rikdom, skal han opbyde alt mot Grekenlands rike. / {* Kambyses, Smerdes og Darius Hystaspis.} / {** Xerxes.} 3 Så skal det opstå en veldig konge*, og han skal herske med stor makt og gjøre som han vil. / {* Aleksander den store.} 4 Men aldri så snart er han stått frem, så skal hans rike brytes i stykker og deles efter de fire verdenshjørner; det skal ikke tilfalle hans efterkommere og ikke være så mektig som da han rådet; for hans rike skal omstyrtes og tilfalle andre enn dem. 5 Og Sydens konge* skal bli mektig, og en av hans fyrster** skal bli mektigere enn han og råde over et eget rike; hans rike skal være et stort rike. / {* Egyptens konge, Ptolemeus Lagi.} / {** Syrias konge, Seleukus Nikator.} 6 Og mange år efter skal de inngå forbund med hverandre; en datter av Sydens konge skal komme til Nordens konge* for å skape vennskap mellem dem; men hun skal ikke lenge formå å utrette noget, og hverken han** eller datteren som skulde hjelpe ham, skal holde stand, men hun og de som førte henne dit, og hennes far og han som tok imot henne***, skal miste livet på den for hver av dem bestemte tid. / {* den egyptiske konge Ptolemeus Filadelfus gav den syriske konge Antiokus Teos sin datter Berenike til ekte.} / {** Ptolemeus.} / {*** Antiokus, Berenike og hennes venner blev drept.} 7 Men et av skuddene fra hennes røtter* skal trede op på hans plass; og han skal dra mot fiendens hær og trenge inn i Nordens konges** festninger og gjøre med dem som han vil, og ha overmakt. / {* Ptolemeus Euergetes, en bror av Berenike.} / {** Nordens konge er den syriske konge Seleukus Kallinikus.} 8 Endog deres guder med deres støpte billeder, med deres kostbare kar av sølv og gull, skal han føre bort til Egypten; siden skal han i nogen år la Nordens konge få være i fred. 9 Så skal Nordens konge dra mot Sydens konges rike, men måtte vende tilbake til sitt land igjen*. / {* Kallinikus' tog mot Egypten mislyktes aldeles.} 10 Og hans sønner* skal ruste sig til strid og samle en veldig krigshær, og den skal dra inn i landet og oversvømme og overskylle det; så skal den komme igjen, og krigen skal føres helt frem til hans festning**. / {* Kallinikus' sønner, Seleukus Keraunus og Antiokus den store.} / {** den egyptiske konge Ptolemeus Filopators festning Rafia.} 11 Da skal Sydens konge* bli harm og dra ut og stride mot Nordens konge, og han skal stille op en stor hær, men den skal gis i hans* hånd. / {* Ptolemeus Filopator.} 12 Når denne hær er sprengt, skal han bli overmodig; han skal felle titusener, men allikevel ikke få overmakten. 13 Og Nordens konge* skal komme igjen og stille op en hær som er ennu større enn den første; og når nogen år er gått til ende, skal han komme med en stor hær og store forråd. / {* Antiokus den store. DNL 11, 10.} 14 Og i de tider skal mange reise sig mot Sydens konge*, og voldsmenn** av ditt eget folk skal også reise sig, så synet blir stadfestet; men de skal falle. / {* Egyptens konge Ptolemeus Epifanes.} / {** ugudelige jøder som falt fra Egypten og holdt sig til Antiokus.} 15 Og Nordens konge skal komme og opkaste en voll og innta en sterk festning*, og Sydens makt skal ikke kunne holde stand, og enn ikke hans** utvalgte mannskap har kraft til å holde stand. / {* Sidon.} / {** Egyptens konges.} 16 Og den som rykker mot ham, skal gjøre som han vil, og ingen skal kunne stå sig mot ham; han skal feste fot i det fagre land* og føre ødeleggelse med sig. / {* DNL 8, 9.} 17 Og han* skal ta sig fore å komme med hele sitt rikes makt**, men er villig til å inngå forlik, og det skal han også få i stand; og en kvinne, sin egen datter***, skal han gi ham, forat hun skal volde ødeleggelse; men det skal ikke komme i stand og ikke lykkes for ham. / {* Antiokus den store.} / {** imot Egyptens konge.} / {*** Kleopatra, datter av Antiokus.} 18 Så skal han vende sig mot øene og innta mange, men en hærfører* skal gjøre ende på hans hån og endog la hans hån falle tilbake på ham selv. / {* Lucius Scipio.} 19 Da skal han vende sig mot festningene i sitt eget land, men han snubler og faller og er ikke mere til. 20 Og på hans plass skal det opstå en* som skal la en skattekrever** dra gjennem rikets pryd***; og nogen dager efter skal han omkomme, men ikke ved vrede, heller ikke i krig****. / {* Seleukus Filopator, konge i Syria.} / {** Heliodorus.} / {*** Judea.} / {**** Seleukus blev drept med gift av Heliodorus.} 21 Og på hans plass skal det opstå et foraktelig menneske*, som de ikke har overgitt kongedømmets herlighet; men han kommer uventende og tilegner sig kongedømmet ved list og svik. / {* Antiokus Epifanes, som hadde vært gissel hos romerne.} 22 Og de oversvømmende hærer* skal oversvømmes av ham og tilintetgjøres, og likeså forbundsfyrsten**; / {* d.e. den egyptiske hær.} / {** den egyptiske konge Ptolemeus Filometor.} 23 for efterat han har inngått forbund med ham, skal han fare frem med svik; han skal dra ut og få overmakten med få folk. 24 Uventende skal han falle inn i landets fruktbareste bygder og gjøre ting som hans fedre og hans fedres fedre ikke har gjort; hærfang og rov og gods skal han strø ut til sine folk, og mot faste byer skal han legge op onde råd, og det vil vare en tid. 25 Han skal opbyde sin makt og sitt mot mot Sydens konge og komme med en stor hær; men Sydens konge skal også ruste sig til krig med en overmåte stor og sterk hær; men han skal ikke kunne holde stand; for det blir lagt op onde råd mot ham. 26 De som eter ved hans bord, skal felle ham; hans hær skal strømme frem, og det skal bli et stort mannefall. 27 Begge konger* har ondt i sinne, og mens de sitter ved samme bord, skal de tale løgn; men det skal ikke lykkes, for ennu dryger det med enden, til den fastsatte tid kommer. / {* Ptolemeus Filometor og Antiokus.} 28 Han* skal vende tilbake til sitt land med meget gods, og han skal legge op råd mot den hellige pakt, og efterat han har utført dem, skal han vende tilbake til sitt land. / {* Antiokus.} 29 Til fastsatt tid skal han atter dra mot Syden; men den siste gang skal det ikke gå som første gang; 30 for skib fra Kittim* skal komme imot ham, og han skal bli motfallen og vende om og la sin vrede gå ut over den hellige pakt; så skal han vende om og legge merke til dem som forlater den hellige pakt. / {* d.e. romerske. DNL 11, 28.} 31 Og hærer som han sender ut, skal komme og vanhellige helligdommen, den faste borg*, og avskaffe det stadige offer og stille op den ødeleggende vederstyggelighet. / {* d.e. templet.} 32 Og dem som synder mot pakten, skal han gjøre til hedninger ved glatte ord; men de av folket som kjenner sin Gud, skal stå fast og holde ut. 33 Og de forstandige blandt folket skal lære mengden, og de skal falle ved sverd og bål og ved fangenskap og plyndring en tid lang. 34 Men mens de holder på å ligge under, skal de få en liten hjelp, og mange skal slå sig i lag med dem på skrømt. 35 Og nogen av de forstandige skal falle, sa de kan bli prøvd og renset og tvettet til endens tid; for ennu dryger det med enden, til den fastsatte tid kommer. 36 Og kongen skal gjøre som han vil, og ophøie sig og heve sig over enhver gud, og mot gudenes Gud skal han tale forferdelige ord, og han skal ha fremgang, inntil vreden er til ende; for det som er fast besluttet, vil bli fullbyrdet. 37 På sine fedres guder skal han ikke akte, heller ikke på kvinnenes lyst* eller på nogen annen gud skal han akte; for han skal ophøie sig over alle. / {* en især av kvinner dyrket avgud.} 38 Men festningenes gud skal han ære i stedet; en gud som hans fedre ikke har kjent, skal han ære med gull og sølv og dyre stener og andre kostelige ting; 39 og således skal han gjøre med de sterke festninger og med den fremmede gud: Dem som vedkjenner sig denne gud, skal han vise stor ære, og han skal sette dem til å råde over mange, og han skal dele ut jord til dem som lønn. 40 Men i endens tid skal Sydens konge føre krig med ham, og Nordens konge skal storme frem mot ham med vogner og hestfolk og mange skib og falle inn i landene og oversvømme og overskylle dem. 41 Han skal også falle inn i det fagre land, og store skarer skal falle; men disse skal slippe unda hans makt: Edom og Moab og de ypperste av Ammons barn. 42 Og han skal utstrekke sin hånd mot andre land, og Egyptens land skal ikke slippe unda. 43 Han skal tilegne sig skattene av gull og av sølv og alle Egyptens kostelige ting, og libyere og etiopere skal være i hans følge. 44 Men tidender fra Østen og fra Norden skal forferde ham, og han skal dra ut i stor harme for å ødelegge og tilintetgjøre mange. 45 Og han skal slå op sine palasstelt mellem havet og helligdommens fagre berg; men så bærer det til enden med ham, og det er ingen som hjelper ham.
Romanian(i) 1 În anul dintîi al lui Dariu, Medul, eram şi eu la el, ca să -l ajut şi să -l sprijinesc. 2 Acum, îţi voi face cunoscut adevărul: Iată că vor mai fi încă trei împăraţi în Persia. Cel de al patrulea va strînge mai multă bogăţie decît toţi ceilalţi; şi cînd se va simţi puternic prin bogăţiile lui, va răscula totul împotriva împărăţiei Greciei. 3 Dar se va ridica un împărat viteaz, care va stăpîni cu o mare putere, şi va face ce va voi. 4 Şi cum se va întări, aşa se va şi sfărîma împărăţia lui, şi va fi împărţită în cele patru vînturi ale cerurilor, dar nu între urmaşii lui, şi nici nu va fi tot atît de puternică pe cît era supt el, căci va fi făcută bucăţele, şi va trece la alţii afară de aceştia. 5 Împăratul dela miază zi va ajunge tare. Dar unul din mai marii lui va fi şi mai tare decît el, şi va domni întemeind o mare împărăţie. 6 După cîţiva ani, se vor uni, şi fata împăratului dela miază zi va veni ca nevastă la împăratul dela miază noapte, ca să facă o învoială. Dar aceste mijloace de ajutorare nu vor avea nici o putere, şi nici celelalte mijloace ale ei nu vor putea ţine pept, ci ea va fi dată la moarte împreună cu alaiul ei, cu tatăl ei şi cu cel ce s'a legat cu ea. 7 În vremea aceea însă se va ridica în locul ei un lăstar din aceeaş rădăcină cu ea, şi va veni împotriva oştirii Siriei, da, va intra în cetăţuia împăratului dela miază noapte, va face ce va voi cu ea, şi va fi biruitor. 8 Va ridica şi va strămuta în Egipt, odată cu prinşii de război, chiar şi pe dumnezeii şi chipurile lor turnate, împreună cu vasele lor scumpe de argint şi de aur. Apoi va lăsa cîţiva ani în pace pe împăratul dela miază noapte. 9 Acesta va porni împotriva împărăţiei împăratului dela miază zi, dar se va întoarce iarăş în ţara sa. 10 Totuş, fiii săi vor începe iarăş războiul, şi vor strînge o mare mulţime de oşti, care va înainta, se va revărsa ca un rîu, care iese din matcă, şi -l vor împinge iarăş înapoi pînă la cetăţuie. 11 Împăratul dela miază-zi, mîniat de aceasta, va ieşi şi se va lupta cu împăratul dela miază-noapte; va ridica o mare oştire, dar oştile împăratului dela miază-noapte vor fi date în mînile lui şi nimicite. 12 Atunci inima împăratului se va îngîmfa, va doborî zece mii, dar tot nu va birui. 13 Căci împăratul dela miază-noapte se va întoarce şi va strînge o oştire mai mare de cît cea dintîi; şi după cîtăva vreme, după cîţiva ani, va porni în fruntea unei mari oştiri bine înarmate. 14 În vremea aceea, se vor ridica mulţi împotriva împăratului dela miază-zi, şi o ceată de derbedei din poporul tău se vor răscula, ca să împlinească vedenia; dar vor cădea. 15 Împăratul dela miază-noapte va înainta, va ridica întărituri, şi va pune mîna pe cetăţile întărite. Oştile dela miază-zi, nici chiar floarea oamenilor împăratului, nu vor putea să ţină piept, nu vor avea putere să se împotrivească. 16 Cel ce va merge împotriva lui va face ce va voi, şi nimeni nu i se va împotrivi; el se va opri în ţara minunată, nimicind cu desăvîrşire tot ce -i va cădea în mînă. 17 Îşi va pune de gînd să ia în stăpînire toată împărăţia lui, şi, făcîndu-se că are gînduri curate cu el, îi va da pe fiică-sa de nevastă, cu gînd să -l piardă; dar lucrul acesta nu se va întîmpla, şi nu -i va izbîndi. 18 Apoi îşi va întoarce privirile înspre ostroave, şi va lua pe multe din ele; dar o căpetenie va pune capăt ruşinii pe care voia el să i -o aducă, şi o va întoarce asupra lui. 19 Apoi se va îndrepta spre cetăţuile ţării lui; dar se va poticni, va cădea, şi nu -l vor mai găsi. 20 Cel ce -i va lua locul, va aduce un asupritor, în cea mai frumoasă parte a împărăţiei; dar în cîteva zile va fi zdrobit, şi anume nu prin mînie, nici prin război. 21 În locul lui se va ridica un om dispreţuit, fără să aibă putere împărătească; dar se va ridica deodată, şi va pune mîna pe împărăţie prin uneltire. 22 ,,Oştile se vor revărsa ca un rîu înaintea lui dar vor fi nimicite, împreună cu o căpetenie a legămîntului. 23 După ce se vor uni cu el, el va întrebuinţa o viclenie; va porni, şi va birui cu puţină lume. 24 Va intra, pe neaşteptate, în locurile cele mai roditoare ale ţinutului; va face ce nu făcuseră nici părinţii lui, nici părinţii părinţilor lui: va împărţi prada, jafurile şi bogăţiile; va urzi la planuri împotriva cetăţuilor, şi aceasta va ţinea o vreme. 25 Apoi, va porni în fruntea unei mari oştiri, cu puterea şi mînia lui, împotriva împăratului dela miazăzi. Şi împăratul dela miazăzi se va prinde la război cu o oaste mare şi foarte puternică; dar nu va putea să ţină piept, căci se vor urzi planuri rele împotriva lui. 26 Ceice vor mînca bucate dela masa lui îi vor aduce pieirea; oştile lui se vor împrăştia ca un rîu, şi morţii vor cădea în mare număr. 27 Cei doi împăraţi nu vor căuta decît să-şi facă rău unul altuia, vor sta la aceeaş masă şi vor vorbi cu viclenie. Dar nu vor izbuti, căci sfîrşitul nu va veni decît la vremea hotărîtă. 28 Cînd se va întorce în ţara lui cu mari bogăţii, în inima lui va fi vrăjmaş legămîntului sfînt, va lucra împotriva lui, şi apoi se va întoarce în ţara lui. 29 La o vreme hotărîtă, va porni din nou împotriva împăratului de miază-zi; dar de data aceasta lucrurile nu vor mai merge ca mai înainte 30 Ci nişte corăbii din Chitim vor înainta împotriva lui; iar el, desnădăjduit, se va întoarce înapoi. Apoi, mînios împotriva legămîntului sfînt, nu va sta cu mînile în sîn; ci, la întoarcere, se va înţelege cu ceice vor părăsi legămîntul sfînt. 31 Nişte oşti trimese de el, vor veni şi vor spurca sfîntul Locaş, cetăţuia, vor face să înceteze jertfa necurmată, şi vor aşeza urîciunea pustiitorului. Va ademeni prin linguşiri pe ceice rup legămîntul. 32 Dar aceia din popor, cari vor cunoaşte pe Dumnezeul lor, vor rămînea tari, şi vor face mari isprăvi. 33 Înţelepţii poporului vor învăţa pe mulţi. Unii vor cădea, pentru o vreme, loviţi de sabie şi de flacără, de robie şi de jaf. 34 Cînd vor cădea, vor fi ajutaţi puţin, şi mulţi se vor uni cu ei din făţărnicie. 35 Chiar şi din cei înţelepţi, mulţi vor cădea, ca să fie încercaţi, curăţiţi şi albiţi, pînă la vremea sfîrşitului, căci sfîrşitul nu va fi decît la vremea hotărîtă. 36 Împăratul va face ce va voi; se va înălţa, se va slăvi mai pe sus de toţi dumnezeii, şi va spune lucruri nemai auzite împotriva Dumnezeului dumnezeilor; şi va propăşi pînă va trece mînia, căci ce este hotărît se va împlini. 37 Nu va ţinea seamă nici de dumnezeii părinţilor săi, nici de dorinţa femeilor; cu un cuvînt, nu va ţinea seamă de niciun dumnezeu, ci se va slăvi pe sine mai pe sus de toţi. 38 În schimb, va cinsti pe dumnezeul cetăţuilor; acestui dumnezeu, pe care nu -l cunoşteau părinţii săi, îi va aduce cinste cu aur şi argint, cu pietre scumpe şi lucruri de preţ. 39 Cu ajutorul acestui dumnezeu străin va lucra împotriva locurilor întărite; cui îl va recunoaşte, îi va da mare cinste, îl va face să domnească peste mulţi, şi le va împărţi moşii ca răsplată. 40 La vremea sfîrşitului, împăratul dela miazăzi se va împunge cu el. Şi împăratul dela miazănoapte se va năpusti ca o furtună peste el, cu cară şi călăreţi..., şi cu multe corăbii; va înainta asupra ţărilor lui, se va revărsa ca un rîu şi le va îneca. 41 Va intra şi în ţara cea minunată, şi zeci de mii vor cădea. Dar Edomul, Moabul, şi fruntaşii copiilor lui Amon vor scăpa din mîna lui. 42 Îşi va întinde mîna peste felurite ţări, şi nici ţara Egiptului nu va scăpa. 43 Ci se va face stăpîn pe vistieriile de aur şi de argint, şi pe toate lucrurile scumpe ale Egiptului. Libienii şi Etiopienii vor veni în alai după el. 44 Dar nişte zvonuri, venite dela răsărit şi dela miazănoapte, îl vor înspăimînta, şi atunci va porni cu o mare mînie, ca să prăpădească şi să nimicească cu desăvîrşire pe mulţi. 45 Îşi va întinde corturile palatului său între mare şi muntele cel slăvit şi sfînt. Apoi îşi va ajunge sfîrşitul, şi nimeni nu -i va fi într'ajutor.
Ukrainian(i) 1 А я в першому році мідянина Дарія стояв, щоб зміцнити й посилити його. 2 А тепер об'явлю тобі правду. Ось іще три царі повстануть для Персії, а четвертий збагатиться багатством, більшим від усіх, а своєю силою в багатстві своїм підбурить усе проти грецького царства. 3 І повстане хоробрий цар, і запанує великим пануванням, і робитиме за своїм уподобанням. 4 Та коли він повстане, буде зруйноване його царство, і буде розділене на чотири небесні вітри, а не на його нащадків, і не за його пануванням, яким він панував, бо царство його буде вирване й дане іншим, а не їм. 5 І зміцниться південний цар, але один з його князів пересилить його й запанує, його панування панування велике. 6 Але по роках вони поєднаються, і дочка південного царя прийде до царя північного, щоб зробити мир. Але не затримає він сили свого рамена, і не встане потомство його, але буде видана вона й ті, що вели її, і та, що її породила, і той, що міцно тримав її за тих часів. 7 І повстане один із галузки її кореня на його місце, і він вийде проти війська, і ввійде в твердиню північного царя, і буде діяти проти них, і опанує їх. 8 І їхніх богів з їхніми литими бовванами, разом з їхнім улюбленим посудом, золотом та сріблом поведе в неволю до Єгипту, і він роки стоятиме більше від північного царя. 9 І він увійде в царство південного царя, але вернеться до своєї землі. 10 А сини його озброються, і зберуть натовп численних войовників, і один із них конче піде, і все позаливає, і перейде край, і вернеться, і воюватиме аж до його твердині. 11 І розлютиться південний цар, і вийде та й воюватиме з ним, з царем північним, і виставить велике многолюдство, і цей натовп буде відданий у його руку. 12 І буде знищений той натовп, і повищиться його серце, і він кине десятитисячки, та не буде сильний. 13 І вернеться північний цар, і виставить натовп, більший від першого, а на кінець часів та років він конче прийде з великим військом та з численним маєтком. 14 І за того часу багато-хто повстануть на південного царя, а сини насильників твого народу підіймуться, щоб справдилось видіння, і вони спіткнуться. 15 І прийде північний цар, і насипле вала, і здобуде твердинне місто, і не встоять рамена півдня та його добірний народ, і не буде сили встояти. 16 І робитиме той, хто прийде на нього, за своєю вподобою, і не буде того, хто встояв би перед ним. І стане він у Пишному Краї, і буде погибель у його руці. 17 І зверне він своє обличчя, щоб прийти з потугою всього свого царства, і складе договора з ним. І дасть йому молоду дочку за жінку, щоб знищити землю, та це не вдасться, і не станеться йому. 18 І зверне він обличчя своє на острови, і здобуде багато. Але вождь спинить йому наругу його, всемеро заплатить йому за наруги його. 19 І зверне він своє обличчя до твердинь свого краю, і спіткнеться й упаде, і не буде знайдений. 20 А на його місці стане той, що скаже побірникові податків перейти пишноту царства, та за кілька днів від загине, але не від гніву й не від бою. 21 І стане на його місці погорджуваний, та не дадуть йому царської пошани, але він прийде непомітно, й опанує царство лестощами. 22 А війська, що затоплювали, він затопить і знищить, і навіть самого володаря, що з ним поєднався. 23 А від часу поєднання з ним він робитиме оману, і підійметься, і зміцниться малим народом. 24 Він увійде непомітно в ситу округу, і зробить те, чого не робили батьки його та батьки його батьків. Він порозкидає їм награбоване, і здобич, і маєток, і на твердині буде замишляти свої задуми, але до часу. 25 І він збудить свою силу та своє серце на південного царя з великим військом. А південний цар підготовиться до війни з військом великим та дуже міцним, та не встоїть, бо замишляють на нього задуми. 26 А ті, що їдять його поживу, поб'ють його, і його військо позаливає край, і попадають численні забиті. 27 А серце обох цих царів буде на лихе, і при одному столі вони будуть говорити неправду, але не буде успіху, бо кінець буде ще відкладений на означений час. 28 І він вернеться до свого краю з великим маєтком, а його серце буде проти святого заповіту; і він зробить, і вернеться до свого краю. 29 На умовлений час він повернеться, і прийде на південь, але останнє не буде, як перше. 30 І прийдуть на нього кіттейські кораблі, і він налякається, і вернеться, і буде чинити опір святому заповітові, і зробить своє. І він вернеться, і погодиться з тими, хто покинув святий заповіт. 31 І повстануть його війська та й зневажать святиню, твердиню, і спинять сталу жертву, і поставлять гидоту спустошення. 32 А тих, хто чинить несправедливе на заповіт, він прихилить через лестощі. А народ, що знає свого Бога, зміцніє та й діятиме. 33 А розумні з народу навчать багатьох, але спіткнуться об меча та полум'я, об полон та грабіж якийсь час. 34 А коли вони спіткнуться, будуть споможені малою поміччю, хоч до них прилучаться багато-хто лестощами. 35 А дехто з тих розумних спіткнуться, щоб очистити себе, і щоб вибрати, і щоб вибілитися аж до кінцевого часу, бо ще час до умовленого часу. 36 І буде робити той цар за своїм уподобанням, і підійметься, і повищиться понад усякого бога, і на Бога богів говоритиме дивні речі, і матиме успіх, аж поки не довершиться гнів, бо виконається те, що було вирішене. 37 І він не буде придивлятися до богів своїх батьків, і на пожадливість жінок, і на всякого бога не буде дивитися, бо він звеличить себе понад кожного. 38 Але він буде віддавати честь богові твердинь на його місці, та богові, якого не знали батьки його, віддаватиме честь золотом, і сріблом, і дорогоцінним камінням, і речами коштовними. 39 І він посадить у твердині народа чужого бога. Тому, хто пізнає його, примножить славу, і вчинить їх панами над багатьма, і поділить землю на заплату. 40 А в кінцевому часі зудариться з ним південний цар. І кинеться на нього північний цар колесницями, і верхівцями, і численними кораблями, і прийде на краї, і позаливає та перейде їх. 41 І він прийде до Пишного Краю, і багато-хто спіткнуться, та оці втечуть від його руки: Едом, і Моав, і останок Аммонових синів. 42 І він простягне свою руку на краї, і не втече єгипетський край. 43 І він запанує над скарбами золота й срібла, та над усіма коштовними речами Єгипту. А лівійці та етіопляни підуть за ним. 44 Але його налякають вістки зо сходу та з півночі, і він вийде з великою лютістю, щоб багатьох погубити та зробити закляттям. 45 І поставить намети свого палацу між морями та горою пишної святині. Та він прийде до свого кінця, але не буде йому помічника.